Table of Contents

As filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission on September 9, 2015

Registration No. 333-206312

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

Amendment No. 1 To

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

P URE S TORAGE , I NC .

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Delaware   3572   27-1069557

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)

650 Castro Street, Suite 400

Mountain View, California 94041

(800) 379-7873

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

Scott Dietzen

Chief Executive Officer

Pure Storage, Inc.

650 Castro Street, Suite 400

Mountain View, California 94041

(800) 379-7873

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

Copies to:

 

Mark P. Tanoury

John T. McKenna

Seth J. Gottlieb

Cooley LLP

3175 Hanover Street

Palo Alto, California 94304

(650) 843-5000

 

Joseph FitzGerald

Vice President & General Counsel

Todd Wheeler

Pure Storage, Inc.

650 Castro Street, Suite 400

Mountain View, California 94041

(800) 379-7873

 

Alan F. Denenberg

Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP

1600 El Camino Real

Menlo Park, California 94025

(650) 752-2000

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.  ¨

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

Large accelerated filer  ¨   Accelerated filer  ¨    Non-accelerated filer  þ   Smaller reporting company  ¨
  (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)

 

 

 

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and we are not soliciting offers to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

PROSPECTUS (Subject to Completion)

Issued September 9, 2015

                Shares

 

LOGO

CLASS A COMMON STOCK

 

 

Pure Storage, Inc. is offering                             shares of its Class A common stock. This is our initial public offering and no public market currently exists for our shares of Class A common stock. We anticipate that the initial public offering price will be between $         and $         per share.

 

 

We have two classes of authorized common stock, Class A common stock and Class B common stock. The rights of the holders of Class A common stock and Class B common stock are identical, except with respect to voting and conversion. Each share of Class A common stock is entitled to one vote. Each share of Class B common stock is entitled to ten votes and is convertible into one share of Class A common stock. Outstanding shares of Class B common stock will represent approximately     % of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock immediately following this offering, with our directors, executive officers and principal stockholders representing approximately     % of such voting power.

 

 

Our Class A common stock has been approved for listing on the New York Stock Exchange under the trading symbol “PSTG.”

 

 

We are an “emerging growth company” as defined under the federal securities laws. Investing in our Class A common stock involves risks. See “ Risk Factors ” beginning on page 10.

 

 

PRICE  $              A SHARE

 

 

 

      

Price to

Public

      

Underwriting
Discounts and
Commissions (1)

      

Proceeds to
Pure Storage

 

Per share

       $                    $                    $            

Total

       $                               $                               $                       

 

(1)   See “Underwriting” for a description of the compensation payable to the underwriters.

We have granted the underwriters the right to purchase up to an additional             shares of Class A common stock to cover over-allotments.

The Securities and Exchange Commission and state securities regulators have not approved or disapproved of these securities, or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares of Class A common stock to purchasers on                     , 2015.

 

 

 

MORGAN STANLEY   GOLDMAN, SACHS & CO.   BARCLAYS   ALLEN & COMPANY LLC

BofA MERRILL LYNCH

PACIFIC CREST SECURITIES   STIFEL   RAYMOND JAMES   EVERCORE ISI
            a division of KeyBanc Capital Markets      

                    , 2015


Table of Contents

LOGO

In a world that runs on flash
What was complex, now is simple
What filled data center racks,
now fits in a box
What took days, now takes hours
What became outdated, now is evergreen


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

Prospectus Summary

     1   

Risk Factors

     10   

Special Note Regarding Forward Looking Statements

     32   

Industry and Other Data

     33   

Use of Proceeds

     34   

Dividend Policy

     34   

Capitalization

     35   

Dilution

     37   

Selected Consolidated Financial Data

     39   

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

     41   

A Note From the Founders and CEO

     63   

Business

     64   

Management

     80   
     Page  

Executive Compensation

     87   

Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions

     98   

Principal Stockholders

     101   

Description of Capital Stock

     104   

Shares Eligible for Future Sale

     110   

Material United States Federal Income Tax Consequences to Non-U.S. Holders of Our Class A Common Stock

     113   

Underwriting

     117   

Legal Matters

     125   

Experts

     125   

Where Can You Find Additional Information

     125   

Index to Financial Statements

     F-1   
 

 

 

We are responsible for the information contained in this prospectus and in any free writing prospectus we prepare or authorize. We have not authorized anyone to provide you with different information, and we take no responsibility for any other information others may give you. Neither we nor the underwriters are making an offer to sell these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. You should not assume that the information contained in this prospectus is accurate as of any date other than the date on the cover of this prospectus. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and future growth prospects may have changed since that date.

Persons who come into possession of this prospectus and any applicable free writing prospectus in jurisdictions outside the United States are required to inform themselves about and to observe any restrictions as to this offering and the distribution of this prospectus and any such free writing prospectus applicable to that jurisdiction.

Until                     , 2015 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that buy, sell or trade shares of our Class A common stock, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This delivery is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary is not complete and does not contain all the information you should consider before investing in our Class A common stock. You should read this entire prospectus carefully, especially the risks of investing in our Class A common stock discussed under the heading “Risk Factors,” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus before making an investment decision. Except as otherwise indicated herein or as the context otherwise requires, references in this prospectus to “Pure Storage,” “Pure,” “the company,” “we,” “us” and “our” refer to Pure Storage, Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiaries.

PURE STORAGE, INC.

Overview

Our mission is to deliver data storage that transforms business through a dramatic increase in performance and reduction in complexity and costs. Our innovative technology replaces storage systems designed for mechanical disk with all-flash systems optimized end-to-end for solid-state memory. At the same time, our innovative business model replaces the traditional forklift upgrade cycle with an evergreen storage model of hardware and software upgrades and maintenance.

Our next-generation storage platform and business model are the result of our team’s substantial experience in enterprise storage and web-scale infrastructure, as well as frustration with the industry’s status quo. This deep industry understanding led to the development of our three-part integrated platform: the Purity Operating Environment , our flash-optimized software, FlashArray , our modular and scalable all-flash array hardware, and Pure1 , our cloud-based management and support. Our platform can deliver a 10X acceleration in business applications over legacy disk-based storage. It is also designed to be compatible with existing infrastructure, substantially more reliable and power and space efficient.

Our business model builds on our technology innovations to reverse the traditional storage business model. Instead of moving data between old and new systems via forklift upgrades, we keep business data and applications in place and upgrade technology around it. Our platform and business model are designed to add value to customers for a decade or more, reducing total cost of storage ownership while increasing loyalty.

Our innovations help rebalance the datacenter by closing the performance gap between legacy storage technology and servers and networks. But it is the simplicity of our platform and business model that is revolutionizing the enterprise storage experience. Together, our innovations have helped our customers realize the promise of the cloud model for IT and the benefits of Moore’s Law. This has yielded industry-leading Net Promoter scores, based on the results of customer satisfaction surveys we conducted.

Since launching FlashArray in May 2012, our customer base has grown to over 1,100 customers. Our customers include large and mid-size organizations across a diverse set of industry verticals, including cloud-based software and service providers, consumer web, education, energy, financial services, governments, healthcare, manufacturing, media, retail and telecommunications. Our platform is used for a broad set of storage use cases, including database applications, private and public cloud infrastructure, virtual server infrastructure and virtual desktop infrastructure. Our platform helps customers increase employee productivity, improve operational efficiency, make better decisions through faster, more accurate analytics and deliver more compelling user experiences to their customers and partners.

We sell our platform predominantly through a high touch, channel-fulfilled model. Our sales force works collaboratively with our global network of distribution and channel partners, which provides us broad sales reach while maintaining direct customer engagement.

 



 

1


Table of Contents

Pure Storage serves the market for enterprise storage and related storage software. According to IDC, the combined worldwide spend by enterprises on external storage hardware priced at more than $50,000 per array and storage and device management, storage infrastructure and storage replication software is estimated to grow from approximately $24.2 billion in 2014 to $27.0 billion in 2018. We believe the benefits of next-generation flash storage will drive flash to ultimately become the predominant form of primary enterprise storage and present a broad market opportunity.

This market opportunity is reflected in our rapid growth. Our revenue increased from $6.1 million for the fiscal year ended January 31, 2013 to $42.7 million for the fiscal year ended January 31, 2014 and to $174.5 million for the fiscal year ended January 31, 2015, representing year-over-year revenue growth of 603% and 308% for our two most recent fiscal years. Our revenue increased from $59.4 million for the six months ended July 31, 2014 to $158.7 million for the six months ended July 31, 2015, representing period-over-period growth of 167% for our most recent interim period. Our net loss was $23.4 million, $78.6 million, and $183.2 million for the fiscal years ended January 31, 2013, 2014 and 2015, respectively and $95.2 million and $113.0 million for the six months ended July 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively. For the fiscal year ended January 31, 2015 and the six months ended July 31, 2015, 77% and 78% of our revenue was from the United States and 23% and 22% from the rest of the world, respectively.

Industry Background

Technology continues to transform business—redefining how products and services are built, how customers and partners are served and how organizations innovate. As a result, organizations face the urgent need to operate with greater speed and to leverage technology to be smarter and more innovative. Indeed, the speed, agility and efficiency of an organization’s information systems contribute to and in many cases define competitive advantage.

Organizations must make technology investments that improve IT performance and in parallel reduce the cost and complexity of their operations. Technology that can quickly adapt to ever-changing requirements and drive these dual and seemingly opposed requirements of improving both performance and efficiency is essential.

Business Transformation through Improv ed Performance . The speed of servers and networks has dramatically improved over the past several decades, but the performance of disk-based storage has not kept up. Disk-based storage is now an obstacle to application performance.

Flash memory is a solid-state storage technology that can eliminate the storage bottleneck, while providing better performance, greater storage density and improved power efficiency as compared to disk. Flash memory has transformed today’s consumer technology experience—it is the storage media inside smartphones—and it is now time for business to enjoy those same benefits. The price performance of flash technology also has improved dramatically in recent years. Already, leading web-scale companies such as Apple, Facebook and Google are utilizing flash-based storage in their datacenters.

Even when retrofitted with flash, legacy approaches to storage generally fall short. Too often, they rely on legacy storage software, which was optimized for the serial and sequential read and write patterns of disk. They do not take full advantage of the parallelizable and random access nature of flash. Even modern hybrid storage approaches—those that pair flash and disk designs—are inadequate, as they suffer from the speed of the far slower disk operations.

IT Transformation through Reduc ed Cost s and Complexity . Cloud computing has been one of the more compelling IT advances in years. Today, organizations use shared resources in the cloud, significantly reducing the cost and complexity of operations and datacenters. Organizations around the world are now adopting many of the core tenets of this cloud model to transform their own operations and datacenters.

 



 

2


Table of Contents

Legacy disk-based storage is generally inconsistent with the design tenets of the cloud. It does not scale easily, and is complex and costly to manage, often requiring expert consultants for routine operations. Most legacy disk-based storage requires organizations to replace their storage systems every 3 to 5 years. This is expensive and worrisome for customers, who must juggle upgrades and downtime during the data migration period. The result is an endless and time-consuming cycle of procurement, provisioning and troubleshooting of data storage.

Next- G eneration S torage . With the increased demands of a complex and changing business environment, we believe organizations not only desire but also require a new storage platform that combines the following:

 

    Dramatically improved performance to keep up with the demands of the business;

 

    Reliability, security and data management services for operating in mission critical environments;

 

    Seamless interoperability for compatibility with existing IT infrastructure investments;

 

    Simplicity, agility, easy automation and elasticity to enable the cloud model of IT; and

 

    Greater price performance and reduced total cost of ownership.

Our Solution

Pure Storage is defining the next generation of enterprise data storage. We have pioneered the all-flash array category and have coupled that with our customer-centric business model. We believe that our approach is having a profound impact both on our customers and the data storage industry as a whole:

 

    Business Transformation. With Pure Storage, customers’ business applications run faster—helping them to improve yields, employee productivity and customer and partner experiences, allowing them to make smarter decisions, and enabling them to increase innovation across their organizations.

 

    Technology Transformation. Our platform increases the efficiency, agility and simplicity of IT infrastructure, enabling our customers to reduce the cost and complexity of operations and implement the cloud model.

The following differentiates our storage platform:

 

    High Performance. Our FlashArray and Purity Operating Environment software were specifically architected for the fast parallelizable and random access of flash. The result is that customers can eliminate more than one year of cumulative application latency every month as compared to legacy disk-based storage in typical deployments.

 

    Enterprise Resiliency. Our platform, through the Purity Operating Environment , enables customers to maintain continuous access to their data without a loss in performance, even in the event of hardware or software component failures or during upgrades.

 

    Simplicity. Our platform is simple to deploy, manage and upgrade for a wide variety of customer use cases—the basic operating commands fit on a single, folding business card. Our platform is designed to seamlessly integrate with existing investments in server and application infrastructure.

 

    Agile Management. Through Pure1 , we deliver an integrated cloud-based management and support experience. We originate most of the support interactions we have with our customers, consistent with our proactive focus on helping our customers quickly respond to issues and stay ahead of changes to their storage requirements.

 

    Evergreen Storage. Our platform is designed to support customer deployments for a decade or more. Through our innovative business model, we provide software updates, any needed hardware replacements, and a controller refresh every three years so the customer can run the latest Purity Operating Environment for predictable maintenance fees.

 



 

3


Table of Contents
    Compelling Economics. Our FlashReduce software, combined with consumer-grade flash memory, allows customers to achieve price-performance levels that enable our platform to be deployed across a wide range of use cases.

 

    Lower Total Cost of Ownership. Our platform reduces the space, power, cooling, management overhead and other associated expenses as compared to disk-based storage.

Growth Strategies

Key elements of our growth strategy include:

 

    Relentlessly Innovate and Maintain Technology Leadership. We will continue to invest in product innovation and technology leadership and plan to enhance our flash-optimized software, modular and scalable hardware and cloud-based management and support.

 

    Continue to Drive Large Customer Adoption. We intend to grow our base of customers, including large customers, by promoting our platform, increasing our investment in sales and marketing and leveraging our network of channel partners.

 

    Further Leverage our Channel Ecosystem. We intend to continue investing in training, demand generation and partner programs. We also believe we can enable many of our partners to independently identify, qualify, sell and upgrade customers, with limited involvement from us.

 

    Drive Greater Penetration into our Existing Customer Base. We believe our over 1,100 customers represent a significant opportunity for us to realize incremental sales. We sell additional products and services to our customers as the data within their existing application deployments naturally grows and as customers migrate additional applications to our platform.

 

    Cultivate our Inspirational Culture. We believe our culture is a critical part of our success. We strive to maintain an exciting and supportive atmosphere that attracts great talent and inspires our employees to excel and deliver a differentiated experience for our customers.

 

    Leverage our Technology Ecosystem. We will continue to develop strategic relationships with technology vendors to allow integration of our platform with their offerings, enabling a streamlined experience for our customers.

Risks Associated with Our Business

Our business is subject to numerous risks and uncertainties including those highlighted in the section titled “Risk Factors” immediately following this prospectus summary. These risks include, among others, the following:

 

    We have experienced rapid growth in recent periods, and we may not be able to sustain or manage future growth effectively.

 

    We intend to continue focusing on revenue growth and increasing our market penetration and international presence at the expense of near-term profitability by investing heavily in our business.

 

    We have a limited operating history, which makes our future operating results difficult to predict.

 

    The market for all-flash storage products is rapidly evolving, which makes it difficult to forecast customer adoption rates and demand for our products.

 

    We face intense competition from a number of established companies and new entrants.

 

    Many of our established competitors have long-standing relationships with key decision makers at many of our current and prospective customers, which may inhibit our ability to compete effectively and maintain or increase our market share.

 



 

4


Table of Contents
    Our ability to increase our revenue will substantially depend on our ability to attract, motivate and retain sales, engineering and other key personnel, including our management team, and any failure to attract, motivate and retain these employees could harm our business, operating results and financial condition.

 

    If we fail to adequately expand our sales force, our growth will be impeded.

 

    The success of our business depends in part on our ability to protect and enforce our intellectual property rights.

If we are unable to adequately address these and other risks we face, our business, financial condition, operating results and prospects may be adversely affected.

Emerging Growth Company Status

We are an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act, or the JOBS Act, enacted in April 2012, and therefore we intend to take advantage of certain exemptions from various public company reporting requirements, including not being required to have our internal control over financial reporting audited by our independent registered public accounting firm pursuant to Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and any golden parachute payments not previously approved. We may take advantage of these exemptions for up to five years or until we are no longer an “emerging growth company,” whichever is earlier.

Corporate Information

We were incorporated in Delaware in October 2009 as OS76, Inc. In January 2010, we changed our name to Pure Storage, Inc. Our principal executive offices are located at 650 Castro Street, Suite 400, Mountain View, California 94041, and our telephone number is (800) 379-7873. Our website address is www.purestorage.com. Information contained on or accessible through our website is not a part of this prospectus and the inclusion of our website address in this prospectus is an inactive textual reference only.

Pure Storage, the “P” logo, Purity Operating Environment, FlashArray, Pure1 and other trade names, trademarks or service marks of Pure Storage appearing in this prospectus are the property of Pure Storage. Trade names, trademarks and service marks of other companies appearing in this prospectus are the property of their respective holders.

 



 

5


Table of Contents

THE OFFERING

 

Class A common stock offered

  

                         shares

Class A common stock to be outstanding after this offering

  


                         shares

Class B common stock to be outstanding after this offering

  


                         shares

Total Class A and Class B common stock to be outstanding after this offering

  


                         shares

Over-allotment option of Class A common stock offered

  


                         shares

Voting rights

  

We have two classes of authorized common stock: Class A common stock and Class B common stock. The rights of the holders of Class A and Class B common stock are identical, except with respect to voting and conversion rights. The holders of Class A common stock are entitled to one vote per share, and the holders of Class B common stock are entitled to ten votes per share, on all matters that are subject to stockholder vote. Following this offering, each share of Class B common stock may be converted into one share of Class A common stock at the option of the holder thereof, and will be converted into one share of Class A common stock upon transfer thereof, subject to certain exceptions. See “Description of Capital Stock” for additional information.

Use of proceeds

  

We estimate that the net proceeds from this offering will be approximately $         million, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering primarily for general corporate purposes, including expansion of our product development and sales and marketing organizations. We may also use a portion of the net proceeds from this offering for acquisitions of, or investments in, technologies, solutions or businesses that complement our business, although we have no commitments or agreements to enter into such acquisitions or investments. See “Use of Proceeds” for additional information.

New York Stock Exchange symbol

  

“PSTG”

 



 

6


Table of Contents

The number of shares of Class A and Class B common stock to be outstanding after this offering is based on no shares of our Class A common stock and 160,056,764 shares of our Class B common stock outstanding as of July 31, 2015, and excludes:

 

    59,928,620 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock options as of July 31, 2015 under our 2009 Equity Incentive Plan with weighted-average exercise price of $4.53 per share;

 

    15,102,581 shares of Class B common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2009 Equity Incentive Plan, which shares will cease to be available for issuance at the time our 2015 Equity Incentive Plan becomes effective in connection with this offering;

 

    700,000 shares of Class B common stock that we issued in September 2015 to the Pure Good Foundation;

 

    27,000,000 shares of Class A common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2015 Equity Incentive Plan, as well as any automatic increases in the number of shares of Class A common stock reserved for future issuance under this plan, which will become effective upon the execution of the underwriting agreement for this offering; and

 

    3,500,000 shares of Class A common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2015 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, as well as any automatic increases in the number of shares of Class A common stock reserved for future issuance under this plan, which will become effective upon the execution of the underwriting agreement for this offering.

In addition, unless we specifically state otherwise, all information in this prospectus assumes:

 

    that our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which we will file in connection with the closing of this offering, and our amended and restated bylaws adopted in connection with this offering are effective;

 

    the conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into an aggregate of 122,280,679 shares of Class B common stock immediately upon the closing of this offering;

 

    no exercise of outstanding options; and

 

    no exercise by the underwriters of their right to purchase up to an additional              shares of Class A common stock to cover over-allotments.

 



 

7


Table of Contents

SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

The following tables summarize our consolidated financial data. We have derived the consolidated statements of operations data for the fiscal years ended January 31, 2014 and 2015 from our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected consolidated statements of operations data for the fiscal year ended January 31, 2013 are derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements not included in this prospectus. We have derived the selected consolidated financial statements of operations data for the six months ended July 31, 2014 and 2015 and consolidated balance sheet data as of July 31, 2015 from our unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in the prospectus. The unaudited consolidated financial statements were prepared on a basis consistent with our audited financial statements. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in the future and our results for the six months ended July 31, 2015 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the full fiscal year.

You should read this data together with our consolidated financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus and the sections titled “Selected Consolidated Financial Data” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

 

     Fiscal Year Ended
January 31,
    Six Months Ended
July 31,
 
     2013     2014     2015     2014     2015  
                       (unaudited)  
     (in thousands, except per share data)  

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

          

Revenue:

          

Product

   $ 5,474      $ 39,228      $ 154,836      $ 53,253      $ 134,810   

Support

     603        3,505        19,615        6,159        23,928   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

     6,077        42,733        174,451        59,412        158,738   

Cost of revenue:

          

Product (1)

     3,605        19,974        63,425        22,608        50,353   

Support (1)

     709        4,155        14,127        4,924        14,421   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

     4,314        24,129        77,552        27,532        64,774   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     1,763        18,604        96,899        31,880        93,964   

Operating expenses:

          

Research and development (1)

     12,383        36,081        92,707        40,533        69,870   

Sales and marketing (1)

     10,727        54,750        152,320        71,563        107,844   

General and administrative (1)

     2,017        5,902        32,354        14,419        27,919   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     25,127        96,733        277,381        126,515        205,633   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (23,364     (78,129     (180,482     (94,635     (111,669

Other income (expense), net

     (6     (141     (1,412     (307     (1,074
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before provision for income taxes

     (23,370     (78,270     (181,894     (94,942     (112,743

Provision for income taxes

     2        291        1,337        257        214   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

     $  (23,372   $   (78,561   $   (183,231   $   (95,199   $   (112,957
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted (2)

   $ (1.28   $ (3.24   $ (6.56   $ (3.66   $ (3.41
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used in computing net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted (2)

     18,239        24,237        27,925        25,976        33,154   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted (2)

       $ (1.26     $ (0.73
      

 

 

     

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used in computing pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted (2)

         145,719          155,435   
      

 

 

     

 

 

 

 



 

8


Table of Contents

 

(1) Includes stock-based compensation expense as follows:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended
January 31,
     Six Months Ended
July 31,
 
     2013      2014      2015      2014      2015  
                          (unaudited)  
     (in thousands)  

Cost of revenue—product

   $ 66       $ 253       $ 303       $ 229       $ 96   

Cost of revenue—support

             316         1,273         898         854   

Research and development

     752         11,477         22,512         15,147         10,429   

Sales and marketing

     342         9,014         22,466         17,361         5,980   

General and administrative

     256         506         6,479         4,508         3,300   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation expense

   $   1,416       $   21,566       $   53,033       $   38,143       $   20,659   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Stock-based compensation expense for the fiscal years ended January 31, 2014 and 2015 and the six months ended July 31, 2014 included $13.3 million, $27.6 million, and $27.6 million, respectively, of cash paid for the repurchase of common stock in excess of fair value. See Note 9 to our consolidated financial statements for additional information.

 

(2) See Note 10 to our consolidated financial statements for an explanation of the method used to calculate our actual and pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders and the weighted-average number of shares used in the computation of the per share amounts.

 

     As of July 31, 2015
     Actual     Pro
Forma (1)
     Pro Forma
As
Adjusted (2)(3)
     (unaudited)
     (in thousands)

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 128,282      $ 128,282      

Working capital

     147,554        147,554      

Total assets

     336,563        336,563      

Deferred revenue, current and noncurrent portion

     123,482        123,482      

Convertible preferred stock

     543,940             

Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity

   $ (388,028   $ 155,912      

 

(1) The pro forma column reflects the conversion of all outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock into 122,280,679 shares of Class B common stock immediately upon the closing of this offering.
(2) The pro forma as adjusted column further reflects the receipt of $         million in net proceeds from our sale of shares of Class A common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
(3) Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share would increase or decrease, respectively, the amount of cash and cash equivalents, working capital, total assets and total stockholders’ (deficit) equity by $         million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We may also increase or decrease the number of shares we are offering. An increase or decrease of 1,000,000 in the number of shares we are offering would increase or decrease, respectively, the amount of cash and cash equivalents, working capital, total assets and total stockholders’ (deficit) equity by approximately $         million, assuming the assumed initial public offering price per share, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions. The pro forma as adjusted information is illustrative only, and we will adjust this information based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

 



 

9


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

Investing in our Class A common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described below , together with all of the other information contained in this prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and the related notes appearing at the end of this prospectus, before deciding to invest in our Class A common stock. If any of the following risks actually occur, it could harm our business, prospects, operating results and financial condition. In such event, the trading price of our Class A common stock could decline and you might lose all or part of your investment.

Risks Related to Our Business and Industry

We have experienced rapid growth in recent periods, and we may not be able to sustain or manage future growth effectively.

We have significantly expanded our overall business, customer base, headcount, channel partner relationships and operations in recent periods, and we anticipate that we will continue to expand and may experience rapid growth in future periods. For example, from January 31, 2014 to January 31, 2015, our headcount increased from over 350 to over 800 employees, and to over 1,100 employees as of July 31, 2015. Our future operating results will depend to a large extent on our ability to successfully manage our anticipated expansion and growth. To manage our growth successfully, we believe that we must, among other things, effectively:

 

    maintain and extend our product leadership;

 

    recruit, hire, train and manage additional personnel;

 

    maintain and further develop our channel partner relationships;

 

    enhance and expand our distribution and supply chain infrastructure;

 

    expand our support capabilities;

 

    forecast and control expenses;

 

    enhance and expand our international operations; and

 

    implement, improve and maintain our internal systems, procedures and controls.

We expect that our future growth will continue to place a significant strain on our managerial, administrative, operational, financial and other resources. We will incur costs associated with this future growth prior to realizing the anticipated benefits, and the return on these investments may be lower, may develop more slowly than we expect or may never materialize. If we are unable to manage our growth effectively, we may not be able to take advantage of market opportunities or develop new products or enhancements to existing products in a timely manner, and we may fail to satisfy customers’ expectations, maintain product quality, execute on our business plan or adequately respond to competitive pressures, each of which could adversely affect our business and operating results.

We intend to continue focusing on revenue growth and increasing our market penetration and international presence at the expense of near-term profitability by investing heavily in our business.

Our strategy is to increase our investments in marketing, sales, support and research and development at the expense of near-term profitability. We believe our decision to continue investing heavily in our business will be critical to our future success. We anticipate that our operating costs and expenses will increase substantially for the foreseeable future. In addition, we expect to incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. Even if we achieve significant revenue growth, we may continue to experience losses, similar or greater than to those we have incurred historically.

 

10


Table of Contents

We have not achieved profitability for any fiscal year since our inception. We incurred a net loss of approximately $183.2 million for the fiscal year ended January 31, 2015 and $113.0 million for the six months ended July 31, 2015, and we had an accumulated deficit of $341.6 million and $454.5 million as of January 31, 2015 and July 31, 2015, respectively. Our operating expenses largely are based on anticipated revenue, and a high percentage of our expenses are, and will continue to be, fixed in the short term. If we fail to adequately increase revenue and manage costs, we may not achieve or maintain profitability in the future. As a result, our business could be harmed and our operating results could suffer.

We have a limited operating history, which makes our future operating results difficult to predict.

We were founded in October 2009, but have generated substantially all of our revenue since February 1, 2013. We have a limited operating history in an industry characterized by rapid technological change, changing customer needs, evolving industry standards and frequent introductions of new products and services. Our limited operating history makes it difficult to evaluate our current business and our future prospects, including our ability to plan for and model future growth. All of these factors make our future operating results difficult to predict, which may impair our ability to manage our business and reduce your ability to assess our prospects.

You should not consider our revenue growth in prior quarterly or annual periods as indicative of our future performance. In future periods, we do not expect to achieve similar percentage revenue growth rates as we have achieved in some past periods. If we are unable to maintain adequate revenue or revenue growth, our stock price could be volatile, and it may be difficult to achieve and maintain profitability.

The market for all-flash storage products is rapidly evolving, which makes it difficult to forecast customer adoption rates and demand for our products.

The market for all-flash storage products is rapidly evolving. As a result, our future financial performance will depend on the continued growth of this market and on our ability to adapt to emerging customer demands and trends. Sales of our products are currently focused on use cases that require performance storage products such as virtualization and transaction processing. Many of our target customers have never purchased all-flash storage products and may not have the desire or available budget to invest in a new technology such as ours. It is difficult to predict with any precision customer adoption rates, customer demand for our products or the future growth rate and size of our market. Our products may never reach mass adoption, and changes or advances in alternative technologies or adoption of cloud storage offerings not utilizing our storage platform could adversely affect the demand for our products. Further, although flash storage has a number of advantages as compared to other data storage alternatives, such as hard disk drives, flash storage has certain limitations as well, including a higher price per gigabyte of raw storage, more limited methods for data recovery and reduced performance gains for certain uses, including sequential input/output, or I/O, transactions. A slowing in or reduced demand for all-flash storage products caused by lack of customer acceptance, technological challenges, alternative technologies and products or otherwise would result in a lower revenue growth rate or decreased revenue, either of which would negatively impact our business and operating results.

We face intense competition from a number of established companies and new entrants.

We face intense competition from a number of established companies that sell competitive storage products. These competitors include Cisco, Dell, EMC, HP, Hitachi Data Systems, IBM, Lenovo and NetApp. These competitors, as well as other potential competitors, may have:

 

    greater name recognition and longer operating histories;

 

    larger sales and marketing and customer support budgets and resources;

 

    broader distribution and established relationships with distribution partners and customers;

 

    the ability to bundle storage products with other products and services to address customers’ requirements;

 

    greater resources to make acquisitions;

 

11


Table of Contents
    larger and more mature intellectual property portfolios; and

 

    substantially greater financial, technical and other resources.

We also face competition from a number of other companies, one or more of which may become significant competitors in the future. New competitors could emerge and acquire significant market share. All of our competitors may utilize a broad range of competitive strategies. For example, some of our competitors have offered bundled products and services in order to reduce the initial cost of their storage products. Our competitors may also choose to adopt more aggressive pricing policies than we choose to adopt. Some of our competitors have offered their products either at significant discounts or even for free in response to our efforts to market the overall benefits and technological merits of our products.

Many competitors have developed competing all-flash or hybrid storage technologies. For example, some of our competitors have developed all-flash storage products with data reduction technologies that directly compete with our products. We expect our competitors to continue to improve the performance of their products, reduce their prices and introduce new services and technologies that may, or that they may claim to, offer greater performance and improved total cost of ownership as compared to our products. In addition, our competitors may develop enhancements to, or future generations of, competitive products that may render our products or technologies obsolete or less competitive. These and other competitive pressures may prevent us from competing successfully against current or future competitors.

Many of our established competitors have long-standing relationships with key decision makers at many of our current and prospective customers, which may inhibit our ability to compete effectively and maintain or increase our market share.

Many of our competitors benefit from established brand awareness and long-standing relationships with key decision makers at many of our current and prospective customers. We expect that our competitors will seek to leverage these existing relationships to discourage customers from purchasing our products. In particular, when competing against us, we expect our competitors to emphasize the perceived risks of relying on products from a company with a shorter operating history. Additionally, most of our prospective customers have existing storage systems manufactured by our competitors. This gives an incumbent competitor an advantage in retaining the customer because the incumbent competitor already understands the customer’s network infrastructure, user demands and IT needs. In the event that we are unable to successfully sell our products to new customers or persuade our customers from continuing to purchase our products, we may not be able to maintain or increase our market share and revenue, which could adversely affect our business and operating results.

Our ability to increase our revenue will substantially depend on our ability to attract, motivate and retain sales, engineering and other key personnel, including our management team, and any failure to attract, motivate and retain these employees could harm our business, operating results and financial condition.

Our ability to increase our revenue will substantially depend on our ability to attract and retain qualified sales, engineering and other key employees, including our management. These positions may require candidates with specific backgrounds in software and the storage industry, and competition for employees with such expertise is intense. Our ability to attract, motivate or retain employees may be reduced as we become a public company, as the value of our stock fluctuates and as our employees have the opportunity to sell their equity after this offering. We may not be successful in attracting, motivating and retaining qualified personnel. We have from time to time experienced, and we expect to continue to experience, difficulty in hiring and retaining highly skilled employees with appropriate qualifications. To the extent that we are successful in hiring to fill these positions, we need a significant amount of time to train the new employees before they can become effective and efficient in performing their jobs. From time to time, there may be changes in our management team resulting from the hiring or departure of those individuals. Members of our management team, including our executive officers, are generally employed on an at-will basis, which means that they could terminate their employment with us at any time. If we are unable to attract, motivate and retain qualified sales, engineering and other key employees, including our management, our business and operating results could suffer.

 

12


Table of Contents

If we fail to adequately expand our sales force our growth will be impeded.

We will need to continue to expand and optimize our sales infrastructure in order to grow our customer base and our business. We plan to continue to expand our sales force, both domestically and internationally. Identifying, recruiting and training qualified sales personnel require significant time, expense and attention. It can take time before our sales representatives are fully trained and productive. Our business may be adversely affected if our efforts to expand and train our sales force do not generate a corresponding increase in revenue. In particular, if we are unable to hire, develop and retain qualified sales personnel or if new sales personnel are unable to achieve desired productivity levels in a reasonable period of time, we may not be able to realize the expected benefits of this investment or increase our revenue.

If we fail to develop and introduce new or enhanced products on a timely basis, our ability to attract and retain customers could be impaired and our competitive position could be harmed.

We operate in a dynamic environment characterized by rapidly changing technologies and industry standards and technological obsolescence. To compete successfully, we must design, develop, market and sell new or enhanced products that provide increasingly higher levels of performance, capacity and reliability and that meet the cost expectations of our customers, which is a complex and uncertain process. The introduction of new products by our competitors, the market acceptance of products based on new or alternative technologies or the emergence of new industry standards could render our existing or future products obsolete or less competitive. As we introduce new or enhanced products, we must successfully manage product launches and transitions to the next generations of our products. For example, in June 2015, we announced our new FlashArray//m product. If we are not able to successfully manage the transition from our FlashArray 400-Series product to our FlashArray//m product, our business, operating results and financial condition could be harmed. Similarly, if we fail to introduce new or enhanced products that meet the needs of our customers in a timely or cost-effective fashion, we will lose market share and our operating results will be adversely affected.

Our research and development efforts may not produce successful products that result in significant revenue in the near future, if at all.

Developing new products and related enhancements is expensive and time intensive. Our investments in research and development may result in products that may not achieve market adoption, are more expensive to develop than anticipated, may take longer to generate revenue or may generate less revenue than we anticipate. Our future plans include significant investments in research and development for new products and related opportunities. We believe that we must continue to dedicate significant resources to our research and development efforts to maintain or expand our competitive position. However, these efforts may not result in significant revenue in the near future, if at all, which could adversely affect our business and operating results.

If we fail to successfully maintain or grow our relationships with channel partners, our business, operating results and financial condition could be harmed.

Our future success is highly dependent upon our ability to establish and maintain successful relationships with a variety of channel partners in markets where we do not have a large direct sales force or direct customer support personnel. In addition to selling our products, our partners may offer installation, post-sale service and support on our behalf in their local markets. In markets where we rely on partners more heavily, we have less contact with our customers and less control over the sales process and the quality and responsiveness of our partners. As a result, it may be more difficult for us to ensure the proper delivery and installation of our products or the quality or responsiveness of the support and services being offered. Any failure on our part to effectively identify, train and manage our channel partners and to monitor their sales activity, as well as the customer support and services being provided to our customers in their local markets, could harm our business, operating results and financial condition.

 

13


Table of Contents

Our channel partners may choose to discontinue offering our products and services or may not devote sufficient attention and resources toward selling our products and services. We typically enter into non-exclusive, written agreements with our channel partners. These agreements generally have a one-year, self-renewing term, have no minimum sales commitment and do not prohibit our channel partners from offering products and services that compete with ours. Accordingly, our channel partners may choose to discontinue offering our products and services or may not devote sufficient attention and resources toward selling our products and services. Additionally, our competitors may provide incentives to our existing and potential channel partners to use, purchase or offer their products and services or to prevent or reduce sales of our products and services. The occurrence of any of these events could harm our business, operating results and financial condition.

Our gross margins are impacted by a variety of factors, are subject to variation from period to period and are difficult to predict.

Our gross margins fluctuate from period to period due primarily to product costs, customer mix and product mix. Over the fiscal year ended January 31, 2015, and the six months ended July 31, 2015, our quarterly gross margins ranged from 53% to 60%. Our gross margins are likely to continue to fluctuate and may be affected by a variety of factors, including:

 

    demand for our products;

 

    sales and marketing initiatives, discount levels, rebates and competitive pricing;

 

    changes in customer, geographic or product mix, including mix of configurations within products;

 

    the cost of components and freight;

 

    new product introductions and enhancements, potentially with initial sales at relatively small volumes and higher product costs;

 

    the timing and amount of revenue recognized and deferred;

 

    excess inventory levels or purchase commitments as a result of changes in demand forecasts or product transitions;

 

    an increase in product returns, order rescheduling and cancellations;

 

    the timing of technical support service contracts and contract renewals;

 

    inventory stocking requirements to mitigate supply constraints, accommodate unforeseen demand or support new product introductions; and

 

    product quality and serviceability issues.

Due to such factors, gross margins are subject to variation from period to period and are difficult to predict. If we are unable to manage these factors effectively, our gross margins may decline, and fluctuations in gross margins may make it difficult to manage our business and achieve or maintain profitability, which could materially harm our business, operating results and financial condition.

Our operating results may fluctuate significantly, which could make our future results difficult to predict and could cause our operating results to fall below expectations.

Our operating results may fluctuate due to a variety of factors, many of which are outside of our control. As a result, comparing our operating results on a period-to-period basis may not be meaningful. You should not rely on our past results as an indication of our future performance. If our revenue or operating results fall below the expectations of investors or any securities analysts that follow our company, the price of our Class A common stock would likely decline.

 

14


Table of Contents

Factors that are difficult to predict and that could cause our operating results to fluctuate include:

 

    the timing and magnitude of orders, shipments and acceptance of our products in any quarter, including product returns, order rescheduling and cancellations by our customers;

 

    fluctuations in demand and prices for our products;

 

    potential seasonality in the markets we serve;

 

    our ability to control the costs of the components we use in our hardware products;

 

    our ability to timely adopt subsequent generations of components into our hardware products;

 

    disruption in our supply chains, component availability and related procurement costs;

 

    reductions in customers’ budgets for IT purchases;

 

    changes in industry standards in the data storage industry;

 

    our ability to develop, introduce and ship in a timely manner new products and product enhancements that meet customer requirements;

 

    our ability to effectively manage product transitions as we introduce new products;

 

    any change in the competitive dynamics of our markets, including new entrants or discounting of product prices;

 

    our ability to control costs, including our operating expenses; and

 

    future accounting pronouncements and changes in accounting policies.

The occurrence of any one of these risks could negatively affect our operating results in any particular quarter, which could cause the price of our Class A common stock to decline.

Our sales cycles can be long and unpredictable, particularly with respect to large orders, and our sales efforts require considerable time and expense. As a result, it can be difficult for us to predict when, if ever, a particular customer will choose to purchase our products, which may cause our operating results to fluctuate.

Our sales efforts involve educating our customers about the use and benefits of our products, including their technical capabilities and cost saving potential. Larger customers often undertake an evaluation and testing process that can result in a lengthy sales cycle. We spend substantial time and resources on our sales efforts without any assurance that our efforts will produce any sales. In addition, product purchases are frequently subject to budget constraints, multiple approvals and unplanned administrative, processing and other delays. A substantial portion of our quarterly sales typically occurs during the last several weeks of the quarter, which we believe largely reflects customer buying patterns of products similar to ours and other products in the technology industry generally. Since we do not recognize revenue from a sale until title is transferred for the product, if we have a substantial portion of our sales at the end of a quarter, we may be unable to transfer title and recognize the associated revenue in that quarter. Furthermore, our products come with a 30-day money back guarantee, allowing a customer to return a FlashArray product within 30 days of receipt if the customer is not satisfied with its purchase for any reason. In addition, a portion of our sales in any quarter is generated by sales activity initiated during the quarter. These factors, among others, make it difficult for us to predict when customers may purchase our products. We may expend significant resources on an opportunity without ever achieving a sale, which may adversely affect our operating results and cause our operating results to fluctuate. In addition, if sales expected from a specific customer for a particular quarter are not realized in that quarter or at all, our operating results may suffer.

 

15


Table of Contents

Our company culture has contributed to our success, and if we cannot maintain this culture as we grow, we could lose the innovation, creativity and teamwork fostered by our culture, and our business may be harmed.

We believe that a critical contributor to our success has been our company culture, which we believe fosters innovation, creativity, teamwork, passion for customers and focus on execution, as well as facilitating critical knowledge transfer and knowledge sharing. As we grow and change, we may find it difficult to maintain these important aspects of our company culture, which could limit our ability to innovate and operate effectively. Any failure to preserve our culture could also negatively affect our ability to retain and recruit personnel, continue to perform at current levels or execute on our business strategy.

Because our long-term success depends, in part, on our ability to expand the sales of our products to customers located outside of the United States, our business is susceptible to risks associated with international operations.

We maintain operations outside of the United States. We have been expanding and intend to continue to expand these operations in the future. We have limited experience operating in foreign jurisdictions. Our inexperience in operating our business outside of the United States increases the risk that our international expansion efforts may not be successful. In addition, conducting and expanding international operations subjects us to new risks that we have not generally faced in the United States. These include:

 

    exposure to foreign currency exchange rate risk;

 

    difficulties in collecting payments internationally, and managing and staffing international operations;

 

    establishing relationships with channel partners in international locations;

 

    the increased travel, infrastructure and legal compliance costs associated with international locations;

 

    the burdens of complying with a wide variety of laws associated with international operations, including taxes and customs;

 

    significant fines, penalties and collateral consequences if we fail to comply with anti-bribery laws;

 

    heightened risk of improper, unfair or corrupt business practices in certain geographies;

 

    potentially adverse tax consequences, including repatriation of earnings;

 

    increased financial accounting and reporting burdens and complexities;

 

    political, social and economic instability abroad, terrorist attacks and security concerns in general; and

 

    reduced or varied protection for intellectual property rights in some countries.

The occurrence of any one of these risks could negatively affect our international operations and, consequently, our business, operating results and financial condition generally.

The sales prices of our products and services may decrease, which may reduce our gross profits and adversely impact our financial results.

The sales prices for our products and services may decline for a variety of reasons, including competitive pricing pressures, discounts, a change in our mix of products and services, the introduction of competing products or services or promotional programs. Competition continues to increase in the markets in which we participate, and we expect competition to further increase in the future, thereby leading to increased pricing pressures. Larger competitors with more diverse product and service offerings may reduce the price of products or services that compete with ours or may bundle them with other products and services. Additionally, although we price our products and services predominantly in U.S. dollars, currency fluctuations in certain countries and regions may negatively impact actual prices that partners and customers are willing to pay in those countries and regions. Furthermore, we anticipate that the sales prices for our products will decrease over product life cycles.

 

16


Table of Contents

We cannot assure you that we will be successful in developing and introducing new offerings with enhanced functionality on a timely basis, or that our new product and services offerings, if introduced, will enable us to maintain or improve our gross margins and achieve profitability.

We derive substantially all of our revenue from a single family of products, and a decline in demand for these products would cause our revenue to grow more slowly or to decline.

Our FlashArray family of products accounts for all of our revenue and will continue to comprise a significant portion of our revenue for the foreseeable future. As a result, our revenue could be reduced by:

 

    the failure of our current products to achieve broad market acceptance;

 

    any decline or fluctuation in demand for our products, whether as a result of product obsolescence, technological change, customer budgetary constraints or other factors;

 

    the introduction of competing products and technologies that replace or substitute, or represent an improvement over, our products; and

 

    our inability to release enhanced versions of our products, including any related software, on a timely basis.

If the market for all-flash storage products grows more slowly than anticipated or if demand for our products declines, we may not be able to increase our revenue or achieve and maintain profitability.

Our products are highly technical and may contain undetected defects, which could cause data unavailability, loss or corruption that might, in turn, result in liability to our customers and harm to our reputation and business.

Our products are highly technical and complex and are often used to store information critical to our customers’ business operations. Our products may contain undetected errors, defects or security vulnerabilities that could result in data unavailability, loss, corruption or other harm to our customers. Some errors in our products may only be discovered after they have been installed and used by customers. Any errors, defects or security vulnerabilities discovered in our products after commercial release could result in a loss of revenue or delay in revenue recognition, injury to our reputation, a loss of customers or increased service and warranty costs, any of which could adversely affect our business and operating results. In addition, errors or failures in the products of third-party technology vendors may be attributed to us and may harm our reputation.

We could face claims for product liability, tort or breach of warranty. Many of our contracts with customers contain provisions relating to warranty disclaimers and liability limitations, which may be difficult to enforce. Defending a lawsuit, regardless of its merit, would be costly and might divert management’s attention and adversely affect the market’s perception of us and our products. Our business liability insurance coverage could prove inadequate with respect to a claim and future coverage may be unavailable on acceptable terms or at all. These product-related issues could result in claims against us, and our business, operating results and financial condition could be harmed.

Our brand name and our business may be harmed by the marketing strategies of our competitors.

Because of the early stage of our business, we believe that building and maintaining brand recognition and customer goodwill is critical to our success. Our efforts in this area have, on occasion, been hampered by the marketing efforts of our competitors, which have included statements about us and our products. If we are unable to effectively respond to the marketing efforts of our competitors and protect our brand and customer goodwill now or in the future, our business will be adversely affected.

 

17


Table of Contents

Our products must interoperate with third party operating systems, software applications and hardware, and if we are unable to devote the necessary resources to ensure that our products interoperate with such software and hardware, we may lose or fail to increase our market share and may experience reduced demand for our products.

Our products must interoperate with our customers’ existing infrastructure, specifically their networks, servers, software and operating systems, which may be manufactured by a wide variety of vendors. When new or updated versions of these software operating systems or applications are introduced, we must sometimes develop updated versions of our software so that our products will interoperate properly. For example, our Pure1 cloud-based management and support includes connectors to virtualization platforms, allowing our customers to manage the FlashArray from within the native management tools, including for VMware and OpenStack. We may not deliver or maintain interoperability quickly, cost-effectively or at all. These efforts require capital investment and engineering resources. If we fail to maintain compatibility of our products with these infrastructure components, our customers may not be able to fully utilize our products, and we may, among other consequences, lose or fail to increase our market share and experience reduced demand for our products, which may harm our business, operating results and financial condition.

Our products must conform to industry standards in order to be accepted by customers in our markets.

Generally, our products comprise only a part of a datacenter. The servers, network, software and other components and systems of a datacenter must comply with established industry standards in order to interoperate and function efficiently together. We depend on companies that provide other systems in a datacenter to conform to prevailing industry standards. Often, these companies are significantly larger and more influential in driving industry standards than we are. Some industry standards may not be widely adopted or implemented uniformly, and competing standards may emerge that may be preferred by our customers. If larger companies do not conform to the same industry standards that we do, or if competing standards emerge, market acceptance of our products could be adversely affected, which may harm our business.

Our ability to successfully market and sell our products is dependent in part on ease of use and the quality of our support offerings, and any failure to offer high-quality installation and technical support could harm our business.

Once our products are deployed within our customers’ datacenters, customers depend on our support organization to resolve technical issues relating to our products. Our ability to provide effective support is largely dependent on our ability to attract, train and retain qualified personnel, as well as to engage with qualified support partners that provide a similar level of customer support. In addition, our sales process is highly dependent on our product and business reputation and on recommendations from our existing customers. Although our products are designed to be interoperable with existing servers and systems, we may need to provide customized installation and configuration support to our customers before our products become fully operational in their environments. Any failure to maintain, or a market perception that we do not maintain, high-quality installation and technical support could harm our reputation, our ability to sell our products to existing and prospective customers and our business.

We rely on contract manufacturers to manufacture our products, and if we fail to manage our relationship with our contract manufacturers successfully, our business could be negatively impacted.

We rely on a limited number of contract manufacturers to manufacture our products. Our reliance on contract manufacturers reduces our control over the assembly process, and exposes us to risks, such as reduced control over quality assurance, costs and product supply. If we fail to manage our relationships with these contract manufacturers effectively, or if these contract manufacturers experience delays, disruptions, capacity constraints or quality control problems, our ability to timely ship products to our customers could be impaired and our competitive position and reputation could be harmed. If we are required to change contract manufacturers or assume internal manufacturing operations, we may lose revenue, incur increased costs and damage our customer relationships. Qualifying a new contract manufacturer and commencing production is

 

18


Table of Contents

expensive and time-consuming. We may need to increase our component purchases, contract manufacturing capacity and internal test and quality functions if we experience increased demand. The inability of our contract manufacturers to provide us with adequate supplies of high-quality products could cause a delay in our order fulfillment, and our business, operating results and financial condition may be harmed.

We rely on a limited number of suppliers, and in some cases single-source suppliers, and any disruption or termination of these supply arrangements could delay shipments of our products and could harm our relationships with current and prospective customers.

We rely on a limited number of suppliers, and in some cases, on single-source suppliers, for several key components of our products, and we have not generally entered into agreements for the long-term purchase of these components. For example, the CPUs utilized in our products are supplied by Intel Corporation, or Intel, and neither we nor our contract manufacturers have an agreement with Intel for the procurement of these CPUs. Instead, we purchase the CPUs either directly from Intel or through a reseller on a purchase order basis. Intel or its resellers could stop selling to us at any time or could raise their prices without notice. This reliance on a limited number of suppliers and the lack of any guaranteed sources of supply exposes us to several risks, including:

 

    the inability to obtain an adequate supply of key components, including solid-state drives;

 

    price volatility for the components of our products;

 

    failure of a supplier to meet our quality or production requirements;

 

    failure of a supplier of key components to remain in business or adjust to market conditions; and

 

    consolidation among suppliers, resulting in some suppliers exiting the industry or discontinuing the manufacture of components.

As a result of these risks, we cannot assure you that we will be able to obtain enough of these key components in the future or that the cost of these components will not increase. If our supply of components is disrupted or delayed, or if we need to replace our existing suppliers, there can be no assurance that additional components will be available when required or that components will be available on terms that are favorable to us, which could extend our lead times, increase the costs of our components and harm our business, operating results and financial condition. Even if we are successful in growing our business, we may not be able to continue to procure components at reasonable prices, which may require us to enter into longer-term contracts with component suppliers to obtain these components at competitive prices. This could increase our costs and decrease our gross margins, harming our business, operating results and financial condition.

Managing the supply of our products and their components is complex. Insufficient supply and inventory may result in lost sales opportunities or delayed revenue, while excess inventory may harm our gross margins.

Our third-party manufacturers procure components and build our products based on our forecasts, and we generally do not hold inventory for a prolonged period of time. These forecasts are based on estimates of future demand for our products, which are in turn based on historical trends and analyses from our sales and marketing organizations, adjusted for overall market conditions. In order to reduce manufacturing lead times and plan for adequate component supply, from time to time we may issue forecasts for components and products that are non-cancelable and non-returnable. Our inventory management systems and related supply chain visibility tools may be inadequate to enable us to make accurate forecasts and effectively manage the supply of our products and components. We have, in the past, had to write off inventory in connection with transitions to new product models. If we ultimately determine that we have excess supply, we may have to reduce our prices and write down or write off excess or obsolete inventory, which in turn could result in lower gross margins. Alternatively, insufficient supply levels may lead to shortages that result in delayed revenue or loss of sales opportunities altogether as potential customers turn to competitors’ products that may be more readily available. If we are unable to effectively manage our supply and inventory, our results of operations could be adversely affected.

 

19


Table of Contents

If we are unable to sell renewals of our maintenance and support services to our customers, our future revenue and operating results will be harmed.

Existing customers may not renew their maintenance and support agreements after the initial period, and given our limited operating history, we may not be able to accurately predict our renewal rates. Our customers’ renewal rates may decline or fluctuate as a result of a number of factors, including their available budget and the level of their satisfaction with our storage platform, customer support and pricing as compared to that offered by our competitors. If our customers renew their contracts, they may renew on terms that are less economically beneficial to us. We cannot assure you that our customers will renew their maintenance and support agreements, and if our customers do not renew their agreements or renew on less favorable terms, our revenue may grow more slowly than expected, if at all.

We expect that revenue from maintenance and support agreements will increase as a percentage of total revenue over time, and because we recognize this revenue over the term of the relevant contract period, downturns or upturns in sales are not immediately reflected in full in our results of operations.

We expect that revenue from maintenance and support agreements will increase as a percentage of total revenue over time. We recognize maintenance and support revenue ratably over the term of the relevant service period. As a result, much of the maintenance and support revenue we report each quarter is derived from maintenance and support agreements that we sold in prior quarters. Consequently, a decline in new or renewed maintenance and support agreements in any one quarter will not be fully reflected in revenue in that quarter but will negatively affect our revenue in future quarters. Accordingly, the effect of significant downturns in sales of maintenance and support is not reflected in full in our results of operations until future periods. Also, it is difficult for us to rapidly increase our maintenance and support revenue through additional sales in any period, as revenue from renewals must be recognized ratably over the applicable service period.

Adverse economic conditions or reduced datacenter spending may adversely impact our revenues and profitability.

Our operations and performance depend in part on worldwide economic conditions and the impact these conditions have on levels of spending on datacenter technology. Our business depends on the overall demand for datacenter infrastructure and on the economic health of our current and prospective customers. Weak economic conditions, or a reduction in datacenter spending, would likely adversely impact our business, operating results and financial condition in a number of ways, including by reducing sales, lengthening sales cycles and lowering prices for our products and services.

Third-party claims that we are infringing the intellectual property rights of others, whether successful or not, could subject us to costly and time-consuming litigation or require us to obtain expensive licenses, and our business could be harmed.

There is a substantial amount of intellectual property litigation in the flash-based storage industry, and we may become party to, or threatened with, litigation or other adversarial proceedings regarding intellectual property rights with respect to our technology, including interference or derivation proceedings before the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office. Third parties may assert infringement claims against us based on existing or future intellectual property rights. The outcome of intellectual property litigation is subject to uncertainties that cannot be adequately quantified in advance. We have in the past received and may in the future receive inquiries from other intellectual property holders and may become subject to claims that we infringe their intellectual property rights, particularly as we expand our presence in the market and face increasing competition.

For example, in November 2013, EMC Corporation, or EMC, filed a complaint against us in the United States District Court for the District of Massachusetts, alleging that our hiring of EMC employees evidences a scheme to misappropriate EMC’s confidential information and trade secrets and to unlawfully interfere with EMC’s business relationships with its customers and contractual relationships with its employees. In addition, in

 

20


Table of Contents

November 2013, EMC filed a complaint against us in the United States District Court for the District of Delaware, alleging infringement of five patents held by EMC. While we intend to vigorously defend ourselves in these lawsuits, we are unable to predict the ultimate outcome of this litigation. See the section titled “Business—Legal Proceedings” for more information relating to this litigation.

Any intellectual property rights claim, including the lawsuits brought by EMC, against us or our customers, suppliers, and channel partners, with or without merit, could be time-consuming and expensive to litigate or settle, could divert management’s resources and attention from operating our business and could force us to acquire intellectual property rights and licenses, which may involve substantial royalty payments. Further, a party making such a claim, if successful, could secure a judgment that requires us to pay substantial damages, including treble damages and attorneys’ fees if we are found to have willfully infringed a patent. An adverse determination also could invalidate our intellectual property rights and prevent us from manufacturing and offering our products to our customers and may require that we procure or develop substitute products that do not infringe, which could require significant effort and expense. We may not be able to re-engineer our products successfully to avoid infringement, and we may have to seek a license for the infringed technology, which may not be available on reasonable terms or at all, may significantly increase our operating expenses or may require us to restrict our business activities in one or more respects. Even if we were able to obtain a license, it could be non-exclusive, thereby giving our competitors access to the same technologies licensed to us. Claims that we have misappropriated the confidential information or trade secrets of third parties could have a similar negative impact on our business. Any of these events could harm our business and financial condition.

We currently have a number of agreements in effect pursuant to which we have agreed to defend, indemnify and hold harmless our customers, suppliers and channel partners from damages and costs which may arise from the infringement by our products of third-party patents, trademarks or other proprietary rights. The scope of these indemnity obligations varies, but may, in some instances, include indemnification for damages and expenses, including attorneys’ fees. Our insurance may not cover intellectual property infringement claims. A claim that our products infringe a third party’s intellectual property rights could harm our relationships with our customers, deter future customers from purchasing our products and expose us to costly litigation and settlement expenses. Even if we are not a party to any litigation between a customer and a third party relating to infringement by our products, an adverse outcome in any such litigation could make it more difficult for us to defend our products against intellectual property infringement claims in any subsequent litigation in which we are a named party. Any of these results could harm our brand and financial condition.

The success of our business depends in part on our ability to protect and enforce our intellectual property rights.

We rely on a combination of patent, copyright, service mark, trademark and trade secret laws, as well as confidentiality procedures and contractual restrictions, to establish and protect our proprietary rights, all of which provide only limited protection. As of July 31, 2015, we had over 200 issued patents and over 150 patent applications in the United States and foreign countries. We cannot assure you that any patents will issue with respect to our currently pending patent applications in a manner that gives us the protection that we seek, if at all, or that any patents issued to us will not be challenged, invalidated, circumvented or held to be unenforceable in actions against alleged infringers. Our issued patents and any patents that may issue in the future with respect to pending or future patent applications may not provide sufficiently broad protection or they may not prove to be enforceable in actions against alleged infringers. Changes to the patent laws in the United States and other jurisdictions could also diminish the value of our patents and patent applications or narrow the scope of our patent protection. We cannot be certain that the steps we have taken will prevent unauthorized use of our technology or the reverse engineering of our technology. Moreover, others may independently develop technologies that are competitive to ours or infringe our intellectual property. Furthermore, any of our trademarks may be challenged by others or invalidated through administrative process or litigation.

 

21


Table of Contents

Protecting against the unauthorized use of our intellectual property, products and other proprietary rights is expensive and difficult. Litigation may be necessary in the future to enforce or defend our intellectual property rights or to determine the validity and scope of the proprietary rights of others. Any such litigation could result in substantial costs and diversion of management’s resources and attention, either of which could harm our business, operating results and financial condition. Further, many of our current and potential competitors have the ability to dedicate substantially greater resources to defending intellectual property infringement claims and to enforcing their intellectual property rights than we have. Accordingly, we may not be able to prevent third parties from infringing upon or misappropriating our intellectual property. Effective patent, trademark, service mark, copyright and trade secret protection may not be available in every country in which our products are available. An inability to adequately protect and enforce our intellectual property and other proprietary rights could harm our business and financial condition.

If we are unable to protect the confidentiality of our trade secrets, the value of our technology could be materially adversely affected and our business could be harmed.

In addition to the protection afforded by patents, we rely on confidential proprietary information, including trade secrets and know-how to develop and maintain our competitive position. Any disclosure to or misappropriation by third parties of our confidential proprietary information could enable competitors to quickly duplicate or surpass our technological achievements, thus eroding our competitive position in our market. We seek to protect our confidential proprietary information, in part, by confidentiality agreements and invention assignment agreements with our employees, consultants, scientific advisors, contractors and collaborators. These agreements are designed to protect our proprietary information; however, we cannot be certain that such agreements have been entered into with all relevant parties, and we cannot be certain that our trade secrets and other confidential proprietary information will not be disclosed or that competitors will not otherwise gain access to our trade secrets or independently develop substantially equivalent information and techniques. For example, any of these parties may breach the agreements and disclose our proprietary information, including our trade secrets, and we may not be able to obtain adequate remedies for such breaches. We also seek to preserve the integrity and confidentiality of our confidential proprietary information by maintaining physical security of our premises and physical and electronic security of our IT systems, but it is possible that these security measures could be breached. If any of our confidential proprietary information were to be lawfully obtained or independently developed by a competitor, we would have no right to prevent such competitor from using that technology or information to compete with us, which could harm our competitive position. Further, the laws of some foreign countries do not protect proprietary rights to the same extent or in the same manner as the laws of the United States. As a result, we may encounter significant problems in protecting and defending our intellectual property both in the United States and abroad. If we are unable to prevent material disclosure of the intellectual property related to our technologies to third parties, we will not be able to establish or maintain a competitive advantage in our market, which could harm our business.

Our use of open source software could impose limitations on our ability to commercialize our products.

We use open source software in our products and expect to continue to use open source software in the future. Although we monitor our use of open source software, the terms of many open source licenses have not been interpreted by U.S. or foreign courts, and there is a risk that such licenses could be construed in a manner that imposes unanticipated conditions or restrictions on our ability to market our products. From time to time, we may face claims from third parties claiming ownership of, or demanding release of, the open source software or derivative works that we have developed using such software, which could include our proprietary source code, or otherwise seeking to enforce the terms of the applicable open source license. These claims could result in litigation and could require us to make our software source code freely available, seek licenses from third parties in order to continue offering our products for certain uses or cease offering the implicated solutions unless and until we can re-engineer them to avoid infringement. This re-engineering process could require significant additional research and development resources, and we may be required to discontinue providing some of our software in the event re-engineering cannot be accomplished on a timely basis, any of which could harm our business, operating results and financial condition.

 

22


Table of Contents

System security risks, data protection breaches and cyber-attacks on our systems or products could compromise our proprietary information (or information of our customers), disrupt our internal operations and harm public perception of our products, which could cause our business and reputation to suffer, create additional liabilities and adversely affect our financial results and stock price.

In the ordinary course of business, we store sensitive data on our internal systems, networks and servers, which may include intellectual property, our proprietary business information and that of our customers, suppliers and business partners and sales data, which may include personally identifiable information. Additionally, we design and sell products that allow our customers to store our customers’ data. The security of our own networks and the intrusion protection features of our product are both critical to our operations and business strategy.

We devote significant resources to network security, data encryption and other security measures to protect our systems and data, but these security measures cannot provide absolute security. For example, we use encryption and authentication technologies to secure the transmission and storage of data and prevent third party access to data or accounts, but these security measures are subject to third-party security breaches, employee error, malfeasance, faulty password management or other irregularities. Any destructive or intrusive breach of our internal systems could result in the information stored on our networks being accessed, publicly disclosed, lost or stolen. Additionally, an effective attack on our products could disrupt the proper functioning of our products, allow unauthorized access to sensitive, proprietary or confidential information of ours or our customers, disrupt or temporarily interrupt customers’ operations or cause other destructive outcomes, including the theft of information sufficient to engage in fraudulent transactions. The risk that these types of events could seriously harm our business is likely to increase as we expand our network of channel partners, resellers and authorized service providers and operate in more countries. The economic costs to us to eliminate or alleviate cyber or other security problems, viruses, worms, malicious software systems and security vulnerabilities could be significant and may be difficult to anticipate or measure because the damage may differ based on the identity and motive of the programmer or hacker, which are often difficult to identify. If any of these types of security breaches, actual or perceived, were to occur and we were to be unable to protect sensitive data, our relationships with our business partners and customers could be materially damaged, our reputation and brand could be materially harmed, use of our products could decrease and we could be exposed to a risk of loss or litigation and possible liability.

We may further expand through acquisitions of, or investments in, other companies, each of which may divert our management’s attention, resulting in additional dilution to our stockholders and consumption of resources that are necessary to sustain and grow our business.

Our business strategy may, from time to time, include acquiring complementary products, technologies or businesses. We also may enter into relationships with other businesses in order to expand our product offerings, which could involve preferred or exclusive licenses, additional channels of distribution or discount pricing or investments in other companies. Negotiating these transactions can be time-consuming, difficult and expensive, and our ability to close these transactions may be subject to third-party or government approvals, which are beyond our control. Consequently, we can make no assurance that these transactions, once undertaken and announced, will close.

These kinds of acquisitions or investments may result in unforeseen operating difficulties and expenditures. In particular, we may encounter difficulties assimilating or integrating the businesses, technologies, products, personnel or operations of the acquired companies, particularly if the key personnel of the acquired business choose not to work for us, and we may have difficulty retaining the customers of any acquired business. Acquisitions may also disrupt our ongoing business, divert our resources and require significant management attention that would otherwise be available for development of our business. Any acquisition or investment could expose us to unknown liabilities. Moreover, we cannot assure you that the anticipated benefits of any acquisition or investment would be realized or that we would not be exposed to unknown liabilities. In connection with these types of transactions, we may issue additional equity securities that would dilute our stockholders, use cash that we may need in the future to operate our business, incur debt on terms unfavorable to us or that we are unable to

 

23


Table of Contents

repay, incur large charges or substantial liabilities, encounter difficulties integrating diverse business cultures and become subject to adverse tax consequences, substantial depreciation or deferred compensation charges. These challenges related to acquisitions or investments could harm our business and financial condition.

We are an emerging growth company, and any decision on our part to comply only with certain reduced reporting and disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies could make our Class A common stock less attractive to investors.

We are an emerging growth company, and, for as long as we continue to be an emerging growth company, we may choose to take advantage of exemptions from various reporting requirements applicable to other public companies but not to “emerging growth companies,” including: not being required to have our independent registered public accounting firm audit our internal control over financial reporting under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. We could be an emerging growth company for up to five years following the completion of this offering. We will remain an emerging growth company until the earliest to occur of (i) the last day of the fiscal year in which we have more than $1.0 billion in annual revenue, (ii) the date we qualify as a “large accelerated filer,” with at least $700 million of equity securities held by non-affiliates, (iii) the date on which we have issued, in any three-year period, more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities, and (iv) the last day of the fiscal year ending after the fifth anniversary of the completion of this offering. We cannot predict if investors will find our Class A common stock less attractive if we choose to rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our Class A common stock less attractive as a result of any choices we make to avail ourselves of these exemptions, there may be a less active trading market for our Class A common stock and the market price of our Class A common stock may be more volatile.

Under the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies can also delay adopting new or revised accounting standards until such time as those standards apply to private companies. We have irrevocably elected not to avail ourselves of this accommodation allowing for delayed adoption of new or revised accounting standards, and, therefore, we will be subject to the same new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not emerging growth companies.

We may require additional capital to support business growth, and this capital might not be available on acceptable terms, or at all.

We intend to continue to make investments to support our business growth and may require additional funds to respond to business challenges, including the need to develop new products or enhance our existing products, enhance our operating infrastructure and acquire complementary businesses and technologies. Accordingly, we may need to engage in equity or debt financings to secure additional funds. If we raise additional funds through further issuances of equity or convertible debt securities, our stockholders could suffer significant dilution, and any new equity securities we issue could have rights, preferences and privileges superior to those of holders of our common stock. Any debt financing in the future could involve additional restrictive covenants relating to our capital raising activities and other financial and operational matters, which may make it more difficult for us to obtain additional capital and to pursue business opportunities, including potential acquisitions. We may not be able to obtain additional financing on terms favorable to us, if at all. If we are unable to obtain adequate financing or financing on terms satisfactory to us, when we require it, our ability to support our business growth and to respond to business challenges could be significantly limited and our prospects and financial condition could be harmed.

 

24


Table of Contents

We are exposed to the credit risk of some of our customers, which could harm our business, operating results and financial condition.

Most of our sales are made on an open credit basis. As a general matter, we monitor individual customer payment capability when we grant open credit arrangements and may limit these open credit arrangements based on perceived creditworthiness. We also maintain allowances we believe are adequate to cover exposure for doubtful accounts. Although we have programs in place that are designed to monitor and mitigate these risks, we cannot assure you these programs will be effective in managing our credit risks, especially as we expand our business internationally. If we are unable to adequately control these risks, our business, operating results and financial condition could be harmed.

Sales to U.S. federal, state and local governments are subject to a number of challenges and risks that may adversely impact our business.

Sales to U.S. federal, state and local governmental agencies may in the future account for a significant portion of our revenue. Sales to such government entities are subject to the following risks:

 

    selling to governmental agencies can be highly competitive, expensive and time consuming, often requiring significant upfront time and expense without any assurance that such efforts will generate a sale;

 

    government certification requirements applicable to our products may change and in doing so restrict our ability to sell into the U.S. federal government sector until we have attained the revised certification;

 

    government demand and payment for our products and services may be impacted by public sector budgetary cycles and funding authorizations, with funding reductions or delays adversely affecting public sector demand for our products and services;

 

    we sell our products to governmental agencies through our channel partners, and these agencies may have statutory, contractual or other legal rights to terminate contracts with our distributors and resellers for convenience or due to a default, and any such termination may adversely impact our future results of operations;

 

    governments routinely investigate and audit government contractors’ administrative processes, and any unfavorable audit could result in the government refusing to continue buying our products, which would adversely impact our revenue and results of operations, or institute fines or civil or criminal liability if the audit uncovers improper or illegal activities; and

 

    governments may require certain products to be manufactured in the United States and other relatively high-cost manufacturing locations, and we may not manufacture all products in locations that meet these requirements, affecting our ability to sell these products to governmental agencies.

We will need to maintain effective internal control over financial reporting in accordance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, and the failure to do so could have a material adverse effect on our business and stock price.

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires, among other things, that we maintain effective internal control over financial reporting and disclosure controls and procedures. We will be required to perform system and process evaluation and testing of our internal control over financial reporting to allow management to report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, as required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, or Section 404. When we are no longer an emerging growth company, our independent registered public accounting firm will also need to attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. Over the last year, we have taken and continue to take additional steps to upgrade our finance and accounting function, including the hiring of additional finance and accounting personnel, and implement additional policies and procedures associated with the financial statement close process. Our compliance with Section 404 may require us to continue to incur substantial expense and expend significant management efforts. If we are unable to

 

25


Table of Contents

comply with the requirements of Section 404 in a timely manner, or if we or our independent registered public accounting firm notes or identifies deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting that are deemed to be material weaknesses, the market price of our Class A common stock could decline and we could be subject to sanctions or investigations by the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, or other regulatory authorities, which would require additional financial and management resources.

Our international operations subject us to potentially adverse tax consequences.

We generally conduct our international operations through wholly-owned subsidiaries and report our taxable income in various jurisdictions worldwide based upon our business operations in those jurisdictions. By the end of 2015, we intend to complete the reorganization of our corporate tax structure and intercompany relationships to more closely align our corporate organization with the expansion of our international business activities. Although we anticipate achieving a reduction in our overall effective tax rate in the future as a result of implementing the new corporate structure, our restructuring efforts will require us to incur expenses in the near term for which we may not realize any benefits.

Our intercompany relationships are, and after the implementation of our new corporate tax structure will continue to be, subject to complex transfer pricing regulations administered by taxing authorities in various jurisdictions. The relevant taxing authorities may disagree with our determinations as to the income and expenses attributable to specific jurisdictions. If such a disagreement were to occur, and our position were not sustained, we could be required to pay additional taxes, interest and penalties, which could result in tax charges, higher effective tax rates, reduced cash flows and lower overall profitability of our operations. In addition, following the implementation of our new corporate tax structure, if the intended tax treatment of the structure is not accepted by the applicable taxing authorities, there are changes in tax law that negatively impact the structure or we do not operate our business consistent with the structure and applicable tax laws and regulations, we may fail to achieve any tax advantages as a result of the new corporate structure, and our future operating results and financial condition may be negatively impacted.

Current U.S. tax laws, including limitations on the ability of taxpayers to claim and utilize foreign tax credits and the deferral of certain tax deductions until earnings outside of the United States are repatriated to the United States, as well as changes to U.S. tax laws that may be enacted in the future, could impact the tax treatment of our foreign earnings. Due to expansion of our international business activities, any changes in the U.S. taxation of such activities may increase our worldwide effective tax rate and adversely affect our financial condition and operating results.

Failure to comply with governmental laws and regulations could harm our business.

Our business is subject to regulation by various federal, state, local and foreign governmental agencies, including agencies responsible for monitoring and enforcing employment and labor laws, workplace safety, product safety, environmental laws, consumer protection laws, anti-bribery laws, import/export controls, federal securities laws and tax laws and regulations. In certain jurisdictions, these regulatory requirements may be more stringent than in the United States. For example, the European Union has adopted certain directives to facilitate the recycling of electrical and electronic equipment sold in the European Union, including the Restriction on the Use of Certain Hazardous Substances in Electrical and Electronic Equipment directive and the Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment directive. Noncompliance with applicable regulations or requirements could subject us to investigations, sanctions, mandatory product recalls, enforcement actions, disgorgement of profits, fines, damages, civil and criminal penalties or injunctions. If any governmental sanctions are imposed, or if we do not prevail in any possible civil or criminal litigation, our business, operating results and financial condition could be harmed. In addition, responding to any action will likely result in a significant diversion of management’s attention and resources and an increase in professional fees. Enforcement actions and sanctions could harm our business, operating results and financial condition.

 

26


Table of Contents

Governmental regulations affecting the import or export of products could negatively affect our revenue.

The U.S. and various foreign governments have imposed controls, export license requirements and restrictions on the import or export of some technologies, especially encryption technology. From time to time, governmental agencies have proposed additional regulation of encryption technology, such as requiring the escrow of imports or exports. If we fail to obtain required import or export approval for our products, our international and domestic sales could be harmed and our revenue may be adversely affected. In many cases, we rely on vendors and channel partners to handle logistics associated with the import and export of our products, so our visibility and control over these matters may be limited. In addition, failure to comply with such regulations could result in penalties, costs and restrictions on export privileges, which could harm our business, operating results and financial condition.

Our business is subject to the risks of earthquakes and other natural catastrophic events, and to interruption by man-made factors such as computer viruses or terrorism.

We have operations in locations, including our headquarters in California, that are subject to earthquakes and other natural catastrophic events, such as severe weather and geological events, which could disrupt our operations or the operations of those customers and suppliers. Our customers affected by a natural disaster could postpone or cancel orders of our products, which could negatively impact our business. Moreover, should any of our key suppliers fail to deliver components to us as a result of a natural disaster, we may be unable to purchase these components in necessary quantities or may be forced to purchase components in the open market at significantly higher costs. We may also be forced to purchase components in advance of our normal supply chain demand to avoid potential market shortages. We may not have adequate business interruption insurance to compensate us for losses due to a significant natural disaster or due to man-made factors. In addition, acts of terrorism or malicious computer viruses could cause disruptions in our or our customers’ businesses or the economy as a whole. To the extent that these disruptions result in delays or cancellations of customer orders or the deployment of our products, our business, operating results and financial condition could be harmed.

Risks Related to Our Common Stock

The dual class structure of our common stock has the effect of concentrating voting control with those stockholders who held our capital stock prior to the completion of this offering, including our executive officers, employees and directors and their affiliates, which will limit your ability to influence the outcome of important transactions, including a change in control.

Our Class B common stock has ten votes per share, and our Class A common stock, which is the stock we are selling in this offering, has one vote per share. Upon the closing of this offering, stockholders who hold shares of our Class B common stock, including our executive officers, employees and directors and their affiliates, will collectively hold approximately     % of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock. Because of the ten-to-one voting ratio between our Class B common stock and Class A common stock, after the completion of this offering, the holders of our Class B common stock will collectively continue to control a majority of the combined voting power of our capital stock and therefore be able to control all matters submitted to our stockholders for approval so long as the shares of our Class B common stock represent at least     % of all outstanding shares of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock. These holders of our Class B common stock may also have interests that differ from yours and may vote in a way with which you disagree and which may be adverse to your interests. This concentrated control may have the effect of delaying, preventing or deterring a change in control of our company, could deprive our stockholders of an opportunity to receive a premium for their capital stock as part of a sale of our company and might ultimately affect the market price of our Class A common stock.

Future transfers by holders of our Class B common stock will generally result in those shares converting into shares of our Class A common stock, subject to limited exceptions, such as certain transfers effected for estate planning purposes. The conversion of shares of our Class B common stock into shares of our Class A

 

27


Table of Contents

common stock will have the effect, over time, of increasing the relative voting power of those holders of Class B common stock who retain their shares in the long term. If, for example, Dr. Dietzen and Messrs. Colgrove and Hatfield retain a significant portion of their holdings of our Class B common stock for an extended period of time, they could control a significant portion of the voting power of our capital stock for the foreseeable future. As board members, Dr. Dietzen and Mr. Colgrove each owe a fiduciary duty to our stockholders and must act in good faith and in a manner they reasonably believe to be in the best interests of our stockholders. However, as stockholders, Dr. Dietzen and Messrs. Colgrove and Hatfield are entitled to vote their shares in their own interests, which may not always be in the interests of our stockholders generally. For a description of the dual class structure, see the section titled “Description of Capital Stock.”

Future sales of shares by existing stockholders could cause our stock price to decline.

If our existing stockholders sell, or indicate an intention to sell, substantial amounts of our Class A common stock in the public market after the lock-up and legal restrictions on resale discussed in this prospectus lapse, the trading price of our Class A common stock could decline. Based on shares outstanding as of July 31, 2015, upon the closing of this offering, we will have outstanding a total of              shares of Class A common stock and 160,056,764 shares of Class B common stock, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ overallotment option and no exercise of outstanding options, after giving effect to the conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into shares of Class B common stock upon the closing of this offering. Of these shares, only the shares of Class A common stock sold in this offering will be freely tradable, without restriction, in the public market immediately after the offering. Each of our directors and officers and other holders of substantially all of our outstanding shares have entered into lock-up agreements with the underwriters that restrict their ability to sell or transfer their shares. The lock-up agreements pertaining to this offering will expire 180 days from the date of this prospectus. Our underwriters, however, may, in their sole discretion, waive the contractual lock-up prior to the expiration of the lock-up agreements. After the lock-up agreements expire, all 160,056,764 shares outstanding as July 31, 2015 will be eligible for sale in the public market, of which 109,815,640 shares are held by directors, executive officers and other affiliates and will be subject to volume limitations under Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, and various vesting agreements. In addition, 59,928,620 shares of Class B common stock are subject to outstanding options as of July 31, 2015. These shares will become eligible for sale in the public market to the extent permitted by the provisions of various vesting agreements, the lock-up agreements and Rules 144 and 701 under the Securities Act. We intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act covering all of the shares of Class A and Class B common stock subject to options outstanding and reserved for issuance under our stock plans. This registration statement will become effective immediately upon filing, and shares covered by this registration statement will be eligible for sale in the public markets, subject to Rule 144 limitations applicable to affiliates and any lock-up agreements described above. If these additional shares are sold, or if it is perceived that they will be sold, in the public market, the trading price of our Class A common stock could decline.

There has been no prior market for our Class A common stock. An active market may not develop or be sustained and investors may not be able to resell their shares at or above the initial public offering price.

Our Class A common stock has been approved for listing on the New York Stock Exchange, or NYSE, under the trading symbol “PSTG.” However, we cannot assure you that an active trading market for our Class A common stock will develop on such exchange or elsewhere or, if developed, that any market will be sustained. We cannot predict the prices at which our Class A common stock will trade. The initial public offering price of our Class A common stock was determined by negotiations with the underwriters and may not bear any relationship to the market price at which our Class A common stock will trade after this offering or to any other established criteria of the value of our business.

 

28


Table of Contents

The trading price of our Class A common stock may be highly volatile, and an active, liquid, and orderly market for our Class A common stock may not be sustained.

The trading price of our Class A common stock may be highly volatile and could be subject to wide fluctuations in response to various factors, some of which are beyond our control. Some of the factors affecting our volatility may include:

 

    price and volume fluctuations in the overall stock market from time to time;

 

    significant volatility in the market price and trading volume of technology companies in general and of companies in our industry;

 

    actual or anticipated changes in our results of operations or fluctuations in our operating results;

 

    whether our operating results meet the expectations of securities analysts or investors;

 

    actual or anticipated changes in the expectations of investors or securities analysts;

 

    actual or anticipated developments in our competitors’ businesses or the competitive landscape generally;

 

    litigation involving us, our industry or both;

 

    general economic conditions and trends;

 

    major catastrophic events;

 

    sales of large blocks of our stock; or

 

    departures of key personnel.

The stock markets in general, and market prices for the securities of technology-based companies like ours in particular, have from time to time experienced volatility that often has been unrelated to the operating performance of the underlying companies. A certain degree of stock price volatility can be attributed to being a newly public company. These broad market and industry fluctuations may adversely affect the market price of our Class A common stock, regardless of our operating performance. In several recent situations where the market price of a stock has been volatile, holders of that stock have instituted securities class action litigation against the company that issued the stock. If any of our stockholders were to bring a lawsuit against us, the defense and disposition of the lawsuit could be costly and divert the time and attention of our management and harm our business, operating results and financial condition.

Purchasers in this offering will experience immediate and substantial dilution in the tangible net book value of their investment.

The assumed initial public offering price of our Class A common stock is substantially higher than the net tangible book value per share of our Class A common stock immediately after this offering. Therefore, if you purchase our Class A common stock in this offering, you will incur an immediate dilution of $         in net tangible book value per share from the price you paid, based on the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share. In addition, new investors who purchase shares in this offering will have contributed approximately     % of the total amount of equity capital raised by us through the date of this offering, but will only own approximately     % of our outstanding shares. The exercise of outstanding options will result in further dilution. For a further description of the dilution that you will experience immediately after this offering, see the section titled “Dilution.”

If securities analysts do not publish research or reports about our business, or if they downgrade our stock, the price of our stock could decline.

The trading market for our Class A common stock will likely be influenced by research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business. In the event securities or industry analysts cover our company and one or more of these analysts downgrade our stock or publish inaccurate or unfavorable

 

29


Table of Contents

research about our business, our stock price would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts ceases coverage of our company or fails to publish reports on us regularly, demand for our stock could decrease, which could cause our stock price and trading volume to decline.

We have never paid dividends on our common stock and we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future.

We have never declared or paid any dividends on our common stock. We intend to retain any earnings to finance the operation and expansion of our business, and we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the future. As a result, you may only receive a return on your investment in our Class A common stock if the market price of our common stock increases.

We will continue to incur increased costs as a result of being a public company.

As a public company, we expect to incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. In addition, new rules implemented by the SEC and NYSE require changes in corporate governance practices of public companies. We expect these rules and regulations to continue to increase our legal and financial compliance costs and to make some activities more time-consuming and costly. We will continue to incur additional costs associated with our public company reporting requirements. We expect these rules and regulations to make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain the same or similar coverage. As a result, it may be more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified people to serve on our board of directors or as executive officers.

We may invest or spend the proceeds of this offering in ways with which you may not agree or in ways which may not yield a return.

Our net proceeds from the sale of shares of our Class A common stock in this offering will be used for general corporate purposes, including working capital, operating expenses and capital expenditures. Additionally, we may use a portion of the net proceeds to acquire businesses, products, services or technologies. However, we do not have agreements or commitments for any specific material acquisitions at this time. Our management will have considerable discretion in the application of the net proceeds, and you will not have the opportunity, as part of your investment decision, to assess whether the proceeds are being used appropriately. Until the net proceeds are used, they may be placed in investments that do not produce significant income or that may lose value.

Provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws and under Delaware law might discourage, delay or prevent a change of control of our company or changes in our management and, therefore, depress the trading price of our Class A common stock.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws contain provisions that could depress the trading price of our Class A common stock by acting to discourage, delay or prevent a change of control of our company or changes in our management that the stockholders of our company may deem advantageous. These provisions:

 

    provide for a dual class common stock structure, so that certain stockholders will have significant influence over all matters requiring stockholder approval, including the election of directors and significant corporate transactions, such as a merger or other sale of our company or its assets and which could discourage others from initiating any potential merger, takeover or other change of control transaction that other stockholders may view as beneficial;

 

    establish a classified board of directors so that not all members of our board of directors are elected at one time;

 

    authorize the issuance of “blank check” preferred stock that our board of directors could issue to increase the number of outstanding shares to discourage a takeover attempt;

 

30


Table of Contents
    prohibit stockholder action by written consent, which requires all stockholder actions to be taken at a meeting of our stockholders;

 

    prohibit stockholders from calling a special meeting of our stockholders;

 

    provide that the board of directors is expressly authorized to make, alter or repeal our bylaws; and

 

    establish advance notice requirements for nominations for elections to our board of directors or for proposing matters that can be acted upon by stockholders at stockholder meetings.

Additionally, we are subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which generally prohibits a Delaware corporation from engaging in any of a broad range of business combinations with any “interested” stockholder for a period of three years following the date on which the stockholder became an “interested” stockholder and which may discourage, delay, or prevent a change of control of our company.

Any provision of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, bylaws or Delaware law that has the effect of delaying or deterring a change in control could limit the opportunity for our stockholders to receive a premium for their shares of our common stock, and could also affect the price that some investors are willing to pay for our Class A common stock.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the exclusive forum for substantially all disputes between us and our stockholders, which could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers or employees.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware is the exclusive forum for any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf; any action asserting a breach of fiduciary duty; any action asserting a claim against us arising pursuant to the Delaware General Corporation Law, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or our bylaws; or any action asserting a claim against us that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine. The choice of forum provision may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with us or our directors, officers or other employees, which may discourage such lawsuits against us and our directors, officers and other employees. If a court were to find the choice of forum provision contained in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to be inapplicable or unenforceable in an action, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such action in other jurisdictions, which could harm our business and financial condition.

 

31


Table of Contents

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements about us and our industry that involve substantial risks and uncertainties. All statements other than statements of historical facts contained in this prospectus, including statements regarding our future results of operations and financial condition, business strategy and plans and objectives of management for future operations, are forward-looking statements. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by words such as “anticipate,” “believe,” “continue,” “could,” “design,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “may,” “plan,” “potentially,” “predict,” “project,” “should,” “will” or the negative of these terms or other similar expressions.

We have based these forward-looking statements largely on our current expectations and projections about future events and financial trends that we believe may affect our financial condition, results of operations, business strategy and financial needs. These forward-looking statements are subject to a number of known and unknown risks, uncertainties and assumptions, including risks described in the section titled “Risk Factors.” These risks are not exhaustive. Other sections of this prospectus include additional factors that could harm our business and financial performance. Moreover, we operate in a very competitive and rapidly changing environment. New risk factors emerge from time to time, and it is not possible for our management to predict all risk factors nor can we assess the impact of all factors on our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ from those contained in, or implied by, any forward-looking statements.

You should not rely upon forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. We cannot assure you that the events and circumstances reflected in the forward-looking statements will be achieved or occur. Although we believe that the expectations reflected in the forward-looking statements are reasonable, we cannot guarantee future results, levels of activity, performance or achievements. Except as required by law, we undertake no obligation to update publicly any forward-looking statements for any reason after the date of this prospectus or to conform these statements to actual results or to changes in our expectations.

You should read this prospectus and the documents that we reference in this prospectus and have filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part with the understanding that our actual future results, levels of activity, performance and achievements may be materially different from what we expect. We qualify all of our forward-looking statements by these cautionary statements.

 

32


Table of Contents

INDUSTRY AND OTHER DATA

Unless otherwise indicated, information contained in this prospectus concerning our industry and the market in which we operate, including our general expectations and market position, market opportunity and market size, is based on information from various sources including the independent industry publications set forth below, and is subject to a number of assumptions and limitations. Although we are responsible for all of the disclosure contained in this prospectus and we believe the information from the industry publication and other third-party sources included in this prospectus is reliable, such information is inherently imprecise. The content of the below sources, except to the extent specifically set forth in this prospectus, do not constitute a portion of this prospectus and are not incorporated herein.

 

    IDC Worldwide Enterprise Storage Systems 2014-2018 Forecast Update (May 2015)

 

    IDC Worldwide Semiannual Software Tracker 2014H1 (November 2014)

 

    IDC Worldwide All-Flash Array and Hybrid Flash Array 2014-2018 Forecast and 1H14 Vendor Shares (November 2014)

The industry in which we operate is subject to a high degree of uncertainty and risk due to a variety of factors, including those described in the section titled “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. These and other factors could cause results to differ materially from those expressed in the estimates made by the independent parties and by us.

 

33


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that the net proceeds from the sale of              shares of Class A common stock in this offering will be approximately $         million at an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, we estimate that the net proceeds will be approximately $         million after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share would increase or decrease, respectively, our net proceeds by $         million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We may also increase or decrease the number of shares we are offering. An increase or decrease of 1,000,000 in the number of shares we are offering would increase or decrease, respectively, the net proceeds from this offering by approximately $         million, assuming the assumed initial public offering price remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions.

The principal purposes of this offering are to increase our capitalization and financial flexibility, increase our visibility in the marketplace and create a public market for our Class A common stock. As of the date of this prospectus, we cannot specify with certainty all of the particular uses for the net proceeds to us from this offering. However, we currently intend to use the net proceeds from this offering primarily for general corporate purposes, including expansion of our product development and sales and marketing organizations. We may also use a portion of the net proceeds from this offering for the acquisition of, or investment in, technologies, solutions or businesses that complement our business, although we have no commitments or agreements to enter into any such acquisitions or investments at this time. Accordingly, we will have broad discretion over the uses of the net proceeds from this offering. Pending these uses, we intend to invest the net proceeds from this offering in short-term, investment-grade interest-bearing securities such as money market funds, certificates of deposit, commercial paper and guaranteed obligations of the U.S. government.

DIVIDEND POLICY

We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our capital stock. We intend to retain all available funds and future earnings, if any, to fund the development and expansion of our business and we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. The terms of our outstanding loan and security agreement also restrict our ability to pay dividends, and we may also enter into credit agreements or other borrowing arrangements in the future that will restrict our ability to declare or pay cash dividends on our common stock. Any future determination related to dividend policy will be made at the discretion of our board of directors and will be dependent on a number of factors, including our earnings, capital requirements and overall financial conditions.

 

34


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and capitalization as of July 31, 2015 on:

 

    an actual basis;

 

    a pro forma basis, to reflect (i) the conversion of all outstanding shares of preferred stock into 122,280,679 shares of Class B common stock upon the closing of this offering and (ii) the filing and effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation; and

 

    a pro forma as adjusted basis, to give further effect to the sale by us of             shares of Class A common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

You should read this information together with our consolidated financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus and the sections titled “Selected Consolidated Financial Data” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

 

     As of July 31, 2015  
     Actual     Pro Forma     Pro Forma
As Adjusted (1)
 
     (in thousands, except share and per
share data)
 

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 128,282      $ 128,282      $                
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value: 123,879,952 shares authorized, 122,280,679 shares issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

   $ 543,940      $      $   

Stockholders’ (deficit) equity:

      

Preferred stock, $0.0001 par value: no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, actual; 20,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

                

Class A common stock, $0.0001 par value: 1,000 shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding, actual; 2,000,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma; 2,000,000,000 shares authorized,             shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

                

Class B common stock, $0.0001 par value: 252,811,295 shares authorized, 37,776,085 shares issued and outstanding, actual; 250,000,000 shares authorized, 160,056,764 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

     4        16     

Additional paid-in capital

     66,508        610,436     

Accumulated deficit

     (454,540     (454,540  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity

     (388,028     155,912     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total capitalization

   $ 155,912      $ 155,912      $     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease, respectively, the amount of cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ (deficit) equity and total capitalization by $         million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We may also increase or decrease the number of shares we are offering. An increase or decrease of 1,000,000 in the number of shares we are offering would increase or decrease, respectively, the amount of cash and cash equivalents, stockholders’ (deficit) equity and total capitalization by approximately $         million, assuming the assumed initial public

 

35


Table of Contents
  offering price per share remains the same, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions. The pro forma as adjusted information is illustrative only, and we will adjust this information based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

The table above excludes the following shares:

 

    59,928,620 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock options as of July 31, 2015 under our 2009 Equity Incentive Plan with a weighted-average exercise price of $4.53 per share;

 

    15,102,581 shares of Class B common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2009 Equity Incentive Plan, which shares will cease to be available for issuance at the time our 2015 Equity Incentive Plan becomes effective in connection with this offering;

 

    700,000 shares of Class B common stock that we issued in September 2015 to the Pure Good Foundation;

 

    27,000,000 shares of Class A common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2015 Equity Incentive Plan, as well as any automatic increases in the number of shares of Class A common stock reserved for future issuance under this plan, which will become effective upon the execution of the underwriting agreement for this offering; and

 

    3,500,000 shares of Class A common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2015 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, as well as any automatic increases in the number of shares of Class A common stock reserved for future issuance under this plan, which will become effective upon the execution of the underwriting agreement for this offering.

 

36


Table of Contents

DILUTION

If you invest in our Class A common stock in this offering, your interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share of our Class A common stock and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately after the closing of this offering.

Our pro forma net tangible book value of our common stock as of July 31, 2015 was $148.3 million, or $0.93 per share, based on the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding as of July 31, 2015. Pro forma net tangible book value per share represents our total tangible assets less our total liabilities, divided by the number of outstanding shares of Class A and Class B common stock, after giving effect to the conversion of all outstanding shares of preferred stock into 122,280,679 shares of Class B common stock immediately upon the closing of this offering.

After giving effect to the receipt of the net proceeds from our sale of             shares of Class A common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of July 31, 2015, would have been $         million, or $         per share. This represents an immediate increase in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value of $         per share to our existing stockholders and an immediate dilution of $         per share to investors purchasing Class A common stock in this offering.

The following table illustrates this dilution on a per share basis to new investors:

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share

      $                

Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of July 31, 2015

   $ 0.93      

Increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share attributable to new investors in this offering

     
  

 

 

    

Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering

     
     

 

 

 

Dilution in net tangible book value per share to new investors in this offering

      $                
     

 

 

 

Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $         would increase (decrease) our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering by $         per share and the dilution to new investors by $         per share, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each increase (decrease) of 1,000,000 shares in the number of shares of Class A common stock offered by us would increase (decrease) the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value by $         per share and the dilution to new investors by $         per share, assuming the assumed initial public offering price remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions.

If the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares to cover over-allotments is exercised in full, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after giving effect to this offering would be $         per share, representing an immediate increase to existing stockholders of $         per share, and immediate dilution to new investors in this offering of $         per share.

The following table summarizes, as of July 31, 2015, on the pro forma as adjusted basis described above:

 

    the total number of shares of Class A common stock purchased from us by our existing stockholders and by new investors purchasing shares in this offering;

 

   

the total consideration paid to us by our existing stockholders and by new investors purchasing Class A common stock in this offering, assuming an initial public offering price of $         per share, which is

 

37


Table of Contents
 

the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, before deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us in connection with this offering; and

 

    the average price per share paid by existing stockholders and by new investors purchasing shares in this offering.

 

     Shares Purchased     Total Consideration     Average
Price Per
Share
 
     Number      Percent     Amount      Percent    

Existing stockholders

     160,056,764                    $                                 $                

New investors

            
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total

        100.0   $                      100.0  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

The total number of shares of our common stock reflected in the discussion and tables above is based on no shares of Class A common stock and 160,056,764 shares of Class B common stock outstanding, as of July 31, 2015, and excludes:

 

    59,928,620 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock options as of July 31, 2015 under our 2009 Equity Incentive Plan with a weighted-average exercise price of $4.53 per share;

 

    15,102,581 shares of Class B common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2009 Equity Incentive Plan, which shares will cease to be available for issuance at the time our 2015 Equity Incentive Plan becomes effective in connection with this offering;

 

    700,000 shares of Class B common stock that we issued in September 2015 to the Pure Good Foundation;

 

    27,000,000 shares of Class A common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2015 Equity Incentive Plan, as well as any automatic increases in the number of shares of Class A common stock reserved for future issuance under this plan, which we plan to adopt in connection with this offering and will become effective upon the signing of the underwriting agreement for this offering; and

 

    3,500,000 shares of Class A common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2015 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, as well as any automatic increases in the number of shares of Class A common stock reserved for future issuance under this plan, which will become effective upon the execution of the underwriting agreement for this offering.

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share would increase (decrease) total consideration paid by new investors by $         million and increase (decrease) the total consideration paid to us by new investors by     %, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

To the extent that any outstanding options are exercised, new options are issued under our stock-based compensation plans or we issue additional shares of common stock in the future, there will be further dilution to investors participating in this offering. If all outstanding options under our 2009 Equity Incentive Plan as of July 31, 2015 were exercised, then our existing stockholders, including the holders of these options, would own     % and our new investors would own     % of the total number of shares of common stock outstanding upon the closing of this offering.

 

38


Table of Contents

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

The selected consolidated statements of operations data for the fiscal years ended January 31, 2014 and 2015 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of January 31, 2014 and 2015 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected consolidated statements of operations data for the fiscal year ended January 31, 2013 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of January 31, 2013 are derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements not included in this prospectus. The selected consolidated statements of operations data for the six months ended July 31, 2014 and 2015 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of July 31, 2015 are derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited consolidated financial statements were prepared on a basis consistent with our audited financial statements. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in any future period and our results for the six months ended July 31, 2015 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the full fiscal year. The selected consolidated financial data below should be read in conjunction with the section entitled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     Fiscal Year Ended
January 31,
    Six Months Ended
July 31,
 
     2013     2014     2015     2014     2015  
                       (unaudited)  
     (in thousands, except per share data)  

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

          

Revenue:

          

Product

   $ 5,474      $ 39,228      $ 154,836      $ 53,253      $ 134,810   

Support

     603        3,505        19,615        6,159        23,928   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

     6,077        42,733        174,451        59,412        158,738   

Cost of revenue:

          

Product (1)

     3,605        19,974        63,425        22,608        50,353   

Support (1)

     709        4,155        14,127        4,924        14,421   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

     4,314        24,129        77,552        27,532        64,774   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     1,763        18,604        96,899        31,880        93,964   

Operating expenses:

          

Research and development (1)

     12,383        36,081        92,707        40,533        69,870   

Sales and marketing (1)

     10,727        54,750        152,320        71,563        107,844   

General and administrative (1)

     2,017        5,902        32,354        14,419        27,919   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     25,127        96,733        277,381        126,515        205,633   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (23,364     (78,129     (180,482     (94,635     (111,669

Other income (expense), net

     (6     (141     (1,412     (307     (1,074
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before provision for income taxes

     (23,370     (78,270     (181,894     (94,942     (112,743

Provision for income taxes

     2        291        1,337        257        214   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $   (23,372   $   (78,561   $   (183,231   $   (95,199   $   (112,957
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted (2)

   $ (1.28   $ (3.24   $ (6.56   $ (3.66   $ (3.41
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used in computing net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted (2)

     18,239        24,237        27,925        25,976        33,154   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted (2)

       $ (1.26     $ (0.73
      

 

 

     

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used in computing pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted (2)

         145,719          155,435   
      

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

(1) Includes stock-based compensation expense as follows:

 

39


Table of Contents
     Fiscal Year Ended
January 31,
     Six Months Ended
July 31,
 
     2013      2014      2015      2014      2015  
                          (unaudited)  
     (in thousands)  

Cost of revenue—product

   $ 66       $ 253       $ 303       $ 229       $ 96   

Cost of revenue—support

             316         1,273         898         854   

Research and development

     752         11,477         22,512         15,147         10,429   

Sales and marketing

     342         9,014         22,466         17,361         5,980   

General and administrative

     256         506         6,479         4,508         3,300   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation expense

   $ 1,416       $ 21,566       $ 53,033       $ 38,143       $ 20,659   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Stock-based compensation expense for the fiscal years ended January 31, 2014 and 2015 and the six months ended July 31, 2014 included $13.3 million, $27.6 million, and $27.6 million, respectively, of cash paid for the repurchase of common stock in excess of fair value. See Note 9 to our consolidated financial statements for additional information.

 

(2) See Note 10 to our consolidated financial statements for an explanation of the method used to calculate our actual and pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders and the weighted-average number of shares used in the computation of the per share amounts.

 

     As of January 31,     As of July 31,
2015
 
     2013     2014     2015    
                       (unaudited)  
     (in thousands)  

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 50,120      $ 130,885      $ 192,707      $ 128,282   

Working capital

     52,621        134,779        218,533        147,554   

Total assets

     61,600        185,004        361,819        336,563   

Deferred revenue, current and noncurrent portion

     1,686        16,827        73,669        123,482   

Convertible preferred stock

     95,137        262,970        543,940        543,940   

Total stockholders’ deficit

   $ (39,150   $ (116,087   $ (299,830   $ (388,028

 

40


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION

AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with the section titled “Selected Consolidated Financial Data” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results could differ materially from those discussed below. Factors that could cause or contribute to such differences include, but are not limited to, those identified below and those discussed in the section titled “Risk Factors” included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our fiscal year end is January 31.

Overview

Our mission is to deliver data storage that transforms business through a dramatic increase in performance and reduction in complexity and costs. Our innovative technology replaces storage systems designed for mechanical disk with all-flash systems optimized end-to-end for solid-state memory. At the same time, our innovative business model replaces the traditional forklift upgrade cycle with an evergreen storage model of hardware and software upgrades and maintenance.

Our next-generation storage platform and business model are the result of our team’s substantial experience in enterprise storage and web-scale infrastructure, as well as frustration with the industry’s status quo. Our platform can deliver a 10X acceleration in business applications over legacy disk-based storage. It is also designed to be compatible with existing infrastructure, substantially more reliable and power and space efficient.

Our business model builds on our technology innovations to reverse the traditional storage business model. Instead of moving data between old and new systems via forklift upgrades, we keep business data and applications in place and upgrade technology around it. Our platform and business model are designed to add value to customers for a decade or more, reducing total cost of storage ownership while increasing loyalty.

We were incorporated in 2009 with a vision to define the next generation of enterprise storage by pioneering the all-flash array category and innovating a customer-centric business model. We deliver our three-part integrated platform as the Purity Operating Environment , our flash-optimized software, FlashArray , our modular and scalable all-flash array hardware, and Pure1 , our cloud-based management and support. Since inception we have consistently expanded our technology and business model:

 

    In 2012, we launched our first FlashArray and established our All Software Included model, which entitles customers to all Purity Operating Environment functionality in the base purchase price of a FlashArray .

 

    In 2013, we released Purity 3.0, which included writable snapshots and introduced our Love Your Storage Guarantee, a 30-day return guarantee program.

 

    In 2014, we expanded our product family to address a broader series of customer requirements and workloads, and released Purity 4.0, which included replication. We also launched our Forever Flash program to provide ongoing hardware upgrades as part of our maintenance and support agreements.

 

    In 2015, we launched FlashArray//m and Pure1 , our next-generation all-flash array hardware and cloud-based management and support, respectively.

Since launching FlashArray in May 2012, our customer base has grown to over 1,100 customers. Our customers include large and mid-size organizations across a diverse set of industry verticals, including cloud-based software and service providers, consumer web, education, energy, financial services, governments, healthcare, manufacturing, media, retail and telecommunications. We define a customer as an end user that purchases our products and services either from one of our channel partners or from us directly. No customer represented over 10% of revenue for the fiscal years ended January 31, 2014 and 2015, and the six months ended July 31, 2014 and 2015.

 

41


Table of Contents

We have experienced significant growth, with revenue increasing from $6.1 million for the fiscal year ended January 31, 2013 to $42.7 million for the fiscal year ended January 31, 2014 and to $174.5 million for the fiscal year ended January 31, 2015, representing year-over-year revenue growth of 603% and 308% for our two most recent fiscal years. Our revenue increased from $59.4 million for the six months ended July 31, 2014 to $158.7 million for the six months ended July 31, 2015, representing period-over-period growth of 167% for our most recent interim period. Our net loss was $23.4 million, $78.6 million, and $183.2 million, respectively, for the fiscal years ended January 31, 2013, 2014 and 2015 and $95.2 million and $113.0 million for the six months ended July 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively.

Since our founding, we have invested heavily in growing our business. Our headcount increased from approximately 100 employees as of January 31, 2013 to over 350 employees as of January 31, 2014 to over 800 employees as of January 31, 2015 and to over 1,100 employees as of July 31, 2015. We intend to continue to invest in our research and development organization to extend our technology leadership, enhance the functionality of our existing storage platform and introduce new products. By investing in research and development, we believe we will be well positioned to continue our rapid growth and take advantage of our large market opportunity. Our investments in research and development may result in enhancements or products that may not achieve adequate levels of market adoption, are more expensive to develop than anticipated, may take longer to generate revenue or may generate less revenue than we anticipate. We expect that our results of operations and cash flows will be impacted by the timing, size and level of success of these product development investments.

We also intend to continue to invest and expand our sales and marketing functions and channel programs, including expanding our global network of channel partners and carrying out associated marketing activities in key geographies. By investing in sales and technical training, demand generation and partner programs, we believe we can enable many of our partners to independently identify, qualify, sell and upgrade customers, with limited involvement from us. However, if we fail to effectively identify, train and manage our channel partners and to monitor their sales activity, as well as the customer support and services being provided to our customers in their local markets, our business, operating results, financial condition and cash flows could be harmed.

In addition, we intend to expand and continue to invest in our international operations, which we believe will be an important factor in our continued growth. However, even though our revenue generated from customers outside of the United States was 23% and 22% of our total revenue for the fiscal year ended January 31, 2015 and for the six months ended July 31, 2015, respectively, our international operations are relatively new and we have limited experience operating in foreign jurisdictions. Our inexperience in operating our business outside of the United States increases the risk that our international expansion efforts may not be successful.

As a result of our strategy to increase our investments in research and development, sales, marketing, support and international expansion, we expect to continue to incur operating losses and negative cash flows from operations at least in the near future and may require additional capital resources to execute strategic initiatives to grow our business.

Our Business Model

Currently, we sell our platform predominantly through a high touch, channel-fulfilled model. Our global sales force works collaboratively with our channel partners. Our channel partners typically place orders with us upon receiving an order from a customer and do not stock inventory. Our sales organization is supported by systems engineers with deep technical expertise and responsibility for pre-sales technical support and engineering for our customers. We support our channel partners through product education and sales and support training. We intend to continue to invest in the channel to add more partners and to expand our reach to customers through our channel partners’ relationships. No channel partner represented over 10% of revenue for the fiscal years ended January 31, 2014 and 2015, and the six months ended July 31, 2014 and 2015.

 

42


Table of Contents

Our business model enables customers to broadly adopt flash for a wide variety of workloads in their datacenter, with some of our most innovative customers adopting all-flash datacenters. We do not charge separately for software, meaning that when a customer buys a FlashArray , all software functionality of the Purity Operating Environment is included in the base purchase price, and the customer is entitled to updates and new features as long as the customer maintains an active maintenance and support agreement. Product revenue is recognized at the time title and risk of loss have transferred. Support revenue is recognized ratably over the term of the related maintenance and support agreement, generally ranging from 1 to 3 years. By keeping our business model simple and efficient, we allow customers to buy more products and expand their footprint more easily while allowing us to reduce our sales and marketing costs.

To deliver on the next level of operational simplicity and support excellence, we designed Pure1 , our integrated cloud-based management and support. Pure1 enables our customers, support staff and partners to collaborate to achieve the best customer experience and is included with an active maintenance and support agreement. In addition, our Forever Flash program provides our customers who continually maintain active maintenance and support for three years with an included controller refresh with each additional three year maintenance and support renewal. In this way, our customers improve and extend the service life of their arrays, we reduce our cost of support by keeping the array modern and we encourage capacity expansion. In accordance with multiple-element arrangement accounting guidance, we recognize the allocated revenue of the controllers and expense the related cost in the period in which we ship these controllers.

The combination of our high-performance, all-flash products, our exceptional support and our innovative business model has had a substantial impact on customer success and loyalty and are strong drivers of both initial purchase and additional purchases of our products. As of July 31, 2015, more than half of our customers had made additional purchases within 12 months of their initial purchase. For all customers that have been with us for at least 12 months as of July 31, 2015, for every $1 of initial product purchase, our top 25 customers on average spent $5.50 on new product purchases in the first 12 months following their initial purchase and on average spent more than $8 on new product purchases in the first 18 months following their initial purchase. Across all customers that have been with us for at least 12 months as of July 31, 2015, for every $1 of initial product purchase, our customers on average spent more than $1 on new product purchases in the first 12 months following their initial purchase.

Factors Affecting Our Performance

Adoption of All-Flash Storage Systems

Organizations are increasingly replacing traditional disk-based systems with all-flash storage systems to achieve the performance they need. Our success depends on the adoption of all-flash storage systems in IT infrastructures. Although flash is expected to penetrate the datacenter at a rapid rate, a lack of demand for all-flash storage systems for any reason, including technological challenges associated with the use of all-flash memory, the cost or availability of all-flash memory or the adoption of competing technologies and products, would adversely affect our growth prospects. To the extent more organizations recognize the benefits of all-flash memory in datacenter storage systems and as the adoption of all-flash memory storage technology increases, our target customer base will expand. Our business and results of operations will be significantly affected by the speed with which organizations implement all-flash storage systems.

Adding New Customers and Expanding Sales to Our Existing Customer Base  

We believe that the all-flash storage market is still in the early stages of adoption. We intend to target new customers by continuing to invest in our field sales force and extending our relationships with channel partners. We also intend to continue to target large customers including enterprises, service providers and government organizations who have yet to adopt all-flash storage throughout their IT environment. A typical initial order

 

43


Table of Contents

involves educating prospective customers about the technical merits and capabilities and potential cost savings of our products as compared to our competitors’ products. We believe that customer references have been, and will continue to be, an important factor in winning new business. The average size of arrays deployed by our customers has increased over time. We expect this trend to continue and that a substantial portion of our future sales will be sales to existing customers, including expansion of their arrays. We sell additional products and services to our customers as the data within their existing application deployments naturally grows and they migrate additional applications to our all-flash storage platform. Our business and results of operations will depend on our ability to continue to add new customers and sell additional products to our growing base of customers.

Leveraging Channel Partners

We sell our products predominantly through a channel-fulfilled model. Our sales force supports our channel partners and is responsible for large account penetration, global account coordination and overall market development. Our channel partners help market and sell our products, typically with assistance from our sales force. This joint sales approach provides us with the benefit of direct relationships with substantially all of our customers and expands our reach through the relationships of our channel partners. We intend to continue to expand our partner relationships to further extend our distribution coverage and to invest in education, training and programs to increase the ability of our channel partners to sell our products independently. Our business and results of operations will be materially affected by our success in leveraging our channel partners.

Investing in Research and Development for Growth  

Our future performance will also depend on our ability to continue to innovate, improve functionality in our products and adapt to new technologies or changes to existing technologies. We intend to continue to invest for long-term growth. Accordingly, we expect to continue to invest heavily in our product development efforts, including software development in the Purity Operating Environment and Pure1 to further expand the capabilities and performance of our storage platform, hardware development in our FlashArray and future hardware platforms, and to introduce new products including new releases and upgrades to our software and hardware. We expect that our results of operations will be impacted by the timing, size and level of success of these product development investments.

Components of Results of Operations

Revenue

We derive revenue from the sale of our storage products and support services. Provided that all other revenue recognition criteria have been met, we typically recognize product revenue upon shipment, as title and risk of loss are transferred to our channel partners at that time. Products are typically shipped directly by us to customers, and our channel partners do not stock our inventory. We expect our product revenue may vary from period to period based on, among other things, the timing and size of orders and delivery of products and the impact of significant transactions.

We provide our support services pursuant to maintenance and support agreements, which involve customer support, hardware maintenance and software upgrades for a period of generally 1 to 3 years. We recognize revenue from maintenance and support agreements over the contractual service period. We expect our support revenue to increase as we add new customers and our existing customers renew maintenance and support agreements.

Cost of Revenue

Cost of product revenue primarily consists of costs paid to our third-party contract manufacturers, which includes the costs of our components, and personnel costs associated with our manufacturing operations. Personnel costs consist of salaries, bonuses and stock-based compensation. Our cost of product revenue also

 

44


Table of Contents

includes freight, allocated overhead costs and inventory write-offs. Allocated overhead costs consist of certain facilities and IT costs. We expect our cost of product revenue to increase in absolute dollars as our product revenue increases.

Cost of support revenue includes personnel costs associated with our customer support organization and allocated overhead costs. Cost of support revenue also includes parts replacement costs. We expect our cost of support revenue to increase in absolute dollars as our support revenue increases.

Operating Expenses

Our operating expenses consist of research and development, sales and marketing and general and administrative expenses. Salaries and personnel-related costs, including stock-based compensation, are the most significant component of each category of operating expenses. Operating expenses also include allocated overhead costs for facilities and IT costs.

Research and Development . Research and development expense consists primarily of employee compensation and related expenses, prototype expenses, depreciation associated with assets acquired for research and development, third-party engineering and contractor support costs, as well as allocated overhead. We expect our research and development expense to increase in absolute dollars, as we continue to invest in new products and existing products and build upon our technology leadership.

Sales and Marketing. Sales and marketing expense consists primarily of employee compensation and related expenses, sales commissions, marketing programs, travel and entertainment expenses, as well as allocated overhead. Marketing programs consist of advertising, events, corporate communications and brand-building activities. We expect our sales and marketing expense to increase in absolute dollars over time as we expand our sales force and increase our marketing resources, expand into new markets and further develop our channel program.

General and Administrative . General and administrative expense consists primarily of compensation and related expenses for administrative functions including finance, legal, human resources and fees for third-party professional services, as well as allocated overhead. We expect our general and administrative expense to increase in absolute dollars as we incur additional costs related to operating as a publicly-traded company and continue to invest in the growth of our business.

Other Income (Expense), Net

Other income (expense), net consists primarily of gains and losses from foreign currency transactions and other income (expense).

Provision for Income Taxes

Provision for income taxes consists primarily of income taxes in certain foreign jurisdictions in which we conduct business and state income taxes in the United States. We have recorded no U.S. federal income tax and provided a full valuation allowance for U.S. deferred tax assets, which includes net operating loss, or NOL, carryforwards and tax credits related primarily to research and development. We expect to maintain this full valuation allowance for the foreseeable future as it is more likely than not that the assets will not be realized based on our history of losses.

 

45


Table of Contents

Results of Operations

The following tables set forth our results of operations for the periods presented in dollars and as a percentage of our revenue (in thousands):

 

     Fiscal Year Ended
January 31,
    Six Months Ended
July 31,
 
     2014     2015     2014     2015  
                 (unaudited)  

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

        

Revenue:

        

Product

   $ 39,228      $ 154,836      $ 53,253      $ 134,810   

Support

     3,505        19,615        6,159        23,928   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

     42,733        174,451        59,412        158,738   

Cost of revenue:

        

Product (1)

     19,974        63,425        22,608        50,353   

Support (1)

     4,155        14,127        4,924        14,421   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

     24,129        77,552        27,532        64,774   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     18,604        96,899        31,880        93,964   

Operating expenses:

        

Research and development (1)

     36,081        92,707        40,533        69,870   

Sales and marketing (1)

     54,750        152,320        71,563        107,844   

General and administrative (1)

     5,902        32,354        14,419        27,919   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     96,733        277,381        126,515        205,633   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (78,129     (180,482     (94,635     (111,669

Other income (expense), net

     (141     (1,412     (307     (1,074
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before provision for income taxes

     (78,270     (181,894     (94,942     (112,743

Provision for income taxes

     291        1,337        257        214   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (78,561   $ (183,231   $ (95,199   $ (112,957
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Includes stock-based compensation expense as follows:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended
January 31,
     Six Months Ended
July 31,
 
     2014      2015      2014      2015  
                   (unaudited)  
     (in thousands)  

Cost of revenue—product

   $ 253       $ 303       $ 229       $ 96   

Cost of revenue—support

     316         1,273         898         854   

Research and development

     11,477         22,512         15,147         10,429   

Sales and marketing

     9,014         22,466         17,361         5,980   

General and administrative

     506         6,479         4,508         3,300   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation expense

   $ 21,566       $ 53,033       $ 38,143       $ 20,659   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     Stock-based compensation expense for the fiscal years ended January 31, 2014 and 2015 and the six months ended July 31, 2014 included $13.3 million, $27.6 million, and $27.6 million, respectively, of cash paid for the repurchase of common stock in excess of fair value. See Note 9 to our consolidated financial statements for additional information.

 

46


Table of Contents
     Fiscal Year Ended
January 31,
    Six Months Ended
July 31,
 
     2014     2015     2014     2015  

Percentage of Revenue Data:

        

Revenue:

        

Product

                92                89                90                85

Support

     8        11        10        15   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

     100        100        100        100   

Cost of revenue:

        

Product

     47        36        38        32   

Support

     10        8        8        9   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

     57        44        46        41   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     43        56        54        59   

Operating expenses:

        

Research and development

     84        53        68        44   

Sales and marketing

     128        87        120        68   

General and administrative

     14        19        25        18   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     226        159        213        130   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (183     (103     (159     (71

Other income (expense), net

            (1     (1       
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before provision for income taxes

     (183     (104     (160     (71

Provision for income taxes

     1        1                 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

     (184 )%      (105 )%      (160 )%      (71 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comparison of the Six Months Ended July 31, 2014 and 2015

Revenue

 

     Six Months Ended
July 31,
     Change  
     2014      2015      $      %  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Product revenue

   $ 53,253       $ 134,810       $ 81,557         153%   

Support revenue

     6,159         23,928         17,769         289%   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total revenue

   $ 59,412       $ 158,738       $ 99,326         167%   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total revenue increased by $99.3 million, or 167%, during the six months ended July 31, 2015 compared to the six months ended July 31, 2014. The increase in product revenue was driven by higher sales to a growing number of new and existing customers. The number of customers grew from over 450 as of July 31, 2014 to over 1,100 as of July 31, 2015. The increase in support revenue was driven primarily by an increase in maintenance and support agreements sold with increased product sales, as well as increased recognition of deferred support revenue.

 

47


Table of Contents

Cost of Revenue and Gross Margin

 

     Six Months Ended
July 31,
    Change  
     2014     2015     $      %  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Product cost of revenue

   $ 22,608      $ 50,353      $ 27,745         123

Support cost of revenue

     4,924        14,421        9,497         193
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

Total cost of revenue

   $ 27,532      $ 64,774      $ 37,242         135
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

Product gross margin

     58     63     

Support gross margin

     20     40     

Total gross margin

     54     59     

Cost of revenue increased by $37.2 million, or 135%, for the six months ended July 31, 2015 compared to the six months ended July 31, 2014. The increase in product cost of revenue was primarily driven by increased product sales and, to a lesser extent, by the increased costs in our manufacturing operations, including increased personnel costs associated with increased headcount. The increase in support cost of revenue was primarily attributable to higher costs in our customer support organization primarily driven by personnel costs associated with increased headcount and an increase in parts replacement in support of our maintenance and support agreements. Total headcount in these functions increased 165% from July 31, 2014 to July 31, 2015.

Total gross margin increased from 54% during the six months ended July 31, 2014 to 59% during the six months ended July 31, 2015. Product gross margin increased 5 points from the six months ended July 31, 2014 to the six months ended July 31, 2015, primarily driven by a shift in the mix of products sold to our customers, as well as higher sales volume and lower average component costs. Support gross margin increased 20 points from the six months ended July 30, 2014 to the six months ended July 31, 2015 primarily due to increased recognition of deferred support revenue resulting from the increase in our customer base, as well as operational efficiencies.

Operating Expenses

Research and Development

 

     Six Months Ended
July 31,
     Change  
     2014      2015      $      %  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Research and development

   $ 40,533       $ 69,870       $ 29,337         72

Research and development expense increased by $29.3 million, or 72%, during the six months ended July 31, 2015 compared to the six months ended July 31, 2014, as we continued to develop new and enhanced product offerings. The increase was primarily driven by an increase of $19.7 million in salary and related costs, as headcount increased by 108% from July 31, 2014 to July 31, 2015. The remainder of the increase was primarily attributable to $6.0 million in depreciation expense on test equipment, $4.1 million in prototype expenses and $1.9 million in professional services. These increases were partially offset by a decrease of $4.7 million in stock-based compensation expense. The decrease in stock-based compensation expense was due to additional expense of $9.5 million recognized for the repurchase of common stock in connection with a tender offer during the six months ended July 31, 2014. There was no similar repurchase during the six months ended July 31, 2015.

 

48


Table of Contents

Sales and Marketing

 

     Six Months Ended
July 31,
     Change  
     2014      2015      $      %  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Sales and marketing

   $ 71,563       $ 107,844       $ 36,281         51

Sales and marketing expense increased by $36.3 million, or 51%, during the six months ended July 31, 2015 compared to the six months ended July 31, 2014, as we grew our sales force and expanded our geographic footprint. The increase was primarily driven by an increase of $19.1 million in salary and related costs, an increase of $7.1 million in commission expense, as headcount increased by 67% from July 31, 2014 to July 31, 2015. The remainder of the increase was primarily attributable to $8.3 million in marketing programs partly related to a new product launch, $4.9 million in professional services and $3.6 million in travel and entertainment expense. These increases were partially offset by a decrease of $11.4 million in stock-based compensation expense. The decrease in stock-based compensation expense was due to additional expense of $13.9 million recognized for the repurchase of common stock in connection with a tender offer during the six months ended July 31, 2014. There was no similar repurchase during the six months ended July 31, 2015.

General and Administrative

 

     Six Months Ended
July 31,
     Change  
     2014      2015      $      %  
     (dollars in thousands)  

General and administrative

   $ 14,419       $ 27,919       $ 13,500         94

General and administrative expense increased by $13.5 million, by 94%, during the six months ended July 31, 2015 compared to the six months ended July 31, 2014. The increase was primarily due to an increase of $3.2 million in salary and related costs, as we increased our headcount by 153% from July 31, 2014 to July 31, 2015. Additionally, legal, consulting, accounting and audit fees increased by $9.7 million as we expanded internationally and prepared to become a public company. These increases were partially offset by a decrease of $1.2 million in stock-based compensation expense. The decrease in stock-based compensation expense was due to additional expense of $3.4 million recognized for the repurchase of common stock in connection with a tender offer during the six months ended July 31, 2014. There was no similar repurchase during the six months ended July 31, 2015.

In September 2015, we issued 700,000 shares of Class B common stock to the Pure Good Foundation. As a result, we expect to incur a non-cash general and administrative expense in the three months ending October 31, 2015 equal to the fair value of the shares of Class B common stock issued to the Pure Good Foundation.

Other Income (Expense), Net

 

     Six Months Ended
July 31,
    Change  
       2014         2015       $     %  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Other income (expense), net

   $ (307   $ (1,074   $ (767     (250%

Other income (expense), net decreased during the six months ended July 31, 2015 compared to the six months ended July 31, 2014 primarily due to an increase in foreign currency transactions and related expenses as we expanded internationally.

 

49


Table of Contents

Provision for Income Taxes

 

     Six Months Ended
July 31,
     Change  
       2014          2015        $     %  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Provision for income taxes

   $ 257       $ 214       $ (43     (17%

The provision for income taxes was primarily related to foreign taxes as we continued our global expansion.

Comparison of the Fiscal Years Ended January 31, 2014 and 2015

Revenue

 

     Fiscal Year Ended
January 31,
     Change  
     2014      2015      $      %  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Product revenue

   $ 39,228       $ 154,836       $ 115,608         295%   

Support revenue

     3,505         19,615         16,110         460%   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total revenue

   $ 42,733       $ 174,451       $ 131,718         308%   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total revenue increased by $131.7 million, or 308%, during the fiscal year ended January 31, 2015 compared to the fiscal year ended January 31, 2014. The increase in product revenue was driven by higher sales to a growing number of customers. The number of customers grew from approximately 200 as of January 31, 2014 to over 700 as of January 31, 2015. The increase in support revenue was driven primarily by an increase in maintenance and support agreements sold with higher product sales, as well as the full year revenue impact from such agreements sold in the previous year.

Cost of Revenue and Gross Margin

 

     Fiscal Year Ended
January 31,
     Change  
     2014     2015      $      %  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Product cost of revenue

   $ 19,974      $ 63,425       $ 43,451         218%   

Support cost of revenue

     4,155        14,127         9,972         240%   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total cost of revenue

   $ 24,129      $ 77,552       $ 53,423         221%   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

Product gross margin

     49%        59%         

Support gross margin

     (19 )%      28%         

Total gross margin

     43%        56%         

Cost of revenue increased by $53.4 million, or 221%, for the fiscal year ended January 31, 2015 compared to the fiscal year ended January 31, 2014. The increase in product cost of revenue was primarily driven by increased product sales and, to a lesser extent, by the increased costs in our manufacturing operations, including increased personnel costs associated with increased headcount. The increase in support cost of revenue was primarily attributable to higher costs in our customer support organization primarily driven by personnel costs associated with increased headcount and an increase in parts replacement in support of our maintenance and support agreements. Total headcount in these functions increased 176% from January 31, 2014 to January 31, 2015.

 

50


Table of Contents

Total gross margin increased from 43% during the fiscal year ended January 31, 2014 to 56% during the fiscal year ended January 31, 2015. Product gross margin increased 10 points from the fiscal year ended January 31, 2014 to the fiscal year ended January 31, 2015, primarily driven by higher sales volume and lower average component costs. Support gross margin increased 47 points from the fiscal year ended January 31, 2014 to the fiscal year ended January 31, 2015 primarily due to increased recognition of deferred support revenue resulting from the increase in our customer base as well as operational efficiencies.

Operating Expenses

Research and Development

 

     Fiscal Year Ended
January 31,
     Change  
     2014      2015      $      %  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Research and development

   $ 36,081       $ 92,707       $ 56,626         157

Research and development expense increased by $56.6 million, or 157%, during the fiscal year ended January 31, 2015 compared to the fiscal year ended January 31, 2014, as we continued to develop new and enhanced product offerings. The increase was primarily driven by an increase of $33.0 million in employee and related costs, including an increase of $11.0 million in stock-based compensation expense, as we increased our headcount by 115% from January 31, 2014 to January 31, 2015. The remainder of the increase was primarily attributable to $9.7 million in prototype expenses, $6.6 million in depreciation expense on test equipment and $3.6 million in professional services.

Sales and Marketing

 

     Fiscal Year Ended
January 31,
     Change  
     2014      2015      $      %  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Sales and marketing

   $ 54,750       $ 152,320       $ 97,570         178

Sales and marketing expense increased by $97.6 million, or 178%, during the fiscal year ended January 31, 2015 compared to the fiscal year ended January 31, 2014, as we grew our sales force and expanded our geographic footprint. The increase was primarily driven by an increase of $69.5 million in employee and related costs, including an increase of $16.7 million in commission expense and an increase of $13.5 million in stock-based compensation expense, as we increased our headcount by 115% from January 31, 2014 to January 31, 2015. The remainder of the increase was primarily attributable to $10.6 million in marketing programs, $6.2 million in travel and entertainment expense, $6.2 million in allocated overhead costs for facilities and $3.3 million in professional services.

General and Administrative

 

     Fiscal Year Ended
January 31,
     Change  
     2014      2015      $      %  
     (dollars in thousands)  

General and administrative

   $ 5,902       $ 32,354       $ 26,452         448

General and administrative expense increased by $26.5 million, or 448%, during the fiscal year ended January 31, 2015 compared to the fiscal year ended January 31, 2014. The increase was primarily due to an increase of $12.2 million in employee and related costs, including an increase of $6.0 million in stock-based compensation expense, as we increased our headcount by 188% from January 31, 2014 to January 31, 2015.

 

51


Table of Contents

Additionally, legal, consulting, accounting and audit fees increased by $9.7 million as we expanded internationally and prepared to become a public company. The remainder of the increase was primarily attributable to an increase of $2.9 million in allocated overhead costs for facilities.

Other Income (Expense), Net

 

     Fiscal Year Ended
January 31,
    Change  
         2014             2015         $     %  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Other income (expense), net

   $ (141   $ (1,412   $ (1,271     901%   

Other income (expense), net decreased during the fiscal year ended January 31, 2015 compared to the fiscal year ended January 31, 2014 primarily due to an increase in foreign currency transactions and related expenses.

Provision for Income Taxes

 

     Fiscal Year Ended
January 31,
     Change  
     2014      2015      $      %  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Provision for income taxes

   $ 291       $ 1,337       $ 1,046         359%   

The provision for income taxes increased during the fiscal year ended January 31, 2015 compared to the fiscal year ended January 31, 2014 primarily due to an increase in foreign taxes as we continued our global expansion.

 

52


Table of Contents

Quarterly Results of Operations

The following tables summarize our selected unaudited quarterly consolidated statements of operations data for each of the six quarters in the period ended July 31, 2015. The information for each of these quarters has been prepared on a basis consistent with our audited annual financial statements and, in the opinion of management, includes all adjustments of a normal, recurring nature that are necessary for the fair presentation of the results of operations for these periods in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States. This data should be read in conjunction with our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in the future and our results for the three months ended July 31, 2015 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the full fiscal year.

 

                                                                                   
     Three Months Ended  
     April 30,
2014
    July 31,
2014
    October 31,
2014
    January 31,
2015
    April 30,
2015
    July 31,
2015
 
     (unaudited)  
     (in thousands)  

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

            

Revenue:

            

Product

   $ 22,166      $ 31,087      $ 43,753      $ 57,830      $ 63,618      $ 71,192   

Support

     2,482        3,677        5,436        8,020        10,459        13,469   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

     24,648        34,764        49,189        65,850        74,077        84,661   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of revenue:

            

Product (1)

     9,793        12,815        16,676        24,141        22,712        27,641   

Support (1)

     1,795        3,129        3,827        5,376        6,924        7,497   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

     11,588        15,944        20,503        29,517        29,636        35,138   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     13,060        18,820        28,686        36,333        44,441        49,523   

Operating expenses:

            

Research and development (1)

     12,807        27,726        22,863        29,311        31,682        38,188   

Sales and marketing (1)

     25,115        46,448        38,224        42,533        48,327        59,517   

General and administrative (1)

     4,925        9,494        7,415        10,520        12,692        15,227   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     42,847        83,668        68,502        82,364        92,701        112,932   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (29,787     (64,848     (39,816     (46,031     (48,260     (63,409

Other income (expense), net

     (122     (185     (410     (695     (703     (371
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before provision for income taxes

     (29,909     (65,033     (40,226     (46,726     (48,963     (63,780

Provision for income taxes

     139        118        171        909        157        57   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (30,048   $ (65,151   $ (40,397   $ (47,635   $ (49,120   $ (63,837
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)   Includes stock-based compensation expense as follows:

 

                                                                                   

Cost of revenue—product

   $ 73       $ 156       $ 35       $ 39       $ 56       $ 40   

Cost of revenue—support

     86         812         160         216         333         521   

Research and development

     2,432         12,715         3,399         3,966         3,625         6,804   

Sales and marketing

     1,436         15,925         2,315         2,790         3,444         2,536   

General and administrative

     424         4,084         823         1,148         1,401         1,899   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation expense

   $ 4,451       $ 33,692       $ 6,731       $ 8,159       $ 8,859       $ 11,800   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Stock-based compensation expense for the three months ended July 31, 2014 included $27.6 million of cash paid for the repurchase of common stock in excess of fair value. See Note 9 to our consolidated financial statements for additional information.

 

53


Table of Contents
     Three Months Ended  
     April 30,
2014
    July 31,
2014
    October 31,
2014
    January 31,
2015
    April 30,
2015
    July 31,
2015
 

Percentage of Revenue Data:

            

Revenue:

            

Product

     90     89     89     88     86     84

Support

     10        11        11        12        14        16   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

     100        100        100        100        100        100   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of revenue:

            

Product

     40        37        34        37        31        33   

Support

     7        9        8        8        9        9   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

     47        46        42        45        40        42   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross margin

     53        54        58        55        60        58   

Operating expenses:

            

Research and development

     52        80        46        45        43        45   

Sales and marketing

     102        134        78        65        65        70   

General and administrative

     20        27        15        15        17        18   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     174        241        139        125        125        133   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (121     (187     (81     (70     (65     (75

Other income (expense), net

     —          —          (1     (1     (1     —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before provision for income taxes

     (121     (187     (82     (71     (66     (75

Provision for income taxes

     1        —          —          1        —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

     (122 %)      (187 %)      (82 %)      (72 %)      (66 %)      (75 %) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Quarterly Revenue Trends

Our quarterly revenue increased sequentially for all periods presented due primarily to higher sales reflecting increased demand for our products and related support services. The sequential growth in product revenue was driven primarily by higher sales of our storage products to new and existing customers. The sequential growth in support revenue was primarily driven by a higher number of maintenance and support agreements sold with increased product sales, as well as increased recognition of deferred support revenue. We expect to experience seasonal fluctuations in our revenue from time to time with the fourth quarter historically being our strongest quarter for sales as a result of large enterprise buying patterns.

Quarterly Gross Profit and Gross Margin Trends

Gross profit in absolute dollar terms increased sequentially for all periods presented, primarily due to growth in revenue. Sequential fluctuations in gross margin was primarily driven by a shift in the mix of products sold to our customers, as well as timing of employee hiring as we continued to build out our customer support organization. During the three months ended July 31, 2014, cost of revenue included stock-based compensation expense of $855,000 related to the repurchase of common stock from employees in a tender offer.

Quarterly Expense Trends

Total operating expenses generally increased sequentially for all periods presented primarily due to the addition of personnel in connection with the expansion of our business. Sales and marketing expense increased from the three months ended April 30, 2015 to the three months ended July 31, 2015 primarily due to expenditures on marketing programs related to the launch of FlashArray//m . During the three months ended July 31, 2014, total operating expenses included stock-based compensation expense of $26.8 million related to the repurchase of common stock from employees in a tender offer, of which $9.5 million, $13.9 million, and

 

54


Table of Contents

$3.4 million were allocated to research and development, sales and marketing, general and administrative expenses, respectively.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

As of July 31, 2015, we had cash and cash equivalents of $128.3 million. Our cash and cash equivalents primarily consist of bank deposits and money market funds. We have generated significant operating losses and negative cash flows from operations as reflected in our accumulated deficit of $454.5 million. We expect to continue to incur operating losses and negative cash flows from operations at least in the near future and may require additional capital resources to execute strategic initiatives to grow our business.

To date, we have financed our operations principally through private placements of our convertible preferred stock. Through July 31, 2015, we have received net proceeds of $543.9 million from the issuance of shares of our convertible preferred stock and we have repurchased $78.2 million of shares of common stock from our employees. We believe our existing cash and cash equivalents, our credit facility and cash provided by this offering will be sufficient to fund our operating and capital needs for at least the next 12 months. Our future capital requirements will depend on many factors including our growth rate, the timing and extent of spending to support development efforts, the expansion of sales and marketing and international operation activities, the timing of new product introductions and the continuing market acceptance of our products and services. We may in the future enter into arrangements to acquire or invest in complementary businesses, services and technologies, including intellectual property rights. We may be required to seek additional equity or debt financing. In the event that additional financing is required from outside sources, we may not be able to raise it on terms acceptable to us or at all. If we are unable to raise additional capital when desired, our business, operating results and financial condition would be adversely affected.

In August 2014, we entered into a two-year revolving line of credit facility to provide up to $15.0 million based on 80% of qualifying accounts receivable. Borrowings under the line of credit bear interest at the lender’s prime rate plus 1%. The revolving line of credit facility is collateralized by substantially all of our assets, excluding any intellectual property. It also contains various covenants, including covenants related to the delivery of financial and other information, as well as limitations on dispositions, mergers, consolidations and other corporate activities. As of January 31, 2015 and July 31, 2015, we had no borrowings from this line of credit and we were in compliance with all financial covenants.

As of January 31, 2015 and July 31, 2015, we had letters of credit in the aggregate amount of $4.6 million and $4.6 million, respectively, in connection with our headquarter facility lease. The letters of credit are collateralized by restricted cash in the same amount and mature at various dates through January 2021.

The following table summarizes our cash flows for the periods presented:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended January 31,     Six Months Ended
July 31,
 
           2014                 2015               2014             2015      
     (in thousands)  

Net cash used in operating activities

   $ (67,229   $ (143,695   $ (82,958   $ (44,490

Net cash used in investing activities

     (15,307     (52,965     (28,874     (21,823

Net cash provided by financing activities

     163,301        258,482        255,500        1,888   

Operating Activities

Net cash used in operating activities during the six months ended July 31, 2015 was $44.5 million, which resulted from a net loss of $113.0 million, partially offset by non-cash charges of $20.7 million for stock-based compensation expense and $14.3 million for depreciation and amortization and net cash inflows of $33.5 million

 

55


Table of Contents

from changes in operating assets and liabilities. The net cash inflows from changes in operating assets and liabilities was primarily the result of a $49.8 million increase in deferred revenue and a $13.9 million increase in accrued compensation and other liabilities and accounts payable. The inflows were partially offset by a $21.0 million increase in accounts receivable, $4.9 million increase in deferred commissions and $2.6 million increase in prepaid expenses and other assets. The increase in deferred revenue was primarily due to new sales order growth during the six months ended July 31, 2015. The increases in accounts receivable, accrued compensation and other liabilities and accounts payable were primarily attributed to revenue growth and increased activities to support overall business growth.

Net cash used in operating activities during the six months ended July 31, 2014 was $83.0 million, which resulted from a net loss of $95.2 million, partially offset by non-cash charges of $10.5 million for stock-based compensation expense, $5.4 million for depreciation and amortization and net cash outflows of $3.7 million from changes in operating assets and liabilities. The net cash outflows from changes in operating assets and liabilities was primarily the result of increases of $19.5 million in accounts receivable and $9.3 million in inventory, as well as an increase of $2.1 million in deferred commissions, partially offset by an increase of $21.2 million in deferred revenue and an increase of $7.4 million in accrued compensation and other liabilities and accounts payable. The increases in accounts receivable, deferred commissions and deferred revenue were primarily due to revenue and new sales order growth during the year. The increase in inventory was a result of increased purchases to meet higher demand for our products. Net cash used in operating activities also included $27.6 million of cash paid for the repurchase of common stock from our employees in excess of fair value.

Net cash used in operating activities during the fiscal year ended January 31, 2015 was $143.7 million, which resulted from a net loss of $183.2 million and net cash outflows of $1.5 million from changes in operating assets and liabilities, partially offset by non-cash charges of $25.4 million for stock-based compensation and $15.4 million for depreciation and amortization. The net cash outflows from changes in operating assets and liabilities was primarily the result of increases of $44.2 million in accounts receivable, $13.7 million in inventory, $9.8 million in deferred commissions and $6.6 million in prepaid expenses and other assets, partially offset by increases of $56.8 million in deferred revenue and $15.9 million in accrued compensation and other liabilities and accounts payable. The increase in accounts receivable, deferred revenue and deferred commissions was primarily due to revenue and new sales order growth during the year. The increase in inventory, accrued compensation and other liabilities and accounts payable was primarily attributed to increased activities to support overall business growth. Net cash used in operating activities also included $27.6 million of cash paid for the repurchase of common stock from our employees in excess of fair value.

Net cash used in operating activities during the fiscal year ended January 31, 2014 was $67.2 million, which resulted from a net loss of $78.6 million and net cash outflows of $1.5 million from changes in operating assets and liabilities, partially offset by non-cash charges of $8.3 million for stock-based compensation and $4.4 million for depreciation and amortization. The net cash outflows from changes in operating assets and liabilities was primarily the result of increases of $12.0 million in accounts receivable, $7.1 million in deferred commissions, $5.1 million in inventory and $4.4 million in prepaid expenses and other assets, partially offset by increases of $15.1 million in deferred revenue and $12.0 million in accrued compensation and other liabilities and accounts payable. The increase in accounts receivable, deferred revenue and deferred commissions was primarily due to revenue and new sales order growth during the year. The increase in inventory, accrued compensation and other liabilities and accounts payable was primarily attributed to increased activities to support overall business growth. Net cash used in operating activities also included $13.3 million of cash paid for the repurchase of common stock from our employees in excess of fair value.

Investing Activities

Net cash used in investing activities during the six months ended July 31, 2015 of $21.8 million resulted from capital expenditures.

 

56


Table of Contents

Net cash used in investing activities during the six months ended July 31, 2014 of $28.9 million resulted from capital expenditures of $19.2 million, purchases of intangible assets of $8.0 million and a $1.6 million increase in restricted cash related to a security deposit for new office space.

Net cash used in investing activities during the fiscal year ended January 31, 2015 of $53.0 million resulted from capital expenditures of $42.2 million, purchases of intangible assets of $9.1 million and $1.6 million increase in restricted cash related to a security deposit for new office space.

Net cash used in investing activities during the fiscal year ended January 31, 2014 of $15.3 million resulted from $12.3 million of capital expenditures and $3.0 million of restricted cash related to a security deposit for new office space.

Financing Activities

Net cash provided by financing activities of $1.9 million during the six months ended July 31, 2015 was primarily due to $3.0 million of proceeds from the exercise of stock options, which was partially offset by payments of deferred offering costs of $1.1 million.

Net cash provided by financing activities of $255.5 million during the six months ended July 31, 2014 was primarily due to $280.7 million in proceeds primarily from the issuances of our Series F convertible preferred stock and $5.0 million of proceeds from the exercise of stock options. These increases were partially offset by $30.1 million of repurchases of common stock from our employees.

Net cash provided by financing activities of $258.5 million during the fiscal year ended January 31, 2015 was primarily due to $281.0 million in net proceeds from the issuances of our Series E, Series F and Series F-1 convertible preferred stock and $7.7 million of proceeds from the exercise of stock options including proceeds from repayment of promissory notes, partially offset by $30.1 million of repurchases of common stock from our employees.

Net cash provided by financing activities of $163.3 million during the fiscal year ended January 31, 2014 was primarily due to $167.8 million in net proceeds from the issuance of our Series E convertible preferred stock and $2.7 million of proceeds from the exercise of stock options, partially offset by $7.2 million repurchase of common stock from our employees.

Contractual Obligations and Commitments

The following table summarizes our non-cancellable contractual obligations as of January 31, 2015.

 

     Payment Due by Period  
     Total      Less Than
1 Year
     1-3 Years      3-5 Years      More Than
5 Years
 
     (in thousands)  

Operating leases

   $ 30,523       $ 7,872       $ 12,719       $ 8,965       $ 967   

Purchase obligations (1)

     626         313         313                   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

$ 31,149    $ 8,185    $ 13,032    $ 8,965    $ 967   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Purchase obligations consist of non-cancellable software service contracts.

Purchase orders are not included in the table above. Our purchase orders represent authorizations to purchase rather than binding agreements. The contractual commitment amounts in the table above are associated with agreements that are enforceable and legally binding. Obligations under contracts that we can cancel without a significant penalty are not included in the table above.

During the six months ended July 31, 2015, we entered into a non-cancelable contract of $1.1 million related to certain software services payable through 2018.

 

57


Table of Contents

In August 2015, we entered into certain lease agreements for office facilities with total lease obligations of approximately $19.7 million with lease periods expiring through 2023. In connection with these leases, we are required to maintain letters of credit of up to $3.3 million.

Off Balance Sheet Arrangements

During the fiscal years ended January 31, 2014 and 2015 and the six months ended July 31, 2015, we did not have any relationships with any entities or financial partnerships, such as structured finance or special purpose entities established for the purpose of facilitating off-balance sheet arrangements or other purposes.

Provision for Income Taxes

As of January 31, 2015, we had U.S. federal and state NOL carryforwards of $300.0 million and $308.4 million that expire commencing in 2029. Under Section 382 of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, or the Code, a corporation that undergoes an “ownership change” is subject to limitations on its ability to utilize its pre-change NOLs to offset future taxable income. In December 2014, we completed an analysis through July 2014 to evaluate whether there are any limitations of our NOLs and concluded no limitations currently exist. While we do not believe that we have experienced, or will experience in connection with this offering, an ownership change that would result in limitations, regulatory changes, such as suspension on the use of NOLs, could result in the expiration of our NOLs or otherwise cause them to be unavailable to offset future income tax liabilities.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

We have operations both within the United States and internationally, and we are exposed to market risk in the ordinary course of our business.

Interest Rate Risk

Our cash and cash equivalents primarily consist of bank deposits and money market funds. As of January 31, 2015 and July 31, 2015, we had cash and cash equivalents of $192.7 million and $128.3 million. The carrying amount of our cash equivalents reasonably approximates fair value, due to the short maturities of these instruments. The primary objectives of our investment activities are the preservation of capital, the fulfillment of liquidity needs and the fiduciary control of cash and investments. We do not enter into investments for trading or speculative purposes. Our investments are exposed to market risk due to a fluctuation in interest rates, which may affect our interest income and the fair market value of our investments. However, due to the short-term nature of our investment portfolio, we do not believe an immediate 10% increase or decrease in interest rates would have a material effect on the fair market value of our portfolio. We therefore do not expect our operating results or cash flows to be materially affected by a sudden change in market interest rates.

Foreign Currency Risk

Our sales contracts are primarily denominated in U.S. dollars with a small number of contracts denominated in foreign currencies. A portion of our operating expenses are incurred outside the United States and denominated in foreign currencies and are subject to fluctuations due to changes in foreign currency exchange rates, particularly changes in the British pound and Euro. Additionally, fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates may cause us to recognize transaction gains and losses in our statement of operations. Given the impact of foreign currency exchange rates has not been material to our historical operating results, we have not entered into derivative or hedging transactions, but we may do so in the future if our exposure to foreign currency should become more significant.

 

58


Table of Contents

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Our financial statements are prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP. The preparation of these financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue, expenses, and related disclosures. We evaluate our estimates and assumptions on an ongoing basis. Our estimates are based on historical experience and various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. Our actual results could differ from these estimates.

The critical accounting estimates, assumptions and judgments that we believe have the most significant impact on our consolidated financial statements are described below.

Revenue Recognition

We derive revenue from two sources: (1) product revenue which includes hardware and embedded software and (2) support revenue which includes customer support, hardware maintenance and software upgrades on a when-and-if-available basis.

We recognize revenue when:

 

    Persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists —We rely upon sales agreements and/or purchase orders to determine the existence of an arrangement.

 

    Delivery has occurred —We typically recognize product revenue upon shipment, as title and risk of loss are transferred to our channel partners at that time. Products are typically shipped directly by us to customers, and our channel partners do not stock our inventory.

 

    The fee is fixed or determinable —We assess whether the fee is fixed or determinable based on the payment terms associated with the transaction.

 

    Collection is reasonably assured —We assess collectability based on credit analysis and payment history.

Our product revenue is derived from the sale of hardware and operating system software that is integrated into the hardware and therefore deemed essential to its functionality. The hardware and the operating system software essential to the functionality of the hardware are considered non-software deliverables and, therefore, are not subject to industry-specific software revenue recognition guidance.

Support revenue is derived from the sale of maintenance and support agreements. Maintenance and support agreements include the right to receive unspecified software upgrades and enhancements on a when-and-if-available basis, bug fixes, parts replacement services related to the hardware, as well as access to our cloud-based management and support platform. Revenue related to maintenance and support agreements are recognized ratably over the contractual term, which generally range from 1 to 3 years. Costs related to maintenance and support agreements are expensed as incurred. In addition, our Forever Flash program provides our customers who continually maintain active maintenance and support for three years with an included controller refresh with each additional three year maintenance and support renewal. In accordance with multiple-element arrangement accounting guidance, the controller refresh represents an additional deliverable that is a separate unit of accounting. The allocated revenue is recognized and the related cost is expensed in the period in which these controllers are shipped.

Most of our arrangements, other than stand-alone renewals of maintenance and support agreements, are multiple-element arrangements with a combination of product and support related deliverables (as defined above). Under multiple-element arrangements, we allocate consideration at the inception of an arrangement to all deliverables based on the relative selling price method in accordance with the hierarchy provided by the multiple-element arrangement accounting guidance, which includes (i) vendor-specific objective evidence, or VSOE, of selling price, if available; (ii) third-party evidence, or TPE, of selling price, if VSOE is not available; and

 

59


Table of Contents

(iii) best estimate of selling price, or BESP, if neither VSOE nor TPE is available. As discussed below, because we have not established VSOE for any of our deliverables and TPE typically cannot be obtained, we typically allocate consideration to all deliverables based on BESP.

 

    VSOE —We determine VSOE based on our historical pricing and discounting practices for the specific products and services when sold separately. In determining VSOE, we require that a substantial majority of the stand-alone selling prices fall within a reasonably narrow pricing range. We have not established VSOE for any of our hardware and support related deliverables given that our pricing is not sufficiently concentrated (based on an analysis of separate sales of the deliverables) to conclude that we can demonstrate VSOE of selling prices.

 

    TPE —When VSOE cannot be established for deliverables in multiple-element arrangements, we apply judgment with respect to whether we can establish a selling price based on TPE. TPE is determined based on competitor prices for interchangeable products or services when sold separately to similarly situated customers. However, because our products contain a significant element of proprietary technology and our solutions offer substantially different features and functionality, the comparable pricing of products with similar functionality typically cannot be obtained.

 

    BESP —When neither VSOE nor TPE can be established, we utilize BESP to allocate consideration to deliverables in a multiple element arrangement. Our process to determine our BESP for products and services is based on qualitative and quantitative considerations of multiple factors, which primarily include historical sales, margin objectives and discount behavior. Additional considerations are given to other factors such as customer demographics, costs to manufacture products or provide services, pricing practices and market conditions.

Deferred Commissions

Deferred commissions consist of direct and incremental costs paid to our sales force related to customer contracts. The deferred commission amounts are recoverable through the revenue streams that will be recognized under the related customer contracts. Direct sales commissions are deferred when earned and amortized over the same period that revenue is recognized from the related customer contract. Amortization of deferred commissions is included in sales and marketing expense in the consolidated statements of operations.

Stock-Based Compensation

We measure and recognize compensation expense for all stock-based awards granted to our employees and other service providers, including stock options and restricted stock awards, based on the estimated fair value of the award on the grant date. We use the Black-Scholes option pricing model to estimate the fair value of stock option awards. The fair value of restricted stock awards is determined based on the fair value of our Class B common stock estimated as part of the capital stock and business enterprise valuation process. The fair value is recognized as an expense, net of estimated forfeitures, on a straight line basis over the requisite service period. For stock-based awards granted to employees with a performance condition, we recognize stock-based compensation expense for these awards under the accelerated attribution method over the requisite service period when management determines it is probable that the performance condition will be satisfied.

Our use of the Black-Scholes option pricing model requires the input of highly subjective assumptions, including the fair value of the underlying common stock, expected term of the option, expected volatility of the price of our common stock, risk-free interest rates and the expected dividend yield of our Class B common stock. The assumptions used in our option pricing model represent management’s best estimates. These estimates involve inherent uncertainties and the application of management’s judgment. If factors change and different assumptions are used, our stock-based compensation expense could be materially different in the future.

These assumptions and estimates are as follows:

 

    Fair Value of Class B Common Stock.  As our stock is not publicly traded, we must estimate the fair value of our common stock, as discussed in “Common Stock Valuations” below.

 

60


Table of Contents
    Expected Term.  The expected term represents the period that our stock-based awards are expected to be outstanding. The expected term assumptions were determined based on the vesting terms, exercise terms and contractual lives of the options.

 

    Expected Volatility.  Since we do not have a trading history of our Class B common stock, the expected volatility is determined based on the historical stock volatilities of our comparable companies. Comparable companies consist of public companies in our industry which are similar in size, stage of life cycle and financial leverage. We intend to continue to apply this process using the same or similar public companies until a sufficient amount of historical information regarding the volatility of our own share price becomes available, or unless circumstances change such that the identified companies are no longer similar to us, in which case, more suitable companies whose share prices are publicly available would be used in the calculation.

 

    Risk-Free Interest Rate.  The risk-free interest rate is based on the implied yield available on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues with remaining terms similar to the expected term on the options.

 

    Dividend Rate.  We have never declared or paid any cash dividends and do not plan to pay cash dividends in the foreseeable future, and, therefore, use an expected dividend yield of zero.

The following table summarizes the assumptions used in the Black-Scholes option-pricing model to determine the fair value of our stock options for employees and non-employees:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended January 31,      Six Months Ended July 31,  
     2014      2015      2014      2015  
                   (unaudited)  

Expected term (in years)

     5.3 - 10.0         5.0 - 10.0         5.4 - 10.0         6.0 - 7.4   

Expected volatility

     62% - 69%         55% - 68%         62% - 68%         48% - 52%   

Risk-free interest rate

     0.8% - 2.6%         1.3% - 2.6%         2.0% - 2.5%         1.5% - 1.9%   

Dividend rate

                               

Fair value of common stock

     $1.46 - $2.98         $4.81 - $12.65         $4.81 - $9.40         $14.12 - $18.16   

In addition, we are required to estimate the expected forfeiture rate and only recognize expense for those shares that are expected to vest. We estimate the expected forfeiture rate based on historical experience and our expectations regarding future pre-vesting termination behavior of employees and other service providers. To the extent our actual forfeiture rate is different from our estimate, stock-based compensation expense is adjusted accordingly.

We will continue to use judgment in evaluating the assumptions related to our stock-based compensation on a prospective basis. As we continue to accumulate additional data related to our Class B common stock, we may refine our estimation process, which could materially impact our future stock-based compensation expense.

Common Stock Valuations

The fair value of the Class B common stock underlying our stock options was determined by our board of directors. The valuations of our Class B common stock were determined in accordance with the guidelines outlined in the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Practice Aid,  Valuation of Privately-Held- Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation.  In the absence of a public trading market, our board of directors, with input from management, exercised significant judgment and considered numerous objective and subjective factors to determine the fair value of our Class B common stock as of the date of each option grant, including the following factors:

 

    contemporaneous valuations performed by unrelated third-party valuation firms;

 

    the prices, rights, preferences and privileges of our convertible preferred stock relative to those of our Class B common stock;

 

    the lack of marketability of our Class B common stock;

 

    our actual operating and financial performance;

 

61


Table of Contents
    current business conditions and projections;

 

    our hiring key personnel and the experience of our management;

 

    our history and the timing of the introduction of new products and services;

 

    our stage of development;

 

    the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event, such as an initial public offering or a merger or acquisition of our business given prevailing market conditions;

 

    the illiquidity of stock-based awards involving securities in a private company;

 

    the market performance of comparable publicly traded companies;

 

    recent private stock sales transactions; and

 

    U.S. and global capital market conditions.

In valuing our Class B common stock, the fair value of our business, or Enterprise Value, was determined using an income approach and a market approach. The Enterprise Value determined was then adjusted to: (1) add back cash on hand and tax benefits from NOLs and (2) remove certain long-term liabilities in order to determine an equity value, or Equity Value. The resulting Equity Value was then allocated to the Class B common stock using combination of the option pricing method and a Probability Weighted Expected Return Method. After the Equity Value is determined and allocated to the various classes of shares, a discount for lack of marketability, or DLOM is applied to arrive at the fair value of the Class B common stock. A DLOM is applied based on the theory that as a private company an owner of the stock has limited opportunities to sell this stock and any such sale would involve significant transaction costs, thereby reducing overall fair market value.

Our assessments of the fair value of the Class B common stock for grant dates between the dates of the valuations were based in part on the current available financial and operational information and the Class B common stock value provided in the most recent valuation as compared to the timing of each grant. For financial reporting purposes, we considered the amount of time between the valuation date and the grant date to determine whether to use the latest Class B common stock valuation or a straight-line calculation between the two valuation dates. This determination included an evaluation of whether the subsequent valuation indicated that any significant change in valuation had occurred between the previous valuation and the grant date.

Once we are operating as a public company, we will rely on the closing price of our Class A common stock as reported by the NYSE on the date of grant to determine the fair value of our Class A common stock.

Based on the assumed initial public offering price per share of $            , which is the midpoint of the offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, the aggregate intrinsic value of our outstanding stock awards as of July 31, 2015 was $         million, of which $         million related to vested awards and $         million related to unvested awards.

Recent Accounting Pronouncement

In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2014-09 Revenue from Contracts with Customers , or ASU 2014-09. ASU 2014-09 supersedes the revenue recognition requirements in Revenue Recognition (Topic 605) , and requires entities to recognize revenue when it transfers promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled to in exchange for those goods or services. In August 2015, the FASB issued Accounting Standards update No. 2015-14 Revenue from Contracts with Customers , or ASU 2015-14. ASU 2015-14 defers the effective date for ASU 2014-09, and accordingly the effective date for us commences on February 1, 2018 and early adoption is allowed for our fiscal year beginning February 1, 2017. This standard will be applied using either the full or modified retrospective adoption methods. We are currently evaluating adoption methods and the impact of this standard on our consolidated financial statements.

 

62


Table of Contents

A NOTE FROM THE FOUNDERS AND CEO

Most storage companies are beginning to use flash memory to try to deliver higher performance data storage. At Pure, we are transforming the storage industry. Yes, we are delivering faster storage, but we are also delivering radically simpler storage—imagine storage with the ease of use of a smartphone. At the same time, we are changing the way storage is sold and maintained, delivering a dramatically better customer experience at a lower overall cost. We have focused on making storage so fast and so economical that organizations can do things with their data and applications that would never have been possible with their existing storage.

We call ourselves Puritans, and we proudly wear orange. In addition to assembling an outstanding team, we have built a special company culture, which we call the entrepreneurial workforce :

 

    Everyone at Pure is an owner and is empowered like one —We strive for transparency, sharing as much information as possible with the whole company. We communicate the bad news as well as the good, so that all can contribute to making our products, our customers’ experiences and our company better;

 

    We emphasize team rather than individual success —We win together and we lose and learn together. We focus on growing the pie rather than playing politics to carve it up;

 

    We behave more like missionaries than mercenaries —Puritans are striving to make the world of IT better. We focus on doing the right thing for the long term, not on looking for short cuts; and

 

    Most of all, we focus on supreme customer and partner satisfaction —When a customer has an issue, even if the problem lies outside of Pure, Puritans pitch in to make things right. We endeavor to do our jobs so well that customers and partners love our storage platform and love working with our company.

As we recruit new Puritans, we look for and reinforce these values. The quality of our team is by far our most valuable asset.

We believe that the market opportunity in front of Pure Storage is substantial. While we have executed well to date, we are even more excited about the road ahead:

 

    We are investing heavily in research and development to deliver the multiple and substantive storage innovations we believe are necessary to accomplish our mission and execute on the opportunity before us;

 

    We are going the extra mile to make our storage platform so simple and easy to use that it will continue to delight our customers;

 

    We are striving to replace the 3 to 5 year rip-and-replace storage cycle with evergreen storage and cloud-based management and support; and

 

    We are investing aggressively in sales, marketing and our channel to maximize growth and market share.

In short, we plan to continue to manage Pure in the same fashion as we have managed Pure as a private company—striving to do the right thing for the long term rather than optimizing for the near term.

We are thrilled to welcome those of you who will join us on our journey, as customers, partners, employees or as shareholders. We have the opportunity to build a large and enduring independent company, which we see as the best outcome for all of our constituencies.

Thank you for your consideration.

Cheers,

 

LOGO

   LOGO    LOGO

John “Coz” Colgrove

Founder

  

John Hayes

Founder

  

Scott Dietzen

CEO

 

63


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Overview

Our mission is to deliver data storage that transforms business through a dramatic increase in performance and reduction in complexity and costs. Our innovative technology replaces storage systems designed for mechanical disk with all-flash systems optimized end-to-end for solid-state memory. At the same time, our innovative business model replaces the traditional forklift upgrade cycle with an evergreen storage model of hardware and software upgrades and maintenance.

Our next-generation storage platform and business model are the result of our team’s substantial experience in enterprise storage and web-scale infrastructure, as well as frustration with the industry’s status quo. This deep industry understanding led to the development of our three-part integrated platform: the Purity Operating Environment , our flash-optimized software, FlashArray , our modular and scalable all-flash array hardware, and Pure1 , our cloud-based management and support. Our platform can deliver a 10X acceleration in business applications over legacy disk-based storage. It is also designed to be compatible with existing infrastructure, substantially more reliable, and power and space efficient.

Our business model builds on our technical innovations to reverse the traditional storage business model. Instead of moving data between old and new systems via forklift upgrades, we keep business data and applications in place and upgrade technology around it. Our platform and business model are designed to add value to customers for a decade or more, reducing total cost of storage ownership while increasing loyalty.

Our innovations help rebalance the datacenter by closing the performance gap between legacy storage technology and servers and networks. But it is the simplicity of our platform and business model that is revolutionizing the enterprise storage experience. Together, our innovations have helped our customers realize the promise of the cloud model for IT and the benefits of Moore’s Law. This has yielded industry-leading Net Promoter scores, based on the results of customer satisfaction surveys we conducted.

Since launching FlashArray in May 2012, our customer base has grown to over 1,100 customers. Our customers include large and mid-size organizations across a diverse set of industry verticals, including cloud-based software and service providers, consumer web, education, energy, financial services, governments, healthcare, manufacturing, media, retail and telecommunications. Our platform is used for a broad set of storage use cases, including database applications, private and public cloud infrastructure, virtual server infrastructure and virtual desktop infrastructure. Our platform helps customers increase employee productivity, improve operational efficiency, make better decisions through faster, more accurate analytics and deliver more compelling user experiences to their customers and partners.

We sell our platform predominantly through a high touch, channel-fulfilled model. Our sales force works collaboratively with our global network of distribution and channel partners, which provides us broad sales reach while maintaining direct customer engagement.

We have experienced significant growth. Our revenue increased from $6.1 million for the fiscal year ended January 31, 2013 to $42.7 million for the fiscal year ended January 31, 2014 and to $174.5 million for the fiscal year ended January 31, 2015, representing year-over-year revenue growth of 603% and 308% for our two most recent fiscal years. Our revenue increased from $59.4 million for the six months ended July 31, 2014 to $158.7 million for the six months ended July 31, 2015, representing period-over-period growth of 167% for our most recent interim period. Our net loss was $23.4 million, $78.6 million and $183.2 million for the fiscal years ended January 31, 2013, 2014 and 2015, respectively, and $95.2 million and $113.0 million for the six months ended July 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively. For the fiscal year ended January 31, 2015 and the six months ended July 31, 2015, 77% and 78% of our revenue was from the United States, and 23% and 22% from the rest of the world, respectively.

 

64


Table of Contents

Industry Background

Technology continues to transform business—redefining how products and services are built, how customers and partners are served and how organizations innovate. As a result, organizations face the urgent need to operate with greater speed and to leverage technology to be smarter and more innovative. Indeed, the speed, agility and efficiency of an organization’s information systems contribute to and, in many cases, even define competitive advantage.

Organizations must make technology investments that improve IT performance and in parallel reduce the cost and complexity of their operations. Technology that can quickly adapt to ever-changing requirements and drive these dual and seemingly opposed requirements of improving both performance and efficiency is essential.

 

LOGO

Business Transformation through Improved Performance

The speed of servers and networks has dramatically improved over the past several decades, but the performance of disk-based storage has not kept up. Mechanical disk has fundamental physical limitations in reading and writing data and typically operates in milliseconds, 1,000 times slower than the microsecond processing speed of today’s computing and networking systems. Disk-based storage is now an obstacle to application performance, squandering investments in fast servers that may spend a substantial portion of processing time waiting for disks to seek and rotate to deliver data.

Flash memory is a solid-state storage technology that can eliminate this storage bottleneck while providing better performance, greater storage density and improved power efficiency as compared to disk. For instance, a 1TB flash device can perform 64 operations in parallel while a 1TB disk can only perform a single operation at a time. Flash memory has transformed today’s consumer technology experience—it is the storage media inside smartphones—and now it is time for business to enjoy those same benefits. The price performance of flash technology, too, has improved dramatically in recent years. Already, leading web-scale companies such as Apple, Facebook and Google are utilizing flash-based storage in their datacenters.

Even when retrofitted with flash, legacy approaches to storage generally fall short. Too often, they rely on legacy storage software, which was optimized for the serial and sequential read and write patterns of disk. They do not take full advantage of the parallelizable and random access nature of flash. Even modern hybrid storage approaches—those that pair flash and disk designs—are inadequate, as they suffer from the speed of the far

 

65


Table of Contents

slower disk operations. For example, even if 90% of data read and write operations are processed on flash technology and 10% of operations are processed on disk, applications can suffer from nearly a 5X performance reduction as compared to all-flash storage.

IT Transformation through Reduced Costs and Complexity

Cloud computing has been one of the more compelling IT advances in years. Today, organizations use shared resources in the cloud, significantly reducing the cost and complexity of operations and datacenters. Organizations around the world are now adopting many of the core tenets of this cloud model to transform their own operations and datacenters.

Legacy disk-based storage is generally inconsistent with the design tenets of the cloud. It does not scale easily, and is complex and costly to manage, often requiring expert consultants for routine operations. Most legacy disk-based storage requires organizations to replace their storage systems every 3 to 5 years. This is expensive and worrisome for customers, who must juggle upgrades and downtime during the data migration period. The result is an endless and time-consuming cycle of procurement, provisioning and troubleshooting of data storage.

Next-Generation Storage

With the increased demands of a complex and changing business environment, we believe organizations not only desire but also require a new storage platform that combines the following:

 

    Dramatically improved performance to keep up with the demands of the business;

 

    Reliability, security and data management services for operating in mission critical environments;

 

    Seamless interoperability for compatibility with existing IT infrastructure investments;

 

    Simplicity, agility, easy automation and elasticity to enable the cloud model of IT; and

 

    Greater price performance and reduced total cost of ownership.

Market Opportunity

Pure Storage serves the market for enterprise storage and related storage software. According to IDC, the combined worldwide spend by enterprises on external storage hardware priced at more than $50,000 per array and storage and device management, storage infrastructure and storage replication software is estimated to grow from approximately $24.2 billion in 2014 to $27.0 billion in 2018. Hardware spend in this area alone will grow from $16.5 billion in 2014 to $18.0 billion in 2018, while software spend will grow from $7.7 billion in 2014 to $9.0 billion in 2018. Customers are increasingly replacing traditional disk-based systems with all-flash storage, and spend on all-flash solutions is expected to grow from $1.3 billion in 2014 to $3.3 billion in 2018, representing a 26.6% compounded annual growth rate. We believe the benefits of next-generation flash storage will drive flash to ultimately become the predominant form of primary enterprise data storage.

 

66


Table of Contents

Our Solution

Pure Storage is defining the next generation of enterprise data storage. We have pioneered the all-flash array category and have coupled that with our customer-centric business model. Our storage platform integrates the Purity Operating Environment , our flash-optimized software, FlashArray , our modular and scalable all-flash array hardware, and Pure1 , our cloud-based management and support. This platform, combined with ongoing maintenance and support, provides an evergreen storage solution that enables our customers to both accelerate business performance and increase the efficiency, agility and simplicity of their operations. We believe that our approach is having a profound impact both on our customers and on the data storage industry as a whole:

 

LOGO

 

    Business Transformation . With Pure Storage, customers’ business applications run faster—helping them to improve yields, employee productivity, and customer and partner experiences, allowing them to make smarter decisions, and enabling them to increase innovation across their organizations.

 

    Faster Business . A provider of cardiac-monitoring services can have its technicians analyze more patient data—65 patient records per day versus 35 per day, gaining operational efficiency that positively impacts its bottom line.

 

    Smarter Business . An auto parts retailer can run reports to optimize inventory across over one hundred locations and millions of products in about 12 hours, down from seven days, allowing it to reduce inventory on hand while increasing the breadth of products held in inventory.

 

    More Innovative Business . A web-based image publishing service can eliminate a storage bottleneck with a 5x improvement in performance, giving it confidence to deploy new products without fear that user experience would suffer.

 

    Technology Transformation . Our platform increases the efficiency, agility and simplicity of IT infrastructure, enabling our customers to reduce the cost and complexity of operations and implement the cloud model. Technology transformations for customers who adopt our storage platform include:

 

    Reduced Cost and Complexity. Our customers can adopt our evergreen storage model, which we have designed to eliminate disruptive technology refreshes and extend the life of storage investments. We estimate that, over a six year period, our customers can save an average of more than $500,000 annually for every 250TB of tier-1 performance disk storage replaced with our storage platform.

 

67


Table of Contents
    Implement the Cloud Model. The combination of our modular and scalable FlashArray hardware and our software-defined management capabilities allows customers to consolidate a variety of workloads on a single storage platform. The operational simplicity, quick provisioning, easy programmability, low management overhead and linear, low-cost scaling of our platform enable a more cloud-style model for storage.

The following differentiates our storage platform:

 

    High Performance. Our FlashArray and Purity Operating Environment software were specifically architected for the fast parallelizable and random access of flash. The result is that customers can eliminate more than one year of cumulative application latency every month as compared to legacy disk-based storage in typical deployments.

 

    Enterprise Resiliency. Our platform, through the Purity Operating Environment , enables customers to maintain continuous access to their data without a loss in performance. The Purity Operating Environment efficiently and redundantly stores data, ensuring that data is available at all times, even in the event of hardware or software component failures or during upgrades. In addition, the Purity Operating Environment allows customers to recover from disasters using near zero overhead snapshots, which can be replicated to multiple locations globally. All of these resiliency features are built-in and do not require additional licenses.

 

    Simplicity. Our platform is simple to deploy, manage, and upgrade for a wide variety of customer use cases—the basic operating commands fit on a single, folding business card. Our platform is designed to seamlessly integrate with existing investments in server and application infrastructure.

 

    Agile Management. Through Pure1 , we deliver an integrated cloud-based management and support experience. We originate most of the support interactions we have with our customers, consistent with our proactive focus on helping our customers quickly respond to issues and stay ahead of changes to their storage requirements. We offer multiple software interfaces for customers to automate the operation of our storage platform at cloud scale. By combining simplicity, automation and proactive support, we reduce the administrative burden and the risk of human error.

 

    Evergreen Storage. Our platform is designed to support customer deployments for a decade or more. Our modular all-flash array hardware and software enable enterprises to start as small as 10TBs and to scale storage deployments to petabyte levels. Through our innovative business model, we provide software updates, any needed hardware replacements, and a controller refresh every three years so customers can run the latest Purity Operating Environment for predictable maintenance fees.

 

    Compelling Economics. Our FlashReduce software achieves on average greater than 5-to-1 data reduction for a wide range of enterprise applications. We utilize consumer-grade flash memory, which is more cost effective and reliable than enterprise-grade flash memory. Consumer-grade flash prices are now approaching those of performance disk on a raw capacity basis. As a result, customers can achieve price-performance levels that enable our platform to be deployed across a wide range of use cases.

 

    Lower Total Cost of Ownership. Our platform reduces the space, power, cooling, management overhead and other associated expenses as compared to disk-based storage. A study commissioned by us from Forrester Consulting found that a composite organization could expect to recoup its investment in our storage system within 14 months and achieve a 102% risk-adjusted return on investment from reduced operational costs and increased business benefits over a three-year period.

Growth Strategies

Key elements of our growth strategy include:

 

   

Relentlessly Innovate and Maintain Technology Leadership. We will continue to invest in product innovation and technology leadership and plan to enhance our flash-optimized software, modular and scalable hardware and cloud-based management and support. We have released multiple generations of our FlashArray products since our founding in 2009 and release enhanced software versions of our

 

68


Table of Contents
 

Purity Operating Environment with new features approximately every six months. We believe that continued innovation is critical to addressing the complex and changing requirements of data storage and that maintaining our technology leadership will help us expand our addressable market.

 

    Continue to Drive Large Customer Adoption. We believe that our market is large and untapped as a significant number of enterprises, service providers and government organizations have yet to adopt all-flash storage throughout their technology infrastructure. We intend to grow our base of customers by promoting our platform, increasing our investment in sales and marketing and leveraging our network of channel partners. We are investing in our account teams to cultivate strong relationships with our larger customers, which, in collaboration with our channel partners, should allow us to further penetrate large enterprises across all verticals, industries and geographies.

 

    Further Leverage our Channel Ecosystem. We have been successful in using a channel-focused model to drive our sales, and we continue to believe that by partnering with the channel and service providers, we can reach the broadest number of customers. By investing in training, demand generation and partner programs, we believe we can enable many of our partners to independently identify, qualify, sell and upgrade customers, with limited involvement from us. We intend to continue to invest in our channel to add scalable distribution partners, systems integration partners and service provider partners, including providers of cloud-based infrastructure offerings.

 

    Drive Greater Penetration into our Existing Customer Base. We believe our over 1,100 customers represent a significant opportunity for us to realize incremental sales. We sell additional products and services to our customers as the data within their existing application deployments naturally grows and as customers migrate additional applications to our platform. As of January 31, 2015, more than half of our customers had made additional purchases within 12 months of their initial purchase. In addition, we estimate that we have only penetrated a small portion of the total footprint in many of our larger customers.

 

    Cultivate our Inspirational Culture. We believe our culture is a critical part of our success. We strive to maintain an exciting and supportive atmosphere that attracts great talent and inspires our employees to excel and deliver a differentiated experience for our customers. The five core values upon which our Puritan company culture is based are customer-first, creativity, teamwork, persistence and ownership. These values permeate our company and help define our business, customer, shareholder and employee objectives.

 

    Leverage our Technology Ecosystem. We have developed strategic relationships with a number of technology vendors to allow integration of our platform with their offerings, enabling a streamlined experience for our customers. We have developed FlashStack , our converged infrastructure offering which incorporates best of breed solutions from Cisco, VMware, Citrix and Microsoft, and we also have developed a variety of application-specific solutions, including optimizing our platform for high performance database applications such as Oracle, SAP and Microsoft and virtual infrastructure such as VMware, Citrix and OpenStack.

Innovative Technology and Business Model

Our next-generation storage platform is comprised of three integrated components, all designed from the ground-up for solid-state storage: the Purity Operating Environment , our flash-optimized software; FlashArray , our modular and scalable all-flash array hardware; and Pure1 , our cloud-based management and support. These three components are complemented by our innovative business model, which is designed to improve our customers’ experience related to the procurement, upgrade, expansion and ownership of storage.

 

69


Table of Contents

Purity Operating Environment

The heart of our storage platform is the Purity Operating Environment , our proprietary software that runs across all FlashArray generations and is included with the purchase of our hardware. Key features of our Purity Operating Environment include:

 

    FlashReduce: Data reduction technologies to reduce the effective cost of flash. FlashReduce combines inline deduplication, inline compression, and background reduction technologies to maximize the amount of data that can be stored on the flash media, thereby reducing its effective cost per gigabyte. Our proprietary FlashReduce technology employs a variable block size reduction and can deliver up to 2X better data reduction as compared to the leading competitive products, resulting in an average of greater than 5-to-1 data reduction across a wide range of use cases and data types.

 

    FlashProtect: Enterprise-grade reliability and data protection. FlashProtect implements high availability, or HA, enabling the FlashArray to self heal in the face of hardware or software failures, and RAID-3D dual parity protection to ensure that flash device failures, latent bit errors or slow response within a particular flash device do not have any impact on the overall array. FlashProtect is designed to maintain performance through these failures and enables our arrays to be easily upgraded without scheduled downtime, setting new expectations for storage resiliency. The Purity Operating Environment also implements strong data-at-rest encryption of all data, all the time.

 

    FlashRecover: Local and remote data protection built-in. FlashRecover provides a comprehensive and tightly integrated backup and disaster recovery solution, including local snapshots, replication, remote snapshots and automated policy management, thereby decreasing cost and complexity of data protection.

 

    FlashCare: Extends life and ensures performance of consumer-grade flash. FlashCare extends the life expectancy and improves the performance and reliability of flash by writing data in a manner that is optimized for the geometry of flash. FlashCare enables a FlashArray to effectively mix multiple generations, types and suppliers of flash, allowing flexibility and expandability over time for our customers as well as providing supplier flexibility for Pure.

FlashArray Hardware

FlashArray is a modular all-flash storage array designed to maximize the performance and density of flash, optimize the advanced software services that the Purity Operating Environment provides, and minimize overall solution cost for customers. We have brought four generations of FlashArray to market, and we are currently selling both the FlashArray 400-Series and the newer FlashArray//m , which we announced in June 2015. The FlashArray 400-Series features independent controllers and storage shelves, while the latest generation FlashArray//m features a chassis-based design, fully integrating HA controllers and flash in a single appliance. FlashArray//m is based upon an in-house hardware design enabling us to further optimize performance, density and cost. FlashArray is built around the following principles and innovations:

 

    Modularity and Upgradability. All FlashArrays are designed to be modular and upgradable over time, enabling our vision of evergreen storage and eliminating the 3 to 5 year forklift refresh cycle of legacy storage systems. We have advanced this modular design in FlashArray//m , which, similar to blade servers, provides a long-lived chassis that affords easy customization to serve growing deployments, evolving use cases and incremental improvement over time. Our compute-efficient design enables the non-disruptive introduction of new modules and expansion of arrays.

 

   

Rapid Innovation. Our FlashArrays are based upon two core technologies, Intel CPUs and consumer-grade flash memory, both of which have historically improved consistent with Moore’s Law. Consumer-grade flash has been the first to introduce improved features and functionality and continues to lead flash memory innovations. The FlashArray’s modular design allows us to deliver both processor and flash upgrades approximately every 9 to 12 months, and enables customers to adopt these advances within their existing FlashArrays without data migration, downtime or performance

 

70


Table of Contents
 

impact. We intend to continue to release new hardware modules and software features and updates for the FlashArray on a more rapid pace than our legacy competitors.

 

    Maximum Performance. Our FlashArrays are designed to maximize the performance of flash. FlashArray//m leverages native high bandwidth and low latency PCIe/NVMe networking to modules and controllers, a SAS fabric for external expansion and high-performance non-volatile RAM and flash modules. As a result, our FlashArrays deliver hundreds of thousands of storage input/output operations per second at less than 1 millisecond average latency, which is generally at least 10X faster than traditional disk-based storage.

 

    High Density, Low Cost. We have introduced cost and density improvements in each succeeding generation of our FlashArray . FlashArray//m fully-integrates controller and flash modules inside the three rack unit chassis, allowing for significant component cost reduction and increase density. More importantly, the FlashArray//m often utilizes one-tenth the power and space as compared to the legacy disk-based storage it replaces.

 

    Simplicity and Reliability. Our FlashArray//m consolidates all components into an appliance-like form factor to improve simplicity and reliability. With a single component to rack, install and service, the FlashArray//m is designed to be extremely simple without sacrificing the scalability and upgradability of an enterprise array. Overall system reliability is also improved by removing unnecessary components, such as cables, cards and shelves, each of which adds failure risk to the system. Uptime across our FlashArray install base is approaching 99.9999% based on a three month rolling average and has exceeded 99.999% since early 2013.

 

    End-to-End Flash Optimization . Because we both design our FlashArray chassis, controllers and flash modules in-house, and develop all of our Purity Operating Environment software specifically for our hardware, we are able to realize end-to-end optimizations between software and flash. This allows us to deliver solutions with high density and power efficiency, tight integration for simplicity and at a lower cost. We expect further synergies in this regard as we continue our innovation more deeply in end-to-end hardware and software optimization.

Pure1 Management and Support

Pure1 is a cloud-based management and support platform that enables our customers, our support staff and our partners to seamlessly and securely collaborate to maximize the reliability of the Pure Storage platform while minimizing management overhead and cost to the customer. Our cloud-based platform removes the need for dedicated storage management infrastructure, enables customers to monitor a global storage deployment from a mobile device and simplifies integration with other datacenter management solutions. Our FlashArrays embed our Pure1 technology, which creates an “always-on” support connection to Pure Storage, sending telemetric data to Pure to help us deliver a more proactive management and support experience. This approach has helped to drive high levels of customer satisfaction. We have a Net Promoter score of approximately 80, based on customer satisfaction surveys we conducted through August 2015. Pure1 consists of three integrated modules:

 

    Pure1 Manage is an integrated suite of on-array and cloud-based management tools that perform multi-array monitoring and management tasks. In addition, Pure1 maintains detailed performance and capacity utilization information for years, allowing customers to analyze historical performance and capacity growth to plan for future deployments. The Pure1 management model is dramatically simpler than that of the legacy storage platforms—the basic operating commands fit on a single, folding business card. In our view, only by removing decades of accumulated complexity from the management model of legacy storage can we achieve the promise of the software-defined, cloud-friendly datacenter.

 

71


Table of Contents
    Pure1 Connect includes a comprehensive set of automation interfaces, with both full command-line interface and REST API access to all management functions of the FlashArray . Pure1 also includes connectors to popular virtualization platforms such as VMware vSphere and OpenStack, allowing our customers to natively manage the FlashArray from within their virtualization management tools.

 

    Pure1 Support couples our innovative support technology and cloud automation with highly skilled engineers to proactively deliver a superior support experience. By using automated analytics to monitor our customers’ arrays, we can detect and alert customers proactively of potential problems and ensure that when one customer has an issue, other customers at risk are identified and notified. With Pure1 , we initiate most support calls to the customer. When issues are identified we can often resolve them in conjunction with the customer before they have an impact on overall array health. Pure1 also includes a RemoteAssist capability, which enables our support personnel, with customer approval, to log in to a FlashArray and perform resolution and even routine maintenance tasks, removing even more of the storage management burden from customers.

Pure1 Support is offered in two levels: Advanced and Premium. We do not offer “basic” support service, as we believe that every customer deployment is critical and deserves 24x7 support. Pure1 Support Advanced includes 24x7 phone support with 30-minute maximum response time for critical issues, proactive monitoring, and a next-business-day service level for on-site replacement of failed hardware components. Pure1 Support Premium expands upon the service level of Advanced by reducing the maximum response time to 15 minutes for critical issues and reducing the service level for on-site parts replacement to 4 hours.

Business Model Innovation

In addition to our product leadership and differentiated customer experience, our business model innovation helps us achieve our vision of evergreen storage . We believe that the traditional storage business model is expensive, resource intensive and detrimentally impacts customer operations. Pure’s alternative approach is designed to eliminate this pain. We believe that it will be difficult for legacy storage vendors to copy our business model innovations given their dependence on complex licensing programs and regular forklift array replacement upgrades. We have created the following business model innovations and programs:

 

    All Software Included. All software functionality of the Purity Operating Environment is included in the base purchase price of a FlashArray , and our customers receive software updates and new features at no additional cost, so long as the customer maintains an active maintenance and support agreement. This approach is attractive to customers for its simplicity and fairness.

 

    Forever Flash. Our Forever Flash program is a new approach to the storage array purchase and expansion lifecycle, which is enabled by our modular FlashArray hardware. Forever Flash provides an alternative to the traditional 3 to 5 year replacement cycle, instead allowing customers to incrementally improve array performance and capacity as needed, dramatically reducing cost and risk while increasing predictability. This enables customers to both extend the useful life of their hardware and avoid the cost and risk of recurring data migration. The Forever Flash program has three components that encourage ongoing ownership, expansion and continuous improvements in performance:

 

    Flat and Fair. Our maintenance and support renewal rates are flat over time for a given array purchased by a customer, effectively serving as a promise that we will not increase the cost of maintenance in “out years” as many other vendors do.

 

    Free Every Three. Customers who continually maintain active maintenance and support for three years are entitled to an included controller refresh with each additional three year maintenance and support renewal. This modernizes a deployed FlashArray , enables the latest performance, features and scale and encourages capacity expansion while reducing our support costs.

 

72


Table of Contents
    Forever Maintenance. We will replace any failed hardware components, including flash media, indefinitely as long as a customer maintains active maintenance and support. This alleviates customer concerns over flash wear-out over time. We have seen low failure rates of our flash hardware during actual use, and we have designed this hardware to sustain more than a decade of operation.

 

    Love Your Storage Guarantee. Our Love Your Storage Guarantee program was designed to help customers avoid the need to conduct proof of concept testing before purchase. Instead customers can buy a FlashArray for a given deployment with the assurance that if they are not satisfied with the purchase for any reason, they can return it for a full refund within 30 days.

Our Customers

We target large and medium-sized enterprises, state, local and federal governments, schools and healthcare organizations globally. Our customer base includes over 1,100 organizations as of July 31, 2015 and included over 30, 200 and 700 organizations as of January 31, 2013, 2014 and 2015, respectively. We have deployed our storage platform with customers across multiple industry verticals. Our storage platform has been deployed in some of the largest and most sophisticated enterprise infrastructures in the world as well as smaller organizations with limited IT expertise or budget, such as hospitals, municipalities and school districts. Actual customer deployments range from a single FlashArray that can store a few terabytes of data to dozens of FlashArrays that, in the aggregate, can store multiple petabytes of data. Our customers include over 10% of the Fortune 500, and more than 100 of our customers have purchased over $1 million of our products and support. No individual customer represented more than 10% of our revenue in the fiscal year ended January 31, 2015 and the six months ended July 31, 2015.

The following is a list of representative customers by industry segment:

 

Internet and Media

 

Consumer and Retail

 

Telecommunications and Service Providers

Lamar Media

Rakuten

Shutterfly

SurveyMonkey

 

Nordstrom

Peet’s Coffee & Tea

Picard Frozen Foods

Sierra Nevada Brewing Co.

 

Armor Defense

LG CNS

Softbank

T-Mobile USA

Technology

 

Healthcare

 

Finance and Insurance

Avago Technologies

Global Foundries

Samsung

Xerox

 

Adventist Health

Cord Blood Registry

Hanger

Methodist Hospitals

 

Barclays PLC

Farm Bureau of Michigan

First Tennessee Bank

Investec Asset Management

Software/SaaS

 

Energy

 

Government and Education

Dassault Systemes

Intuit

Symantec

Xactly

 

Duke Energy

Guadalupe Valley Electric Cooperative

Legacy Reserves

Source Gas

 

Carnegie Mellon University

City of Austin

Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation

Sacramento City Unified School District

 

73


Table of Contents

Customer Case Studies

The following are representative examples of how some of our customers have benefited from typical deployments of our storage platform:

LinkedIn

Situation : LinkedIn is the leading social network for business professionals worldwide, with more than 364 million members globally. By 2012, LinkedIn’s rapid growth necessitated a new storage solution that would allow it to better deliver a seamless web experience to its users and run the internal applications critical to its business.

Solution and Benefit : For LinkedIn, the implementation of the FlashArray has driven long-term cost reductions, improved efficiency for its IT team and provided better business analytics for its internal teams. Since deploying the FlashArray , LinkedIn has decreased data access times to consistently less than 1 millisecond, for a total reduction of 3-5 milliseconds, resulting in a dramatic improvement in experience for both LinkedIn members and internal teams. With an average of 5.5:1 data reduction and upwards of 20:1 data reduction on read replicas and Oracle development environments, LinkedIn was able to decrease its storage footprint by 10X, while decreasing operational costs for power, cooling and rack space by 8X.

With the snapshot and cloning functionality of the Purity Operating Environment , LinkedIn has optimized its process for database refreshes, taking the process from over 24 hours to minutes. Since the initial deployment in 2012, LinkedIn has continued to expand the use of the FlashArray from front-end applications such as LinkedIn.com to Oracle testing and development, data warehouse and virtual server and virtual desktop deployments.

ConocoPhillips

Situation: ConocoPhillips is the world’s largest independent exploration and production company, based on proved reserves and production of liquids and natural gas. In 2014, ConocoPhillips was faced with increasing maintenance bills and complexity with its existing storage system. ConocoPhillips wanted a simple solution that was within its budget and would allow it to be faster and more agile, while reducing space, power and cooling requirements.

Solution and Benefit: After extensive testing, ConocoPhillips purchased multiple FlashArrays based on its simplicity and performance advantages, and its cost effectiveness. The ease of deployment and native replication were key factors relative to more complex alternative solutions that required installation of external software. The FlashArrays provided consistently high performance, enabling ConocoPhillips to confidently run financial reports 2X more frequently. In addition, with overall data reduction rates of over 4:1, the implementation of the FlashArrays enabled ConocoPhillips to reduce space requirements for the relevant systems by about 80%, condensing 14 data center floor tiles down to 3, with related power requirements decreased by over 90%, as compared to its existing disk-based storage systems. In fact, the switch to the FlashArray dropped the temperature by two degrees and the total power consumption by 2% across the entire data center. ConocoPhillips saw all of these benefits at a price at or below the cost of equivalent disk-based systems.

New York-Presbyterian Hospital

Situation : New York-Presbyterian Hospital (NYPH) is an academic medical center located in New York City and is ranked among the top ten hospitals in the United States. In 2014, NYPH was seeking to upgrade the storage underlying its virtual desktop and virtual server infrastructure, as well as the storage underlying a reporting application for its outpatient practices, and decided to test the FlashArray against an all-flash array from a legacy storage vendor. As a busy, leading hospital, NYPH was sensitive to any disruption or downtime, so selection of the right solution was critical.

 

74


Table of Contents

Solution and Benefit : After an extensive six-month proof of concept trial, NYPH selected the FlashArray for its resiliency and data reduction capabilities, as well as its ability to scale to support thousands of virtual desktop users and virtual server workloads. Only the FlashArray met NYPH’s failure and upgrade requirements and it had 2X better data reduction rates as compared to the competitive solution. NYPH transitioned its reporting application for its out-patient practices to the FlashArray with impressive results: the nightly batch report ran in just 2 hours, down from 10 hours on the hospital’s existing storage—a 5X reduction.

NYPH later purchased additional capacity to add more workloads to the FlashArray . The installation was completed in minutes, without any downtime or performance interruption. The FlashArray ’s data reduction rates have allowed NYPH to realize the benefits of flash at or below the cost of disk-based storage, while the simplicity of the FlashArray allowed NYPH to eliminate the complex tiering associated with spinning disk. With the FlashArray , NYPH is ensuring an improved end user experience for doctors, nurses and staff and timely report generation to enable prompt and accurate decision making by NYPH leadership.

Nielsen

Situation : With a presence in more than 100 countries and services covering more than 90 percent of the world’s GDP and population, Nielsen is a global consumer research firm that major consumer brands rely on for insights into how they should manage their business. Data is the lifeblood of Nielsen’s business, which is why, in 2014, it made the decision to modernize some of its legacy disk-based storage to FlashArray, which handles this data more quickly, efficiently and effectively.

Solution and Benefit : FlashArray has given Nielsen a 3X reduction in latency—it has also replaced 50 racks of disk-based storage with just 5 racks of FlashArrays .

Sales and Marketing

Sales . We sell our storage platform predominantly through a high touch, channel-fulfilled sales model. Our sales organization supports our channel partners and is responsible for large-account penetration, global account coordination and overall market development. Our channel partners help market and sell our products, typically with assistance from our sales force. This joint sales approach provides us with the benefit of direct relationships with substantially all of our customers and expands our reach through the relationships of our channel partners. In certain geographies we sell through a two-tier distribution model. We also sell to service providers that deploy our products and offer cloud-based storage services to their customers.

We intend to continue to expand our partner relationships to further extend our sales coverage and to invest in education, training and programs to increase the ability of our channel partners to sell our products independently. We expect to continue to grow our sales organization and expand our international sales presence. Generally, our sales representatives have become more productive the longer they are with us, with limited productivity in their first few quarters as they learn to sell our products and participate in classroom and field training. We optimize our sales management efforts to help our sales representatives optimize their productivity throughout their tenure. Our sales organization is supported by sales engineers with deep technical expertise and responsibility for pre-sales technical support, solutions engineering for our customers and technical training for our channel partners. No individual channel partner represented more than 10% of our revenue in the fiscal year ended January 31, 2015 and the six months ended July 31, 2015.

Technology Alliances. We work closely with technology partners that help us deliver world-class solutions to our customers and ensure the efficient deployment and support of their datacenter infrastructure. Our technology partners include application partners such as Microsoft, Oracle and SAP and infrastructure partners such as Arista, Brocade, Cisco, Citrix, CommVault, RedHat, Symantec and VMware. In addition, we work closely with our technology partners through co-marketing and lead-generation activities in an effort to broaden our marketing reach and help us win new and retain existing customers.

 

75


Table of Contents

Marketing. Our marketing is focused on building our brand reputation and market awareness, communicating product advantages, driving customer demand and generating leads for our sales force and channel partners. Our marketing effort consists primarily of product, field, channel, solutions and digital marketing and public relations.

Research and Development

Our research and development efforts are focused primarily on improving our existing products and developing new products. Our products integrate both software and hardware innovations, and accordingly, our research and development teams employ both software and hardware engineers in the design, development, testing, certification and support of our products. Most of our research and development team is based in Mountain View, California. We also design, test and certify our products to ensure interoperability with a variety of third-party software, servers, operating systems and network components. We plan to dedicate significant resources to our continued research and development efforts.

Research and development expenses were $12.4 million, $36.1 million and $92.7 million for the fiscal years ended January 31, 2013, 2014 and 2015, and $40.5 million and $69.9 million for the six months ended July 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively.

Manufacturing

Our contract manufacturers, Avnet, Inc., or Avnet, and Hon Hai Precision Industry Co., Ltd., known as Foxconn, manufacture, assemble, test and package our products in accordance with our specifications. Our contract manufacturers generally procure the hardware components for final assembly of our products. Most of the components are purchased from sources that we believe are readily available from other suppliers.

We provide our contract manufacturers a rolling forecast for anticipated orders, which our contract manufacturers use to build finished products. The product mix and volumes are adjusted based on anticipated demand and actual sales and shipments in prior periods. Our contract manufacturers are generally able to respond to changes in our product mix or volume without significant delay or increased costs. Our agreement with Avnet is terminable at any time by either party upon 90 days written notice and does not provide for any specific purchase volumes. Our agreement with Foxconn has a three-year term that is subject to optional extensions absent notice of termination by either party. This agreement is terminable at any time by either party with 180-days’ prior notice. Our agreements with our contract manufacturers do not provide for any specific volume purchase commitments and orders are placed on a purchase order basis. We work closely with our contract manufacturers to meet our product delivery requirements and to manage the manufacturing process and quality control.

Backlog

We typically accept and ship orders within a short time frame. In general, customers may cancel or reschedule orders without penalty, and delivery schedules requested by customers in their purchase orders vary based upon each customer’s particular needs. As a result, we do not believe that our backlog at any particular time is a reliable indicator of future revenue.

Competition

We operate in the intensely competitive data storage market that is characterized by constant change and innovation. Changes in the application requirements, datacenter infrastructure trends and the broader technology landscape result in evolving customer requirements for capacity, performance scalability and enterprise features of storage systems. Our main competitors fall into two categories:

 

    large storage system vendors such as EMC, Hitachi Data Systems and NetApp that offer a broad range of storage systems targeting various use cases and end markets; and

 

 

76


Table of Contents
    large systems companies such as Cisco, Dell, HP, Lenovo and IBM that have acquired or licensed specialist storage technology in recent years to complement their internally-developed storage offerings and have the technical and financial resources to bring competitive products to market.

In addition, we compete against smaller specialized storage companies, including next-generation vendors of hybrid storage as well as vendors of hyper-converged products, defined as server compute and storage combined within a single chassis. As our market grows, it will attract new startups, more highly specialized vendors as well as larger vendors that may continue to acquire or bundle their products more effectively.

We believe the principal competitive factors in the storage market are as follows:

 

    Product features and enhancements, including ease of use, performance, reliability and scalability;

 

    Product pricing and total cost of ownership;

 

    Product interoperability with customer networks and backup software;

 

    Global sales and distribution capability;

 

    Ability to take advantage of improvements in industry standard components; and

 

    Customer support and service.

We believe we generally compete favorably with our competitors on the basis of these factors as a result of our hardware and software, product capabilities, ability to deliver the benefits of all-flash storage to a broad set of customers, management simplicity, ease of use and differentiated customer support. However, many of our competitors have substantially greater financial, technical and other resources, greater name recognition, larger sales and marketing budgets, broader distribution and larger and more mature intellectual property portfolios.

Intellectual Property

Our success depends in part upon our ability to protect our core technology and intellectual property. To establish and protect our proprietary rights, we rely on a combination of intellectual property rights, including patents, trademarks, copyrights, trade secret laws, license agreements, confidentiality procedures, employee disclosure and invention assignment agreements and other contractual rights.

As of July 31, 2015, we had over 200 total issued patents and over 150 patent applications in the United States and foreign countries. Our issued patents have expiration dates ranging from 2015 to 2034. We also license technology from third parties when we believe it will facilitate our product offerings or business. We have adopted a policy under which we will not assert patents acquired to date from third parties offensively, other than as part of a counterclaim.

We generally control access to and use of our proprietary software and other confidential information through the use of internal and external controls, including contractual protections with employees, contractors, customers and partners. Unauthorized parties may still copy or otherwise obtain and use our software and technology, despite our efforts to protect our trade secrets and proprietary rights through intellectual property rights, licenses and confidentiality agreements. We intend to expand our international operations, and effective patent, copyright, trademark and trade secret protection may not be available or may be limited in foreign countries.

The data storage industry is characterized by the existence of a large number of patents, trademarks, copyrights and other intellectual property rights, and by frequent litigation based on allegations of infringement or other violations of intellectual property rights. From time to time, third parties, including our competitors and non-practicing entities, may claim that our products or technologies infringe their proprietary rights and may assert patent, copyright, trade secret and other intellectual property rights against us and our customers, suppliers and channel partners. We are party to a number of agreements pursuant to which we are obligated to indemnify our customers, suppliers and channel partners against such claims. We expect that infringement claims may increase as

 

77


Table of Contents

the number of products and competitors in our market increase. In addition, to the extent that we gain greater visibility and market exposure as a public company, we face a higher risk of being the subject of intellectual property infringement claims from third parties. See the section titled “Risk Factors” for additional information.

Facilities

Our corporate headquarters are located in Mountain View, California. We also maintain offices in multiple locations in the United States and internationally in Europe, Asia, Australia, South America and Africa. We lease all of our facilities and do not own any real property. We expect to add facilities as we grow our employee base and expand geographically. We believe that our facilities are adequate to meet our needs for the immediate future, and that, should it be needed, suitable additional space will be available to accommodate expansion of our operations.

Employees

We believe the expertise of our people and our culture is a key enabler of our technology leadership. We had over 1,100 employees worldwide as of July 31, 2015. None of our employees is represented by a labor organization or is a party to any collective bargaining arrangement.

Legal Proceedings

On November 4, 2013, EMC filed a complaint against us in the United States District Court for the District of Massachusetts, alleging that our hiring of EMC employees evidences a scheme to misappropriate EMC’s confidential information and trade secrets and to unlawfully interfere with EMC’s business relationships with its customers and contractual relationships with its employees. The complaint seeks damages and injunctive relief. On November 26, 2013, we answered and counterclaimed, denying EMC’s allegations and alleging that EMC surreptitiously obtained and tested our product in a manner that constituted misappropriation of our trade secrets, a breach of contract, breach of the covenant of good faith and fair dealing, unlawful interference with our contractual and business relationships as well as unfair competition and a violation of Massachusetts General Law 93A, Sections 2 and 11. On November 18, 2014, we amended our counterclaim, additionally alleging that EMC has engaged in commercial disparagement, violated the Lanham Act and engaged in defamation. Our counterclaim seeks damages and declaratory and injunctive relief. Fact discovery has commenced and is currently scheduled to end on October 16, 2015. Expert discovery is scheduled to end on February 5, 2016, and the deadline for filing dispositive motions is March 31, 2016. The district court has scheduled a trial date for October 17, 2016.

In a separate litigation matter, on November 26, 2013, EMC filed a complaint against us in the United States District Court for the District of Delaware, alleging infringement of five patents held by EMC. The five patents are U.S. Patent 6,904,556 entitled “Systems and Methods Which Utilize Parity Sets,” U.S. Patent 6,915,475 entitled “Data Integrity Management for Data Storage Systems,” U.S. Patent 7,373,464 entitled “Efficient Data Storage System” and the related U.S. Patent 7,434,015 entitled “Efficient Data Storage System” and U.S. Patent 8,375,187 entitled “I/O Scheduling For Flash Drives.” The complaint seeks damages and injunctive and equitable relief. On January 17, 2014, we filed a response to the complaint, denying all claims and asserting that EMC’s patents are invalid. Fact discovery has been concluded, and expert discovery has ended. The deadline for filing dispositive motions is October 6, 2015. Trial is currently scheduled for March 7, 2016.

In addition, we may, from time to time, be involved in various legal proceedings arising from the normal course of business, and an unfavorable resolution of any of these matters could materially affect our future results of operations, cash flows or financial position.

 

78


Table of Contents

Pure Good Foundation

In August 2015, we established the Pure Good Foundation as a non-profit organization, and in September 2015 we issued 700,000 shares of our Class B common stock to this foundation. We anticipate that the proposed programs of the Pure Good Foundation will include grants, humanitarian relief, volunteerism and social development projects. We believe that the Pure Good Foundation will foster employee morale, strengthen our community presence and provide increased brand visibility.

 

79


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers and Directors

The following table sets forth information regarding our executive officers and directors as of July 31, 2015:

 

Name

  

Age

  

Position

Executive Officers

     

Scott Dietzen

   53   

Chief Executive Officer and Director

John “Coz” Colgrove

   52   

Founder, Chief Technology Officer and Co-Chairman

David Hatfield

   47   

President

Timothy Riitters

   42   

Chief Financial Officer

Non-Employee Directors

     

Mike Speiser

   44   

Co-Chairman

Aneel Bhusri (2)

   49   

Director

Mark Garrett (1)

   57   

Director

Anita Sands (1)(3)

   39   

Director

Frank Slootman (2)

   56   

Director

Michelangelo Volpi (1)(3)

   48   

Director

 

(1) Member of the Audit Committee.
(2) Member of the Compensation Committee.
(3) Member of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee.

Executive Officers

Scott Dietzen  has served as our Chief Executive Officer and as a member of our board of directors since October 2010. From 2007 to 2009, Dr. Dietzen served in various roles at Yahoo! Inc., an internet technology company, including as interim Senior Vice President of Yahoo! Communications and Communities. From 2005 to 2007, Dr. Dietzen served as President and Chief Technology Officer of Zimbra, Inc., a provider of open source messaging and collaboration software until its sale to Yahoo! in 2007. From 1998 to 2004, Dr. Dietzen served in various roles at BEA Systems, Inc., including as BEA Systems’ Chief Technology Officer. He had served as Vice President, Marketing at WebLogic, Inc., a provider of web application servers, which BEA Systems acquired in 1998. Dr. Dietzen previously served as Principal Technologist at Transarc Corporation, a filesystem software company, which was acquired by IBM. Dr. Dietzen currently serves on the board of directors of Cloudera, Inc. He earned a B.S. in Applied Mathematics and Computer Science and a M.S. and Ph.D. in Computer Science from Carnegie Mellon University. We believe that Dr. Dietzen is qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors because of his deep technology background and his extensive leadership experience across a range of technology companies.

John “Coz” Colgrove has served as our Chief Technology Officer and as a member of our board of directors since founding Pure Storage in October 2009. Since May 2014, Mr. Colgrove has served as Co-Chairman of our board of directors. In 2009, Mr. Colgrove served as an Entrepreneur in Residence at Sutter Hill Ventures, a venture capital firm. From 2005 to 2008, Mr. Colgrove served as a Fellow and Chief Technology Officer for the Datacenter Management Group of Symantec Corporation, an information security firm. Mr. Colgrove was one of the founding engineers and a Fellow at Veritas Software Corp., a provider of storage management solutions, which merged with Symantec in 2005. Mr. Colgrove earned his B.S. in Computer Science from Rutgers University and holds over 100 patents in the areas of computer system and data storage design. We believe that Mr. Colgrove is qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors because of his industry knowledge and his experience as a founder of Pure Storage, as well as his leadership experience and deep technical expertise.

 

80


Table of Contents

David Hatfield has served as our President since January 2013. From March 2007 to January 2013, Mr. Hatfield served as Senior Vice President of Worldwide Sales, Marketing, Products and Services and President of SaaS at Limelight Networks, Inc., a digital presence management software company, where he was responsible for establishing their customer operations and global channel. From 2006 to 2007, Mr. Hatfield served as Vice President-General Manager of Professional Services for the Americas at Symantec and as Symantec’s Vice President of Sales from 2005 to 2006. From 2003 to 2005, Mr. Hatfield served as Vice President of Sales at Veritas Software. Mr. Hatfield earned a B.S. in Political Science from Santa Clara University.

Timothy Riitters has served as our Chief Financial Officer since August 2014. From January 2010 to August 2014, Mr. Riitters served as Senior Director of Corporate Finance at Google, Inc., an internet technology company, where he was responsible for overseeing their annual planning and budget process. From 2007 to 2010, Mr. Riitters served as Director, EMEA Financial Operations at Google, and from 2004 to 2007, as Finance Process Manager. From 2002 to 2004, Mr. Riitters served as a Senior Product Manager at Siebel Systems, Inc., a software company. Mr. Riitters previously worked at Deloitte & Touche LLP, an accounting firm. Mr. Riitters is a certified public accountant (inactive) and earned a B.S. in Accounting from the University of Minnesota and an M.B.A. from Northwestern University.

Non-Employee Directors

Mike Speiser has served on our board of directors since October 2009 and as Co-Chairman of our board of directors since May 2014. Since 2008, Mr. Speiser has served as a Managing Director at Sutter Hill Ventures, a venture capital firm. From 2007 to 2008, Mr. Speiser served as Vice President of Community Products at Yahoo! Inc. From 2006 to 2007, Mr. Speiser served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Bix, Inc., an internet company that Mr. Speiser founded. From 2005 to 2006, Mr. Speiser served as a technical advisor to Symantec. From 2001 to 2005, Mr. Speiser served as Vice President of Product Management and Product Marketing at Veritas Software. Mr. Speiser earned a B.A. in Political Science from the University of Arizona and an M.B.A. from Harvard Business School. We believe that Mr. Speiser is qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors because of his early and active involvement with Pure Storage and his extensive leadership and operational experience, as well as his perspective as a venture investor.

Aneel Bhusri  has served on our board of directors since July 2010. Since 1999, Mr. Bhusri has served as a partner at Greylock Partners, a venture capital firm. Since 2005, Mr. Bhusri has served as a member of the board of directors of Workday, Inc., an enterprise cloud application provider that he co-founded, as Co-Chief Executive Officer from September 2009 to May 2014, as Chairman from January 2012 to May 2014 and as Chief Executive Officer since May 2014. From 1993 to 2004, Mr. Bhusri held a number of senior management positions with PeopleSoft, Inc., a human resource management systems company, including Senior Vice President, Product Strategy, Marketing and Business Development and from 1999 to 2002 and in 2004, as Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors of PeopleSoft. Mr. Bhusri currently serves on the board of directors of Intel Corporation. From 2002 to 2009, Mr. Bhusri was a member of the board of directors of Data Domain Corporation, where he held the position of Chairman from 2007 to 2009. Mr. Bhusri earned a B.S. in Electrical Engineering and a B.A. in Economics from Brown University and an M.B.A. from Stanford University. Mr. Bhusri currently serves on the board of directors of a number of privately held companies. We believe that Mr. Bhusri is qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors because of his extensive executive leadership and operational experience, including his service as an executive and director of multiple high growth technology companies.

Mark Garrett has served on our board of directors since July 2015. Since 2007, Mr. Garrett has served as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Adobe Systems Incorporated. From 2004 to 2007, Mr. Garrett served as Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Software Group of EMC Corporation, an information technology company. From 2002 to 2004 and from 1997 to 1999, Mr. Garrett served as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Documentum, Inc., including throughout its acquisition by EMC in December 2003. Mr. Garrett currently serves on the board of directors of Model N, Inc. From October 2008 to August 2015, Mr. Garrett served on the board of directors of Informatica Corporation.

 

81


Table of Contents

Mr. Garrett earned a B.S. in accounting and marketing from Boston University and an M.B.A. from Marist College. We believe that Mr. Garrett is qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors because of his extensive management and financial experience, as well as his relevant industry knowledge.

Anita Sands has served on our board of directors since July 2015. From April 2012 to September 2013, Dr. Sands served as Group Managing Director and Head of Change Leadership and a member of the Wealth Management Americas Executive Committee of UBS Financial Services, a global financial services firm. From April 2010 to April 2012, Dr. Sands served as Group Managing Director and Chief Operating Officer of Wealth Management Americas at UBS Financial Services. From October 2009 to April 2010, Dr. Sands served as Transformation Consultant at UBS Financial Services. From 2008 to 2009, Dr. Sands served as Managing Director, Head of Transformation Management at Citigroup’s Global Operations and Technology organization. Prior to that, Dr. Sands also held several leadership positions with RBC Financial Group and CIBC. Dr. Sands currently serves on the board of directors of Symantec Corporation, ServiceNow, Inc. and a non-profit organization. Dr. Sands earned a B.S. in Physics and Applied Mathematics from The Queen’s University of Belfast, Northern Ireland, a Ph.D. in Atomic and Molecular Physics from The Queen’s University of Belfast, Northern Ireland and a M.S. in Public Policy and Management from Carnegie Mellon University. We believe that Dr. Sands is qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors because of her extensive leadership and operational experience at global financial services firms, as well as her service as a director of multiple large technology companies.

Frank Slootman has served on our board of directors since May 2014. Since May 2011, Mr. Slootman has served as President and Chief Executive Officer, and as a member of the board of directors, of ServiceNow, Inc., an enterprise IT cloud company. From January 2011 to April 2011, Mr. Slootman served as a Partner with Greylock Partners, a venture capital firm. From 2011 to 2012, Mr. Slootman served as an advisor to EMC Corporation. From 2009 to 2011, Mr. Slootman served as President of the Backup Recovery Systems Division at EMC. From 2003 to 2009, Mr. Slootman served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Data Domain Corporation, an information technology company, which was acquired by EMC in 2009. Since August 2011, Mr. Slootman has served as a member of the board of directors of Imperva, Inc. Mr. Slootman earned undergraduate and graduate degrees in Economics from the Netherlands School of Economics, Erasmus University Rotterdam. We believe that Mr. Slootman is qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors because of his extensive executive leadership and operational experience, as well as his relevant industry knowledge.

Michelangelo Volpi has served on our board of directors since April 2014. Since July 2009, Mr. Volpi has served as a partner at Index Ventures, a venture capital firm. From 2007 to 2009, Mr. Volpi served as Chief Executive Officer for Joost Inc., an internet video services company. From 1994 to 2007, Mr. Volpi served in various executive roles at Cisco Systems, Inc., a technology company, including Chief Strategy Officer and Senior Vice President and General Manager, Routing and Service Provider Group. Mr. Volpi currently serves on the board of directors of Hortonworks, Inc., Exor S.p.A. and a number of privately held companies. From April 2010 to April 2013, Mr. Volpi served on the board of directors of Telefonaktiebolaget L.M. Ericsson. Mr. Volpi earned a B.S. in Mechanical Engineering, an M.S. in Manufacturing Systems Engineering and an M.B.A. from Stanford University. We believe that Mr. Volpi is qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors because of his leadership experience, expertise as a venture capital investor and knowledge regarding the technology industry.

Family Relationships

There are no family relationships among any of the directors or executive officers.

Board Composition

Certain members of our board of directors were elected pursuant to the provisions of a voting agreement. Under the terms of this voting agreement, the stockholders who are party to the voting agreement have agreed to vote their respective shares so as to elect: (1) one director designated by Sutter Hill Ventures, currently Mr. Speiser; (2) one director designated by Greylock XIII Limited Partnership, currently Mr. Bhusri; (3) one

 

82


Table of Contents

director designated by Redpoint Ventures IV, L.P., currently not designated; (4) one director designated by Index Ventures VI (Jersey), L.P., currently Mr. Volpi; and (5) one director designated by the holders of a majority of shares held by key holders providing services to us, currently Mr. Colgrove. The holders of a majority of our preferred stock and common stock, voting together as a single class, further designated Dr. Dietzen and Mr. Slootman for election to our board of directors. The voting agreement will terminate upon the closing of this offering and none of our stockholders will have any special rights regarding the election or designation of members of our board of directors. There is no contractual arrangement by which Mr. Garrett and Dr. Sands were appointed to our board of directors.

Our board of directors will consist of eight members upon the closing of this offering. In accordance with the amended and restated certificate of incorporation to be filed in connection with this offering, immediately after this offering, our board of directors will be divided into three classes. At each annual general meeting of stockholders, the successors to directors whose terms then expire will be elected to serve from the time of election and qualification until the third annual meeting following the election. Our directors will be divided among the three classes as follows:

 

    The Class I directors will be Mr. Colgrove and Dr. Dietzen, and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2016;

 

    The Class II directors will be Messrs. Garrett, Slootman and Speiser, and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2017; and

 

    The Class III directors will be Dr. Sands and Messrs. Bhusri and Volpi, and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2018.

We expect that any additional directorships resulting from an increase in the number of directors will be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one-third of the directors. The division of our board of directors into three classes with staggered three-year terms may delay or prevent a change of our management or a change in control.

Director Independence

Under the listing requirements and rules of the NYSE, independent directors must comprise a majority of our board of directors as a listed company within one year of the closing of this offering.

Our board of directors has undertaken a review of its composition, the composition of its committees and the independence of each director. Based upon information requested from and provided by each director concerning his background, employment and affiliations, including family relationships, our board of directors has determined that Dr. Sands and Messrs. Bhusri, Garrett, Slootman and Volpi do not have any relationships that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director and that each of these directors is “independent” as that term is defined under the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and the listing requirements and rules of the NYSE. Dr. Dietzen is not independent due to his position as our Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Colgrove is not independent due to his position as our Chief Technology Officer, and Mr. Speiser is not independent due to his stock option grant in exchange for his interim oversight of a portion of our research and development team from April 2013 to November 2013. Accordingly, a majority of our directors are independent, as required under applicable NYSE rules. In making this determination, our board of directors considered the current and prior relationships that each non-employee director has with our company and all other facts and circumstances our board of directors deemed relevant in determining their independence, including their beneficial ownership of our capital stock, and with respect to Mr. Bhusri, his position as the Chief Executive Officer of Workday, Inc., Mr. Slootman, his position as President and Chief Executive Officer of ServiceNow, Inc. and Mr. Garrett, his position as the Chief Financial Officer of Adobe Systems Incorporated. In the ordinary course of business, each of Workday, Inc., ServiceNow, Inc. and Adobe Systems Incorporated, have purchased our products and related services, and we have purchased products and related services from Workday, Inc., ServiceNow, Inc. and Adobe Systems Incorporated.

 

83


Table of Contents

Board Committees

Our board of directors has established an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee. Our board of directors may establish other committees to facilitate the management of our business. The composition and functions of each committee are described below. Members serve on these committees until their resignation or until otherwise determined by our board of directors.

Audit Committee

Our audit committee consists of Dr. Sands and Messrs. Volpi and Garrett. Our board of directors has determined that Dr. Sands and Messrs. Volpi and Garrett are independent under NYSE listing standards and Rule 10A-3(b)(1) of the Exchange Act. The chair of our audit committee is Mr. Garrett. Our board of directors has determined that Mr. Garrett is an “audit committee financial expert” within the meaning of SEC regulations. Our board of directors has also determined that each member of our audit committee can read and understand fundamental financial statements in accordance with applicable requirements. In arriving at these determinations, the board of directors has examined each audit committee member’s scope of experience and the nature of their employment in the corporate finance sector.

The primary purpose of the audit committee is to discharge the responsibilities of our board of directors with respect to our accounting, financial and other reporting and internal control practices and to oversee our independent registered accounting firm. Specific responsibilities of our audit committee include:

 

    selecting a qualified firm to serve as the independent registered public accounting firm to audit our financial statements;

 

    helping to ensure the independence and performance of the independent registered public accounting firm;

 

    discussing the scope and results of the audit with the independent registered public accounting firm, and reviewing, with management and the independent accountants, our interim and year-end operating results;

 

    developing procedures for employees to submit concerns anonymously about questionable accounting or audit matters;

 

    reviewing our policies on risk assessment and risk management;

 

    reviewing related party transactions;

 

    obtaining and reviewing a report by the independent registered public accounting firm at least annually, that describes our internal quality control procedures, any material issues with such procedures, and any steps taken to deal with such issues when required by applicable law; and

 

    approving (or, as permitted, pre-approving) all audit and all permissible non-audit services, other than de minimis non-audit services, to be performed by the independent registered public accounting firm.

Compensation Committee

Our compensation committee consists of Messrs. Bhusri and Slootman. Our board of directors has determined that Messrs. Bhusri and Slootman are independent under NYSE listing standards, are “non-employee directors” as defined in Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act and are “outside directors” as that term is defined in Section 162(m) of the Code. The chair of our compensation committee is Mr. Bhusri.

The primary purpose of our compensation committee is to discharge the responsibilities of our board of directors to oversee our compensation policies, plans and programs and to review and determine the compensation to be paid to our executive officers, directors and other senior management, as appropriate. Specific responsibilities of our compensation committee include:

 

    reviewing and approving, or recommending that our board of directors approve, the compensation of our executive officers;

 

84


Table of Contents
    reviewing and recommending to our board of directors the compensation of our directors;

 

    reviewing and approving, or recommending that our board of directors approve, the terms of compensatory arrangements with our executive officers;

 

    administering our stock and equity incentive plans;

 

    selecting independent compensation consultants and assessing whether there are any conflicts of interest with any of the committees compensation advisers;

 

    reviewing and approving, or recommending that our board of directors approve, incentive compensation and equity plans, severance agreements, change-of-control protections and any other compensatory arrangements for our executive officers and other senior management, as appropriate; and

 

    reviewing and establishing general policies relating to compensation and benefits of our employees and reviewing our overall compensation philosophy.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

Our nominating and corporate governance committee consists of Dr. Sands and Mr. Volpi. The chair of our nominating and corporate governance committee is Dr. Sands. Each member of the nominating and corporate governance committee is independent within the meaning of applicable listing standards, is a non-employee director and is free from any relationship that would interfere with the exercise of his or her independent judgment, as determined by the board of directors in accordance with the applicable NYSE listing standards.

Specific responsibilities of our nominating and corporate governance committee include:

 

    identifying, evaluating and selecting, or recommending that our board of directors approve, nominees for election to our board of directors;

 

    evaluating the performance of our board of directors and of individual directors;

 

    considering and making recommendations to our board of directors regarding the composition of the committees of the board of directors;

 

    reviewing developments in corporate governance practices;

 

    evaluating the adequacy of our corporate governance practices and reporting;

 

    reviewing management succession plans;

 

    developing and making recommendations to our board of directors regarding corporate governance guidelines and matters; and

 

    overseeing an annual evaluation of the board of directors’ performance.

Code of Conduct

We have adopted a code of conduct that applies to all of our employees, officers, including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer and principal accounting officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions and agents and representatives, including directors and consultants. The full text of our code of conduct will be posted on our website at www.purestorage.com. We intend to disclose future amendments to certain provisions of our code of conduct, or waivers of such provisions applicable to any principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions, and our directors, on our website identified above.

 

85


Table of Contents

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

None of the members of the compensation committee is currently, or has been at any time, one of our officers or employees. None of our executive officers currently serves, or has served during the last year, as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving as a member of our board of directors or compensation committee.

Non-Employee Director Compensation

The following table sets forth information concerning the compensation paid to our non-employee directors during the fiscal year ended January 31, 2015.

 

Name

   Option Awards (1)  

Aneel Bhusri

   $   

Satish Dharmaraj (2)

       

Mark Garrett (3)

       

Anita Sands (4)

       

Frank Slootman (5)

     856,698 (6)  

Mike Speiser (7)

       

Michelangelo Volpi

       

 

(1) The amount shown in this column does not reflect dollar amount actually received by the director. Instead, this amount reflects the aggregate grant date fair value of this stock option granted in the fiscal year ended January 31, 2015, computed in accordance with the provisions of FASB ASC Topic 718. Assumptions used in the calculation of this amount are included in Note 9 to our consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus. As required by SEC rules, the amount shown excludes the impact of estimated forfeitures related to service-based vesting conditions. Our director will only realize compensation to the extent the trading price of our common stock is greater than the exercise price of this stock option.
(2) Mr. Dharmaraj resigned from our board of directors in July 2015.
(3) Mr. Garrett joined our board of directors in July 2015. In July 2015, we granted Mr. Garrett an option to purchase 300,000 shares of our Class B common stock with an exercise price of $18.16 per share. The shares vest monthly over six years, with 5,000 of the shares vesting monthly over the first three years and 3,333 of the shares vesting monthly over the subsequent three years, subject to continued service on our board of directors through each relevant vesting date.
(4) Dr. Sands joined our board of directors in July 2015. In July 2015, we granted Dr. Sands an option to purchase 300,000 shares of our Class B common stock with an exercise price of $18.16 per share. The shares vest monthly over six years, with 5,000 of the shares vesting monthly over the first three years and 3,333 of the shares vesting monthly over the subsequent three years, subject to continued service on our board of directors through each relevant vesting date.
(5) Mr. Slootman joined our board of directors in May 2014.
(6) Represents an option to purchase 160,000 shares of our Class B common stock with an exercise price of $8.46 per share, which vests monthly over two years. In April 2013, we granted Mr. Slootman an option to purchase 360,000 shares of our Class B common stock with an exercise price of $1.50 per share, which vests monthly over three years, subject to continued service on our board of directors through each relevant vesting date.
(7) In June 2013, we granted Mr. Speiser an option to purchase 1,444,820 shares of our Class B common stock with an exercise price of $1.50 per share in exchange for his interim oversight of a portion of our research and development team from April 2013 to November 2013. The shares subject to this option vest upon the occurrence of a performance based milestone tied to bookings of products developed by this team. In June 2013, Mr. Speiser early exercised this option and transferred the shares to Sutter Hill Ventures and certain general partners of Sutter Hill Ventures in accordance with the terms of his employment. The shares of Class B common stock issued upon exercise of the option remain subject to a right of repurchase in favor of us.

Dr. Sands and Messrs. Garrett and Slootman are the only non-employee directors who currently hold options to purchase shares of Class B common stock. We currently reimburse our directors for their reasonable out-of-pocket expenses in connection with attending board of directors and committee meetings. From time to time, we have granted stock options to certain of our non-employee directors as compensation for their services.

Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy

We intend to adopt a non-employee director compensation policy following the closing of this offering and on terms to be determined at a later date by our board of directors, pursuant to which our non-employee directors will be eligible to receive compensation for service on our board of directors and committees of our board of directors.

 

86


Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Our named executive officers, consisting of our principal executive officer and the next two most highly compensated executive officers as of January 31, 2015, were:

 

    Scott Dietzen, Chief Executive Officer;

 

    David Hatfield, President; and

 

    Timothy Riitters, Chief Financial Officer.

Fiscal 2015 Summary Compensation Table

The following table presents all of the compensation awarded to or earned by our named executive officers during the fiscal year ended January 31, 2015.

 

Name and Principal Position

   Year      Salary     Option
Awards (1)
     Nonequity
Incentive Plan
Compensation
    All Other
Compensation
    Total  

Scott Dietzen

     2015       $ 250,000        $ 3,189,524       $ 111,864 (2)     $ 1,404,388 (3)     $ 4,955,776   

Chief Executive Officer

              

David Hatfield

     2015         300,000          2,657,937         425,332 (4)       7,274,645 (5)       10,657,914   

President

              

Timothy Riitters

     2015         108,333 (6)       8,965,770         60,411 (2)       2,385 (7)       9,136,899   

Chief Financial Officer

              

 

(1) The amount shown in this column does not reflect dollar amount actually received by our named executive officers. Instead, this amount reflects the aggregate grant date fair value of this stock option granted in the fiscal year ended January 31, 2015, computed in accordance with the provisions of FASB ASC Topic 718. Assumptions used in the calculation of this amount are included in Note 9 to our consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus. As required by SEC rules, the amount shown excludes the impact of estimated forfeitures related to service-based vesting conditions. Our named executive officers will only realize compensation to the extent the trading price of our common stock is greater than the exercise price of such stock options.
(2) Represents quarterly bonuses earned by Dr. Dietzen and Mr. Riitters under our incentive compensation plan for officers for the fiscal year ended January 31, 2015. The amounts reported represent performance-based cash incentives earned by each named executive officer based on the achievement of certain company and individual and departmental management goals and the individual’s target incentive compensation amount. Incentive compensation awards are paid quarterly, based on the achievement of the objectives agreed to at the beginning of each quarter.
(3) Includes (i) $1,395,423 of shares sold by Dr. Dietzen in our July 2014 tender offer, which is the difference between the purchase price per share of $15.7259 paid by us and $8.46 per share, the fair market value of the shares as of the date of repurchase; (ii) $4,500 in employer contributions to Dr. Dietzen’s health savings account; (iii) $3,832 in travel expenses associated with Dr. Dietzen’s spouse attending a company-sponsored event; and (iv) $633 in life insurance premiums.
(4) Represents sales commissions earned by Mr. Hatfield during the fiscal year ended January 31, 2015.
(5) Includes (i) $7,265,900 of shares sold by Mr. Hatfield in our July 2014 tender offer, which is the difference between the purchase price per share of $15.7259 paid by us and $8.46 per share, the fair market value of the shares as of the date of repurchase; (ii) $4,500 in employer contributions to Mr. Hatfield’s health savings account; (iii) $3,832 in travel expenses associated with Mr. Hatfield’s spouse attending a company-sponsored event; and (iv) $413 in life insurance premiums.
(6) Mr. Riitters commenced his employment with us in August 2014.
(7) Includes (i) $2,250 in employer contributions to Mr. Riitters’ health savings account and (ii) $135 in life insurance premiums.

 

87


Table of Contents

Outstanding Equity Awards as of January 31, 2015

The following table presents information regarding outstanding equity awards held by our named executive officers as of January 31, 2015. All awards were granted under our 2009 Equity Incentive Plan.

 

                Option Awards  

Name

  Grant Date     Vesting
Commencement
Date
    Number of Securities
Underlying Unexercised
Options Exercisable (#)
    Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
Unexercisable (#)  
    Option
Exercise
Price
    Option
Expiration
Date
 

Scott Dietzen

    01/30/2014        03/20/2017               300,000 (1)(2)     $ 2.5750        01/29/2024   
    03/28/2014        04/01/2018               600,000 (2)(3)       2.9800        03/27/2024   

David Hatfield

    02/06/2013        01/15/2013        1,052,112 (2)(4)              1.2250        02/05/2023   
    01/30/2014        07/15/2016               400,000 (2)(5)       2.5750        01/29/2024   
    03/28/2014        01/01/2018               500,000 (2)(3)       2.9800        03/27/2024   

Timothy Riitters

    10/08/2014        08/26/2014               1,050,000 (2)(6)       9.6500        10/07/2024   
    10/08/2014        08/26/2018               350,000 (2)(3)       9.6500        10/07/2024   

 

(1) 1/12 th of the total shares subject to this option grant will vest monthly measured from the vesting commencement date, subject to executive officer’s continued service. No shares were vested as of January 31, 2015.
(2) The unvested shares subject to this option are subject to accelerated vesting upon a qualifying termination, as described in the section titled “Employment, Severance and Change in Control Agreements.”
(3) 1/24 th of the total shares subject to this option grant will vest monthly measured from the vesting commencement date, subject to executive officer’s continued service. No shares were vested as of January 31, 2015.
(4) 1/48 th of the total shares subject to this option will vest monthly measured from the vesting commencement date, subject to executive officer’s continued service. No shares were vested as of January 31, 2015. The shares subject to this option are early exercisable by Mr. Hatfield, subject to our right to repurchase unvested shares in the event Mr. Hatfield’s employment terminates.
(5) 1/18 th of the total shares subject to this option grant will vest monthly measured from the vesting commencement date, subject to executive officer’s continued service. No shares were vested as of January 31, 2015.
(6) 1/4 th of the total shares subject to this option grant will vest one year after the vesting commencement date; 1/48 th of the total shares subject to this option grant will vest monthly thereafter over the following three years, subject to executive officer’s continued service. No shares were vested as of January 31, 2015.

Emerging Growth Company Status

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the JOBS Act. As an emerging growth company we will be exempt from certain requirements related to executive compensation, including, but not limited to, the requirements to hold a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and to provide information relating to the ratio of total compensation of our Chief Executive Officer to the median of the annual total compensation of all of our employees, each as required by the Investor Protection and Securities Reform Act of 2010, which is part of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act.

Pension Benefits

Our named executive officers did not participate in, or otherwise receive any benefits under, any pension or retirement plan sponsored by Pure during the fiscal year ended January 31, 2015.

Nonqualified Deferred Compensation

Our named executive officers did not participate in, or earn any benefits under, a non-qualified deferred compensation plan sponsored by Pure during the fiscal year ended January 31, 2015.

Employment, Severance and Change in Control Agreements

We have offer letters with each of our executive officers other than Mr. Colgrove. The offer letters generally provide for at-will employment and set forth the executive officer’s initial base salary, initial equity grant

 

88


Table of Contents

amount, eligibility for employee benefits and in some cases severance benefits upon a qualifying termination of employment. In addition, each of our named executive officers has executed of our standard proprietary information and inventions agreement. The key terms of employment with our executive officers are described below.

Scott Dietzen

In September 2010, we entered into an offer letter agreement with Scott Dietzen, our Chief Executive Officer. Dr. Dietzen’s annual base salary as of January 31, 2015 was $250,000. Under the terms of his offer letter, Dr. Dietzen was granted an option to purchase 6,344,208 shares of Class B common stock with an exercise price of $0.1350 per share vesting monthly over 48 months from September 2010. In June 2012, Dr. Dietzen was granted an option to purchase 1,153,926 shares of Class B common stock with an exercise price of $0.49 per share vesting monthly over 30 months from September 2014. In January 2014, Dr. Dietzen was granted an option to purchase 300,000 shares of Class B common stock with an exercise price of $2.575 per share vesting monthly over 12 months from March 2017. In March 2014, Dr. Dietzen was granted an option to purchase 600,000 shares of Class B common stock with an exercise price of $2.98 per share vesting monthly over 24 months from April 2018. Dr. Dietzen is eligible to earn a bonus with an annual target of $100,000 paid in quarterly installments based on the achievement of certain Company and individual goals.

If Dr. Dietzen’s employment is terminated without cause or he terminates his employment for good reason, on or within 12 months following a change in control, all outstanding shares subject to his outstanding equity awards shall vest in full as of his termination date. Dr. Dietzen must sign a release of claims agreement as a pre-condition of receiving this termination benefit.

David Hatfield

In November 2012, we entered into an offer letter agreement with David Hatfield, our President. Mr. Hatfield’s annual base salary as of January 31, 2015 was $300,000 and we paid him a signing and retention bonus of $250,000. Under the terms of his offer letter, Mr. Hatfield was granted (i) an option to purchase 3,347,054 shares of Class B common stock with an exercise price of $1.225 per share vesting monthly over 48 months from January 2013, (ii) an option to purchase 334,704 shares of Class B common stock with an exercise price of $1.225 vesting upon the achievement of certain milestones during the fiscal year ended January 31, 2014, which milestones the board determined were met, and (iii) an option to purchase 334,704 shares of Class B common stock with an exercise price of $1.225 vesting upon the achievement of certain milestones during the fiscal year ended January 31, 2015, which milestones the board determined were met. In January 2014, Mr. Hatfield was granted an option to purchase 400,000 shares of Class B common stock with an exercise price of $2.575 per share vesting monthly over 18 months from July 2016. In March 2014, Mr. Hatfield was granted an option to purchase 500,000 shares of Class B common stock with an exercise price of $2.98 per share vesting monthly over 24 months from January 2018. In March 2015, Mr. Hatfield was granted an option to purchase 150,000 shares of Class B common stock with an exercise price of $13.20 per share vesting monthly over 12 months from February 2020. Mr. Hatfield is entitled to earn sales commissions based on his and our performance against annual targets with quarterly objectives, with a target commission of $300,000.

Pursuant to the terms of his offer letter, if Mr. Hatfield’s employment is terminated without cause or he terminates his employment for good reason, and other than as result of his death or disability, he will be eligible to receive certain severance benefits, the conditions of which vary depending on whether such termination occurs in connection with a change in control. If termination of employment occurs absent a change in control, Mr. Hatfield will be eligible to receive continuation of his base salary and reimbursement of COBRA payments for a period of nine months and vesting of 25% of the then-unvested shares subject to any then-outstanding stock options. If termination of employment occurs on or within 18 months following a change in control, Mr. Hatfield will be eligible to receive the salary and COBRA payments as described in the preceding sentence and vesting of all of the then-unvested shares subject to any then outstanding stock options. Mr. Hatfield must sign a release of claims agreement as a pre-condition of receiving these termination benefits.

 

89


Table of Contents

Timothy Riitters

In August 2014, we entered into an offer letter agreement with Timothy Riitters, our Chief Financial Officer. Mr. Riitters’ annual base salary as of January 31, 2015 was $250,000. Under the terms of his offer letter, Mr. Riitters was granted an option to purchase 1,050,000 shares of Class B common stock with an exercise price of $9.65 per share with 25% of the shares vesting in August 2015 and the remainder vesting monthly over 36 months from August 2015, and an option to purchase 350,000 shares of Class B common stock with an exercise price of $9.65 per share vesting monthly over 24 months from August 2018. In March 2015, Mr. Riitters was granted an option to purchase 75,000 shares of Class B common stock with an exercise price of $13.20 per share vesting monthly over 12 months from September 2020. Mr. Riitters is eligible to earn a bonus with an annual target of $125,000, paid in quarterly installments, based on our achievement of our global bookings target for that quarter, as determined by our Chief Executive Officer.

Pursuant to the terms of his offer letter, if Mr. Riitters’ employment is terminated without cause or if he terminates his employment for good reason, and other than as result of his death or disability, he will be eligible to receive certain severance benefits, the conditions of which vary depending on whether such termination occurs in connection with a change in control. If termination of employment occurs absent a change in control, Mr. Riitters will be eligible to receive continuation of his base salary and reimbursement of COBRA payments for a period of nine months and he will continue to vest in his option for six months after the date of such termination. If termination of employment occurs on or within 12 months following a change in control, Mr. Riitters will be eligible to receive the salary and COBRA payments as described in the preceding sentence and vesting of all of the then-unvested shares subject to any then outstanding stock options. Mr. Riitters must sign a release of claims agreement as a pre-condition of receiving these termination benefits.

John Colgrove

If Mr. Colgrove’s employment is terminated without cause or he terminates his employment for good reason on or within 18 months following a change in control, all unvested shares of stock subject to his outstanding equity awards shall immediately become fully vested. In connection with the formation of our Company, in June 2012, Mr. Colgrove was granted an option to purchase 1,153,926 shares of Class B common stock with an exercise price of $0.49 per share vesting monthly over 30 months from October 2013. In January 2014, Mr. Colgrove was granted an option to purchase 600,000 shares of Class B common stock with an exercise price of $2.575 per share vesting monthly over 24 months from April 2016. In March 2014, Mr. Colgrove was granted an option to purchase 600,000 shares of Class B common stock with an exercise price of $2.98 per share vesting monthly over 24 months from April 2018. Mr. Colgrove is eligible to earn a bonus with an annual target of $100,000 paid in quarterly installments based on the achievement of certain Company and individual goals.

Employee Benefit Plans

We believe that our ability to grant equity-based awards is a valuable and necessary compensation tool that aligns the long-term financial interests of our employees, consultants and directors with the financial interests of our stockholders. In addition, we believe that our ability to grant options and other equity-based awards helps us to attract, retain and motivate employees, consultants and directors and encourages them to devote their best efforts to our business and financial success. The principal features of our equity incentive plans and our 401(k) plan are summarized below. These summaries are qualified in their entirety by reference to the actual text of the plans, which, other than the 401(k) plan, are filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

2015 Equity Incentive Plan

Our board of directors adopted our 2015 Equity Incentive Plan, or our 2015 Plan, in August 2015 and our stockholders approved our 2015 Plan in September 2015. Our 2015 Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock

 

90


Table of Contents

options to our employees and for the grant of nonstatutory stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock awards, restricted stock unit awards, performance stock awards, performance cash awards, and other forms of stock awards to our employees, directors and consultants.

Authorized Shares. The maximum number of shares of our Class A common stock that may be issued under our 2015 Plan is 27,000,000. In addition, the number of shares of our Class A common stock reserved for issuance under our 2015 Plan will automatically increase on February 1st of each calendar year, from February 1, 2016 through February 1, 2025, in an amount equal to 5% of the total number of shares of our capital stock outstanding on the last day of the calendar month prior to the date of each automatic increase, or a lesser number of shares determined by our board of directors. The maximum number of shares of our Class A common stock that may be issued upon the exercise of incentive stock options under our 2015 Plan is 135,000,000.

Shares subject to stock awards granted under our 2015 Plan that expire or terminate without being exercised in full, or that are paid out in cash rather than in shares, do not reduce the number of shares available for issuance under our 2015 Plan. Additionally, shares issued pursuant to stock awards under our 2015 Plan that we repurchase or that are forfeited, as well as shares used to pay the exercise price of a stock award or to satisfy the tax withholding obligations related to a stock award, become available for future grant under our 2015 Plan.

Plan Administration. Our board of directors, or a duly authorized committee of our board of directors, will administer our 2015 Plan. Our board of directors may also delegate to one or more of our officers the authority to (1) designate employees (other than officers) to receive specified stock awards and (2) determine the number of shares subject to such stock awards. Under the 2015 Plan, our board of directors has the authority to determine the terms of awards, including recipients, the exercise, purchase or strike price of stock awards, if any, the number of shares subject to each stock award, the fair market value of a share of our Class A common stock, the vesting schedule applicable to the awards, together with any vesting acceleration, the form of consideration, if any, payable upon exercise or settlement of the award and the terms of the award agreements.

Section 162(m) Limits. At such time as necessary for compliance with Section 162(m) of the Code, no participant may be granted stock awards covering more than 3,000,000 shares (6,000,000 shares in the year of hire) of our common stock under the 2015 Plan during any calendar year pursuant to stock options, stock appreciation rights and other stock awards whose value is determined by reference to an increase over an exercise price or strike price of at least 100% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. Additionally, no participant may be granted in a calendar year a performance stock award covering more than 3,000,000 shares (6,000,000 shares in the year of hire) of our Class A common stock or a performance cash award having a maximum value in excess of $5,000,000 under our 2015 Plan. The limitations are designed to allow us to grant compensation that will not be subject to the $1,000,000 annual limitation on the income tax deductibility of compensation paid to a covered executive officer imposed by Section 162(m) of the Code.

Stock Options. Incentive stock options and nonstatutory stock options are granted pursuant to stock option agreements adopted by the plan administrator. The plan administrator determines the exercise price for stock options, within the terms and conditions of the 2015 Plan, provided that the exercise price of a stock option generally cannot be less than 100% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. Options granted under the 2015 Plan vest at the rate specified in the stock option agreement as determined by the plan administrator.

Restricted Stock Unit Awards. Restricted stock unit awards are granted pursuant to restricted stock unit award agreements adopted by the plan administrator. Restricted stock unit awards may be granted in consideration for any form of legal consideration that may be acceptable to our board of directors and permissible under applicable law. A restricted stock unit award may be settled by cash, delivery of stock, a combination of cash and stock as deemed appropriate by the plan administrator or in any other form of consideration set forth in the restricted stock unit award agreement. Additionally, dividend equivalents may be credited in respect of shares covered by a restricted stock unit award. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable award agreement, restricted stock units that have not vested will be forfeited upon the participant’s cessation of continuous service for any reason.

 

91


Table of Contents

Restricted Stock Awards. Restricted stock awards are granted pursuant to restricted stock award agreements adopted by the plan administrator. A restricted stock award may be awarded in consideration for cash, check, bank draft or money order, past services to us or any other form of legal consideration that may be acceptable to our board of directors and permissible under applicable law. The plan administrator determines the terms and conditions of restricted stock awards, including vesting and forfeiture terms. If a participant’s service relationship with us ceases for any reason, we may receive through a forfeiture condition or a repurchase right any or all of the shares of Class A common stock held by the participant that have not vested as of the date the participant terminates service with us.

Stock Appreciation Rights. Stock appreciation rights are granted pursuant to stock appreciation grant agreements adopted by the plan administrator. The plan administrator determines the purchase price or strike price for a stock appreciation right, which generally cannot be less than 100% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. A stock appreciation right granted under the 2015 Plan vests at the rate specified in the stock appreciation right agreement as determined by the plan administrator.

Performance Awards. The 2015 Plan permits the grant of performance-based stock and cash awards that may qualify as performance-based compensation that is not subject to the $1,000,000 limitation on the income tax deductibility imposed by Section 162(m) of the Code. Our compensation committee may structure awards so that the stock or cash will be issued or paid only following the achievement of certain pre-established performance goals during a designated performance period.

Other Stock Awards. The plan administrator may grant other awards based in whole or in part by reference to our Class A common stock. The plan administrator will set the number of shares under the stock award and all other terms and conditions of such awards.

Changes to Capital Structure. In the event there is a specified type of change in our capital structure, such as a stock split, reverse stock split or recapitalization, appropriate adjustments will be made to (1) the class and maximum number of shares reserved for issuance under the 2015 Plan, (2) the class and maximum number of shares by which the share reserve may increase automatically each year, (3) the class and maximum number of shares that may be issued upon the exercise of incentive stock options, (4) the class and maximum number of shares subject to stock awards that can be granted in a calendar year (as established under the 2015 Plan pursuant to Section 162(m) of the Code) and (5) the class and number of shares and exercise price, strike price or purchase price, if applicable, of all outstanding stock awards.

Corporate Transactions. Our 2015 Plan provides that in the event of certain specified significant corporate transactions, including: (1) a sale of all or substantially all of our assets, (2) the sale or disposition of at least 90% of our outstanding securities, (3) the consummation of a merger or consolidation where we do not survive the transaction and (4) the consummation of a merger or consolidation where we do survive the transaction but the shares of our common stock outstanding prior to such transaction are converted or exchanged into other property by virtue of the transaction, unless otherwise provided in an award agreement or other written agreement between us and the award holder, each outstanding award will terminate and be cancelled to the extent not vested or exercised prior to the effective time of the transaction. The administrator may instead take one or more of the following actions with respect to such stock awards: (1) arrange for the assumption, continuation or substitution of a stock award by a successor corporation, (2) arrange for the assignment of any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by us to a successor corporation, (3) accelerate the vesting, in whole or in part, of the stock award and provide for its termination prior to the transaction, (4) arrange for the lapse, in whole or in part, of any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by us, (5) cancel or arrange for the cancellation of the stock award prior to the transaction in exchange for a cash payment, if any, determined by the board or (6) make a payment, in the form determined by the board, equal to the excess, if any, of the value of the property the participant would have received upon exercise of the awards prior to the transaction over any exercise price payable by the participant in connection with the exercise. The plan administrator is not obligated to treat all stock awards or portions of stock awards, even those that are of the same type, in the same manner.

 

92


Table of Contents

In the event of a change in control, awards granted under the 2015 Plan will not receive automatic acceleration of vesting and exercisability, although this treatment may be provided for in an award agreement. Under the 2015 Plan, a change in control is defined to include (1) the acquisition by any person or company of more than 50% of the combined voting power of our then outstanding stock, (2) a merger, consolidation or similar transaction in which our stockholders immediately prior to the transaction do not own, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the combined voting power of the surviving entity (or the parent of the surviving entity), (3) a sale, lease, exclusive license or other disposition of all or substantially all of our assets to an entity that did not previously hold more than 50% of the voting power over company stock, (4) our stockholders approve and the Board approves a plan of complete dissolution or liquidation or a complete dissolution or liquidation of Pure Storage otherwise occurs except for a liquidation into a parent corporation and (5) individuals who constitute our incumbent board of directors ceasing to constitute at least a majority of our board of directors.

Transferability. A participant may not transfer stock awards under our 2015 Plan other than by will, the laws of descent and distribution or as otherwise provided under our 2015 Plan.

Plan Amendment or Termination. Our board of directors has the authority to amend, suspend or terminate our 2015 Plan, provided that such action does not materially impair the existing rights of any participant without such participant’s written consent. Certain material amendments also require the approval of our stockholders. No incentive stock options may be granted after the tenth anniversary of the date our board of directors adopted our 2015 Plan. No stock awards may be granted under our 2015 Plan while it is suspended or after it is terminated.

2009 Equity Incentive Plan

Our board of directors adopted, and our stockholders approved, our 2009 Equity Incentive Plan, or our 2009 Plan, in October 2009. Our 2009 Plan was amended most recently in February 2015. Our 2009 Plan allows for the grant of incentive stock options to our employees and any of our subsidiary corporations’ employees, and for the grant of nonstatutory stock options, restricted stock awards to our employees, officers, directors and consultants.

Our 2015 Plan will become effective upon the execution of the underwriting agreement related to this offering. As a result, we do not expect to grant any additional awards under the 2009 Plan following that date, although any awards granted under the 2009 Plan will remain subject to the terms of our 2009 Plan and applicable award agreements, until such outstanding awards that are stock options are exercised, or until they terminate or expire by their terms, and until any restricted stock awards become vested, terminate or are forfeited.

Authorized Shares. The maximum number of shares of our Class B common stock that may be issued under our 2009 Plan is 97,539,696. The maximum number of shares of Class B common stock that may be issued upon the exercise of Incentive Stock Options under our 2009 Plan is 195,079,392. Shares subject to stock awards granted under our 2009 Plan that expire or terminate without being exercised in full or are settled in cash do not reduce the number of shares available for issuance under our 2009 Plan. Additionally, shares issued pursuant to stock awards under our 2009 Plan that we repurchase or that are forfeited, as well as shares used to pay the exercise price of a stock award or to satisfy the tax withholding obligations related to a stock award, become available for future grant under our 2009 Plan, although such shares may not be subsequently issued pursuant to the exercise of an Incentive Stock Option.

Plan Administration. Our board of directors or a duly authorized committee of our board of directors administers our 2009 Plan and the stock awards granted under it. Under our 2009 Plan, the board of directors has the authority to determine and amend the terms of awards, including recipients, the exercise, purchase or strike price of stock awards, if any, the number of shares subject to each stock award, the vesting schedule applicable to the awards, together with any vesting acceleration, and the form of consideration, if any, payable upon exercise or settlement of the award and the terms of the award agreements for use under our 2009 Plan. The board may amend the 2009 Plan in these and other respects with the consent of any adversely affected participant, although certain material amendments to the 2009 Plan require stockholder approval.

 

93


Table of Contents

Under the 2009 Plan, the board of directors also has the authority to modify outstanding awards, reprice any outstanding option, cancel any outstanding stock award in exchange for new stock awards, cash or other consideration, or take any other action that is treated as a repricing under GAAP, although if any such action adversely affects a participant, the written consent of that participant is required.

Corporate Transactions. Our 2009 Plan provides that in the event of certain specified significant corporate transactions, including: (1) a sale of all or substantially all of our assets, (2) the sale or disposition of at least 90% of our outstanding securities, (3) the consummation of a merger or consolidation where we do not survive the transaction and (4) the consummation of a merger or consolidation where we do survive the transaction but the shares of our Class B common stock outstanding prior to such transaction are converted or exchanged into other property by virtue of the transaction, under otherwise provided in an award agreement or other written agreement between us and the award holder, each outstanding award will terminate and be cancelled to the extent not vested or exercised prior to the effective time of the transaction. The administrator may instead take one or more of the following actions with respect to such stock awards: (1) arrange for the assumption, continuation or substitution of a stock award by a successor corporation, (2) arrange for the assignment of any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by us to a successor corporation, (3) accelerate the vesting, in whole or in part, of the stock award and provide for its termination prior to the transaction, (4) arrange for the lapse, in whole or in part, of any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by us or (5) make a payment, in the form determined by the board, equal to the excess, if any, of the value of the property the participant would have received upon exercise of the stock award prior to the transaction over any exercise price payable by the participant in connection with the exercise. The plan administrator is not obligated to treat all stock awards, even those that are of the same type, or all participants in the same manner.

In the event of a change in control, awards granted under the 2009 Plan will not receive automatic acceleration of vesting and exercisability, although this treatment may be provided for in an award agreement. Under the 2009 Plan, a change in control is defined to include (1) the acquisition by any person of more than 50% of the combined voting power of our then outstanding stock, (2) a merger, consolidation or similar transaction in which our stockholders immediately prior to the transaction do not own, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the combined voting power of the surviving entity (or the parent of the surviving entity), (3) our stockholders approve or our board of directors approves a plan of complete dissolution or liquidation or a complete dissolution or liquidation of Pure Storage otherwise occurs except for a liquidation into a parent corporation and (4) a sale, lease, exclusive license or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets to an entity that did not previously hold more than 50% of the voting power of our stock.

Transferability. Under our 2009 Plan, the board of directors may provide for limitations on the transferability of awards, in its sole discretion. Option awards are generally not transferable other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution, except as otherwise provided under our 2009 Plan.

Plan Amendment or Termination. Our board of directors has the authority to amend, suspend or terminate our 2009 Plan, although certain material amendments require the approval of our stockholders, and amendments that would impair the rights of any participant require the consent of that participant.

2015 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

Our board of directors adopted, and our stockholders approved, our 2015 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, or ESPP, in August 2015. The ESPP will become effective immediately upon the execution and delivery of the underwriting agreement related to this offering. The purpose of the ESPP is to secure the services of new employees, to retain the services of existing employees and to provide incentives for such individuals to exert maximum efforts toward our success and that of our affiliates. The ESPP is intended to qualify as an “employee stock purchase plan” within the meaning of Section 423 of the Code for U.S. employees.

 

94


Table of Contents

Share Reserve. Following this offering, the ESPP authorizes the issuance of 3,500,000 shares of our Class A common stock pursuant to purchase rights granted to our employees or to employees of any of our designated affiliates. The number of shares of our Class A common stock reserved for issuance will automatically increase on February 1st of each calendar year, from February 1, 2016 (assuming the ESPP becomes effective in fiscal year ending January 31, 2016) through February 1, 2025, by the lesser of (1) 1% of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding on the last day of the calendar month prior to the date of the automatic increase, and (2) 3,500,000 shares; provided that prior to the date of any such increase, our board of directors may determine that such increase will be less than the amount set forth in clauses (1) and (2). As of the date hereof, no shares of our common stock have been purchased under the ESPP.

Administration. Our board of directors has delegated its authority to administer the ESPP to our compensation committee. The ESPP is implemented through a series of offerings under which eligible employees are granted purchase rights to purchase shares of our common stock on specified dates during such offerings. Under the ESPP, we may specify offerings with durations of not more than 27 months, and may specify shorter purchase periods within each offering. Each offering will have one or more purchase dates on which shares of our common stock will be purchased for employees participating in the offering. We currently intend to have 24-month offerings with multiple purchase periods (of approximately six months in duration) per offering, except that the first purchase period under our first offering may be shorter or longer than six months, depending on the date on which the underwriting agreement relating to this offering becomes effective. An offering under the ESPP may be terminated under certain circumstances.

Payroll Deductions. Generally, all regular employees, including executive officers, employed by us or by any of our designated affiliates, may participate in the ESPP and may contribute, normally through payroll deductions, up to 30% of their earnings (as defined in the ESPP) for the purchase of our common stock under the ESPP. Unless otherwise determined by our board of directors, common stock will be purchased for the accounts of employees participating in the ESPP at a price per share equal to the lower of (1) 85% of the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the first date of an offering or (2) 85% of the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the date of purchase. For the initial offering, which we expect will commence upon the execution and delivery of the underwriting agreement relating to this offering, the fair market value on the first day of the offering period will be the price at which shares are first sold to the public.

Limitations. Employees may have to satisfy one or more of the following service requirements before participating in the ESPP, as determined by our board of directors, including: (1) being customarily employed for more than 20 hours per week, (2) being customarily employed for more than five months per calendar year or (3) continuous employment with us or one of our affiliates for a period of time (not to exceed two years). No employee may purchase shares under the ESPP at a rate in excess of $25,000 worth of our common stock based on the fair market value per share of our common stock at the beginning of an offering for each year such a purchase right is outstanding and the maximum number of shares an employee may purchase during a single purchase period is 3,000. Finally, no employee will be eligible for the grant of any purchase rights under the ESPP if immediately after such rights are granted, such employee has voting power over 5% or more of our outstanding capital stock measured by vote or value pursuant to Section 424(d) of the Code.

Changes to Capital Structure. In the event that there occurs a change in our capital structure through such actions as a stock split, merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization, reincorporation, stock dividend, dividend in property other than cash, large nonrecurring cash dividend, liquidating dividend, combination of shares, exchange of shares, change in corporate structure or similar transaction, the board of directors will make appropriate adjustments to (1) the number of shares reserved under the ESPP, (2) the maximum number of shares by which the share reserve may increase automatically each year, (3) the number of shares and purchase price of all outstanding purchase rights and (4) the number of shares that are subject to purchase limits under ongoing offerings.

 

95


Table of Contents

Corporate Transactions. In the event of certain significant corporate transactions, including: (1) a sale of all or substantially all of our assets, (2) the sale or disposition of 90% of our outstanding securities, (3) the consummation of a merger or consolidation where we do not survive the transaction and (4) the consummation of a merger or consolidation where we do survive the transaction but the shares of our common stock outstanding immediately prior to such transaction are converted or exchanged into other property by virtue of the transaction, any then-outstanding rights to purchase our stock under the ESPP may be assumed, continued or substituted for by any surviving or acquiring entity (or its parent company). If the surviving or acquiring entity (or its parent company) elects not to assume, continue or substitute for such purchase rights, then the participants’ accumulated payroll contributions will be used to purchase shares of our common stock within 10 business days prior to such corporate transaction, and such purchase rights will terminate immediately.

ESPP Amendment or Termination. Our board of directors has the authority to amend or terminate our ESPP, provided that except in certain circumstances such amendment or termination may not materially impair any outstanding purchase rights without the holder’s consent. We will obtain stockholder approval of any amendment to our ESPP as required by applicable law or listing requirements.

401(k) Plan

We maintain a tax-qualified retirement plan that provides eligible U.S. employees with an opportunity to save for retirement on a tax advantaged basis. Eligible employees are able to defer eligible compensation up to certain Code limits, which are updated annually. We have the ability to make matching and discretionary contributions to the 401(k) plan but have not done so to date. Employee contributions are allocated to each participant’s individual account and are then invested in selected investment alternatives according to the participants’ directions. Employees are immediately and fully vested in their own contributions. The 401(k) plan is intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code, with the related trust intended to be tax exempt under Section 501(a) of the Code. As a tax-qualified retirement plan, contributions to the 401(k) plan are deductible by us when made, and contributions and earnings on those amounts are not taxable to the employees until withdrawn or distributed from the 401(k) plan.

Insurance Premiums

We pay premiums for medical insurance and dental insurance for all full-time employees, including our named executive officers. We also pay premiums for life insurance and long-term disability insurance benefits for all full-time employees, including our named executive officers. We also offer high deductible plan options that include a healthcare flexible spending account component for all full-time employees, including our named executive officers. These benefits are available to all full-time employees, subject to applicable laws.

Limitations on Liability and Indemnification Matters

Upon the closing of this offering, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will contain provisions that limit the liability of our current and former directors for monetary damages to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Delaware law provides that directors of a corporation will not be personally liable for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duties as directors, except liability for:

 

    any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders;

 

    any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

    unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions; or

 

    any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. Such limitation of liability does not apply to liabilities arising under federal securities laws and does not affect the availability of equitable remedies such as injunctive relief or rescission.

 

96


Table of Contents

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will authorize us to indemnify our directors, officers, employees and other agents to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Our amended and restated bylaws will provide that we are required to indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law and may indemnify our other employees and agents. Our amended and restated bylaws will also provide that, upon satisfaction of certain conditions, we shall advance expenses incurred by a director or officer in advance of the final disposition of any action or proceeding, and permit us to secure insurance on behalf of any officer, director, employee or other agent for any liability arising out of his or her actions in that capacity regardless of whether we would otherwise be permitted to indemnify him or her under the provisions of Delaware law. We have entered and expect to continue to enter into agreements to indemnify our directors, executive officers and other employees as determined by the board of directors. With certain exceptions, these agreements provide for indemnification for related expenses including, among other things, attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by any of these individuals in any action or proceeding. We believe that these amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaw provisions and indemnification agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as directors and officers. We also maintain customary directors’ and officers’ liability insurance.

The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against our directors for breach of their fiduciary duty. They may also reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against our directors and officers, even though an action, if successful, might benefit us and other stockholders. Further, a stockholder’s investment may be adversely affected to the extent that we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers as required by these indemnification provisions.

At present, there is no pending litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors, officers or employees for which indemnification is sought and we are not aware of any threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, may be permitted for directors, executive officers or persons controlling us, we have been informed that, in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

Rule 10b5-1 Sales Plans

Our directors and officers may adopt written plans, known as Rule 10b5-1 plans, in which they will contract with a broker to buy or sell shares of our Class A and Class B common stock on a periodic basis. Under a Rule 10b5-1 plan, a broker executes trades pursuant to parameters established by the director or officer when entering into the plan, without further direction from them. The director or officer may amend a Rule 10b5-1 plan in some circumstances and may terminate a plan at any time. Our directors and executive officers also may buy or sell additional shares outside of a Rule 10b5-1 plan when they are not in possession of material nonpublic information, subject to compliance with the terms of our insider trading policy. Prior to 180 days after the date of this offering, the sale of any shares under such plan would be subject to the lock-up agreement that the director or officer has entered into with the underwriters.

 

97


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PERSON TRANSACTIONS

The following is a summary of transactions since February 1, 2012 to which we have been a participant, in which the amount involved exceeded or will exceed $120,000 and in which any of our directors, executive officers or holders of more than 5% of our capital stock, or any member of the immediate family of the foregoing persons, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest, other than compensation and other arrangements that are described in the section titled “Executive Compensation” or that were approved by our compensation committee.

We believe the terms obtained or consideration that we paid or received, as applicable, in connection with the transactions described below were comparable to terms available or the amounts that would be paid or received, as applicable, in arm’s-length transactions.

Sales of Preferred Stock

In August 2012, we issued an aggregate of 10,584,066 shares of our Series D preferred stock at a purchase price of $3.7713 per share for an aggregate purchase price of $39.9 million. In August, September and October 2013 and June, September and November 2014, we issued an aggregate of 24,761,984 shares of our Series E preferred stock at a purchase price of $6.9315 per share for an aggregate purchase price of $171.6 million. In April 2014, we issued an aggregate of 14,307,603 shares of our Series F preferred stock at a purchase price of $15.7259 per share for an aggregate purchase price of $225.0 million. The following table summarizes purchases of preferred stock by holders of more than 5% of our capital stock and their affiliated entities and our directors. None of our executive officers purchased shares of preferred stock.

 

Name

   Series D
Preferred
Stock
     Series E
Preferred
Stock
     Series F
Preferred
Stock
     Aggregate
Purchase
Price
 

Entities affiliated with Redpoint Ventures (1)

     1,325,784         1,046,796         635,893       $ 22,255,829   

Entities affiliated with Greylock (2)

     1,839,660         3,204,872         1,589,734         54,152,539   

Entities affiliated with Index Ventures (3)

     3,977,376         1,580,232         1,271,787         45,953,383   

Entities and individuals affiliated with Sutter Hill Ventures (4)

     2,918,502         5,110,470         2,543,574         86,429,857   

 

(1) Includes shares of preferred stock purchased by Redpoint Ventures IV, L.P. and Redpoint Associates IV, LLC. Mr. Dharmaraj, a former member of our board of directors, is a partner at Redpoint Ventures.
(2) Includes shares of preferred stock purchased by Greylock XIII Limited Partnership, Greylock XIII-A Limited Partnership and Greylock XIII Principals LLC. Mr. Bhusri, a member of our board of directors, is a partner at Greylock.
(3) Includes shares of preferred stock purchased by Index Ventures VI (Jersey), L.P., Index Ventures VI Parallel Entrepreneur Fund (Jersey), L.P. and Yucca (Jersey) SLP. Mr. Volpi, a member of our board of directors, is a partner at Index Ventures.
(4) Includes shares purchased by Sutter Hill Ventures, shares purchased by Mr. Speiser and entities affiliated with Mr. Speiser, and shares purchased by individuals other than Mr. Speiser who are affiliated with Sutter Hill Ventures or entities affiliated with such individuals. Mr. Speiser, a member of our board of directors, is a Managing Director at Sutter Hill Ventures. Mr. Speiser may also be deemed to have shared voting and investment power with respect to the shares purchased by Sutter Hill Ventures.

Upon the closing of this offering, each share of preferred stock will convert into one share of Class B common stock. For a description of the material rights and privileges of the preferred stock, please see Note 7 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

2013 Tender Offer

In November 2013, we repurchased an aggregate of 3,045,634 shares of our outstanding Class B common stock at a purchase price of $6.9315 per share for an aggregate purchase price of $21.1 million, of which 557,842 shares of common stock were repurchased from David Hatfield, our President, for an aggregate price of $3.9 million. Mr. Hatfield was the only executive officer to participate in this tender offer.

 

98


Table of Contents

2014 Tender Offer

In July 2014, we repurchased an aggregate of 3,803,336 shares of our outstanding Class B common stock at a purchase price of $15.7259 per share for an aggregate purchase price of $59.8 million. The following table summarizes our repurchases of common stock from our directors and executive officers in this tender offer.

 

Name

   Shares of
Common
Stock
     Purchase
Price
 

Scott Dietzen (1)

     192,051       $ 3,020,174   

John Colgrove (2)

     200,000         3,145,180   

David Hatfield (3)

     1,000,000         15,725,900   

 

(1) Dr. Dietzen is our Chief Executive Officer and a member of our board of directors.
(2) Mr. Colgrove is our Chief Technology Officer and a member of our board of directors.
(3) Mr. Hatfield is our President.

Investor Rights Agreement

In April 2014, we entered into an amended and restated investor rights agreement with certain holders of our outstanding preferred stock, including Mike Speiser and Frank Slootman (members of our board of directors) and entities affiliated with Greylock Partners, Index Ventures, Redpoint Ventures and Sutter Hill Ventures, with certain registration rights, including the right to demand that we file a registration statement or request that their shares be covered by a registration statement that we are otherwise filing. Aneel Bhusri, Michelangelo Volpi and Mike Speiser, members of our board of directors, are affiliated with Greylock Partners, Index Ventures and Sutter Hill Ventures, respectively. Satish Dharmaraj, a former member of our board of directors, is affiliated with Redpoint Ventures. The investor rights agreement also provides these stockholders with information rights, which will terminate upon the closing of this offering, and a right of first refusal with regard to certain issuances of our capital stock, which will not apply to, and will terminate upon, the closing of, this offering. After the closing of this offering, the holders of 122,280,679 shares of our Class B common stock issuable upon conversion of outstanding preferred stock, will be entitled to rights with respect to the registration of their shares of Class B common stock under the Securities Act pursuant to this agreement. For a description of these registration rights, see the section titled “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights.”

Offer Letter Agreements

We have entered into offer letter agreements with our executive officers. For more information regarding these agreements, see the section titled “Executive Compensation—Employment, Severance and Change of Control Agreements.”

Equity Grants

We have granted stock options to our executive officers and certain members of our board of directors. For a description of these stock options, see the section titled “Executive Compensation” and “Management—Non-Employee Director Compensation.”

Employee Loans

In June 2012, we loaned Dr. Dietzen, our Chief Executive Officer, $282,710 in connection with his exercise of options to purchase 576,963 shares of Class B common stock. The loan was evidenced by a full recourse promissory note, which accrued interest at the rate of 1.59% per annum and was secured by a pledge of such exercised shares. The loan was repaid in full in September 2014.

 

99


Table of Contents

In June 2012, we loaned Mr. Colgrove, our Chief Technology Officer, $282,710 in connection with his exercise of options to purchase 576,963 shares of Class B common stock. The loan was evidenced by a full recourse promissory note, which accrued interest at the rate of 1.59% per annum and was secured by a pledge of such exercised shares. The loan was repaid in full in September 2014.

In June 2013, we loaned Mr. Hatfield, our President, $2,050,069 in connection with his exercise of options to purchase 1,673,526 shares of Class B common stock. The loan was evidenced by a full recourse promissory note, which accrued interest at the rate of 0.95% per annum and was secured by a pledge of such exercised shares. The loan was repaid in full in July 2014.

In March 2014, we loaned Mr. Colgrove, our Chief Technology Officer, $772,500 in connection with his exercise of options to purchase 300,000 shares of Class B common stock. The loan was evidenced by a full recourse promissory note, which accrued interest at the rate of 1.84% per annum and was secured by a pledge of such exercised shares. The loan was repaid in full in September 2014.

Indemnification Agreements

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will contain provisions limiting the liability of directors, and our amended and restated bylaws will provide that we will indemnify each of our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted under Delaware law. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws will also provide our board of directors with discretion to indemnify our employees and other agents when determined appropriate by the board. In addition, we have entered into an indemnification agreement with each of our directors and executive officers, which requires us to indemnify them. For more information regarding these agreements, see the section titled “Executive Compensation—Limitations on Liability and Indemnification Matters.”

Related-Party Transaction Policy

We intend to adopt a formal written policy that our executive officers, directors, holders of more than 5% of any class of our voting securities, and any member of the immediate family of and any entity affiliated with any of the foregoing persons, will not be permitted to enter into a related-party transaction with us without the prior consent of our audit committee, or other independent members of our board of directors in the event it is inappropriate for our audit committee to review such transaction due to a conflict of interest. Any request for us to enter into a transaction with an executive officer, director, principal stockholder or any of their immediate family members or affiliates, in which the amount involved exceeds $120,000 must first be presented to our audit committee for review, consideration and approval. In approving or rejecting any such proposal, our audit committee will consider the relevant facts and circumstances available and deemed relevant to our audit committee, including, but not limited to, whether the transaction will be on terms no less favorable than terms generally available to an unaffiliated third-party under the same or similar circumstances and the extent of the related-party’s interest in the transaction.

All of the transactions described in this section were entered into prior to the adoption of this policy. Although we have not had a written policy for the review and approval of transactions with related persons, our board of directors has historically reviewed and approved any transaction where a director or officer had a financial interest, including the transactions described above. Prior to approving such a transaction, the material facts as to a director’s or officer’s relationship or interest in the agreement or transaction were disclosed to our board of directors. Our board of directors took this information into account when evaluating the transaction and in determining whether such transaction was fair to us and in the best interest of all our stockholders.

 

100


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

The following table sets forth certain information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of July 31, 2015:

 

    each person, or group of affiliated persons, known by us to beneficially own more than five percent of our Class A common stock or Class B common stock;

 

    each of our named executive officers;

 

    each of our directors; and

 

    all of our executive officers and directors as a group.

The percentage of shares beneficially owned before the offering shown in the table is based on 160,056,764 shares of Class B common stock outstanding as of July 31, 2015, after giving effect to the conversion of all of our outstanding preferred stock into shares of Class B common stock upon the closing of this offering. The information relating to the number and percentage of shares beneficially owned after the offering assumes the sale by us of shares of common stock in this offering. The percentage ownership information assumes no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option to purchase additional shares of our Class A common stock.

Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC and generally includes any shares over which a person exercises sole or shared voting or investment power. Unless otherwise indicated, the persons or entities identified in this table have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares shown beneficially owned by them, subject to applicable community property laws. Shares of Class B common stock issuable under options that are exercisable within 60 days after July 31, 2015 are deemed beneficially owned and such shares are used in computing the percentage ownership of the person holding the options, but are not deemed outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person. The information contained in the following table is not necessarily indicative of beneficial ownership for any other purpose, and the inclusion of any shares in the table does not constitute an admission of beneficial ownership of those shares.

Except as otherwise noted below, the address for persons listed in the table is c/o Pure Storage, Inc., 650 Castro Street, Suite 400, Mountain View, California 94041.

 

Name and Address

of Beneficial Owner

  Beneficial Ownership
Prior to the Offering
    Beneficial Ownership
After the Offering
  Class A Common
Stock
    Class B Common
Stock
    % of Total
Voting
Power †
    Class A Common
Stock
    Class B Common
Stock
  % of Total
Voting
Power †
  Shares     %     Shares     %       Shares     %     Shares   %  

Executive Officers

                   

Scott Dietzen (1)

                  7,306,083        4.6     4.6                    

David Hatfield (2)

                  2,458,620        1.5        1.5                       

Timothy Riitters

                  284,375        *        *                       

John Colgrove (3)

                  13,553,926        8.5        8.5                       

Directors

                   

Aneel Bhusri (4)

                  26,838,635        16.8        16.8                       

Mark Garrett (5)

                  300,000        *        *                       

Anita Sands (6)

                  300,000        *        *                       

Frank Slootman (7)

                  486,208        *        *                       

Mike Speiser (8)

                  29,992,045        18.7        18.7                       

Michelangelo Volpi (9)

                  6,829,395        4.3        4.3                       

All directors and executive officers as a group (10 persons) (10)

                  90,464,767        55.7        55.7                       

Principal Stockholders

                   

Entities affiliated with Greylock (11)

                  27,625,981        17.3        17.3                       

Persons affiliated with Sutter Hill Ventures (12)

                  43,822,460        27.4        27.4                       

Entities affiliated with Redpoint Ventures (13)

                  9,095,089        5.7        5.7                       

 

101


Table of Contents

 

* Denotes less than 1%
Represents the voting power with respect to all shares of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock, voting as a single class. Each share of Class A common stock will be entitled to one vote per share and each share of Class B common stock will be entitled to ten votes per share. The Class A common stock and Class B common stock will vote together on all matters (including the election of directors) submitted to a vote of stockholders, except under limited circumstances described in the section titled “Description of Capital Stock—Class A and Class B Common Stock—Voting Rights.”
(1) Includes (i) 5,906,083 shares held by Scott Dietzen and Katherine Dietzen, Co-Trustees of the Dietzen Living Trust, dated January 16, 2009, over which Dr. Dietzen shares voting and dispositive power, 884,677 shares of which are unvested and subject to our right of repurchase; and (ii) 1,400,000 shares held by JP Morgan Trust Company of Delaware, as Trustee of the Dietzen Family 2014 Irrevocable Trust GST Exempt Trust under agreement dated March 25, 2014, over which Dr. Dietzen shares voting and dispositive power.
(2) Includes (i) 18,666 shares held by DMH 2013 Irrevocable Trust; (ii) 18,666 shares held by JHH 2013 Irrevocable Trust, 18,666 shares held by KGH 2013 Irrevocable Trust, over which Mr. Hatfield has voting and dispositive power; (iii) 1,350,510 shares held directly by Mr. Hatfield, 412,226 shares of which are unvested and subject to our right of repurchase; and (iv) 1,052,112 shares issuable pursuant to stock options exercisable within 60 days after July 31, 2015.
(3) Includes (i) 2,250,000 shares held by Eric Edward Colgrove Irrevocable Trust DTD Feb 8, 2011, Jeff Rothschild TTEE; (ii) 2,250,000 shares held by Richard Winston Colgrove Irrevocable Trust DTD Feb 8, 2011, Jeff Rothschild TTEE; (iii) 1,553,926 shares held by the Colgrove Family Living Trust, over which Mr. Colgrove shares voting and dispositive power, 1,061,571 shares of which are unvested and subject to our right of repurchase; and (iv) 7,500,000 shares held directly by Mr. Colgrove.
(4) Mr. Bhusri does not own shares in his individual capacity. Mr. Bhusri is a Partner at Greylock Partners and shares voting and investment power over the shares held by Greylock XIII Limited Partnership and Greylock XIII-A Limited Partnership. See Footnote 10.
(5) Includes 10,000 shares issuable pursuant to stock options exercisable within 60 days after July 31, 2015.
(6) Includes 10,000 shares issuable pursuant to stock options exercisable within 60 days after July 31, 2015.
(7) Includes 176,208 shares held by the Slootman Living Trust, dated September 8, 1999 and 310,000 shares issuable pursuant to stock options exercisable within 60 days after July 31, 2015.
(8) Includes: (i) 2,938,406 shares held by Speiser Trust Agreement Dated 7/19/06, of which Mr. Speiser is a trustee, 60,848 shares of which are unvested and subject to our right of repurchase; (ii) 377,173 shares held by Chatter Peak Partners, L.P., of which Mr. Speiser is a trustee of the general partner, 44,590 shares of which are unvested and subject to our right of repurchase; (iii) 6,000 shares held by Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. FBO Michael L. Speiser Roth IRA, Mr. Speiser’s Roth IRA account; and (iv) 43,800 shares held by Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. FBO SHV Profit Sharing Plan FBO Michael L. Speiser, a retirement trust for the benefit of Mr. Speiser. Mr. Speiser is a managing director and member of the management committee of the general partner of Sutter Hill Ventures and shares voting and investment power over the shares held of record by Sutter Hill Ventures. See Footnote 12.
(9) Mr. Volpi does not own shares in his individual capacity. Mr. Volpi is a partner with Index Ventures. Mr. Volpi is involved in making investment recommendations to the entities affiliated with Index Ventures, but does not hold voting or dispositive power over the shares held by these entities.
(10) Includes 23,914,040 shares held by our current directors and executive officers, 1,669,770 shares of which are unvested and subject to our right of repurchase, 2,246,487 shares issuable pursuant to stock options exercisable within 60 days after July 31, 2015, 64,304,240 shares held by entities affiliated with certain of our directors, 1,237,204 shares of which are unvested and subject to our right of repurchase.
(11) Includes (i) 24,621,929 shares held of record by Greylock XIII Limited Partnership; (ii) 787,346 shares held of record by Greylock XIII Principals LLC; and (iii) 2,216,706 shares of record held by Greylock XIII-A Limited Partnership. Greylock XIII GP LLC is the general partner of Greylock XIII Limited Partnership and Greylock XIII-A Limited Partnership and as such may be deemed to have indirect beneficial ownership of an indeterminate amount of such shares. Aneel Bhusri (a member of our board of directors), William Helman, David Sze and Donald Sullivan are the senior managing members of Greylock XIII GP LLC and share
  voting and investment power over the shares held by Greylock XIII Limited Partnership and Greylock XIII-A Limited Partnership. Mr. Bhusri does not have voting or investment power over the shares held by Greylock XIII Principals LLC. The address for Greylock Partners is 2550 Sand Hill Road, Menlo Park, CA 94025.
(12) Mr. Speiser is a managing director and member of the management committee (the “Management Committee”) of the general partner of Sutter Hill Ventures, a California Limited Partnership (“Sutter Hill Ventures”), which holds of record 26,626,666 shares, 855,425 shares of which are unvested and subject to our right of repurchase. In such capacity, Mr. Speiser shares, with each of the other members of the Management Committee named below (each, a “Management Committee Member”), voting and investment power over the shares held of record by Sutter Hill Ventures. In addition, this amount also includes: (i) 2,938,406 shares held by Speiser Trust Agreement Dated 7/19/06, of which Mr. Speiser is a trustee, 60,848 shares of which are unvested and subject to our right of repurchase; (ii) 377,173 shares held by Chatter Peak Partners, L.P., of which Mr. Speiser is a trustee of the general partner, 44,590 shares of which are unvested and subject to our right of repurchase; (iii) 6,000 shares held by Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. FBO Michael L. Speiser Roth IRA, Mr. Speiser’s Roth IRA account; and (iv) 43,800 shares held by Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. FBO SHV Profit Sharing Plan FBO Michael L. Speiser, a retirement trust for the benefit of Mr. Speiser. This amount also includes: (i) an aggregate of 2,093,370 shares held by entities controlled by Jeffrey W. Bird, a Management Committee Member, 64,578 shares of which are unvested and subject to our right of repurchase; (ii) an aggregate of 4,418,966 shares held by entities controlled by Tench Coxe, a Management Committee Member, 134,357 shares of which are unvested and subject to our right of repurchase; (iii) an aggregate of 308,179 shares held by entities controlled by Stefan A. Dyckerhoff, a Management Committee Member, 21,425 shares of which are unvested and subject to our right of repurchase; (iv) an aggregate of 444,979 shares held by entities controlled by Samuel J. Pullara III, a Management Committee Member, 21,425 shares of which are unvested and subject to our right of repurchase; (v) an aggregate of 2,289,773 shares held by entities controlled by James N. White, a Management Committee Member, 70,388 shares of which are unvested and subject to our right of repurchase; and (vi) an aggregate of 4,275,148 shares held by other managing directors of Sutter Hill Ventures who are not Management Committee Members, or entities controlled by such individuals, 132,482 shares of which are unvested and subject to our right of repurchase. This amount gives effect to a distribution of shares by Sutter Hill Ventures to certain of its general partners in August 2015. The address for Sutter Hill Ventures is 755 Page Mill Road, A200, Palo Alto, CA 94304.

 

102


Table of Contents
(13) Includes (i) 227,377 shares held of record by Redpoint Associates IV, LLC (“RA IV”) and (ii) 8,867,712 shares held of record by Redpoint Ventures IV, L.P. (“RV IV”). Redpoint Ventures IV, LLC (“RV IV LLC”) serves as the sole general partner of RV IV and the managers of RV IV LLC commonly control RA IV. As such, RV IV LLC possesses power to direct the voting and disposition of the shares owned by RV IV and RA IV and may be deemed to have indirect beneficial ownership of the shares held by RV IV and RA IV. RV IV LLC does not own any shares directly. Allen Beasley, Jeffrey D. Brody, Satish Dharmaraj, R. Thomas Dyal, Timothy M. Haley, Christopher B. Moore, Scott C. Raney, John L. Walecka and Geoffrey Y. Yang are the managers of RV IV LLC and share voting and investment power over the shares held by RA IV and RV IV. The address for the entities affiliated with Redpoint is 3000 Sand Hill Road, Building 2, Suite 290, Menlo Park, CA 94025.

 

103


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

General

The following description of our capital stock summarizes the most important terms of our capital stock as they are expected to be in effect upon the closing of this offering. The descriptions of our capital stock and certain provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws are summaries and are qualified by reference to the amended and restated certificate of incorporation and the amended and restated bylaws that will be in effect upon the closing of this offering. Copies of these documents will be filed with the SEC as exhibits to our registration statement, of which this prospectus forms a part.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides for two classes of common stock: Class A common stock and Class B common stock. In addition, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will authorize shares of undesignated preferred stock, the rights, preferences and privileges of which may be designated from time to time by our board of directors.

Upon the closing of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of 2,270,000,000 shares, all with a par value of $0.0001 per share, of which:

 

    2,000,000,000 shares are designated as Class A common stock;

 

    250,000,000 shares are designated as Class B common stock; and

 

    20,000,000 shares are designated as preferred stock.

As of July 31, 2015, we had 37,776,085 shares of Class B common stock and 122,280,679 shares of preferred stock outstanding. After giving effect to the conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into shares of Class B common stock upon the closing of this offering, there would have been 160,056,764 shares of Class B common stock outstanding on that date held by 402 stockholders of record. As of July 31, 2015, we also had outstanding options to acquire 59,928,620 shares of Class B common stock.

Class A and Class B Common Stock

Except as otherwise expressly provided in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or required by applicable law, shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock will have the same rights and privileges and rank equally, share ratably and be identical in all respects as to all matters, including, without limitation, those described below.

Dividend and Distribution Rights . Subject to the prior rights of holders of all classes and series of stock at the time outstanding having prior rights as to dividends, the holders of Class A common stock and Class B common stock will be entitled to receive, when, as and if declared by the board of directors, out of any assets of the Company legally available therefor, such dividends as may be declared from time to time by the board of directors. Any dividends paid to the holders of Class A common stock and Class B common stock shall be paid pro rata, on an equal priority, pari passu basis, unless different treatment of the shares of each such class is approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of the majority of the outstanding shares of the applicable class of common stock treated adversely, voting separately as a class. The Company shall not declare or pay any dividend or make any other distribution to the holders of Class A common stock or Class B common stock payable in securities of the Company unless the same dividend or distribution with the same record date and payment date shall be declared and paid on all shares of common stock; provided, however, that (i) dividends or other distributions payable in shares of Class A common stock or rights to acquire shares of Class A common stock may be declared and paid to the holders of Class A common stock without the same dividend or distribution being declared and paid to the holders of the Class B common stock if, and only if, a dividend payable in shares of Class B common stock, or rights to acquire shares of Class B common stock, as applicable, are declared and paid to the holders of Class B common stock at the same rate and with the same record date and payment date and (ii) dividends or other distributions payable in shares of Class B common stock or rights to acquire shares

 

104


Table of Contents

Class B common stock may be declared and paid to the holders of Class B common stock without the same dividend or distribution being declared and paid to the holders of the Class A common stock if, and only if, a dividend payable in shares of Class A common stock, or rights to acquire shares of Class A common stock, as applicable, are declared and paid to the holders of Class A common stock at the same rate and with the same record date and payment date.

Voting Rights . Holders of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock have identical rights, provided that, except as otherwise expressly provided in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or required by applicable law, on any matter that is submitted to a vote of our stockholders, holders of our Class A common stock are entitled to one vote per share of Class A common stock and holders of our Class B common stock are entitled to ten votes per share of Class B common stock. Holders of shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock will vote together as a single class on all matters (including the election of directors) submitted to a vote of stockholders, except that there will be a separate vote of our Class A common stock in order for us to, directly or indirectly, effect an asset transfer, acquisition or liquidation event (each as defined in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation) pursuant to which the Class A common stock would not receive equivalent consideration (as defined in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation) to the Class B common stock, and there will be a separate vote of our Class B common stock in order for us to, directly or indirectly, take action in the following circumstances:

 

    if we propose to amend, alter or repeal any provision of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or our amended and restated bylaws that modifies the voting, conversion or other powers, preferences or other special rights or privileges or restrictions of the Class B common stock; or

 

    if we reclassify any outstanding shares of Class A common stock into shares having rights as to dividends or liquidation that are senior to the Class B common stock or the right to more than one vote for each share thereof.

Upon the closing of this offering, under our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, we may not increase or decrease the authorized number of shares of Class A common stock or Class B common stock without the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the combined voting power of the outstanding shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock, voting together as a single class. In addition, we may not issue any shares of Class B common stock, unless that issuance is approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Class B common stock.

We have not provided for cumulative voting for the election of directors in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation.

No Preemptive or Similar Rights. Our common stock is not entitled to preemptive rights and is not subject to conversion, redemption or sinking fund provisions. The rights, preferences and privileges of the holders of our common stock are subject to, and may be adversely affected by, the rights of the holders of any series of our preferred stock that we may designate and issue in the future.

Liquidation Rights. In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding-up, upon the completion of the distributions required with respect to any series of preferred stock that may then be outstanding, the remaining assets of the Company legally available for distribution to stockholders shall be distributed on an equal priority, pro rata basis to the holders of Class A common stock and Class B common stock.

Subdivisions and Combinations. If we subdivide or combine in any manner outstanding shares of Class A common stock or Class B common stock, then the outstanding shares of all common stock will be subdivided or combined in the same proportion and manner.

Conversion. Shares of Class B common stock may be converted to Class A common stock at any time immediately following the closing of this offering at the option of the stockholder. Shares of Class B common stock automatically convert to Class A common stock upon the following: (i) sale or transfer of such share of

 

105


Table of Contents

Class B common stock; (ii) the death of the Class B common stockholder (or nine months after the date of death if the stockholder is one of our founders); and (iii) on the final conversion date, defined as the earlier of (a) the first trading day on or after the date on which the outstanding shares of Class B common stock represent less than 10% of the then outstanding Class A and Class B common stock; (b) the tenth anniversary of this offering; or (c) the date specified by vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Class B common stock, voting as a single class.

Preferred Stock

As of July 31, 2015, there were 122,280,679 shares of our preferred stock outstanding. Immediately prior to the closing of this offering, each outstanding share of our preferred stock will convert into one share of our Class B common stock.

Upon the closing of this offering, our board of directors may, without further action by our stockholders, fix the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions of up to an aggregate of 20,000,000 shares of preferred stock in one or more series and authorize their issuance. These rights, preferences and privileges could include dividend rights, conversion rights, voting rights, terms of redemption, liquidation preferences, sinking fund terms and the number of shares constituting any series or the designation of such series, any or all of which may be greater than the rights of our common stock. The issuance of our preferred stock could adversely affect the voting power of holders of our common stock, and the likelihood that such holders will receive dividend payments and payments upon liquidation. In addition, the issuance of preferred stock could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change of control or other corporate action. Upon the closing of this offering, no shares of preferred stock will be outstanding, and we have no present plan to issue any shares of preferred stock.

Registration Rights

Stockholder Registration Rights

We are party to an investor rights agreement which provides that holders of our preferred stock, including certain holders of 5% of our capital stock and entities affiliated with certain of our directors, have certain registration rights, as set forth below. This investor rights agreement was entered into in April 2014 and has been amended and restated from time to time in connection with our preferred stock financings. The registration of shares of our Class B common stock pursuant to the exercise of registration rights described below would enable the holders to sell these shares without restriction under the Securities Act when the applicable registration statement is declared effective. We will pay the registration expenses, other than underwriting discounts and selling commissions, of the shares registered pursuant to the demand, piggyback and Form S-3 registrations described below.

Generally, in an underwritten offering, the managing underwriter, if any, has the right, subject to specified conditions, to limit the number of shares such holders may include. The demand, piggyback and Form S-3 registration rights described below will expire three years after the effective date of the registration statement, of which this prospectus forms a part, or with respect to any particular stockholder, such time as that stockholder holds less than 1% of the number of shares of our common stock then outstanding and that stockholder can sell all of its shares under Rule 144 of the Securities Act during any three-month period.

Demand Registration Rights

The holders of an aggregate of 122,280,679 shares of Class B common stock, issuable upon conversion of outstanding preferred stock, will be entitled to certain demand registration rights. At any time beginning 180 days after the consummation of this offering, the holders of at least 70% of these shares may, on not more than two occasions, request that we register all or a portion of their shares. Such request for registration must cover 20% of such shares then outstanding.

 

106


Table of Contents

Piggyback Registration Rights

In connection with this offering, the holders of an aggregate of 122,280,679 shares of Class B common stock, issuable upon conversion of outstanding preferred stock, were entitled to, and the necessary percentage of holders waived, their rights to notice of this offering and to include their shares of registrable securities in this offering. In the event that we propose to register any of our securities under the Securities Act, either for our own account or for the account of other security holders, the holders of these shares will be entitled to certain “piggyback” registration rights allowing the holder to include their shares in such registration, subject to certain marketing and other limitations. As a result, whenever we propose to file a registration statement under the Securities Act, other than with respect to a demand registration or a registration statement on Forms S-4 or S-8, the holders of these shares are entitled to notice of the registration and have the right, subject to limitations that the underwriters may impose on the number of shares included in the registration, to include their shares in the registration.

Form S-3 Registration Rights

The holders of an aggregate of 122,280,679 shares of Class B common stock, issuable upon conversion of outstanding preferred stock, will be entitled to certain Form S-3 registration rights. The holders of these shares can make a request that we register their shares on Form S-3 if we are qualified to file a registration statement on Form S-3 and if the reasonably anticipated aggregate gross proceeds of the shares offered would equal or exceed $1,000,000. We will not be required to effect more than two registrations on Form S-3.

Anti-Takeover Provisions

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws

Among other things, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will:

 

    permit our board of directors to issue up to 20,000,000 shares of preferred stock, with any rights, preferences and privileges as they may designate, including the right to approve an acquisition or other change of control;

 

    provide that the authorized number of directors may be changed only by resolution of our board of directors;

 

    provide that our board of directors will be classified into three classes of directors;

 

    provide that, subject to the rights of any series of preferred stock to elect directors, directors may only be removed for cause, which removal may be effected, subject to any limitation imposed by law, by the holders of at least a majority of the voting power of all of our then-outstanding shares of the capital stock entitled to vote generally at an election of directors;

 

    provide that all vacancies, including newly created directorships, may, except as otherwise required by law, be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of directors then in office, even if less than a quorum;

 

    require that any action to be taken by our stockholders must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders and not be taken by written consent or electronic transmission;

 

    provide that stockholders seeking to present proposals before a meeting of stockholders or to nominate candidates for election as directors at a meeting of stockholders must provide advance notice in writing, and also specify requirements as to the form and content of a stockholder’s notice;

 

    provide that special meetings of our stockholders may be called only by the chairman of our board of directors, our chief executive officer or by our board of directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the total number of authorized directors; and

 

107


Table of Contents
    not provide for cumulative voting rights, therefore allowing the holders of a majority of the shares of common stock entitled to vote in any election of directors to elect all of the directors standing for election, if they should so choose.

The amendment of any of these provisions would require approval by the holders of at least 66 2/3% of the voting power of all of our then-outstanding capital stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class.

The combination of these provisions will make it more difficult for our existing stockholders to replace our board of directors as well as for another party to obtain control of us by replacing our board of directors. Since our board of directors has the power to retain and discharge our officers, these provisions could also make it more difficult for existing stockholders or another party to effect a change in management. In addition, the authorization of undesignated preferred stock makes it possible for our board of directors to issue preferred stock with voting or other rights or preferences that could impede the success of any attempt to change our control.

These provisions are intended to enhance the likelihood of continued stability in the composition of our board of directors and its policies and to discourage coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids. These provisions are also designed to reduce our vulnerability to hostile takeovers and to discourage certain tactics that may be used in proxy fights. However, such provisions could have the effect of discouraging others from making tender offers for our shares and may have the effect of delaying changes in our control or management. As a consequence, these provisions may also inhibit fluctuations in the market price of our stock.

Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law

We are subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which prohibits a Delaware corporation from engaging in any business combination with any interested stockholder for a period of three years after the date that such stockholder became an interested stockholder, with the following exceptions:

 

    before such date, the board of directors of the corporation approved either the business combination or the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;

 

    upon closing of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction began, excluding for purposes of determining the voting stock outstanding (but not the outstanding voting stock owned by the interested stockholder) those shares owned (i) by persons who are directors and also officers and (ii) employee stock plans in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or

 

    on or after such date, the business combination is approved by the board of directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of the stockholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least 66 2/3% of the outstanding voting stock that is not owned by the interested stockholder.

In general, Section 203 defines business combination to include the following:

 

    any merger or consolidation involving the corporation and the interested stockholder;

 

    any sale, transfer, pledge or other disposition of 10% or more of the assets of the corporation involving the interested stockholder;

 

    subject to certain exceptions, any transaction that results in the issuance or transfer by the corporation of any stock of the corporation to the interested stockholder;

 

    any transaction involving the corporation that has the effect of increasing the proportionate share of the stock or any class or series of the corporation beneficially owned by the interested stockholder; or

 

    the receipt by the interested stockholder of the benefit of any loss, advances, guarantees, pledges or other financial benefits by or through the corporation.

 

108


Table of Contents

In general, Section 203 defines an “interested stockholder” as an entity or person who, together with the person’s affiliates and associates, beneficially owns, or within three years prior to the time of determination of interested stockholder status did own, 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation.

Choice of Forum

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the exclusive forum for any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf; any action asserting a breach of fiduciary duty; any action asserting a claim against us arising pursuant to the Delaware General Corporation Law, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or our amended and restated bylaws; or any action asserting a claim against us that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine. The enforceability of similar choice of forum provisions in other companies’ certificates of incorporation has been challenged in legal proceedings, and it is possible that, in connection with one or more actions or proceedings described above, a court could find the choice of forum provisions contained in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to be inapplicable or unenforceable.

Limitations of Liability and Indemnification

See the section titled “Executive Compensation—Limitation on Liability and Indemnification.”

Transfer Agent and Registrar

Upon the closing of this offering, the transfer agent and registrar for our Class A and Class B common stock will be American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC. The transfer agent’s address is 6201 15th Avenue, Brooklyn, New York 11219, and its telephone number is (800) 937-5449.

Exchange Listing

Our Class A common stock has been approved for listing on the NYSE under the trading symbol “PSTG.”

 

109


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Prior to this offering, no public market for our Class A common stock existed, and a liquid trading market for our Class A common stock may not develop or be sustained after this offering. Future sales of substantial amounts of our Class A common stock in the public market could adversely affect prevailing market prices of our Class A common stock from time to time and could impair our future ability to raise equity capital in the future. Furthermore, because only a limited number of shares of our Class A common stock will be available for sale shortly after this offering due to certain contractual and legal restrictions on resale described below, sales of substantial amounts of our Class A common stock in the public market after such restrictions lapse, or the anticipation of such sales, could adversely affect the prevailing market price of our Class A common stock and our ability to raise equity capital in the future.

Based upon the number of shares outstanding as of July 31, 2015, upon the closing of this offering, we will have outstanding an aggregate of             shares of Class A common stock and 160,056,764 shares of Class B common stock, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option and no exercise of outstanding options, after giving effect to the conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into 122,280,679 shares of Class B common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering. All of the shares sold in this offering by us will be freely tradable without restrictions or further registration under the Securities Act, unless held by our affiliates, as that term is defined under Rule 144 under the Securities Act, or subject to lock-up agreements. The remaining shares of Class B common stock outstanding upon the closing of this offering are restricted securities as defined in Rule 144. Restricted securities may be sold in the U.S. public market only if registered or if they qualify for an exemption from registration, including by reason of Rule 144 or Rule 701 under the Securities Act, which rules are summarized below. These remaining shares will generally become available for sale in the public market as follows:

 

    no shares will be eligible for sale in the public market on the date of this prospectus; and

 

    approximately             shares will be eligible for sale in the public market upon expiration of lock-up agreements 181 days after the date of this prospectus, subject in certain circumstances to the volume, manner of sale and other limitations of Rule 144 and Rule 701.

As of July 31, 2015, of the 59,928,620 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon exercise of options outstanding, approximately 33,766,022 shares will be vested and eligible for sale 181 days after the date of this prospectus.

We may issue shares of common stock from time to time as consideration for future acquisitions, investments or other corporate purposes. In the event that any such acquisition, investment or other transaction is significant, the number of shares of common stock that we may issue may in turn be significant. We may also grant registration rights covering those shares of common stock issued in connection with any such acquisition and investment.

In addition, the shares of Class A common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2015 Plan will become eligible for sale in the public market to the extent permitted by the provisions of various vesting schedules, the lock-up agreements, a registration statement under the Securities Act or an exemption from registration, including Rule 144 and Rule 701.

Rule 144

In general, persons who have beneficially owned restricted shares of our common stock for at least six months, and any affiliate of the company who owns either restricted or unrestricted shares of our common stock, are entitled to sell their securities without registration with the SEC under an exemption from registration provided by Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

 

110


Table of Contents

In general, a person who has beneficially owned restricted shares of our common stock for at least six months would be entitled to sell their securities provided that (1) such person is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates at the time of, or at any time during the 90 days preceding, a sale, (2) we have been subject to the Exchange Act periodic reporting requirements for at least 90 days before the sale and (3) we are current in our Exchange Act reporting at the time of sale.

Persons who have beneficially owned restricted shares of our common stock for at least six months, but who are our affiliates at the time of, or any time during the 90 days preceding, a sale, would be subject to additional restrictions, by which such person would be entitled to sell within any three-month period only a number of securities that does not exceed the greater of either of the following:

 

    1% of the number of shares of our Class A common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately             shares immediately after the closing of this offering based on the number of common shares outstanding as of July 31, 2015.

 

    the average weekly trading volume of our Class A common stock on the NYSE during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to the sale.

Such sales by affiliates must also comply with the manner of sale, current public information and notice provisions of Rule 144.

Rule 701

In general, under Rule 701, a person who purchased shares of our common stock pursuant to a written compensatory plan or contract and who is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates during the immediately preceding 90 days may sell these shares in reliance upon Rule 144, but without being required to comply with the notice, manner of sale, public information requirements or volume limitation provisions of Rule 144. Rule 701 also permits affiliates to sell their Rule 701 shares under Rule 144 without complying with the holding period requirements of Rule 144. All holders of Rule 701 shares, however, are required to wait until 90 days after the date of this prospectus before selling such shares pursuant to Rule 701. As of July 31, 2015, 12,758,171 shares of our outstanding Class B common stock had been issued in reliance on Rule 701 as a result of exercises of stock options and issuance of restricted stock. However, substantially all Rule 701 shares are subject to lock-up agreements as described below and will become eligible for sale upon the expiration of the restrictions set forth in those agreements.

Form S-8 Registration Statements

We intend to file with the SEC one or more registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register the offer and sale of shares of our common stock that are issuable pursuant to our 2009 Plan and 2015 Plan. These registration statements will become effective immediately upon filing. Shares covered by these registration statements will then be eligible for sale in the public markets, subject to vesting restrictions, any applicable lock-up agreements described below and Rule 144 limitations applicable to affiliates.

Lock-Up Arrangements

We, and all of our directors and executive officers and the holders of substantially all of our common stock and securities exercisable for or convertible into our Class A and Class B common stock outstanding immediately upon the closing of this offering, have agreed with the underwriters that, for a period of 180 days following the date of this prospectus, subject to certain exceptions, we and they will not, directly or indirectly, offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, grant any option to purchase, make any short sale, or otherwise dispose of or hedge any of our shares of common stock, any options, or any securities convertible into, or exchangeable for or that represent the right to receive shares of our common stock. These agreements are described in the section of this prospectus titled “Underwriting.”

 

111


Table of Contents

In addition to the restrictions contained in the lock-up agreements described above, we have entered into agreements with certain security holders, including the investor rights agreement and our standard form of option agreement, that contain market stand-off provisions imposing restrictions on the ability of such security holders to offer, sell or transfer our equity securities for a period of 180 days following the date of this prospectus.

Registration Rights

Upon the closing of this offering, the holders of 120,886,513 shares of our Class B common stock issuable upon conversion of outstanding preferred stock, or their transferees, will be entitled to certain rights with respect to the registration of the offer and sale of their shares under the Securities Act. Registration of these shares under the Securities Act would result in the shares becoming freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act immediately upon the effectiveness of the registration. See the section titled “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights” for additional information.

 

112


Table of Contents

MATERIAL UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS OF OUR CLASS A COMMON STOCK

The following discussion describes the material U.S. federal income and estate tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of our Class A common stock acquired in this offering by Non-U.S. Holders (as defined below). This discussion does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income and estate taxes, does not discuss the potential application of the alternative minimum or Medicare Contribution tax, and does not deal with state, local or non-U.S. tax consequences that may be relevant to Non-U.S. Holders in light of their particular circumstances, nor does it address U.S. federal tax consequences other than income and estate taxes. Rules different from those described below may apply to certain Non-U.S. Holders that are subject to special treatment under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), such as financial institutions, insurance companies, tax-exempt organizations, “foreign governments,” international organizations, broker-dealers and traders in securities, U.S. expatriates, “controlled foreign corporations,” “passive foreign investment companies,” corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax, persons that hold our Class A common stock as part of a “straddle,” “conversion transaction,” or other risk reduction strategy, partnerships and other pass-through entities, and investors in such partnerships or pass-through entities (regardless of their places of organization or formation). Such Non-U.S. Holders are urged to consult their own tax advisors to determine the U.S. federal, state, local and other tax consequences that may be relevant to them. Furthermore, the discussion below is based upon the provisions of the Code, and Treasury regulations, rulings and judicial decisions thereunder as of the date hereof, and such authorities may be repealed, revoked or modified, perhaps retroactively, so as to result in U.S. federal income or estate tax consequences different from those discussed below. We have not requested a ruling from the IRS with respect to the statements made and the conclusions reached in the following summary. This discussion assumes that the Non-U.S. Holder holds our Class A common stock as a “capital asset” within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code (generally, property held for investment).

Persons considering the purchase of our Class A common stock pursuant to this offering should consult their own tax advisors concerning the U.S. federal income and estate tax consequences of acquiring, owning and disposing of our Class A common stock in light of their particular situations as well as any consequences arising under the laws of any other taxing jurisdiction, including any state, local and non-U.S. tax consequences and any U.S. federal non-income tax consequences.

For the purposes of this discussion, a “Non-U.S. Holder” is, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, a beneficial owner of Class A common stock that is not a U.S. Holder. A “U.S. Holder” means a beneficial owner of our Class A common stock that is for U.S. federal income tax purposes (a) an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States, (b) a corporation or other entity treated as a corporation created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia, (c) an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source or (d) a trust if it (1) is subject to the primary supervision of a court within the United States and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (2) has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations to be treated as a U.S. person. Also, partnerships, or other entities that are treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes (regardless of their place of organization or formation) and entities that are treated as disregarded entities for U.S. federal income tax purposes (regardless of their place of organization or formation) are not addressed by this discussion and are, therefore, not considered to be Non-U.S. Holders for the purposes of this discussion.

Distributions

Subject to the discussion below, distributions, if any, made on our Class A common stock to a Non-U.S. Holder generally will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent made out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles) and generally will be subject to withholding tax at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable

 

113


Table of Contents

income tax treaty. To obtain a reduced rate of withholding under a treaty, a Non-U.S. Holder generally will be required to provide us with a properly executed Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) Form W-8BEN, W-BEN-E or other appropriate form, certifying the Non-U.S. Holder’s entitlement to benefits under that treaty. In the case of a Non-U.S. Holder that is an entity, Treasury Regulations and the relevant tax treaty provide rules to determine whether, for purposes of determining the applicability of that treaty, dividends will be treated as paid to the entity or to those holding an interest in that entity. If a Non-U.S. Holder holds stock through a financial institution or other agent acting on the holder’s behalf, the holder will be required to provide appropriate documentation to such agent. The holder’s agent may then be required to provide certification to the applicable withholding agent, either directly or through other intermediaries. If you are eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. federal withholding tax under an income tax treaty, you should consult with your own tax advisor to determine if you are able to obtain a refund or credit of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for a refund with the IRS.

Withholding tax is generally not imposed on dividends paid to a Non-U.S. Holder that are effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, are attributable to a permanent establishment that such holder maintains in the United States) if a properly executed IRS Form W-8ECI, stating that the dividends are so connected, is furnished to the applicable withholding agent. In general, such effectively connected dividends will be subject to U.S. federal income tax, on a net income basis at the regular graduated rates. A Non-U.S. Holder that is a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes that receives effectively connected dividends may also be subject to an additional “branch profits tax,” which is imposed, under certain circumstances, at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable tax treaty) on the corporate Non-U.S. Holder’s effectively connected earnings and profits, subject to certain adjustments.

To the extent distributions on our Class A common stock, if any, exceed our current and accumulated earnings and profits, they will first reduce your adjusted basis in our Class A common stock as a non-taxable return of capital, but not below zero, and then any excess will be treated as gain and taxed in the same manner as gain realized from a sale or other disposition of Class A common stock as described in the next section.

Gain on Disposition of Our Class A Common Stock

Subject to the discussions below regarding backup withholding and foreign accounts, a Non-U.S. Holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax with respect to gain realized on a sale or other taxable disposition of our Class A common stock unless (a) the gain is effectively connected with a trade or business of such holder in the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, is attributable to a permanent establishment that such holder maintains in the United States), (b) the Non-U.S. Holder is a nonresident alien individual and is present in the United States for 183 or more days in the taxable year of the disposition and certain other conditions are met, or (c) we are or have been a “United States real property holding corporation” within the meaning of Section 897(c)(2) of the Code at any time within the shorter of the five-year period preceding such disposition or such holder’s holding period.

If you are a Non-U.S. Holder described in (a) above, you generally will be required to pay tax on the net gain derived from the sale at regular graduated U.S. federal income tax rates and corporate Non-U.S. Holders described in (a) above may be subject to the additional branch profits tax at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. If you are an individual Non-U.S. Holder described in (b) above, you will be required to pay a flat 30% tax on the gain derived from the sale, which gain may be offset by certain U.S. source capital losses (even though you are not considered a resident of the United States). With respect to (c) above, in general, we would be a United States real property holding corporation if interests in U.S. real estate constituted (by fair market value) at least half of our total worldwide real property interests plus business assets. We believe that we are not, and do not anticipate becoming, a United States real property holding corporation; however, there can be no assurance that we will not become a United States real property holding corporation in the future. Even if we are treated as a United States real property holding corporation, such treatment will not

 

114


Table of Contents

cause gain realized by a Non-U.S. Holder on a disposition of our Class A common stock to be subject to U.S. federal income tax so long as (1) the Non-U.S. Holder owned, directly, indirectly and constructively, no more than 5% of our Class A common stock at all times within the shorter of (i) the five-year period preceding the disposition or (ii) the holder’s holding period and (2) our Class A common stock is regularly traded on an established securities market. There can be no assurance that our Class A common stock will continue to qualify as regularly traded on an established securities market.

Information Reporting Requirements and Backup Withholding

Generally, we or certain financial intermediaries must report information to the IRS with respect to any dividends we pay on our Class A common stock including the amount of any such dividends, the name and address of the recipient, and the amount, if any, of tax withheld. A similar report is sent to the holder to whom any such dividends are paid. Pursuant to tax treaties or certain other agreements, the IRS may make its reports available to tax authorities in the recipient’s country of residence.

Dividends paid by us (or certain financial intermediaries ) to a Non-U.S. Holder may also be subject to U.S. backup withholding. U.S. backup withholding generally will not apply to a Non-U.S. Holder who provides a properly executed appropriate IRS Form W-8 or otherwise establishes an exemption.

Under current U.S. federal income tax law, U.S. information reporting and backup withholding requirements generally will apply to the proceeds of a disposition of our Class A common stock effected by or through a U.S. office of any broker, U.S. or non-U.S., unless the holder provides a properly executed IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E, as applicable, or otherwise establishes an exemption. Generally, U.S. information reporting and backup withholding requirements will not apply to a payment of disposition proceeds to a Non-U.S. Holder where the transaction is considered effected outside the United States through a non-U.S. office of a non-U.S. broker. Information reporting and backup withholding requirements may, however, apply to a payment of disposition proceeds if the broker has actual knowledge, or reason to know, that the holder is, in fact, a U.S. person. For information reporting purposes, certain brokers with substantial U.S. ownership or operations will generally be treated in a manner similar to U.S. brokers.

Amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules are not additional taxes and may be refunded or credited against your U.S. federal income tax liability, provided the required information is timely furnished to the IRS. If backup withholding is applied to you, you should consult with your own tax advisor to determine if you are able to obtain a tax refund or credit with respect to the amount withheld.

Foreign Accounts

A U.S. federal withholding tax of 30% may apply to dividends and, for any disposition occurring on or after January 1, 2017, the gross proceeds of a disposition of our Class A common stock paid to a foreign financial institution (as specifically defined by applicable rules), including when the foreign financial institution holds our Class A common stock on behalf of a Non-U.S. Holder, unless such institution enters into an agreement with the U.S. government to withhold on certain payments and to collect and provide to the U.S. tax authorities substantial information regarding U.S. account holders of such institution (which includes certain equity holders of such institution, as well as certain account holders that are foreign entities with U.S. owners). This U.S. federal withholding tax of 30% will also apply to dividends and, for any disposition occurring on or after January 1, 2017, the gross proceeds of a disposition of our Class A common stock paid to a non-financial foreign entity unless such entity provides the withholding agent with either a certification that it does not have any substantial direct or indirect U.S. owners or provides information regarding direct and indirect U.S. owners of the entity. The withholding tax described above will not apply if the foreign financial institution or non-financial foreign entity otherwise qualifies for an exemption from the rules. An intergovernmental agreement between the United States and an applicable foreign country may modify these requirements. Under certain circumstances, a Non-U.S. Holder might be eligible for refunds or credits of such taxes. Holders are encouraged to consult with their own tax advisors regarding the possible implications of this withholding tax on their investment in our Class A common stock.

 

115


Table of Contents

Federal Estate Tax

An individual who at the time of death is not a citizen or resident of the United States and who is treated as the owner of, or has made certain lifetime transfers of, an interest in our Class A common stock will be required to include the value thereof in his or her taxable estate for U.S. federal estate tax purposes, and may be subject to U.S. federal estate tax unless an applicable estate tax treaty provides otherwise. The test for whether an individual is a resident of the United States for federal estate tax purposes differs from the test used for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Some individuals, therefore, may be “Non-U.S. Holders” for U.S. federal income tax purposes, but not for U.S. federal estate tax purposes, and vice versa.

EACH PROSPECTIVE INVESTOR SHOULD CONSULT HIS, HER OR ITS OWN TAX ADVISOR REGARDING THE TAX CONSEQUENCES OF PURCHASING, HOLDING AND DISPOSING OF OUR CLASS A COMMON STOCK, INCLUDING THE CONSEQUENCES OF ANY PROPOSED CHANGE IN APPLICABLE LAW, AS WELL AS TAX CONSEQUENCES ARISING UNDER ANY STATE, LOCAL, NON-U.S. OR U.S. FEDERAL NON-INCOME TAX LAWS.

 

116


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

Under the terms and subject to the conditions in an underwriting agreement dated the date of this prospectus, the underwriters named below, for whom Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and Goldman, Sachs & Co. are acting as representatives, have severally agreed to purchase, and we have agreed to sell to them, severally, the number of shares of our Class A common stock indicated below:

 

Name

   Number of
Shares

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

  

Goldman, Sachs & Co.

  

Barclays Capital Inc.

  

Allen & Company LLC

  

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith

                      Incorporated

  

Pacific Crest Securities, a division of KeyBanc Capital Markets Inc.

  

Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated

  

Raymond James & Associates, Inc.

  

Evercore Group L.L.C.

  
  

 

                     Total

  
  

 

The underwriters and the representatives are collectively referred to as the “underwriters” and the “representatives,” respectively. The underwriters are offering the shares of Class A common stock subject to their acceptance of the shares from us and subject to prior sale. The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the several underwriters to pay for and accept delivery of the shares of Class A common stock offered by this prospectus are subject to the approval of certain legal matters by their counsel and to certain other conditions. The underwriters are obligated to take and pay for all of the shares of Class A common stock offered by this prospectus if any such shares are taken. However, the underwriters are not required to take or pay for the shares covered by the underwriters’ over-allotment option described below.

The underwriters initially propose to offer part of the shares of Class A common stock directly to the public at the offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus and part to certain dealers. After the initial offering of the shares of Class A common stock, the offering price and other selling terms may from time to time be varied by the representatives. Sales of Class A common stock made outside of the United States may be made by affiliates of the underwriters.

We have granted to the underwriters an option, exercisable for 30 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to                 additional shares of Class A common stock at the public offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus, less underwriting discounts and commissions. The underwriters may exercise this option solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments, if any, made in connection with the offering of the shares of Class A common stock offered by this prospectus. To the extent the option is exercised, each underwriter will become obligated, subject to certain conditions, to purchase about the same percentage of the additional shares of Class A common stock as the number listed next to the underwriter’s name in the preceding table bears to the total number of shares of Class A common stock listed next to the names of all underwriters in the preceding table.

 

117


Table of Contents

The following table shows the per share and total public offering price, underwriting discounts and commissions, and proceeds before expenses to us. These amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase up to an additional             shares of our Class A common stock.

 

            Total  
     Per
Share
     No
Exercise
     Full
Exercise
 

Public offering price

   $                    $                    $                

Underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid by us

   $         $         $     

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

   $         $         $     

The estimated offering expenses payable by us, exclusive of the underwriting discounts and commissions, are approximately $            . We have agreed to reimburse the underwriters for expense relating to clearance of this offering with the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority up to $35,000.

The underwriters have informed us that they do not intend sales to discretionary accounts to exceed 5% of the total number of shares of our Class A common stock offered by them.

Our Class A common stock has been approved for listing on the NYSE under the trading symbol “PSTG.”

We and all of our directors and officers and the holders of substantially all of our outstanding stock and stock options have agreed that, without the prior written consent of the representatives on behalf of the underwriters, we and they will not, during the period ending 180 days after the date of this prospectus (the “restricted period”):

 

    offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of common stock;

 

    file any registration statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission relating to the offering of any shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock; or

 

    enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the common stock

whether any such transaction described above is to be settled by delivery of common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise. In addition, we and each such person agrees that, without the prior written consent of the representatives on behalf of the underwriters, we or such other person will not, during the restricted period, make any demand for, or exercise any right with respect to, the registration of any shares of common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock.

Subject to limited exceptions, the restrictions described in the immediately preceding paragraph do not apply to:

 

  (1) transactions relating to shares of our common stock or other securities acquired in this offering or in open market transactions after the completion of this offering;

 

  (2) transfers of shares of our common stock or any security convertible into our common stock as a bona fide gift or charitable contribution;

 

  (3) transfers of shares of our common stock or any security convertible into our common stock to an immediate family member or a trust for the direct or indirect benefit of the party subject to the lock-up agreement or such immediate family member of the party subject to the lock-up agreement (for purposes of the lock-up agreement, “immediate family” shall mean any relationship by blood, marriage or adoption, not more remote than first cousin);

 

118


Table of Contents
  (4) transfers of shares of our common stock or any security convertible into our common stock by will or intestacy;

 

  (5) transfers of shares of our common stock or any security convertible into our common stock pursuant to a domestic relations order, divorce decree or court order;

 

  (6) distributions of shares of our common stock or any security convertible into our common stock to limited partners, members, stockholders or holders of similar equity interests in the party subject to the lock-up agreement;

 

  (7) transfers or distributions of shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock by a stockholder that is a trust to a trustor or beneficiary of the trust or to the estate of a beneficiary of such trust;

 

  (8) transfers to us in connection with the repurchase of our common stock in connection with the termination of the employment with us of the party subject to the lock-up agreement pursuant to contractual agreements with us;

 

  (9) the disposition of shares of our common stock to us, or the withholding of shares of our common stock by us, in a transaction exempt from Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act solely in connection with the payment of taxes due with respect to the vesting of restricted stock granted under a stock incentive plan, stock purchase plan or pursuant to a contractual employment arrangement described in this prospectus, insofar as such restricted stock is outstanding as of the date of this prospectus;

 

  (10) the exercise of a stock option granted under a stock incentive plan or stock purchase plan described in this prospectus by the party subject to the lock-up agreement, and the receipt by the party subject to the lock-up agreement of shares of our common stock from us upon such exercise, insofar as such option is outstanding as of the date of this prospectus, provided that the underlying shares shall continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth in the lock-up agreement and, provided, further that, if required, any public report or filing under Section 16 of the Exchange Act shall clearly indicate in the footnotes thereto that the filing relates to the exercise of a stock option, that no shares were sold by the reporting person and that the shares received upon exercise of the stock option are subject to a lock-up agreement with the underwriters of this offering;

 

  (11) a merger, consolidation or other similar transaction involving a change of control that has been approved by our board of directors, provided that, in the event that such change of control transaction is not completed, this clause (11) shall not be applicable and the shares of the party subject to the lock-up agreement shall remain subject to the restrictions contained in the lock-up agreement;

 

  (12) the establishment of a trading plan pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act for the transfer of shares of our common stock provided that (i) such plan does not provide for the transfer of our common stock during the restricted period and (ii) to the extent a public announcement or filing under the Exchange Act, if any, is required of or voluntarily made by or on behalf of the party subject to the lock-up agreement or us regarding the establishment of such plan, such announcement or filing shall include a statement to the effect that no transfer of our common stock may be made under such plan during the restricted period;

provided, that, in the case of clauses (2), (3), (4), (5), (6) or (7) above each transferee, donee or distributee shall sign and deliver a lock-up agreement; and, provided, further that in the case of clauses (1), (2), (3), (4), (5), (6), (7), (8) or (9) above no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act, reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of shares of our common stock, shall be required or shall be voluntarily made during the restricted period.

 

119


Table of Contents

The representatives, in their sole discretion, may release the common stock and other securities subject to the lock-up agreements described above in whole or in part at any time.

In order to facilitate the offering of the Class A common stock, the underwriters may engage in transactions that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of the Class A common stock. Specifically, the underwriters may sell more shares than they are obligated to purchase under the underwriting agreement, creating a short position. A short sale is covered if the short position is no greater than the number of shares available for purchase by the underwriters under the over-allotment option. The underwriters can close out a covered short sale by exercising the over-allotment option or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out a covered short sale, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the open market price of shares compared to the price available under the over-allotment option. The underwriters may also sell shares in excess of the over-allotment option, creating a naked short position. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the Class A common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering. As an additional means of facilitating this offering, the underwriters may bid for, and purchase, shares of Class A common stock in the open market to stabilize the price of the Class A common stock. These activities may raise or maintain the market price of the Class A common stock above independent market levels or prevent or retard a decline in the market price of the Class A common stock. The underwriters are not required to engage in these activities and may end any of these activities at any time.

We and the underwriters have agreed to indemnify each other against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on websites maintained by one or more underwriters, or selling group members, if any, participating in this offering. The representatives may agree to allocate a number of shares of Class A common stock to underwriters for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the representatives to underwriters that may make Internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations.

Other Relationships

The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, financing and brokerage activities. Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates have, from time to time, performed, and may in the future perform, various financial advisory and investment banking services for us, for which they received or will receive customary fees and expenses.

In addition, in the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers and may at any time hold long and short positions in such securities and instruments. Such investment and securities activities may involve our securities and instruments. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also make investment recommendations or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long or short positions in such securities and instruments.

Pricing of the Offering

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our Class A common stock. The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiations between us and the representatives. Among the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price will be our future prospects and those of our industry in

 

120


Table of Contents

general, our sales, earnings and certain other financial and operating information in recent periods, and the price-earnings ratios, price-sales ratios, market prices of securities and certain financial and operating information of companies engaged in activities similar to ours.

Selling Restrictions

European Economic Area

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a “Relevant Member State”) an offer to the public of any shares of our Class A common stock may not be made in that Relevant Member State, except that an offer to the public in that Relevant Member State of any shares of our Class A common stock may be made at any time under the following exemptions under the Prospectus Directive, if they have been implemented in that Relevant Member State:

 

    to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined in the Prospectus Directive;

 

    to fewer than 100 or, if the Relevant Member State has implemented the relevant provision of the 2010 PD Amending Directive, 150, natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive), as permitted under the Prospectus Directive, subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives for any such offer; or

 

    in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, provided that no such offer of shares of our Class A common stock shall result in a requirement for the publication by us or any underwriter of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to any shares of our Class A common stock in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any shares of our Class A common stock to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase any shares of our Class A common stock, as the same may be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Member State, the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC (and amendments thereto, including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member State), and includes any relevant implementing measure in the Relevant Member State, and the expression “2010 PD Amending Directive” means Directive 2010/73/EU.

United Kingdom

Each underwriter has represented and agreed that:

 

    it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (“FSMA”) received by it in connection with the issue or sale of the shares of our Class A common stock in circumstances in which Section 21(1) of the FSMA does not apply to us; and

 

    it has complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of the FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to the shares of our Class A common stock in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.

Hong Kong

Each underwriter has represented and agreed that:

 

   

it has not offered or sold and will not offer or sell in Hong Kong, by means of any document, any of our Class A common stock other than (i) to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571) of Hong Kong and any rules made under that Ordinance; or (ii) in other

 

121


Table of Contents
 

circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” as defined in the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32) of Hong Kong or which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of that Ordinance; and

 

    it has not issued or had in its possession for the purposes of issue, and will not issue or have in its possession for the purposes of issue, whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere, any advertisement, invitation or document relating to our Class A common stock, which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public of Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the securities laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares of our Class A common stock which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance and any rules made under that Ordinance.

Singapore

This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (the “SFA”), (ii) to a relevant person pursuant to Section 275(1), or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275 of the SFA or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA, in each case subject to compliance with conditions set forth in the SFA.

Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is:

 

    a corporation (which is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or

 

    a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary of the trust is an individual who is an accredited investor,

 

    shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest (howsoever described) in that trust shall not be transferred within six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares pursuant to an offer made under Section 275 of the SFA except:

 

    to an institutional investor (for corporations, under Section 274 of the SFA) or to a relevant person defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA, or to any person pursuant to an offer that is made on terms that such shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that corporation or such rights and interest in that trust are acquired at a consideration of not less than $200,000 (or its equivalent in a foreign currency) for each transaction, whether such amount is to be paid for in cash or by exchange of securities or other assets, and further for corporations, in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275 of the SFA;

 

    where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer; or

 

    where the transfer is by operation of law.

Japan

No registration pursuant to Article 4, paragraph 1 of the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan (Law No. 25 of 1948, as amended) (the “FIEL”) has been made or will be made with respect to the solicitation of the application for the acquisition of the shares of Class A common stock.

 

122


Table of Contents

Accordingly, the shares of Class A common stock have not been, directly or indirectly, offered or sold and will not be, directly or indirectly, offered or sold in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan) or to others for re-offering or re-sale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements, and otherwise in compliance with, the FIEL and the other applicable laws and regulations of Japan.

Switzerland

The shares may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange (“SIX”) or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This document has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the shares or the offering may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.

Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the offering, the Company, the shares have been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this document will not be filed with, and the offer of shares will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority FINMA (“FINMA”), and the offer of shares has not been and will not be authorized under the Swiss Federal Act on Collective Investment Schemes (“CISA”). The investor protection afforded to acquirers of interests in collective investment schemes under the CISA does not extend to acquirers of shares.

Dubai International Financial Centre

This prospectus relates to an Exempt Offer in accordance with the Offered Securities Rules of the Dubai Financial Services Authority (“DFSA”). This prospectus is intended for distribution only to persons of a type specified in the Offered Securities Rules of the DFSA. It must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other person. The DFSA has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with Exempt Offers. The DFSA has not approved this prospectus nor taken steps to verify the information set forth herein and has no responsibility for the prospectus. The shares to which this prospectus relates may be illiquid and/or subject to restrictions on their resale. Prospective purchasers of the shares offered should conduct their own due diligence on the shares. If you do not understand the contents of this prospectus you should consult an authorized financial advisor.

Australia

No placement document, prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document has been lodged with the Australian Securities and Investments Commission (“ASIC”), in relation to the offering. This prospectus does not constitute a prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act 2001 (the “Corporations Act”), and does not purport to include the information required for a prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act.

Any offer in Australia of the shares may only be made to persons (the “Exempt Investors”) who are “sophisticated investors” (within the meaning of section 708(8) of the Corporations Act), “professional investors” (within the meaning of section 708(11) of the Corporations Act) or otherwise pursuant to one or more exemptions contained in section 708 of the Corporations Act so that it is lawful to offer the shares without disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act.

The shares applied for by Exempt Investors in Australia must not be offered for sale in Australia in the period of 12 months after the date of allotment under the offering, except in circumstances where disclosure to

 

123


Table of Contents

investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act would not be required pursuant to an exemption under section 708 of the Corporations Act or otherwise or where the offer is pursuant to a disclosure document which complies with Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act. Any person acquiring shares must observe such Australian on-sale restrictions.

This prospectus contains general information only and does not take account of the investment objectives, financial situation or particular needs of any particular person. It does not contain any securities recommendations or financial product advice. Before making an investment decision, investors need to consider whether the information in this prospectus is appropriate to their needs, objectives and circumstances, and, if necessary, seek expert advice on those matters.

Canada

The securities may be sold only to purchasers purchasing, or deemed to be purchasing, as principal that are accredited investors, as defined in National Instrument 45-106 Prospectus Exemptions or subsection 73.3(1) of the Securities Act (Ontario), and are permitted clients, as defined in National Instrument 31-103 Registration Requirements, Exemptions and Ongoing Registrant Obligations . Any resale of the securities must be made in accordance with an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the prospectus requirements of applicable securities laws.

Securities legislation in certain provinces or territories of Canada may provide a purchaser with remedies for rescission or damages if this prospectus (including any amendment thereto) contains a misrepresentation, provided that the remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory. The purchaser should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory for particulars of these rights or consult with a legal advisor.

Pursuant to section 3A.3 (or, in the case of securities issued or guaranteed by the government of a non-Canadian jurisdiction, section 3A.4) of National Instrument 33-105 Underwriting Conflicts (“NI 33-105”), the underwriters are not required to comply with the disclosure requirements of NI 33-105 regarding underwriter conflicts of interest in connection with this offering.

 

124


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the shares of Class A common stock offered hereby will be passed upon for us by Cooley LLP, Palo Alto, California. As of the date of this prospectus, GC&H Investments, LLC and GC&H Investments, entities comprised of partners and associates of Cooley LLP, beneficially own an aggregate of 550,055 shares of our preferred stock, all of which will be converted into 550,055 shares of Class B common stock upon the closing of this offering. Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP, Menlo Park, California is acting as counsel to the underwriters.

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements as of January 31, 2014 and 2015, and for each of the two years in the period ended January 31, 2015, included in this prospectus have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report appearing herein. Such consolidated financial statements have been included in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

WHERE CAN YOU FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of Class A common stock being offered by this prospectus. This prospectus does not contain all of the information in the registration statement and its exhibits. For further information about us and the Class A common stock offered by this prospectus, we refer you to the registration statement and its exhibits. Statements contained in this prospectus as to the contents of any contract or any other document referred to are not necessarily complete, and in each instance, we refer you to the copy of the contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement. Each of these statements is qualified in all respects by this reference.

You can read our SEC filings, including the registration statement, over the Internet at the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov. You may also read and copy any document we file with the SEC at its public reference facilities at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, D.C. 20549. You may also obtain copies of these documents at prescribed rates by writing to the Public Reference Section of the SEC at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, D.C. 20549. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the operation of the public reference facilities.

Upon the closing of this offering, we will be subject to the information reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, and we will file reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. These reports, proxy statements and other information will be available for inspection and copying at the public reference room and web site of the SEC referred to above. We also maintain a website at www.purestorage.com, at which you may access these materials free of charge as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. The information contained on, or that can be accessed through, our website is not a part of this prospectus. Investors should not rely on any such information in deciding whether to purchase our Class A common stock. We have included our website address in this prospectus solely as an inactive textual reference.

 

125


Table of Contents

PURE STORAGE, INC.

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

     Page  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-2   

Consolidated Balance Sheets

     F-3   

Consolidated Statements of Operations

     F-4   

Consolidated Statements of Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit

     F-5   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

     F-6   

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-7   

 

F-1


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

The Board of Directors and Stockholders of

Pure Storage, Inc.

Mountain View, California

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Pure Storage, Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of January 31, 2014 and 2015, and the related consolidated statements of operations, convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit, and cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended January 31, 2015. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Pure Storage, Inc. and subsidiaries as of January 31, 2014 and 2015, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended January 31, 2015, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

/S/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

San Jose, California

May 15, 2015

 

F-2


Table of Contents

PURE STORAGE, INC.

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(in thousands, except per share data)

 

   

 

January 31,

    July 31,
2015
    Pro Forma
Stockholders’
Equity

July 31,
2015
 
    2014     2015      
                (unaudited)     (unaudited)  

ASSETS

       

Current assets:

       

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 130,885      $ 192,707      $ 128,282     

Accounts receivable, net of allowance of $160, $210 and $778 as of January 31, 2014 and 2015 and July 31, 2015 (unaudited)

    14,835        59,032        80,049     

Inventory

    7,892        21,605        23,739     

Deferred commissions, current

    4,292        9,431        11,928     

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    6,032        11,195        14,696     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total current assets

    163,936        293,970        258,694     

Property and equipment, net

    12,153        39,859        48,004     

Intangible assets, net

           8,284        7,632     

Deferred income taxes, non-current

    2,525        5,529        4,120     

Other long-term assets

    6,390        14,177        18,113     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total assets

  $ 185,004      $ 361,819      $ 336,563     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

LIABILITIES, CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK, AND STOCKHOLDERS’ (DEFICIT) EQUITY

       

Current liabilities:

       

Accounts payable

  $ 7,518      $ 11,007      $ 13,631     

Accrued compensation and benefits

    6,782        13,811        20,344     

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

    1,278        6,106        12,286     

Deferred revenue, current

    7,933        32,199        55,070     

Liability related to early exercised stock options

    3,029        6,485        5,389     

Deferred income taxes, current

    2,617        5,829        4,420     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total current liabilities

    29,157        75,437        111,140     

Deferred revenue—non-current

    8,894        41,470        68,412     

Other long-term liabilities

    70        802        1,099     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total liabilities

    38,121        117,709        180,651     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Commitments and contingencies (Note 5)

       

Convertible preferred stock, par value of $0.0001 per share—104,759, 123,880 and 123,880 shares authorized as of January 31, 2014 and 2015 and July 31, 2015 (unaudited); 104,106, 122,281 and 122,281 shares issued and outstanding as of January 31, 2014 and 2015 and July 31, 2015 (unaudited); aggregate liquidation preference of $266,622, $551,858 and $551,858 as of January 31, 2014 and 2015 and July 31, 2015 (unaudited); no shares issued and outstanding as of July 31, 2015, pro forma (unaudited).

    262,970        543,940        543,940          

Stockholders’ (deficit) equity:

       

Class A and Class B common stock, par value of $0.0001 per share—200,000 (Class B 200,000), 230,812 (Class A 1, Class B 230,811) and 252,812 (Class A 1, Class B 252,811) shares authorized as of January 31, 2014 and 2015 and July 31, 2015 (unaudited); 28,439 (Class B 28,439), 36,465 (Class B 36,465) and 37,776 (Class B 37,776) shares issued and outstanding as of January 31, 2014 and 2015 and July 31, 2015 (unaudited); 160,057 (Class B 160,057) shares issued and outstanding as of July 31, 2015, pro forma (unaudited).

    3        4        4        16   

Additional paid-in capital

    12,143        41,749        66,508        610,436   

Accumulated deficit

    (128,233     (341,583     (454,540     (454,540
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity

    (116,087     (299,830     (388,028   $
155,912
  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities, convertible preferred stock, and stockholders’ deficit

  $ 185,004      $ 361,819      $ 336,563     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

See the accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

PURE STORAGE, INC.

Consolidated Statements of Operations

(in thousands, except per share data)

 

     Fiscal Year Ended
January 31,
    Six Months Ended
July 31,
 
     2014     2015     2014     2015  
                 (unaudited)  

Revenue:

        

Product

   $ 39,228      $ 154,836      $ 53,253      $ 134,810   

Support

     3,505        19,615        6,159        23,928   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

     42,733        174,451        59,412        158,738   

Cost of revenue:

        

Product

     19,974        63,425        22,608        50,353   

Support

     4,155        14,127        4,924        14,421   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

     24,129        77,552        27,532        64,774   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     18,604        96,899        31,880        93,964   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

        

Research and development

     36,081        92,707        40,533        69,870   

Sales and marketing

     54,750        152,320        71,563        107,844   

General and administrative

     5,902        32,354        14,419        27,919   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     96,733        277,381        126,515        205,633   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (78,129     (180,482     (94,635     (111,669

Other income (expense), net

     (141     (1,412     (307     (1,074
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before provision for income taxes

     (78,270     (181,894     (94,942     (112,743

Provision for income taxes

     291        1,337        257        214   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $   (78,561   $   (183,231   $   (95,199   $ (112,957)   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

   $ (3.24   $ (6.56   $ (3.66   $ (3.41
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used in computing net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

     24,237        27,925        25,976        33,154   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted (unaudited)

     $ (1.26     $ (0.73
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used in computing pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted (unaudited)

       145,719          155,435   
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

See the accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

PURE STORAGE, INC.

Consolidated Statements of Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit

(in thousands, except per share data)

 

    Convertible Preferred
Stock
        Common Stock     Additional
Paid-In
Capital
    Accumulated
Deficit
    Total
Stockholders’
Deficit
 
    Shares     Amount         Shares     Amount        

Balance—February 1, 2013

    79,409      $ 95,137          27,438      $ 3      $ 3,317      $ (42,470   $ (39,150

Issuance of Series E convertible preferred stock at $6.93 per share, net of issuance costs of $3,354

    24,697        167,833                                        

Issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options

                    4,047               336               336   

Repurchase of common stock in connection with tender offer (Note 9)

                    (3,046                   (7,202     (7,202

Stock-based compensation expense

                                  8,298               8,298   

Vesting of early exercised stock options

                                  192               192   

Net loss

                                         (78,561     (78,561
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance—January 31, 2014

    104,106        262,970          28,439      $ 3      $ 12,143      $ (128,233   $ (116,087

Issuance of Series E convertible preferred stock at $6.93 per share

    65        450                                        

Issuance of Series F convertible preferred stock at $15.73 per share, net of issuance costs of $4,197

    14,308        220,803                                        

Issuance of Series F-1 convertible preferred stock at $15.73 per share, net of issuance costs of $69

    3,802        59,717                                        

Issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options, including stock options exercised via promissory notes (Note 9)

                    11,879        2        3,045               3,047   

Repurchase of common stock in connection with tender offer (Note 9)

                    (3,803     (1            (30,119     (30,120

Repurchase of common stock from early exercised stock options

                    (50                            

Stock-based compensation expense

                                  25,399               25,399   

Vesting of early exercised stock options

                                  1,162               1,162   

Net loss

                                         (183,231     (183,231
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance—January 31, 2015

    122,281      $   543,940          36,465      $ 4      $   41,749      $   (341,583   $   (299,830

Issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options (unaudited)

                    1,311               3,004               3,004   

Stock-based compensation expense (unaudited)

                                  20,659               20,659   

Vesting of early exercised stock options (unaudited)

                                  1,096               1,096   

Net loss (unaudited)

                                         (112,957     (112,957
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance—July 31, 2015 (unaudited)

    122,281      $ 543,940          37,776      $ 4      $ 66,508      $ (454,540   $ (388,028
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See the accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

PURE STORAGE, INC.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(in thousands)

 

    Fiscal Year Ended January 31,     Six Months Ended
July 31,
 
          2014                 2015                 2014                 2015        
                (unaudited)  

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

       

Net loss

  $   (78,561   $   (183,231   $ (95,199   $ (112,957

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

       

Depreciation and amortization

    4,431        15,392        5,383        14,268   

Stock-based compensation expense

    8,298        25,399        10,510        20,659   

Other

    92        277        3          

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

       

Accounts receivable, net

    (12,038     (44,197     (19,470     (21,017

Inventory

    (5,077     (13,713     (9,327     (1,653

Deferred commissions

    (7,129     (9,838     (2,055     (4,865

Prepaid expenses and other assets

    (4,400     (6,550     (1,390     (2,634

Accounts payable

    5,243        3,474        1,225        2,417   

Accrued compensation and other liabilities

    6,771        12,450        6,157        11,479   

Deferred revenue

    15,141        56,842        21,205        49,813   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

    (67,229     (143,695     (82,958     (44,490
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES

       

Purchases of property and equipment

    (12,273     (42,227     (19,235     (21,823

Purchases of intangible assets

           (9,125     (8,025       

Increase in restricted cash

    (3,034     (1,613     (1,614       
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

    (15,307     (52,965     (28,874     (21,823
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES

       

Proceeds from issuance of convertible preferred stock, net of issuance costs

    167,833        280,970        280,670          

Net proceeds from exercise of stock options, including proceeds from repayment of promissory notes

    2,670        7,665        4,950        3,004   

Repurchase of common stock in connection with tender offers (Note 9)

    (7,202     (30,120     (30,120       

Payments of deferred offering costs

           (33            (1,116
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

    163,301        258,482        255,500        1,888   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

    80,765        61,822        143,668        (64,425

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period

    50,120        130,885        130,885        192,707   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

  $ 130,885      $ 192,707      $ 274,553      $ 128,282   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION

       

Cash paid for income taxes

  $ 87      $ 429      $ 144      $ 333   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF NON-CASH INVESTING AND FINANCING INFORMATION

       

Purchase of equipment included in accounts payable

  $ 1,224      $ 1,323      $ 764      $ 1,742   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Vesting of early exercised stock options and restricted stock awards

  $ 192      $ 1,162      $ 336      $ 1,096   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cashless exercise of stock options during tender offers (Note 9)

  $ 640      $ 2,057      $ 2,057          
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Unpaid deferred offering costs

  $      $ 55      $      $ 1,373   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See the accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

PURE STORAGE, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 1. Organization

Organization and Description of Business

Pure Storage, Inc. was originally incorporated in the state of Delaware in October 2009 under the name OS76, Inc. In January 2010, we changed our name to Pure Storage, Inc. We provide an enterprise data storage platform that transforms business through a dramatic increase in performance and reduction in complexity and costs. We are headquartered in Mountain View, California and have wholly owned subsidiaries throughout the world, including Europe and Asia.

Note 2. Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Principles of Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Pure Storage, Inc. and our wholly owned subsidiaries and have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States, or U.S. GAAP. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Unaudited Interim Consolidated Financial Information

The accompanying interim consolidated balance sheet as of July 31, 2015 and the consolidated statements of operations and cash flows for the six months ended July 31, 2014 and 2015, and the consolidated statement of convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit for the six months ended July 31, 2015, and the related footnote disclosures are unaudited. These unaudited interim financial statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. In management’s opinion, the unaudited interim financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the audited financial statements and include all adjustments, which include only normal recurring adjustments, necessary for the fair presentation of our statement of financial position as of July 31, 2015 and our results of operations and cash flows for the six months ended July 31, 2014 and 2015. The results for the six months ended July 31, 2015 are not necessarily indicative of the results expected for the full fiscal year or any other period.

Stock Split

In November 2013, we effected a 2-for-1 stock split. We also effected a 3-for-1 stock split in a prior fiscal year. All references to common stock and convertible preferred stock shares and per share amounts including options to purchase common stock have been retroactively restated to reflect these stock splits.

Foreign Currency

The functional currency of our foreign subsidiaries is the U.S. dollar. Transactions denominated in currencies other than the functional currency are remeasured to the functional currency at the average exchange rate in effect during the period. At the end of each reporting period, monetary assets and liabilities are remeasured using exchange rates in effect at the balance sheet date. Non-monetary assets and liabilities are remeasured at historical exchange rates. Foreign currency transaction gains and losses are recorded in other income (expense), net in the consolidated statements of operations. For the fiscal years ended January 31, 2014 and 2015 and the six months ended July 31, 2014 and 2015, we recorded net foreign currency transaction losses of $16,000, $648,000, $51,000 and $1.1 million, respectively.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

PURE STORAGE, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported and disclosed in the financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from these estimates. Such estimates include, but are not limited to, the determination of best estimate of selling price included in multiple-deliverable revenue arrangements, sales commissions, useful lives of intangible assets and property and equipment, fair values of stock-based awards, provision for income taxes, including related reserves, among others. Management bases its estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions which management believes to be reasonable, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities.

Unaudited Pro Forma Stockholders’ Equity

Upon the completion of an initial public offering, or IPO, all outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock will automatically convert into shares of Class B common stock. The pro forma stockholders’ equity data as of July 31, 2015 has been prepared assuming the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock into 122,280,679 shares of Class B common stock.

Concentration Risk

Financial instruments that are exposed to concentration of credit risk consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents and accounts receivable. As of January 31, 2014 and 2015 and July 31, 2015, substantially all of our cash and cash equivalents have been invested in money market funds with one financial institution, and such deposits exceed federally insured limits. Management believes that the financial institutions that hold our investments are financially sound and, accordingly, are subject to minimal credit risk. We define a customer as an end user that purchases our products and services from one of our channel partners or from us directly. Our revenue and accounts receivable are derived substantially from the United States across a multitude of industries. We perform ongoing evaluations to determine customer credit. As of January 31, 2014, we had one channel partner that individually represented 27% of total accounts receivable. As of January 31, 2015, we had another channel partner that individually represented 13% of total accounts receivable. No single channel partner or customer represented over 10% of total accounts receivable as of July 31, 2015. No single channel partner or customer represented over 10% of revenue for the fiscal years ended January 31, 2014 and 2015 and the six months ended July 31, 2014 and 2015. We rely on a limited number of suppliers for our contract manufacturing and certain raw material components. In instances where suppliers fail to perform their obligations, we may be unable to find alternative suppliers or satisfactorily deliver our products to our customers on time.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash in banks and highly liquid investments, primarily money market funds, purchased with an original maturity of three months or less.

Restricted Cash

Restricted cash is comprised of certificates of deposit related to one of our leases. As of January 31, 2014 and 2015 and July 31, 2015, we had restricted cash of $3.0 million, $4.6 million and $4.6 million, respectively, which was included in other long-term assets in the consolidated balance sheets.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The carrying value of our financial instruments, including cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued liabilities, approximates fair value.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

PURE STORAGE, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Accounts Receivable and Allowance

Accounts receivable are recorded at the invoiced amount, and stated at realizable value, net of an allowance for doubtful accounts. Credit is extended to customers based on an evaluation of their financial condition and other factors. We generally do not require collateral or other security to support accounts receivable. We perform ongoing credit evaluations of our customers and maintain an allowance for doubtful accounts.

We assess the collectability of the accounts by taking into consideration the aging of our trade receivables, historical experience, and management judgment. We write off trade receivables against the allowance when management determines a balance is uncollectible and no longer actively pursues collection of the receivable.

The following table presents the changes in the allowance for doubtful accounts:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended
January 31,
     Six Months Ended
July 31,
 
       2014          2015          2014         2015    
                   (unaudited)  
     (in thousands)  

Allowance for doubtful accounts, beginning balance

   $       $ 160       $   160      $   210   

Provision (recovery)

     160         50         (110     568   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Allowance for doubtful accounts, ending balance

   $   160       $   210       $ 50      $ 778   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Inventory

Inventory consists of finished goods and component parts, which are purchased from contract manufacturers. Product demonstration units, which we regularly sell, are the primary component of our inventories. Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market. Cost is determined using the specific identification method for finished goods and weighted-average method for component parts. We account for excess and obsolete inventory by reducing the carrying value to the estimated net realizable value of the inventory based upon management’s assumptions about future demand and market conditions. In addition, we record a liability for firm, non-cancelable and unconditional purchase commitments with contract manufacturers and suppliers for quantities in excess of future demand forecasts consistent with excess and obsolete inventory valuations. Inventory write-offs were insignificant for the fiscal years ended January 31, 2014, 2015 and the six months ended July 31, 2014 and 2015.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the respective assets (test equipment—2 years, computer, equipment and software—2 to 3 years, furniture and fixtures—7 years). Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of their estimated useful lives or the remaining lease term. Depreciation commences once the asset is placed in service.

Intangible Assets

Intangible assets are stated at cost, net of accumulated amortization. During the fiscal year ended January 31, 2015, we acquired certain technology patents for $9.1 million. This amount is being amortized on a straight-line basis over an estimated useful life of seven years.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

PURE STORAGE, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

We review our long-lived assets, including property and equipment, and finite-lived intangible assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. We measure the recoverability of these assets by comparing the carrying amounts to the future undiscounted cash flows the assets are expected to generate. If the total of the future undiscounted cash flows is less than the carrying amount of an asset, we record an impairment charge for the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds its fair market value. There have been no impairment charges recorded in any of the periods presented in the consolidated financial statements.

Deferred Commissions

Deferred commissions consist of direct and incremental costs paid to our sales force related to customer contracts. The deferred commission amounts are recoverable through the revenue streams that will be recognized under the related customer contracts. Direct sales commissions are deferred when earned and amortized over the same period that revenue is recognized from the related customer contract. Amortization of deferred commissions is included in sales and marketing expense in the consolidated statements of operations.

As of January 31, 2014 and 2015 and July 31, 2015, we recorded short-term deferred commissions of $4.3 million, $9.4 million and $11.9 million, respectively, and long-term deferred commissions of $2.8 million, $7.5 million and $9.9 million, respectively, in other long-term assets in the consolidated balance sheets. During the fiscal years ended January 31, 2014 and 2015 and the six months ended July 31, 2014 and 2015, we recognized sales commission expenses of $11.0 million, $27.7 million, $10.1 million and $18.6 million, respectively.

Deferred Offering Costs

Deferred offering costs, consisting of legal, accounting and filing fees directly relating to our initial public offering, are capitalized. The deferred offering costs will be offset against the IPO proceeds upon the completion of the offering. In the event the offering is terminated, deferred offering costs will be expensed immediately. As of January 31, 2015 and July 31, 2015, we capitalized $88,000 and $2.5 million of deferred offering costs. No amounts were capitalized as of January 31, 2014.

Revenue Recognition

We derive revenue from two sources: (1) product revenue which includes hardware and embedded software and (2) support revenue which includes customer support, hardware maintenance and software upgrades on a when-and-if-available basis.

We recognize revenue when:

 

    Persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists —We rely upon sales agreements and/or purchase orders to determine the existence of an arrangement.

 

    Delivery has occurred —We typically recognize product revenue upon shipment, as title and risk of loss are transferred to our channel partners at that time. Products are typically shipped directly by us to customers, and our channel partners do not stock our inventory.

 

    The fee is fixed or determinable —We assess whether the fee is fixed or determinable based on the payment terms associated with the transaction.

 

    Collection is reasonably assured —We assess collectability based on credit analysis and payment history.

 

F-10


Table of Contents

PURE STORAGE, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Our product revenue is derived from the sale of hardware and operating system software that is integrated into the hardware and therefore deemed essential to its functionality. The hardware and the operating system software essential to the functionality of the hardware are considered non-software deliverables and, therefore, are not subject to industry-specific software revenue recognition guidance.

Support revenue is derived from the sale of maintenance and support agreements. Maintenance and support agreements include the right to receive unspecified software upgrades and enhancements on a when-and-if-available basis, bug fixes, parts replacement services related to the hardware, as well as access to our cloud-based management and support platform. Revenue related to maintenance and support agreements are recognized ratably over the contractual term, which generally range from one to three years. Costs related to maintenance and support agreements are expensed as incurred. In addition, our Forever Flash program provides our customers who continually maintain active maintenance and support for three years with an included controller refresh with each additional three year maintenance and support renewal. In accordance with multiple-element arrangement accounting guidance, the controller refresh represents an additional deliverable that is a separate unit of accounting and the allocated revenue is recognized in the period in which these controllers are shipped.

Most of our arrangements, other than stand-alone renewals of maintenance and support agreements, are multiple-element arrangements with a combination of product and support related deliverables (as defined above). Under multiple-element arrangements, we allocate consideration at the inception of an arrangement to all deliverables based on the relative selling price method in accordance with the hierarchy provided by the multiple-element arrangement accounting guidance, which includes (i) vendor-specific objective evidence, or VSOE, of selling price, if available; (ii) third-party evidence, or TPE, of selling price, if VSOE is not available; and (iii) best estimate of selling price, or BESP, if neither VSOE nor TPE is available. As discussed below, because we have not established VSOE for any of our deliverables and TPE typically cannot be obtained, we typically allocate consideration to all deliverables based on BESP.

 

    VSOE —We determine VSOE based on our historical pricing and discounting practices for the specific products and services when sold separately. In determining VSOE, we require that a substantial majority of the stand-alone selling prices fall within a reasonably narrow pricing range. We have not established VSOE for any of our hardware and support related deliverables given that our pricing is not sufficiently concentrated (based on an analysis of separate sales of the deliverables) to conclude that we can demonstrate VSOE of selling prices.

 

    TPE —When VSOE cannot be established for deliverables in multiple-element arrangements, we apply judgment with respect to whether we can establish a selling price based on TPE. TPE is determined based on competitor prices for interchangeable products or services when sold separately to similarly situated customers. However, because our products contain a significant element of proprietary technology and our solutions offer substantially different features and functionality, the comparable pricing of products with similar functionality typically cannot be obtained.

 

    BESP —When neither VSOE nor TPE can be established, we utilize BESP to allocate consideration to deliverables in a multiple-element arrangement. Our process to determine BESP for products and support is based on qualitative and quantitative considerations of multiple factors, which primarily include historical sales, margin objectives and discount behavior. Additional considerations are given to other factors such as customer demographics, costs to manufacture products or provide support, pricing practices and market conditions.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

PURE STORAGE, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Deferred Revenue

Deferred revenue consists of amounts that have been invoiced but that have not yet been recognized as revenue and primarily consists of support. The current portion of deferred revenue represents the amounts that are expected to be recognized as revenue within one year of the consolidated balance sheet date.

Warranty Costs

We generally provide a three-year warranty on hardware and a 90-day warranty on our software embedded in the hardware. Our hardware warranty provides for parts replacement for defective components and our software warranty provides for bug fixes. With respect to our hardware warranty obligation, we have a warranty agreement with our contract manufacturer under which our contract manufacturer is generally required to replace defective hardware within three years of shipment. Furthermore, our maintenance and support agreement provides for the same parts replacement that customers are entitled to under our warranty program, except that replacement parts are delivered according to targeted response times to minimize disruption to our customers’ critical business applications. Substantially all customers purchase maintenance and support agreements.

Therefore, given the warranty agreement with our contract manufacturer and that substantially all our products sales are sold together with maintenance and support agreements, we generally do not have exposure related to warranty costs and no warranty reserve has been recorded.

Research and Development

Research and development costs are expensed as incurred. Research and development costs consist primarily of personnel costs including stock-based compensation expense, expensed prototype, to the extent there is no alternative use for that equipment, consulting services, depreciation of equipment used in research and development and allocated overhead costs.

Software Development Costs

We expense software development costs before technological feasibility is reached. We have determined that technological feasibility is reached shortly before the release of our products and as a result, the development costs incurred after the establishment of technological feasibility and before the release of those products have not been significant and accordingly, all software development costs have been expensed as incurred.

Software development costs also include costs incurred related to our hosted applications used to deliver our support services. Capitalization begins when the preliminary project stage is complete, management with the relevant authority authorizes and commits to the funding of the software project, and it is probable the project will be completed and the software will be used to perform the intended function. Total costs related to our hosted applications incurred to date have been insignificant and as a result no software development costs were capitalized during the fiscal years ended January 31, 2014 and 2015, and the six months ended July 31, 2014 and 2015.

Advertising Expenses

Advertising costs are expensed as incurred. Advertising expenses were $195,000 and $1.4 million for the fiscal years ended January 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively, and $410,000 and $2.0 million for the six months ended July 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively.

 

F-12


Table of Contents

PURE STORAGE, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Stock-Based Compensation

We determine the fair value of our stock options issued to employees on the date of grant utilizing the Black-Scholes option pricing model, which is impacted by the fair value of our common stock, as well as changes in assumptions regarding a number of subjective variables. These variables include the expected common stock price volatility over the term of the option awards, the expected term of the awards, risk-free interest rates and expected dividend yield.

We recognize stock-based compensation expense for stock-based awards on a straight-line basis over the period during which an employee is required to provide services in exchange for the award (generally the vesting period of the award). Stock-based compensation expense is recognized only for those awards expected to vest. We estimate future forfeitures at the date of grant and revise the estimates, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. For stock-based awards granted to employees with a performance condition, we recognize stock-based compensation expense for these awards under the accelerated attribution method over the requisite service period when management determines it is probable that the performance condition will be satisfied.

We determine the fair value of our stock options issued to non-employees on the date of grant utilizing the Black-Scholes option pricing model. Stock-based compensation expense for stock options issued to nonemployees is recognized over the requisite service period or when it is probable that the performance condition will be satisfied. Options subject to vesting are periodically remeasured to current fair value over the vesting period.

Comprehensive Loss

We did not have any other comprehensive income or loss during the periods presented and therefore comprehensive loss was the same as net loss.

Income Taxes

We account for income taxes using the asset and liability method. Deferred income taxes are recognized by applying enacted statutory tax rates applicable to future years to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases and operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. The measurement of deferred tax assets is reduced, if necessary, by a valuation allowance to amounts that are more likely than not to be realized.

We recognize tax benefits from uncertain tax positions only if we believe that it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on examination by the taxing authorities based on the technical merits of the position. The tax benefits recognized in the financial statements from such positions are then measured based on the largest benefit that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon settlement.

Recent Accounting Pronouncement

In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2014-09, or ASU 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers . ASU 2014-09 supersedes the revenue recognition requirements in Revenue Recognition (Topic 605) , and requires entities to recognize revenue when it transfers promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled to in exchange for those goods or services. In August 2015, the FASB issued Accounting Standards update No. 2015-14 Revenue from Contracts with Customers or ASU 2015-14. ASU 2015-14 defers the effective date for ASU 2014-09, and accordingly the effective date for us commences on February 1, 2018

 

F-13


Table of Contents

PURE STORAGE, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

and early adoption is allowed for our fiscal year beginning February 1, 2017. This standard will be applied using either the full or modified retrospective adoption methods. We are currently evaluating adoption methods and the impact of this standard on our consolidated financial statements.

Note 3. Fair Value Measurements

We define fair value as the exchange price that would be received from sale of an asset or paid to transfer a liability in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. We measure our financial assets and liabilities at fair value at each reporting period using a fair value hierarchy which requires us to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. A financial instrument’s classification within the fair value hierarchy is based upon the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. Three levels of inputs may be used to measure fair value:

 

    Level I —Observable inputs are unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities;

 

    Level II —Observable inputs are quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets or inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the assets or liabilities, either directly or indirectly through market corroboration, for substantially the full term of the financial instruments; and

 

    Level III —Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities. These inputs are based on our own assumptions used to measure assets and liabilities at fair value and require significant management judgment or estimation.

We classify our money market funds within Level I because they are valued using quoted market prices. We classify our restricted cash within Level II because they are valued using inputs other than quoted prices which are directly or indirectly observable in the market, including readily-available pricing sources for the identical underlying security which may not be actively traded.

The following tables set forth the fair value of our financial assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of January 31, 2014 and 2015 and July 31, 2015 using the above input categories (in thousands):

 

     January 31, 2014  
     Level I      Level II      Level III      Total  

Financial Assets:

           

Cash and cash equivalents:

           

Money market funds

   $ 126,248       $       $           —       $ 126,248   

Restricted cash:

           

Certificates of deposit

             3,034                 3,034   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets measured at fair value

   $   126,248       $       3,034       $       $   129,282   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     January 31, 2015  
     Level I      Level II      Level III      Total  

Financial Assets:

           

Cash and cash equivalents:

           

Money market funds

   $ 190,621       $       $           —       $ 190,621   

Restricted cash:

           

Certificates of deposit

             4,648                 4,648   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets measured at fair value

   $   190,621       $       4,648       $       $   195,269   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-14


Table of Contents

PURE STORAGE, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

     July 31, 2015 (unaudited)  
     Level I      Level II      Level III      Total  

Financial Assets:

           

Cash and cash equivalents:

           

Money market funds

   $ 75,615       $     —       $     —       $ 75,615   

Restricted cash:

           

Certificates of deposit

             4,648                 4,648   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets measured at fair value

   $ 75,615       $ 4,648       $           —       $ 80,263   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Note 4. Balance Sheet Components

Property and Equipment, Net

Property and equipment, net consists of the following (in thousands):

 

     January 31,     July 31,
2015
 
     2014     2015    
                 (unaudited)  

Test equipment

   $ 15,024      $ 37,059      $ 53,622   

Computer, equipment and software

     4,693        19,022        23,083   

Furniture and fixtures

     279        2,460        2,638   

Leasehold improvements

     278        3,776        4,392   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total property and equipment

     20,274        62,317        83,735   

Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (8,121     (22,458     (35,731
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Property and equipment, net

   $   12,153      $   39,859      $ 48,004   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization expense for the fiscal years ended January 31, 2014 and 2015 was $4.4 million and $14.6 million, respectively, and was $5.2 million and $13.4 million for the six months ended July 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively.

Intangible Assets, Net

Intangible assets, net consist of the following (in thousands):

 

     January 31, 2015     July 31, 2015  
           (unaudited)  

Technology patents

   $ 9,125      $ 9,125   

Accumulated amortization

     (841     (1,493
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Intangible assets, net

   $   8,284      $ 7,632   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Intangible assets amortization expense was $841,000 and $652,000 for the fiscal year ended January 31, 2015, and the six months ended July 31, 2015, respectively. Due to the defensive nature of these patents, the amortization is included in general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations.

 

F-15


Table of Contents

PURE STORAGE, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

As of January 31, 2015, expected amortization expense for intangible assets for each of the next five years and thereafter is as follows (in thousands):

 

Year Ending January 31,

   Estimated Future
Amortization
Expense
 

2016

   $ 1,304   

2017

     1,304   

2018

     1,304   

2019

     1,304   

2020

     1,304   

Thereafter

     1,764   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $   8,284   
  

 

 

 

Accrued Expenses and Other Liabilities

Accrued expenses and other liabilities consist of the following (in thousands):

 

     January 31,      July 31,
2015
 
     2014      2015     
                   (unaudited)  

Sales and use tax payable

   $ 411       $ 591       $ 407   

Accrued professional fees

     128         1,502         2,936   

Accrued travel and entertainment expenses

     169         1,138         1,727   

Income tax payable

     150         779         682   

Other accrued liabilities

     420         2,096         5,312   

Accrued deferred offering costs

                     1,222   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total accrued expenses and other liabilities

   $   1,278       $   6,106       $ 12,286   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Note 5. Commitments and Contingencies

Operating Leases

We lease our office facilities under operating lease agreements expiring through January 2021. Certain of these lease agreements have escalating rent payments. We recognize rent expense under such agreements on a straight-line basis over the lease term, and the difference between the rent paid and the straight-line rent is recorded in accrued expenses and other liabilities and other long-term liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

As of January 31, 2015, the aggregate future minimum payments under non-cancelable operating leases consist of the following (in thousands):

 

Fiscal Year Ending January 31,

   Operating Leases  

2016

   $ 7,872   

2017

     6,437   

2018

     6,282   

2019

     4,973   

2020

     3,992   

Thereafter

     967   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $   30,523   
  

 

 

 

 

F-16


Table of Contents

PURE STORAGE, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Rent expense recognized under our operating leases were $1.8 million and $7.5 million for the fiscal years ended January 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively, and $2.9 million and $5.2 million for the six months ended July 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively.

Purchase Obligations

As of January 31, 2015, we had $626,000 of non-cancelable contractual purchase obligations related to certain software service contracts. As of July 31, 2015, we had $1.8 million of non-cancelable contracts related to certain software services.

Letters of Credit

As of January 31, 2014 and 2015 and July 31, 2015, we had letters of credit in the aggregate amount of $3.0 million, $4.6 million and $4.6 million, respectively, in connection with our headquarter facility lease. The letters of credit are collateralized by restricted cash in the same amount and mature at various dates through April 2020.

Legal Matters

On November 4, 2013, EMC Corporation, or EMC, filed a complaint against us, alleging that our hiring of EMC employees evidences a scheme to misappropriate EMC’s confidential information and trade secrets and to unlawfully interfere with EMC’s business relationships with its customers and contractual relationships with its employees. The complaint seeks damages and injunctive relief. On November 26, 2013, we answered and counterclaimed, denying EMC’s allegations and alleging that EMC surreptitiously obtained and tested our product in a manner that constituted misappropriation of our trade secrets, a breach of contract, breach of the covenant of good faith and fair dealing, unlawful interference with our contractual and business relationships as well as unfair competition and a violation of Massachusetts General Law 93A, Sections 2 and 11. On November 18, 2014, we amended our counterclaim, additionally alleging that EMC has engaged in commercial disparagement, violated the Lanham Act and engaged in defamation. Our counterclaim seeks damages and declaratory and injunctive relief. Fact discovery has commenced and is currently scheduled to end October 16, 2015. Expert discovery is scheduled to end on February 5, 2016 and the deadline for filing dispositive motions is March 31, 2016. The court has scheduled a trial date for October 17, 2016.

On November 26, 2013, EMC filed a complaint against us, alleging infringement of five patents held by EMC. The complaint seeks damages and injunctive and equitable relief. On January 17, 2014, we filed a response to the complaint, denying all claims and asserting that EMC’s patents are invalid. Fact discovery has been concluded, and expert discovery has ended. The deadline for filing dispositive motions is October 6, 2015. Trial is currently scheduled for March 7, 2016.

We intend to defend these lawsuits vigorously. The outcome, including our liability, if any, with respect to this litigation, is uncertain. At present, we are unable to estimate a reasonably possible range of loss, if any, that may result from this matter. If an unfavorable outcome were to occur in this litigation, the impact could be material to our business, financial condition or results of operations.

From time to time, we have become involved in claims and other legal matters arising in the normal course of business. We investigate these claims as they arise. Although claims are inherently unpredictable, we currently are not aware of any matters that may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial position, results of operations or cash flows. Accordingly we have not recorded any loss contingency on our consolidated balance sheets as of January 31, 2014 and 2015 and July 31, 2015.

 

F-17


Table of Contents

PURE STORAGE, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Indemnification

Our arrangements generally include certain provisions for indemnifying customers against liabilities if our products or services infringe a third party’s intellectual property rights. Other guarantees or indemnification arrangements include guarantees of product and service performance and standby letters of credit for lease facilities. It is not possible to determine the maximum potential amount under these indemnification obligations due to the limited history of prior indemnification claims and the unique facts and circumstances involved in each particular agreement. To date, we have not incurred any material costs as a result of such obligations and have not accrued any liabilities related to such obligations in the consolidated financial statements. In addition, we indemnify our officers, directors and certain key employees while they are serving in good faith in their respective capacities. To date, there have been no claims under any indemnification provisions.

Note 6. Line of Credit

In August 2014, we entered into a two-year loan and security agreement with a financial institution to provide up to $15.0 million on a revolving line based on 80% of qualifying accounts receivable. Borrowings under this revolving line of credit bear interest at prime rate plus 1%. Interest expense is paid on a monthly basis based on the principle amount outstanding under the line of credit. The revolving line of credit matures in August 2016. Early termination is allowed but subject to a non-refundable termination fee of $300,000 if terminated within the first year or $150,000 if terminated on or after the first year from the effective date of the credit facility.

Borrowings under this line of credit are collateralized by substantially all of our assets, excluding any intellectual property. We are also required to comply with certain financial covenants, including a minimum quarterly revenue target, delivery of financial and other information, as well as limitations on dispositions, mergers, or consolidations and other corporate activities. The terms of our outstanding loan and security agreements also restrict our ability to pay dividends.

As of January 31, 2015 and July 31, 2015, we had no borrowings from this line of credit and we were in compliance with our financial covenants.

Note 7. Convertible Preferred Stock

Convertible preferred stock outstanding as of January 31, 2014 and 2015, and July 31, 2015 consisted of the following:

 

     January 31, 2014  

Convertible Preferred Stock:

   Shares
Authorized
     Shares Issued
and
Outstanding
     Aggregate
Liquidation
Preference
     Net
Proceeds
 
     (in thousands, except share data)  

Series A

     24,360,000         24,360,000       $ 5,075       $ 5,038   

Series B

     30,211,506         30,211,506         20,000         19,925   

Series C

     14,253,774         14,253,774         30,444         30,346   

Series D

     10,584,066         10,584,066         39,916         39,828   

Series E

     25,350,000         24,697,064         171,187         167,833   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total convertible preferred stock

     104,759,346         104,106,410       $   266,622       $   262,970   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

F-18


Table of Contents

PURE STORAGE, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

     January 31, 2015 and July 31, 2015 (unaudited)  

Convertible Preferred Stock:

   Shares
Authorized
     Shares Issued
and
Outstanding
     Aggregate
Liquidation
Preference
     Net
Proceeds
 
     (in thousands, except share data)  

Series A

     24,360,000         24,360,000       $ 5,075       $ 5,038   

Series B

     30,211,506         30,211,506         20,000         19,925   

Series C

     14,253,774         14,253,774         30,444         30,346   

Series D

     10,584,066         10,584,066         39,916         39,828   

Series E

     24,761,984         24,761,984         171,637         168,283   

Series F

     15,897,337         14,307,603         225,000         220,803   

Series F-1

     3,811,285         3,801,746         59,786         59,717   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total convertible preferred stock

     123,879,952         122,280,679       $   551,858       $   543,940   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

We recorded the convertible preferred stock at fair value on the dates of issuance, net of issuance costs. Shares of our convertible preferred stock are not currently redeemable. We classify our preferred stock outside of stockholders’ deficit because, in the event of certain “liquidation events” that are not solely within our control (including a greater than 50% change in control, or sale of all or substantially all of our assets), the shares would become redeemable at the option of the holders. We did not adjust the carrying values of the convertible preferred stock to the deemed liquidation values of such shares since a liquidation event was not probable at any of the balance sheet dates. Subsequent adjustments to increase or decrease the carrying values to the ultimate liquidation values will be made only if and when it becomes probable that such a liquidation event will occur.

The holders of our convertible preferred stock have various rights, preferences, and privileges as follows:

Conversion Rights

Each share of Series A, Series B, Series C, Series D, Series E, Series F and Series F-1 convertible preferred stock is convertible, at the option of the holder, into shares of Class B common stock, based on the then-effective applicable conversion rate for each series of convertible preferred stock (1-for-1 but subject to adjustment for certain diluting issuances, as defined). Shares of Series A, Series B, Series C, Series D, Series E, Series F and Series F-1 convertible preferred stock will be automatically converted: (i) upon the election of the holders of at least 70% of the then-outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock, voting together as a single class on an as-converted basis to Class B common stock or (ii) immediately upon the closing of the sale of our Class A common stock in a firm commitment underwritten public offering with gross proceeds to us (before underwriting discounts, commissions, and fees) of at least $30.0 million where our shares have been listed for trading on the New York Stock Exchange, NASDAQ Global Select Market or NASDAQ Global Market.

Adjustment of Conversion Price for Qualifying Dilutive Issuances

In the event we issue additional shares of Class B common stock after the Series F-1 convertible preferred stock original issue date without consideration or for a consideration per share less than the conversion price in effect immediately prior to such issuance, then and in each such event the conversion price would have been reduced to a price equal to such conversion price multiplied by the following fraction:

 

    the numerator of which is equal to the sum of (i) the product of the number of shares of Class B common stock outstanding or deemed to be outstanding immediately prior to such issuance and the conversion price in effect immediately prior to such issuance) and (ii) the product of the number of additional shares of Class B common stock so issued and the average price per share received by us for the additional shares of Class B common stock so issued); and

 

F-19


Table of Contents

PURE STORAGE, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

    the denominator of which is equal to the number of shares of Class B common stock outstanding or deemed to be outstanding immediately prior to such issuance plus the number of additional shares of Class B common stock so issued.

Voting Rights

The holders of the convertible preferred stock are entitled to the number of votes equal to the number of shares of Class B common stock into which such convertible preferred stock is convertible.

The holders of convertible preferred stock, voting as a class as-if-converted to common stock, are entitled to elect four members of the board of directors. The holders of common stock, voting as a separate class, are entitled to elect one member of the board of directors. The holders of convertible preferred stock and common stock, voting together as a single class on an as-if-converted basis, are entitled to elect remaining members of the board of directors.

Dividend Rights

Holders of convertible preferred stock are entitled to receive noncumulative dividends at the rate of 8% of their applicable original issue price per share (as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, recapitalizations, or stock splits), on a pari passu basis when, as, and if, declared by the board of directors. No dividends will be paid to holders of common stock until the aforementioned dividends on convertible preferred stock have been paid. No dividends have been declared by the board of directors.

Liquidation Preference

Upon our liquidation, dissolution, or winding up or a change in control, whether voluntary or involuntary, the holders of Series F-1 will receive $15.73 per share, plus all declared but unpaid dividends thereon, the holders of Series F will receive $15.73 per share, plus all declared but unpaid dividends thereon, the holders of Series E will receive $6.93 per share, plus all declared but unpaid dividends thereon, the holders of Series D will receive $3.77 per share, plus all declared but unpaid dividends thereon, the holders of Series C will receive $2.14 per share, plus all declared but unpaid dividends thereon, the holders of Series B will receive $0.66 per share, plus all declared but unpaid dividends thereon, and the holders of Series A will receive $0.21 per share, plus all declared but unpaid dividends thereon, on a pari passu basis and prior and in preference to any payment or distribution to holders of common stock. After the aforementioned liquidation preference on the convertible preferred stock have been paid, the remaining assets will be distributed to the holders of the then outstanding common stock.

Redemption Rights

Our convertible preferred stock does not contain any date-certain redemption features.

Note 8. Common Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit

Class A and Class B Common Stock

Our certificate of incorporation authorizes two classes of common stock, Class A and Class B. The rights of the holders of Class A and Class B common stock are identical, except with respect to voting. Each share of Class A common stock is entitled to one vote per share. Each share of Class B common stock is entitled to 10 votes per share. Shares of Class B common stock may be converted to Class A common stock at any time immediately following the closing of the IPO at the option of the stockholder. Shares of Class B common stock

 

F-20


Table of Contents

PURE STORAGE, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

automatically convert to Class A common stock upon the following: (i) sale or transfer of such share of Class B common stock; (ii) the death of the Class B common stockholder (or nine months after the date of death if the stockholder is one of our founders); and (iii) on the final conversion date, defined as the earlier of (a) the first trading day on or after the date on which the outstanding shares of Class B common stock represent less than 10% of the then outstanding Class A and Class B common stock; (b) the tenth anniversary of the IPO; or (c) the date specified by vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Class B common stock, voting as a single class.

Class A and Class B common stock are referred to as common stock throughout the notes to the consolidated financial statements, unless otherwise noted.

Class B Common Stock Reserved for Issuance

We had reserved shares of Class B common stock, on an as-if-converted basis, for future issuance as follows:

 

     January 31, 2015      July 31, 2015  
            (unaudited)  

Conversion of convertible preferred stock

     122,280,679         122,280,679   

Shares underlying outstanding stock options

     54,284,474         59,928,620   

Shares reserved for future option grants

     357,884         15,102,581   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     176,923,037         197,311,880   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Note 9. Equity Incentive Plans

2009 Equity Incentive Plan

In October 2009, we adopted the 2009 Equity Incentive Plan, or the 2009 Plan, for the purpose of granting stock-based awards to employees, directors, and consultants. Stock-based awards granted under the 2009 Plan may be incentive stock options, nonstatutory stock options, restricted stock awards, restricted stock unit awards, and stock appreciation rights. We grant stock options with an exercise price equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date of the grant, as determined by the board. Our equity awards vest over a period of time as determined by the board, generally two to four years, and expire no later than ten years from the date of grant.

Early Exercise of Stock Options and Promissory Notes

Certain employees and directors have exercised options granted under the 2009 Plan prior to vesting. The unvested shares are subject to a repurchase right held by us at the original purchase price. The proceeds initially are recorded as liability related to early exercised stock options and reclassified to additional paid in capital as the repurchase right lapses. We issued 1,672,320, 642,248 and 642,248 shares of common stock upon early exercise of stock options during the fiscal years ended January 31, 2014 and 2015 and the six months ended July 31, 2014, respectively, for a total exercise proceeds of $2.3 million, $1.9 million and $1.9 million, respectively. No unvested stock options were exercised during the six months ended July 31, 2015. For the fiscal year ended January 31, 2015, we repurchased 50,000 shares of unvested common stock, respectively, related to early exercised stock options at the original purchase price due to the termination of an employee. No shares of common stock related to unvested stock options were repurchased during the fiscal year ended January 31, 2014 and the six months ended July 31, 2015. As of January 31, 2014 and 2015 and July 31, 2015, 3,255,770, 4,710,454 and 3,590,384 shares, respectively, held by employees and directors were subject to repurchase at an aggregate price of $3.0 million, $6.5 million. and $5.4 million, respectively.

 

 

F-21


Table of Contents

PURE STORAGE, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

We entered into promissory notes with certain of our executives and employees in connection with the exercise of their stock option awards. These notes bore fixed interest rates ranging from 0.95% to 1.84% per annum. As of January 31, 2014, outstanding promissory notes were $3.2 million and 6,295,056 shares of common stock were outstanding from stock options exercised via promissory notes. As the promissory notes were solely collateralized by the underlying common stock, they are considered nonrecourse from an accounting standpoint and therefore, stock options exercised via nonrecourse promissory notes are not considered outstanding shares. Accordingly, as of January 31, 2014, we did not record these transactions related to promissory notes. During the fiscal year ended January 31, 2015, an additional 300,000 stock options were early exercised via a nonrecourse promissory note in the amount of $773,000, which was also not recorded in our financial statements. All outstanding promissory notes and the related accrued interest, which totaled $4.0 million, were repaid in full as of January 31, 2015, and accordingly, the underlying common stock was recorded as outstanding shares. Proceeds from the repayment of promissory notes were included in additional paid-in capital for the portion of the underlying common stock that was vested, and in liability related to early exercised stock options for the portion of the underlying common stock that was unvested.

A summary of activity under the 2009 Plan and related information is as follows:

 

     Options Outstanding  
     Number of
Shares
    Weighted-
Average
Exercise Price
     Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life (Years)
     Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
 
            (in thousands)  

Balance as of January 31, 2014

     44,984,410      $ 1.35         8.8       $ 73,376   

Options granted

     17,026,000        6.82         

Options exercised

     (5,583,934     1.16         

Options canceled

     (2,142,002     2.89         
  

 

 

         

Balance as of January 31, 2015

     54,284,474      $ 3.02         8.3       $ 523,654   

Options granted (unaudited)

     8,396,325        14.33         

Options exercised (unaudited)

     (1,311,157     2.29         

Options canceled (unaudited)

     (1,441,022     7.03         
  

 

 

         

Balance as of July 31, 2015 (unaudited)

     59,928,620      $ 4.53         8.1       $ 816,992   
  

 

 

         

Vested and exercisable as of January 31, 2015

     15,541,142      $ 0.91         7.2       $ 182,688   

Vested and expected to vest as of January 31, 2015

     52,787,432      $ 3.00        
8.3
  
   $ 510,479   

Vested and exercisable as of July 31, 2015 (unaudited)

     19,530,313      $ 1.32         6.9       $ 328,967   

Vested and expected to vest as of July 31, 2015 (unaudited)

     58,130,895      $ 4.48         8.1       $ 795,276   

Of the 5,583,934 shares of common stock issued upon the exercise of stock options during the fiscal year ended January 31, 2015, 2,216,024 shares were exercised with cash, 300,000 shares were exercised with nonrecourse promissory notes and 3,067,910 shares were cashless exercised during the tender offer (see “Repurchase of Common Stock in Connection with Tender Offers”). All common stock issued upon the exercise of stock options during the six months ended July 31, 2015 were exercised with cash.

The aggregate intrinsic value of options exercised for the fiscal years ended January 31, 2014 and 2015 and six months ended July 31, 2014 and 2015 was $8.5 million, $43.2 million, $39.3 million and $16.8 million, respectively.

 

F-22


Table of Contents

PURE STORAGE, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

The weighted-average grant date fair value of options granted was $1.50, $5.71, $5.11 and $8.36 per share for the fiscal years ended January 31, 2014 and 2015 and the six months ended July 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively. The total grant date fair value of options vested for the fiscal years ended January 31, 2014 and 2015 and the six months ended July 31, 2014 and 2015 was $3.5 million, $9.9 million, $4.2 million and $14.3 million, respectively.

As of January 31, 2015 and July 31, 2015, total unrecognized employee compensation cost, net of estimated forfeitures, was $110.1 million and $146.7 million, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of approximately 3.58 years and 3.61 years. To the extent the actual forfeiture rate is different from what we have estimated, stock-based compensation related to these awards will be different from our expectations.

During the fiscal years ended January 31, 2014 and 2015 and the six months ended July 31, 2014 and 2015, we granted options to purchase 3,883,654, 499,750, 325,000 and 83,000 shares of common stock, respectively, that vest upon satisfaction of a performance condition. For all the options that vest upon satisfaction of a performance condition, management determined it is probable that the performance condition will be satisfied and, accordingly, the related stock-based compensation of $596,000, $1.7 million, $727,000 and $954,000 was recognized during the fiscal years ended January 31, 2014 and 2015 and the six months ended July 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively.

Determination of Fair Value

The fair value of stock options granted to employees is estimated on the grant date using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. This valuation model for stock-based compensation expense requires us to make assumptions and judgments about the variables used in the calculation including the fair value of the underlying common stock, expected term, the expected volatility of the common stock, a risk-free interest rate and expected dividend yield.

We estimate the fair value of employee stock options using a Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following assumptions:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended January 31,      Six Months Ended July 31,  
     2014      2015      2014      2015  
                   (unaudited)  

Expected term (in years)

     5.3 - 7.3         5.0 - 6.9         5.4 - 6.9         6.0 - 7.4   

Expected volatility

     65% - 69%         55% - 68%         67% - 68%         48% - 52%   

Risk-free interest rate

     0.8% - 2.1%         1.3% - 2.2%         2.0% - 2.2%         1.5% - 1.9%   

Dividend rate

                               

Fair value of common stock

     $1.46 - $2.98         $4.81 - $12.65         $4.81 - $9.40         $14.12 - $18.16   

The assumptions used in the Black-Scholes option pricing model were determined as follows.

Fair Value of Common Stock —Given the absence of a public trading market, our board of directors considered numerous objective and subjective factors to determine the fair value of our common stock at each grant date. These factors included, but were not limited to (i) contemporaneous third-party valuations of common stock; (ii) the prices for our preferred stock sold to outside investors; (iii) the rights and preferences of convertible preferred stock relative to common stock; (iv) the lack of marketability of our common stock; (v) developments in the business; and (vi) the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event, such as an IPO or sale of Pure Storage, given prevailing market conditions.

 

F-23


Table of Contents

PURE STORAGE, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Expected Term —The expected term represents the period that our stock-based awards are expected to be outstanding. The expected term assumptions were determined based on the vesting terms, exercise terms and contractual lives of the options.

Expected Volatility —Since we do not have a trading history of our common stock, the expected volatility is derived from the average historical stock volatilities of several public companies within the same industry that we consider to be comparable to our business over a period equivalent to the expected term of the stock option grants.

Risk-Free Interest Rate —The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant for zero-coupon U.S. Treasury notes with maturities approximately equal to the option’s expected term.

Dividend Rate —We have never declared or paid any cash dividends and do not plan to pay cash dividends in the foreseeable future, and, therefore, use an expected dividend yield of zero.

Non-Employee Stock Option Awards

We estimate the fair value of non-employee stock options on the date of grant using a Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following assumptions:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended
January 31,
     Six Months Ended
July 31,
 
     2014      2015      2014  
                      

Expected term (in years)

     10.0         10.0         10.0   

Expected volatility

     62% - 65%         62% - 63%         62%   

Risk-free interest rate

     1.1% - 2.6%         1.6% - 2.6%         2.5%   

Dividend rate

                       

Fair value of common stock

     $1.79 - $2.98         $9.40 - $12.40         $9.40   

For the fiscal years ended January 31, 2014 and 2015 and six months ended July 31, 2014, we granted non-employee stock options to purchase 1,126,400, 83,500, and 7,500 shares of common stock, respectively. No stock options were granted to non-employee during the six months ended July 31, 2015. We recognized stock-based compensation related to non-employee stock options of $1.1 million, $2.5 million, $1.4 million and $882,000 for the fiscal years ended January 31, 2014 and 2015 and the six months ended July 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively.

Restricted Stock Awards

At the inception of Pure Storage, we issued 18,300,000 shares of common stock to our founders under restricted stock agreements at a grant date fair value of $0.0005 per share that vested over four years. The unvested shares are subject to a repurchase right held by us at the original purchase price.

For the fiscal year ended January 31, 2014, 2,812,500 shares of our restricted stock awards vested, and the related stock-based compensation was immaterial. All restricted stock awards were fully vested as of January 31, 2014.

Repurchase of Common Stock in Connection with Tender Offers

In November 2013, our board of directors approved a tender offer which allowed our employees to sell fully vested shares of common stock or unexercised stock options to the company. We repurchased 1,442,098 shares

 

F-24


Table of Contents

PURE STORAGE, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

of common stock and 1,603,536 vested stock options from participating employees for a total consideration of $20.5 million, net of exercise proceeds of $640,000. The common stock repurchased was retired immediately thereafter. Of the $20.5 million total consideration, the fair value of the shares tendered net of exercise proceeds, was recorded in accumulated deficit, which totaled $7.2 million, while the amounts paid in excess of the fair value of our common stock at the time of repurchase were recorded as stock-based compensation expense, which totaled $13.3 million.

In July 2014, our board of directors approved another tender offer which allowed our employees to sell fully vested shares of common stock or unexercised stock options to the company. We repurchased 735,426 shares of common stock and 3,067,910 vested stock options from participating employees for a total consideration of $57.7 million, net of exercise proceeds of $2.1 million. The common stock repurchased was retired immediately thereafter. Of the $57.7 million total consideration, the fair value of the shares tendered net of exercise proceeds, was recorded in accumulated deficit, which totaled $30.1 million, while the amounts paid in excess of the fair value of our common stock at the time of repurchase were recorded as stock-based compensation expense, which totaled $27.6 million.

Stock-Based Compensation Expense

The following table summarizes the components of stock-based compensation expense recognized in the consolidated statements of operations (in thousands):

 

     Fiscal Year Ended
January 31,
     Six Months Ended
July 31,
 
         2014              2015              2014              2015      
                   (unaudited)  

Cost of revenue—product

   $ 253       $ 303       $ 229       $ 96   

Cost of revenue—support

     316         1,273         898         854   

Research and development

     11,477         22,512         15,147         10,429   

Sales and marketing

     9,014         22,466         17,361         5,980   

General and administrative

     506         6,479         4,508         3,300   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation

   $   21,566       $   53,033       $   38,143       $   20,659   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The stock-based compensation expense for the fiscal years ended January 31, 2014 and 2015 and the six months ended July 31, 2014 had two primary components: (1) stock-based compensation of $8.3 million, $25.4 million, and $10.5 million related to the granting of stock options and restricted stock awards and (2) stock-based compensation of $13.3 million, $27.6 million, and $27.6 million related to the repurchase of common stock in excess of fair value related to the tender offers. The stock-based compensation expense for the six months ended July 31, 2015 were related to the granting of stock options and restricted stock awards.

Note 10. Net Loss Per Share Attributable to Common Stockholders

Basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders is presented in conformity with the two-class method required for participating securities. We consider all series of our convertible preferred stock to be participating securities. Under the two-class method, the net loss attributable to common stockholders is not allocated to the convertible preferred stock as the holders of our convertible preferred stock do not have a contractual obligation to share in our losses.

Basic net loss per share attributable to common stockholders is computed by dividing the net loss by the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period, less shares subject to

 

F-25


Table of Contents

PURE STORAGE, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

repurchase. The diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders is computed by giving effect to all potential dilutive common stock equivalents outstanding for the period. For purposes of this calculation, convertible preferred stock, stock options, restricted stock awards and early exercised stock options are considered to be common stock equivalents but have been excluded from the calculation of diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders as their effect is anti-dilutive.

The rights, including the liquidation and dividend rights, of the holders of our Class A and Class B common stock are identical, except with respect to voting. As the liquidation and dividend rights are identical, the undistributed earnings are allocated on a proportionate basis and the resulting net loss per share attributed to common stockholders will, therefore, be the same for both Class A and Class B common stock on an individual or combined basis. We did not present dilutive net loss per share on an if-converted basis because the impact was not dilutive.

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders (in thousands, except per share data):

 

     Fiscal Year Ended
January 31,
    Six Months Ended
July 31,
 
         2014             2015             2014             2015      
                 (unaudited)  

Net loss

   $   (78,561   $   (183,231   $ (95,199)      $ (112,957)   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used in computing net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

     24,237        27,925        25,976        33,154   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

   $ (3.24   $ (6.56   $ (3.66   $ (3.41
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following weighted-average outstanding shares of common stock equivalents were excluded from the computation of diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders for the periods presented because including them would have been anti-dilutive (in thousands):

 

     Fiscal Year Ended
January 31,
     Six Months Ended
July 31,
 
         2014              2015              2014              2015      
                   (unaudited)  

Convertible preferred stock (on an if-converted basis)

     90,103         117,794         113,247         122,281   

Stock options to purchase common stock

     33,715         50,429         49,138         57,358   

Early exercised stock options and restricted stock awards

     9,768         8,047         9,741         4,119   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     133,586         176,270         172,126         183,758   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Unaudited Pro Forma Net Loss per Share Attributable to Common Stockholders

In contemplation of an IPO, we have presented the unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders for the fiscal year ended January 31, 2015 and the six months ended July 31, 2015 which has been computed to give effect to the conversion of our convertible preferred stock into Class B common stock (using the if-converted method) as though the conversion had occurred as of the beginning of the period or on the original date of issuance, if later. The pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders does not include shares being offered in the assumed IPO.

 

F-26


Table of Contents

PURE STORAGE, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

The following table sets forth the computation of our unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders for the fiscal year ended January 31, 2015 and the six months ended July 31, 2015 (in thousands, except per share data):

 

     Fiscal Year Ended
January 31, 2015
    Six Months Ended
July 31, 2015
 
     (unaudited)  

Net loss used in computing pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

   $   (183,231   $ (112,957)   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used in computing net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

     27,925        33,154   

Pro forma adjustment to reflect assumed conversion of convertible preferred stock

     117,794        122,281   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used in computing pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

     145,719        155,435   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

   $ (1.26   $ (0.73
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Note 11. Income Taxes

The geographical breakdown of income (loss) before provision for income taxes is as follows (in thousands):

 

     Fiscal Year Ended January 31,     Six Months Ended July 31,  
             2014                     2015                     2014                     2015          
                 (unaudited)  

Domestic

   $   (79,588   $   (186,922   $ (95,840)      $ (109,480)   

International

     1,318        5,028        898        (3,263
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ (78,270   $ (181,894   $ (94,942   $ (112,743
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The components of the provision for income taxes are as follows (in thousands):

 

     Fiscal Year Ended January 31,      Six Months Ended July 31,  
             2014                      2015                      2014                      2015          
                   (unaudited)  

Current:

           

Federal

   $       $       $       $   

State

     37         56         28         54   

Foreign

     162         1,073         229         160   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     199         1,129         257         214   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred:

           

Foreign

     92         208           —           
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total provision for income taxes

   $   291       $   1,337       $ 257       $ 214   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-27


Table of Contents

PURE STORAGE, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

The reconciliation of the statutory federal statutory income tax and effective income tax rate is as follows:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended January 31,  
             2014                     2015          
     (in thousands)  

Tax at federal statutory rate

   $   (26,611   $   (61,844

State tax, net of federal benefit

     32        44   

Stock-based compensation expense

     1,570        5,328   

Research and development tax credits

     (1,036     (1,999

Foreign rate differential

     (194     (429

Change in valuation allowance

     26,152        60,042   

Other

     378        195   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Provision for income taxes

   $ 291      $ 1,337   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred income taxes reflect the net effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. The significant component of our deferred tax assets and liabilities were as follows:

 

     January 31,  
     2014     2015  
     (in thousands)  

Deferred tax assets:

    

Net operating loss carryforwards

   $ 43,769      $ 101,815   

Tax credit carryover

     2,865        6,136   

Accruals and reserves

     332        729   

Deferred revenue

     272        3,538   

Stock-based compensation

     1,146        4,258   

Depreciation and amortization

     445        2,054   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

     48,829        118,530   

Deferred tax liabilities:

    

Deferred commissions

     (2,641     (5,924
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax liabilities

     (2,641     (5,924

Valuation allowance

     (46,280     (112,906
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax liabilities, net of valuation allowance

   $ (92   $ (300
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

As of January 31, 2015, the undistributed earnings of $2.2 million from non-U.S. operations held by our foreign subsidiaries are designated as permanently reinvested outside the U.S. Accordingly, no additional U.S. income taxes or additional foreign withholding taxes have been provided thereon. Determination of the amount of unrecognized deferred tax liability related to these earnings is not practicable.

As of January 31, 2015, we had net operating loss carryforwards for federal income tax purposes of approximately $300.0 million and state income tax purposes of approximately $308.4 million. These net operating loss carryforwards will expire, if not utilized, beginning in 2029 for federal and state income tax purposes. As of January 31, 2015, approximately $26.1 million of federal net operating loss carryforwards and $28.8 million of state net operating loss carryforwards are related to excess tax benefits from stock-based compensation. The tax benefits associated with net operating losses attributed to stock-based compensation will be credited to additional paid-in capital when realized.

 

F-28


Table of Contents

PURE STORAGE, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

We had federal and state research and development tax credit carryforwards of approximately $4.9 million and $4.9 million as of January 31, 2015. The federal research and development tax credit carryforwards will expire commencing in 2029, while the state tax credit carryforwards have no expiration date.

Realization of deferred tax assets is dependent on future taxable income, the existence and timing of which is uncertain. Based on our history of losses, management has determined it cannot conclude that it is more likely than not that the U.S. deferred tax assets will not be realized, and accordingly has placed a full valuation allowance on the net U.S. deferred tax assets. The valuation allowance increased by $28.8 million and $66.6 million during the fiscal years ended January 31, 2014 and 2015.

Utilization of the net operating loss carryforwards and credits may be subject to substantial annual limitation due to the ownership change limitations provided by Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and similar state provisions. The annual limitation may result in the expiration of net operating losses and credits before utilization.

Uncertain Tax Positions

The activity related to the unrecognized tax benefits is as follows:

 

     January 31,  
             2014                     2015          
     (in thousands)  

Gross unrecognized tax benefits—beginning balance

   $ 479      $ 4,676   

Decreases related to tax positions taken during prior years

     (10       

Increases related to tax positions taken during current year

     4,207        9,198   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross unrecognized tax benefits—ending balance

   $   4,676      $   13,874   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

As of January 31, 2015, our gross unrecognized tax benefit is approximately $13.9 million and if recognized, it would have no impact to the effective tax rate.

As of January 31, 2015, we had no current or cumulative interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions.

It is difficult to predict the final timing and resolution of any particular uncertain tax position. Based on our assessment, including experience and complex judgments about future events, we do not expect that changes in the liability for unrecognized tax benefits during the next twelve months will have a significant impact on our consolidated financial position or results of operations.

We file income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction as well as many U.S. states and foreign jurisdictions. The tax years 2011 to 2013 remain open to examination by the major jurisdictions in which we are subject to tax. Fiscal years outside the normal statute of limitation remain open to audit by tax authorities due to tax attributes generated in those early years, which have been carried forward and may be audited in subsequent years when utilized.

Note 12. Segment Information

Our chief operating decision maker is a group which is comprised of our Chief Executive Officer, our President and our Chief Financial Officer. This group reviews financial information presented on a consolidated

 

F-29


Table of Contents

PURE STORAGE, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

basis for purposes of allocating resources and evaluating financial performance. We have one business activity and there are no segment managers who are held accountable for operations or operating results. Accordingly, we have a single reportable segment.

The following table sets forth revenue by geographic area based on the billing address of our customers:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended
January 31,
     Six Months Ended
July 31,
 
             2014                      2015              2014      2015  
                   (unaudited)  
     (in thousands)  

United States

   $   32,301       $   134,920       $ 45,270       $ 124,277   

Rest of the world

     10,432         39,531         14,142         34,461   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenue

   $ 42,733       $ 174,451       $ 59,412       $ 158,738   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

No country outside of the United States comprised 10% or greater of our revenue for the fiscal years ended January 31, 2014 and 2015 and the six months ended July 31, 2014 and 2015.

Long-lived assets by geographic area are summarized as follows:

 

     January 31,      July 31,
2015
 
             2014                      2015             
                   (unaudited)  
     (in thousands)  

United States

   $ 12,019       $ 39,069       $ 46,903   

Rest of the world

     134         790         1,101   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total long-lived assets

   $   12,153       $   39,859       $ 48,004   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Note 13. 401(k) Plan

We have a 401(k) savings plan (the 401(k) plan) which qualifies as a deferred salary arrangement under section 401(k) of the internal revenue code. Under the 401(k) plan, participating employees may elect to contribute up to 100% of their eligible compensation, subject to certain limitations. We have not made any matching contributions to date.

Note 14. Related-Party Transactions

In the normal course of business, we enter into transactions with related parties.

Relationship with Workday

Mr. Bhusri, a member of our board of directors, is the Chief Executive Officer and a member of the board of directors of Workday, Inc. Workday has purchased products and related support from us through a channel partner and we recognized revenue of $2.1 million and $199,000 during the fiscal year ended January 31, 2015 and the six months ended July 31, 2015, respectively. We purchased approximately $370,000 and $330,000 of Workday’s products and related services in the fiscal year ended January 31, 2015 and the six months ended July 31, 2015.

 

F-30


Table of Contents

PURE STORAGE, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Relationship with ServiceNow

Mr. Slootman, a member of our board of directors, is the President, Chief Executive Officer and a member of the board of directors of ServiceNow, Inc. ServiceNow has purchased products and related support from us through a channel partner and we recognized revenue of $165,000, $37,500 and $605,000 during the fiscal years ended January 31, 2014 and 2015 and the six months ended July 31, 2015, respectively. We purchased approximately $50,000 and $50,000 of ServiceNow’s products and related services in the fiscal year ended January 31, 2015 and the six months ended July 31, 2015, respectively.

Note 15. Subsequent Events

We evaluated subsequent events through May 15, 2015, the date on which consolidated financial statements for the fiscal year ended January 31, 2015 were issued.

For the six months ended July 31, 2015, we evaluated subsequent events through September 9, 2015, the date on which the interim consolidated financial statements were issued (unaudited).

In August 2015, our board of directors and stockholders approved, and we filed, a certificate of amendment to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, or the certificate of amendment, to increase the number of authorized shares of Class A common stock to 2,000,000,000.

In August 2015, our board of directors adopted, and in September 2015 our stockholders approved, the 2015 Equity Incentive Plan, or the 2015 Plan, which will become effective upon the execution of the underwriting agreement in connection with an initial public offering. A total of 27,000,000 shares of our Class A common stock have been reserved for issuance under the 2015 Plan.

In August 2015, our board of directors adopted and our stockholders approved, the 2015 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, or the ESPP, which will become effective upon the execution of the underwriting agreement in connection with an initial public offering. A total of 3,500,000 shares of our Class A common stock have been reserved for issuance under the ESPP.

In August 2015, we entered into certain lease agreements for office facilities with total lease obligations of approximately $19.7 million with lease periods expiring through 2023. In connection with these leases, we are required to maintain letters of credit up to $3.3 million.

In September 2015, we issued 700,000 shares of our Class B common stock to the Pure Good Foundation. We anticipate that we will incur a non-cash general and administrative expense in the quarter ending October 31, 2015 equal to the fair value of the shares of Class B common stock issued to the Pure Good Foundation.

 

F-31


Table of Contents

LOGO

We are over 1,000 passionate entrepreneurs
on a mission to prove that storage
isn’t just a place to put things —
it’s a powerful force to
be unleashed with flash.


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution

The following table sets forth all expenses, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, payable by us in connection with the sale of the Class A common stock being registered. All the amounts shown are estimates except the SEC registration fee, the FINRA filing fee and the exchange listing fee.

 

Item

   Amount  

SEC registration fee

   $ 34,860   

FINRA filing fee

     45,500   

Exchange listing fee

     *   

Legal fees and expenses

     *   

Accounting fees and expenses

     *   

Printing and engraving expenses

     *   

Transfer agent and registrar fees

     *   

Miscellaneous fees and expenses

     *   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ *   
  

 

 

 

 

* To be filed by amendment.

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers

Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law authorizes a court to award, or a corporation’s board of directors to grant, indemnity to directors and officers in terms sufficiently broad to permit such indemnification under certain circumstances for liabilities, including reimbursement for expenses incurred, arising under the Securities Act. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will be in effect upon the closing of this offering permits indemnification of our directors, officers, employees and other agents to the maximum extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, and our amended and restated bylaws that will be in effect upon the closing of this offering provide that we will indemnify our directors and officers and permit us to indemnify our employees and other agents, in each case to the maximum extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law.

We have entered into indemnification agreements with our directors and officers, whereby we have agreed to indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by law, including indemnification against expenses and liabilities incurred in legal proceedings to which the director or officer was, or is threatened to be made, a party by reason of the fact that such director or officer is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of Pure Storage, provided that such director or officer acted in good faith and in a manner that the director or officer reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interest of Pure Storage. At present, there is no pending litigation or proceeding involving a director or officer of Pure Storage regarding which indemnification is sought, nor is the registrant aware of any threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification.

We maintain insurance policies that indemnify our directors and officers against various liabilities arising under the Securities Act and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, that might be incurred by any director or officer in his capacity as such.

The underwriters are obligated, under certain circumstances, pursuant to the underwriting agreement to be filed as Exhibit 1.1 hereto, to indemnify us and our officers and directors against liabilities under the Securities Act.

 

II-1


Table of Contents

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

The following sets forth information regarding all unregistered securities sold since February 1, 2012:

Sales of Preferred Stock

 

  (1)   In August 2012, we sold an aggregate of 10,584,066 shares of Series D preferred stock to a total of 53 accredited investors at a purchase price per share of $3.7713 for an aggregate purchase price of $39,916,041.

 

  (2)   In August 2013, we sold an aggregate of 21,640,332 shares of Series E preferred stock to a total of 57 accredited investors at a purchase price per share of $6.9315 for an aggregate purchase price of $149,999,961.

 

  (3)   In September 2013, we sold 68,928 shares of Series E preferred stock to one accredited investor at a purchase price of $6.2384 for an aggregate purchase price of $429,997.

 

  (4)   In September 2013, we sold 1,969,266 shares of Series E preferred stock to a total of seven accredited investors at a purchase price of $6.9315 for an aggregate purchase price of $13,649,967.

 

  (5)   In October 2013, we sold an aggregate of 1,018,538 shares of Series E preferred stock to a total of three accredited investors at a purchase price per share of $6.9315 for an aggregate purchase price of $7,059,996.

 

  (6)   In April 2014, we sold an aggregate of 14,307,603 shares of Series F preferred stock to a total of 84 accredited investors at a purchase price per share of $15.7259 for an aggregate purchase price of $224,999,934.

 

  (7)   In June 2014, we sold 21,640 shares of Series E preferred stock to one accredited investor at a purchase price per share of $6.9315 for an aggregate purchase price of $149,998.

 

  (8)   In June 2014, we sold an aggregate of 3,795,388 shares of Series F-1 preferred stock to a total of nine accredited investors at a purchase price per share of $15.7259 for an aggregate purchase price of $59,685,892.

 

  (9)   In July 2014, we sold an aggregate of 6,358 shares of Series F-1 preferred stock to a total of two accredited investors at a purchase price per share of $15.7259 for an aggregate purchase price of $99,985.

 

  (10)   In September 2014, we sold 21,640 shares of Series E preferred stock to one accredited investor at a purchase price per share of $6.9315 for an aggregate purchase price of $149,998.

 

  (11)   In November 2014, we sold 21,640 shares of Series E preferred stock to one accredited investor at a purchase price per share of $6.9315 for an aggregate purchase price of $149,998.

Option and Common Stock Issuances

 

  (12)   In September, 2015, we issued 700,000 shares of our Class B common stock to the Pure Good Foundation.

 

  (13)   From February 1, 2012 through July 31, 2015, we granted to certain employees, consultants and directors options to purchase an aggregate of 66,116,609 shares of Class B common stock under our 2009 Plan, at exercise prices ranging from $0.49 to $18.16 per share.

 

  (14)   From February 1, 2012 through July 31, 2015, we issued and sold an aggregate of 17,881,318 shares of Class B common stock upon the exercise of options under our 2009 Plan at exercise prices ranging from $0.0002 to $9.65, per share, for an aggregate exercise price of $16,790,736.

 

II-2


Table of Contents

The offers, sales, and issuances of the securities described in paragraphs 1 through 12 above were deemed to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance on Section 4(2) of the Securities Act or Regulation D promulgated thereunder as transactions by an issuer not involving a public offering. The recipients of securities in each of these transactions acquired the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof and appropriate legends were affixed to the securities issued in these transactions. Each of the recipients of securities in these transactions was an accredited or sophisticated person and had adequate access, through employment, business or other relationships, to information about us.

The offers, sales and issuances of the securities described in paragraphs 13 and 14 above were deemed to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act under Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act as offers and sale of securities pursuant to certain compensatory benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation in compliance with Rule 701.

Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

(a) Exhibits.

See Exhibit Index immediately following the signature page.

(b) Financial Statement Schedules.

See index to financial statements on page F-1. All schedules have been omitted because they are not required or are not applicable.

Item 17. Undertakings

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:

 

  (1)   For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this Registration Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this Registration Statement as of the time it was declared effective.

 

  (2)   For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-3


Table of Contents
  (3)   For the purpose of determining liability of the registrant under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser in the initial distribution of the securities: The undersigned registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:

(i) Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424;

(ii) Any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned registrant;

(iii) The portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant; and

(iv) Any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser.

 

  (4)   If the registrant is subject to Rule 430C, each prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) as part of a registration statement relating to an offering, other than registration statements relying on Rule 430B or other than prospectuses filed in reliance on Rule 430A, shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the date it is first used after effectiveness. Provided, however, that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such first use, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such date of first use.

 

II-4


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Registrant has duly caused this Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Mountain View, State of California, on the 9th day of September, 2015.

 

P URE S TORAGE , I NC .

By:

 

/s/ Scott Dietzen

 

        Scott Dietzen

        Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Scott Dietzen

Scott Dietzen

  

Chief Executive Officer and Director

(Principal Executive Officer)

  September 9, 2015

/s/ Timothy Riitters

Timothy Riitters

   Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)
  September 9, 2015

*

John Colgrove

   Chief Technology Officer and Co-Chairman   September 9, 2015

*

Mike Speiser

   Co-Chairman   September 9, 2015

*

Aneel Bhusri

   Director   September 9, 2015

*

Mark Garrett

   Director   September 9, 2015

*

Anita M. Sands

   Director   September 9, 2015

*

Frank Slootman

   Director   September 9, 2015

*

Michelangelo Volpi

   Director   September 9, 2015

*By:

  /s/ Timothy Riitters
  Timothy Riitters
  Attorney-in-Fact

 

II-5


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit
No.

  

Description of Exhibit

1.1    Form of Underwriting Agreement.
3.1    Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Pure Storage, Inc., as amended, as currently in effect.
3.2    Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Pure Storage, Inc., to be in effect upon the closing of the offering.
3.3#    Amended and Restated Bylaws of Pure Storage, Inc., as currently in effect.
3.4    Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of Pure Storage, Inc., to be in effect upon the closing of the offering.
4.1    Form of Class A Common Stock Certificate.
5.1*    Form of Opinion of Cooley LLP.
10.1#    Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement, by and between Pure Storage, Inc., and the investors listed on Exhibit A thereto, dated April 17, 2014, as amended.
10.2+#    Pure Storage, Inc. Amended and Restated 2009 Equity Incentive Plan.
10.3+#    Forms of Grant Notice, Stock Option Agreement and Notice of Exercise under the Pure Storage, Inc. 2009 Equity Incentive Plan.
10.4+    Pure Storage, Inc. 2015 Equity Incentive Plan.
10.5+*    Forms of Grant Notice, Stock Option Agreement and Notice of Exercise under the Pure Storage, Inc. 2015 Equity Incentive Plan.
10.6+    Pure Storage, Inc. 2015 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.
10.7+    Form of Indemnity Agreement, by and between Pure Storage, Inc. and each director and executive officer.
10.8+#    Offer Letter, by and between Pure Storage, Inc. and Scott Dietzen, dated September 14, 2010.
10.9+#    Offer Letter, by and between Pure Storage, Inc. and David Hatfield, dated November 13, 2012.
10.10+#    Offer Letter, by and between Pure Storage, Inc. and Timothy Riitters, dated July 14, 2014.
10.11#    Net Office Lease, by and between Pure Storage, Inc. and Eagle Square Partners, dated September 12, 2013, as amended.
21.1#    List of Subsidiaries.
23.1*    Consent of Cooley LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1).
23.2    Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP, independent registered public accounting firm.
24.1#    Power of Attorney (see signature pages).

 

* To be filed by amendment.
+ Indicates management contract or compensatory plan.
# Previously filed.

Exhibit 1.1

                     Shares

PURE STORAGE, INC.

CLASS A COMMON STOCK (PAR VALUE $0.0001 PER SHARE)

UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT

                    , 2015


                    , 2015

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

Goldman, Sachs & Co.

c/o Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

      1585 Broadway

      New York, NY 10036

c/o Goldman, Sachs & Co.

      200 West Street

      New York, NY 10282

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Pure Storage, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), proposes to issue and sell to the several Underwriters named in Schedule I hereto (the “ Underwriters ”), for whom Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC (“ Morgan Stanley ”) and Goldman, Sachs & Co. are acting as representatives (the “ Representatives ”) an aggregate of                      shares of Class A common stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “ Class A Common Stock ”), of the Company (the “ Firm Shares ”).

The Company also proposes to issue and sell to the several Underwriters not more than an additional                      shares of its Class A Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “ Additional Shares ”) if and to the extent that you, as managers of the offering, shall have determined to exercise, on behalf of the Underwriters, the right to purchase such shares of Class A Common Stock granted to the Underwriters in Section 2 hereof. The Firm Shares and the Additional Shares are hereinafter collectively referred to as the “ Shares. ” The shares of Class A Common Stock, together with the shares of Class B common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, of the Company to be outstanding after giving effect to the sales contemplated hereby are hereinafter referred to as the “ Common Stock.

The Company has filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ Commission ”) a registration statement, including a prospectus, relating to the Shares. The registration statement as amended at the time it becomes effective, including the information (if any) deemed to be part of the registration statement at the time of effectiveness pursuant to Rule 430A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), is hereinafter referred to as the “ Registration Statement ”; the prospectus in the form first used to confirm sales of Shares (or in the form first made available to the Underwriters by the Company to meet requests of purchasers pursuant to Rule 173 under the Securities Act) is hereinafter referred to as the “ Prospectus. ” If the Company has filed an abbreviated registration statement to register additional shares of Class A Common Stock pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act (the “ Rule 462 Registration Statement ”), then any reference herein to the term “ Registration Statement ” shall be deemed to include such Rule 462 Registration Statement.


For purposes of this Agreement, “ free writing prospectus ” has the meaning set forth in Rule 405 under the Securities Act, “ Time of Sale Prospectus ” means the preliminary prospectus together with the documents and pricing information set forth in Schedule II hereto, and “ broadly available road show ” means a “bona fide electronic road show” as defined in Rule 433(h)(5) under the Securities Act that has been made available without restriction to any person. As used herein, the terms “Registration Statement,” “preliminary prospectus,” “Time of Sale Prospectus” and “Prospectus” shall include the documents, if any, incorporated by reference therein as of the date hereof.

1. Representations and Warranties . The Company represents and warrants to and agrees with each of the Underwriters that:

(a) The Registration Statement has become effective; no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement is in effect, and no proceedings for such purpose are pending before or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened by the Commission.

(b) (i) The Registration Statement, when it became effective, did not contain and, as amended or supplemented, if applicable, will not contain, as of the date of such amendment or supplement, any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, (ii) the Registration Statement and the Prospectus comply and, as amended or supplemented, if applicable, will, as of the date of such amendment or supplement, comply in all material respects with the Securities Act and the applicable rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder, (iii) the Time of Sale Prospectus does not, and at the time of each sale of the Shares in connection with the offering when the Prospectus is not yet available to prospective purchasers and at the Closing Date (as defined in Section 4), the Time of Sale Prospectus, as then amended or supplemented by the Company, if applicable, will not, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, (iv) each broadly available road show, if any, when considered together with the Time of Sale Prospectus, does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading and (v) the Prospectus, as of its date, does not contain and, as amended or supplemented, if applicable, will not contain, as of its date and as of the Closing Date, any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, except that the representations and warranties set forth in this paragraph do not apply to statements or omissions in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus or the Prospectus based upon information relating to any Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by such Underwriter through you expressly for use therein.

 

2


(c) The Company is not an “ineligible issuer” in connection with the offering pursuant to Rules 164, 405 and 433 under the Securities Act. Any free writing prospectus that the Company is required to file pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act has been, or will be, filed with the Commission in accordance with the requirements of the Securities Act and the applicable rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder. Each free writing prospectus that the Company has filed, or is required to file, pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act or that was prepared by or on behalf of or used or referred to by the Company complies or will comply in all material respects with the requirements of the Securities Act and the applicable rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder. Except for the free writing prospectuses, if any, identified in Schedule II hereto, and electronic road shows, if any, each furnished to you before first use, the Company has not prepared, used or referred to, and will not, without your prior consent, prepare, use or refer to, any free writing prospectus.

(d) The Company has been duly incorporated, is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware, has the corporate power and authority to own or lease its property and to conduct its business as described in the Time of Sale Prospectus and is duly qualified to transact business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which the conduct of its business or its ownership or leasing of property requires such qualification, except to the extent that the failure to be so qualified or be in good standing would not have a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

(e) Each subsidiary of the Company has been duly organized, is validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization (to the extent the concept of good standing is applicable in such jurisdiction), has the corporate or other organizational power and authority to own or lease its property and to conduct its business as described in the Time of Sale Prospectus and is duly qualified to transact business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction (to the extent the concept of good standing is applicable in such jurisdiction) in which the conduct of its business or its ownership or leasing of property requires such qualification, except to the extent that the failure to be so qualified or be in good standing would not have a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole; all of the issued shares of capital stock of each subsidiary of the Company have been duly and validly authorized and issued, are fully paid and non-assessable (to the extent that such concepts are applicable in such jurisdiction) and are owned directly by the Company or a subsidiary of the Company, free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, equities or claims.

(f) This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company.

 

3


(g) The authorized capital stock of the Company conforms as to legal matters to the description thereof contained in each of the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus.

(h) The shares of Common Stock outstanding prior to the issuance of the Shares have been duly authorized and are validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

(i) The Shares to be sold by the Company have been duly authorized and, when issued, delivered and paid for in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, and the issuance of such Shares will not be subject to any preemptive or similar rights.

(j) The execution and delivery by the Company of, and the performance by the Company of its obligations under, this Agreement will not contravene any provision of (i) applicable law, (ii) the certificate of incorporation or bylaws of the Company, (iii) any agreement or other instrument binding upon the Company or any of its subsidiaries that is material to the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or (iv) any judgment, order or decree of any governmental body, agency or court having jurisdiction over the Company or any subsidiary, except that in the case of clauses (i), (iii) and (iv) as would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on the Company or on the power and ability of the Company to perform its obligations under this Agreement; and no consent, approval, authorization or order of, or qualification with, any governmental body or agency is required for the performance by the Company of its obligations under this Agreement, except such as may be required by the securities or Blue Sky laws of the various states or the rules and regulations of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“ FINRA ”) in connection with the offer and sale of the Shares.

(k) There has not occurred any material adverse change, or any development involving a prospective material adverse change, in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, business or operations of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, from that set forth in the Time of Sale Prospectus.

(l) There are no legal or governmental proceedings pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party or to which any of the properties of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is subject (i) other than proceedings accurately described in all material respects in the Time of Sale Prospectus and proceedings that would not have a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or on the power or ability of the Company to perform its obligations under this Agreement or to consummate the transactions contemplated by the Time of Sale Prospectus or (ii) that are required to be described in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus and are not so described in all material respects; and there are no statutes, regulations, contracts or other documents to which the Company is subject or by which the Company is bound that are required to be described in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus or to be filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement that are not described in all material respects or filed as required.

 

4


(m) Each preliminary prospectus filed as part of the Registration Statement as originally filed or as part of any amendment thereto, or filed pursuant to Rule 424 under the Securities Act, complied when so filed in all material respects with the Securities Act and the applicable rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder.

(n) The Company is not, and after giving effect to the offering and sale of the Shares and the application of the proceeds thereof as described in the Prospectus will not be, required to register as an “investment company” as such term is defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

(o) The Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole (i) are in compliance with any and all applicable foreign, federal, state and local laws and regulations relating to the protection of human health and safety, the environment or hazardous or toxic substances or wastes, pollutants or contaminants (“ Environmental Laws ”), (ii) have received all permits, licenses or other approvals required of them under applicable Environmental Laws to conduct their respective businesses and (iii) are in compliance with all terms and conditions of any such permit, license or approval, except where such noncompliance with Environmental Laws, failure to receive required permits, licenses or other approvals or failure to comply with the terms and conditions of such permits, licenses or approvals would not, singly or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

(p) There are no costs or liabilities associated with Environmental Laws (including, without limitation, any capital or operating expenditures required for clean-up, closure of properties or compliance with Environmental Laws or any permit, license or approval, any related constraints on operating activities and any potential liabilities to third parties) which would, singly or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

(q) Except as described in the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus, there are no contracts, agreements or understandings between the Company and any person granting such person the right to require the Company to file a registration statement under the Securities Act with respect to any securities of the Company or to require the Company to include such securities with the Shares registered pursuant to the Registration Statement.

 

5


(r) Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries or controlled affiliates, nor any director or officer thereof, nor, to the Company’s knowledge, any employee, agent or representative of the Company or of any of its subsidiaries or controlled affiliates, has taken or will take any action in furtherance of an offer, payment, promise to pay, or authorization or approval of the payment or giving of money, property, gifts or anything else of value, directly or indirectly, to any “government official” (including any officer or employee of a government or government-owned or controlled entity or of a public international organization, or any person acting in an official capacity for or on behalf of any of the foregoing, or any political party or party official or candidate for political office) to improperly influence official action or secure an improper advantage with the purpose, intention or effect of such action being taken for the Company or its subsidiaries; and the Company and its subsidiaries and controlled affiliates have conducted their businesses in compliance with applicable anti-corruption laws and have instituted and maintain and will continue to maintain policies and procedures designed to promote and achieve compliance with such laws and with the representation and warranty contained herein.

(s) The operations of the Company and its subsidiaries are and have been conducted at all times in material compliance with all applicable financial recordkeeping and reporting requirements, including those of the Bank Secrecy Act, as amended by Title III of the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (USA PATRIOT Act), and the applicable anti-money laundering statutes of jurisdictions where the Company and its subsidiaries conduct business, the rules and regulations thereunder and any related or similar rules, regulations or guidelines, issued, administered or enforced by any governmental agency (collectively, the “ Anti-Money Laundering Laws ”), and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency, authority or body or any arbitrator involving the Company or any of its subsidiaries with respect to the Anti-Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to the best knowledge of the Company, threatened.

(t) (i) Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries, nor any director or officer thereof, nor, to the Company’s knowledge, any employee, agent, controlled affiliate or representative of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, is an individual or entity (“ Person ”) that is, or is owned or controlled by a Person that is:

(A) the subject of any sanctions administered or enforced by the U.S. Department of Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control (“ OFAC ”) , the United Nations Security Council (“ UNSC ”), the European Union (“ EU ”), Her Majesty’s Treasury (“ HMT ”), or other relevant sanctions authority (collectively, “ Sanctions ”), nor

(B) located, organized or resident in a country or territory that is the subject of Sanctions (including, without limitation, Crimea, Cuba, Iran, North Korea, Sudan and Syria).

 

6


(ii) The Company will not, directly or indirectly, use the proceeds of the offering, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any subsidiary, joint venture partner or other Person:

(A) to fund or facilitate any activities or business of or with any Person or in any country or territory that, at the time of such funding or facilitation, is the subject of Sanctions; or

(B) in any other manner that will result in a violation of Sanctions by any Person (including any Person participating in the offering, whether as underwriter, advisor, investor or otherwise).

(iii) For the past five years, the Company and its subsidiaries have not knowingly engaged in, are not now knowingly engaged in, and will not engage in, any dealings or transactions with any Person, or in any country or territory, that at the time of the dealing or transaction is or was the subject of Sanctions.

(u) Subsequent to the respective dates as of which information is given in each of the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus, (i) the Company and its subsidiaries have not incurred any material liability or obligation, direct or contingent, nor entered into any material transaction; (ii) the Company has not purchased any of its outstanding capital stock, other than from its employees or other service-providers in connection with the termination of their service pursuant to equity compensation plans or agreements or in connection with the exercise of the Company’s right of first refusal upon a proposed transfer, nor declared, paid or otherwise made any dividend or distribution of any kind on its capital stock other than ordinary and customary dividends; and (iii) there has not been any material change in the capital stock (other than the exercise of equity awards or grants of equity awards or forfeiture of equity awards outstanding as of such respective dates as of which information is given in each of the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus, in each case granted pursuant to the equity compensation plans described in the Time of Sale Prospectus), short-term debt or long-term debt of the Company and its subsidiaries, except in each case as described in each of the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus, respectively.

(v) The Company and its subsidiaries do not own any real property. The Company and its subsidiaries have good and marketable title to all personal property owned by them that is material to the business of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, in each case free and clear of all liens, encumbrances and defects except such as are described in the Time of Sale Prospectus or such as do not materially affect the value of such property and do not interfere with the use made and proposed to be made of such property by the Company and its subsidiaries, in any material respect; and any real property and buildings held under lease by the Company and its subsidiaries are held by them

 

7


under valid, subsisting and, to the Company’s knowledge, enforceable leases with such exceptions as are not material and do not materially interfere with the use made and proposed to be made of such property and buildings by the Company and its subsidiaries, in each case except as described in the Time of Sale Prospectus.

(w) The Company and its subsidiaries own or possess, or can acquire on commercially reasonable terms, sufficient rights to use all material patents, patent rights, licenses, inventions, copyrights, know-how (including trade secrets and other unpatented and/or unpatentable proprietary or confidential information, systems or procedures), trademarks, service marks, trade names, domain names and other intellectual property, whether or not registered (collectively, “ Intellectual Property ”) currently employed by them in connection with the business as currently operated by them except where the failure to own, possess, have the right to use or the ability to acquire any of the foregoing would not result in a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole. Except as disclosed in the Time of Sale Prospectus, neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has received any notice of any claims, action, suit or proceeding of infringement of or conflict with asserted rights of others, with respect to any of the foregoing which action, suit, proceeding or claim singly or in the aggregate, if the subject of an unfavorable decision, ruling or finding, would have a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole. Except as would not, singly or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, the Company and each of its subsidiaries has taken reasonable steps in accordance with customary industry practice to maintain the confidentiality of all Intellectual Property, the value of which to the Company or any of its subsidiaries is contingent upon maintaining the confidentiality thereof.

(x) The Company and its subsidiaries have used all software and other materials distributed under a “free,” “open source,” or similar licensing model (including but not limited to the GNU General Public License, GNU Lesser General Public License and GNU Affero General Public License) (“ Open Source Software ”) in compliance with all license terms applicable to such Open Source Software, except where the failure to comply would not have a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole; and neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has used or distributed any Open Source Software in a manner that requires or has required (i) the Company or any of its subsidiaries to permit reverse engineering of any products or services of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, or any software code or other technology owned by the Company or any of its subsidiaries or (ii) any products or services of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, or any software code or other technology owned by the Company or any of its subsidiaries, to be (A) disclosed or distributed in source code form, (B) licensed for the purpose of making derivative works, or (C) redistributed at no charge, except, in the case of each of (i) and (ii) above, as would not have a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

 

8


(y) The Company and each of its subsidiaries have complied, and are presently in compliance, with the Company’s privacy and security policies and with all obligations, laws and regulations regarding the collection, use, transfer, storage, protection, disposal and/or disclosure of personally identifiable information and/or any other information collected from or provided by third parties, except to the extent that the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole. The Company and its subsidiaries have taken commercially reasonable steps to protect the information technology systems and data used in connection with the operation of the Company and/or its subsidiaries against unauthorized access, use, modification, disclosure or other misuse. To the Company’s knowledge, there has been no material security breach or attack or other compromise of or relating to any such information technology system or data.

(z) No material labor dispute with the employees of the Company or any of its subsidiaries exists, except as described in the Time of Sale Prospectus, or, to the knowledge of the Company, is imminent; and the Company is not aware of any existing, threatened or imminent labor disturbance by the employees of any of its principal suppliers, manufacturers or contractors that could have a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

(aa) The Company and its subsidiaries are insured by insurers of recognized financial responsibility against such losses and risks and in such amounts as are, in the reasonable judgment of the Company, prudent and customary in the businesses in which they are engaged; neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has been refused any insurance coverage sought or applied for; and neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has any reason to believe that it will not be able to renew its existing insurance coverage as and when such coverage expires or to obtain similar coverage from similar insurers as may be necessary to continue its business at a cost that would not have a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, except as described in the Time of Sale Prospectus.

(bb) The Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, possess all certificates, authorizations and permits issued by the appropriate federal, state or foreign regulatory authorities necessary to conduct their respective businesses, except where the failure to obtain such certificates, authorizations and permits would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, and neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has received any notice of proceedings relating to the revocation or modification of any such certificate, authorization or permit which, singly or in the aggregate, if the subject of an unfavorable decision, ruling or finding, would have a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, except as described in the Time of Sale Prospectus.

 

9


(cc) The consolidated financial statements of the Company included in each of the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus present fairly in all material respects the consolidated financial position of the Company and its subsidiaries as of the dates indicated and the results of their operations and cash flows for the periods specified. Such financial statements have been prepared in conformity with U.S. GAAP applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods involved. The other financial information included in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus has been derived from the accounting records of the Company and its subsidiaries and presents fairly in all material respects the information shown thereby.

(dd) The Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, maintain a system of internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurance that (i) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorizations; (ii) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles and to maintain asset accountability; (iii) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; and (iv) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with the existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences. Except as described in the Time of Sale Prospectus, since the end of the Company’s most recent audited fiscal year, there has been (i) no material weakness in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting (whether or not remediated) and (ii) no change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

(ee) Except as described in the Time of Sale Prospectus or the Registration Statement, the Company has not sold, issued or distributed any shares of Common Stock during the six-month period preceding the date hereof, including any sales pursuant to Rule 144A under, or Regulation D or S of, the Securities Act, other than shares issued pursuant to employee benefit plans, qualified stock option plans or other employee compensation plans or pursuant to outstanding options, rights or warrants.

(ff) The Company and each of its subsidiaries have filed all federal, state, local and foreign tax returns required to be filed through the date of this Agreement or have requested extensions thereof and have paid all taxes required to be paid thereon (except for cases in which the failure to file or pay would not have a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole, or except as currently being contested in good faith and for which reserves required by U.S. GAAP have been created in the financial statements of the Company), and no tax deficiency has been determined adversely to the Company or any of its subsidiaries which has had (nor does the Company nor any of its subsidiaries have any notice or knowledge of any tax deficiency which could reasonably be expected to be determined adversely to the Company or its subsidiaries and which could reasonably be expected to have) a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole.

 

10


(gg) From the time of initial confidential submission of the Registration Statement to the Commission (or, if earlier, the first date on which the Company engaged directly or through any person authorized to act on its behalf in any Testing-the-Waters Communication) through the date hereof, the Company has been and is an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act (an “ Emerging Growth Company ”). “ Testing-the-Waters Communication ” means any oral or written communication with potential investors undertaken in reliance on Section 5(d) of the Securities Act.

(hh) The Company (i) has not alone engaged in any Testing-the-Waters Communication other than Testing-the-Waters Communications with the consent of the Representatives, Barclays Capital Inc. (“ Barclays ”) and Allen & Company LLC (“ Allen & Company ”) with entities that are qualified institutional buyers within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act or institutions that are accredited investors within the meaning of Rule 501 under the Securities Act and (ii) has not authorized anyone other than the Representatives, Barclays and Allen & Company to engage in Testing-the-Waters Communications. The Company reconfirms that the Representatives, Barclays and Allen & Company have been authorized to act on its behalf in undertaking Testing-the-Waters Communications. The Company has not distributed any Written Testing-the-Waters Communications. “ Written Testing-the-Waters Communication ” means any Testing-the-Waters Communication that is a written communication within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act.

(ii) As of the time of each sale of the Shares in connection with the offering when the Prospectus is not yet available to prospective purchasers, none of (A) the Time of Sale Prospectus, (B) any free writing prospectus, when considered together with the Time of Sale Prospectus, and (C) any individual Written Testing-the-Waters Communication, when considered together with the Time of Sale Prospectus, included, includes or will include an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted, omits or will omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

(jj) Deloitte & Touche, LLP, which has expressed its opinion with respect to the financial statements of the Company filed with the Commission as a part of the Registration Statement and included in each of the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus, is an independent registered public accounting firm as required by the Securities Act.

2. Agreements to Sell and Purchase. The Company hereby agrees to sell to the several Underwriters, and each Underwriter, upon the basis of the representations and warranties herein contained, but subject to the conditions hereinafter stated, agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase from the Company the respective numbers of Firm Shares set forth in Schedule I hereto opposite its name at $         a share (the “ Purchase Price ”).

 

11


On the basis of the representations and warranties contained in this Agreement, and subject to its terms and conditions, the Company agrees to sell to the Underwriters the Additional Shares, and the Underwriters shall have the right to purchase, severally and not jointly, up to                      Additional Shares at the Purchase Price, provided, however, that the amount paid by the Underwriters for any Additional Shares shall be reduced by an amount per share equal to any dividends declared by the Company and payable on the Firm Shares but not payable on such Additional Shares. You may exercise this right on behalf of the Underwriters in whole or from time to time in part by giving written notice not later than 30 days after the date of this Agreement. Any exercise notice shall specify the number of Additional Shares to be purchased by the Underwriters and the date on which such shares are to be purchased. Each purchase date must be at least one business day after the written notice is given and may not be earlier than the closing date for the Firm Shares nor later than ten business days after the date of such notice. Additional Shares may be purchased as provided in Section 4 hereof solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments made in connection with the offering of the Firm Shares. On each day, if any, that Additional Shares are to be purchased (an “ Option Closing Date ”), each Underwriter agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase the number of Additional Shares (subject to such adjustments to eliminate fractional shares as you may determine) that bears the same proportion to the total number of Additional Shares to be purchased on such Option Closing Date as the number of Firm Shares set forth in Schedule I hereto opposite the name of such Underwriter bears to the total number of Firm Shares.

The Company hereby agrees that, without the prior written consent of the Representatives on behalf of the Underwriters, it will not, during the period ending 180 days after the date of the Prospectus (the “ Restricted Period ”), (1) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of Common Stock beneficially owned (as such term is used in Rule 13d-3 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”) or any other securities so owned convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock or (2) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Common Stock, whether any such transaction described in clause (1) or (2) above is to be settled by delivery of Common Stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise or (3) file any registration statement with the Commission relating to the offering of any shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock.

The restrictions contained in the preceding paragraph shall not apply to (a) the Shares to be sold hereunder, (b) the issuance by the Company of shares of Common Stock upon the exercise of an option or warrant or the conversion of a security outstanding on the date hereof and disclosed in the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus, (c) the issuance by the Company of shares of, or options to purchase shares

 

12


of, Common Stock or restricted stock units to employees, officers, directors, advisors or consultants of the Company pursuant to employee benefit plans described in the Time of Sale Prospectus and Prospectus, provided that, prior to the issuance of any such shares or the grant of any such options or restricted stock units, the Company shall cause each recipient of such grant or issuance to execute and deliver a “lock up” agreement, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, (d) the filing by the Company of registration statements on Form S-8 with respect to the employee benefit plans described in the Time of Sale Prospectus and Prospectus; or (e) the sale or issuance of or entry into an agreement to sell or issue shares of Common Stock in connection with the Company’s acquisition of one or more businesses, products or technologies (whether by means of merger, stock purchase, asset purchase or otherwise) or in connection with joint ventures, commercial relationships or other strategic transactions; provided, that, the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock that the Company may sell or issue or agree to sell or issue pursuant to this clause (e) shall not exceed 5% of the total number of shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately following the completion of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and provided further that the Company shall cause each recipient of such shares to execute and deliver to you, on or prior to such issuance, a “lock up” agreement, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto.

If the Representatives, in their sole discretion, agree to release or waive the restrictions set forth in a lock-up letter described in Section 5(f) hereof for an officer or director of the Company and provides the Company with notice of the impending release or waiver at least three business days before the effective date of the release or waiver, the Company agrees to announce the impending release or waiver by a press release substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto through a major news service at least two business days before the effective date of the release or waiver.

3. Terms of Public Offering . The Company is advised by you that the Underwriters propose to make a public offering of their respective portions of the Shares as soon after the Registration Statement and this Agreement have become effective as in your judgment is advisable. The Company is further advised by you that the Shares are to be offered to the public initially at $             a share (the “ Public Offering Price ”) and to certain dealers selected by you at a price that represents a concession not in excess of $             a share under the Public Offering Price, and that any Underwriter may allow, and such dealers may reallow, a concession, not in excess of $             a share, to any Underwriter or to certain other dealers.

4. Payment and Delivery. Payment for the Firm Shares to be sold shall be made to the Company in Federal or other funds immediately available in New York City against delivery of such Firm Shares for the respective accounts of the several Underwriters at 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on                     , 2015, or at such other time on the same or such other date, not later than                     , 2015, as shall be designated in writing by you. The time and date of such payment are hereinafter referred to as the “ Closing Date .”

 

13


Payment for any Additional Shares shall be made to the Company in Federal or other funds immediately available in New York City against delivery of such Additional Shares for the respective accounts of the several Underwriters at 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on the date specified in the corresponding notice described in Section 2 or at such other time on the same or on such other date, in any event not later than                     , 2015, as shall be designated in writing by you.

The Firm Shares and Additional Shares shall be registered in such names and in such denominations as you shall request in writing not later than one full business day prior to the Closing Date or the applicable Option Closing Date, as the case may be. The Firm Shares and Additional Shares shall be delivered to you on the Closing Date or an Option Closing Date, as the case may be, for the respective accounts of the several Underwriters. The Purchase Price payable by the Underwriters shall be reduced by (i) any transfer taxes paid by, or on behalf of, the Underwriters in connection with the transfer of the Shares to the Underwriters duly paid and (ii) any withholding required by law.

5. Conditions to the Underwriters’ Obligations . The obligations of the Company to sell the Shares to the Underwriters and the several obligations of the Underwriters to purchase and pay for the Shares on the Closing Date are subject to the condition that the Registration Statement shall have become effective not later than          p.m. (New York City time) on the date hereof.

The several obligations of the Underwriters are subject to the following further conditions:

(a) Subsequent to the execution and delivery of this Agreement and prior to the Closing Date:

(i) there shall not have occurred any downgrading, nor shall any notice have been given of any intended or potential downgrading or of any review for a possible change that does not indicate the direction of the possible change, in the rating accorded any of the securities of the Company or any of its subsidiaries by any “nationally recognized statistical rating organization,” as such term is defined in Section 3(a)(62) of the Exchange Act; and

(ii) there shall not have occurred any change, or any development involving a prospective change, in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, business or operations of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, from that set forth in the Time of Sale Prospectus that, in your judgment, is material and adverse and that makes it, in your judgment, impracticable to market the Shares on the terms and in the manner contemplated in the Time of Sale Prospectus.

(b) The Underwriters shall have received on the Closing Date a certificate, dated the Closing Date and signed by an executive officer of the Company, to the effect set forth in Section 5(a)(i) above and to the effect that the representations and warranties of the Company contained in this Agreement are true and correct as of the Closing Date and that the Company has complied with all of the agreements and satisfied all of the conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied hereunder on or before the Closing Date.

 

14


The officer signing and delivering such certificate may rely upon the best of his or her knowledge as to proceedings threatened.

(c) The Underwriters shall have received on the Closing Date an opinion and negative assurance letter of Cooley LLP, outside counsel for the Company, dated the Closing Date, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Underwriters.

(d) The Underwriters shall have received on the Closing Date an opinion of Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP, counsel for the Underwriters, dated the Closing Date, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Underwriters.

With respect to Section 6(c) above, Cooley LLP and with respect to Section 6(d) above, Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP may state that their opinions and beliefs are based upon their participation in the preparation of the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus and any amendments or supplements thereto and review and discussion of the contents thereof, but are without independent check or verification, except as specified.

The opinion of Cooley LLP above shall be rendered to the Underwriters at the request of the Company.

(e) The Underwriters shall have received, on each of the date hereof and the Closing Date, a letter dated the date hereof or the Closing Date, as the case may be, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Underwriters, from Deloitte & Touche LLP, independent registered public accountants, containing statements and information of the type ordinarily included in accountants’ “comfort letters” to underwriters with respect to the financial statements and certain financial information contained in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus; provided that the letter delivered on the Closing Date shall use a “cut-off date” not earlier than the date hereof.

(f) The “lock-up” agreements, each substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, between you, the officers and directors of the Company and the holders of substantially all of the outstanding capital stock of the Company and securities convertible into capital stock relating to sales and certain other dispositions of shares of Common Stock or certain other securities, delivered to you on or before the date hereof, shall be in full force and effect on the Closing Date.

(g) The Underwriters shall have received, on each of the date hereof and the Closing Date, a certificate signed by the Chief Financial Officer of the Company, dated respectively as of the date hereof and as of the Closing Date, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Underwriters.

 

15


(h) The several obligations of the Underwriters to purchase Additional Shares hereunder are subject to the delivery to you on the applicable Option Closing Date of the following:

(i) a certificate, dated the Option Closing Date and signed by an executive officer of the Company, confirming that the certificate delivered on the Closing Date pursuant to Section 5(b) hereof remains true and correct as of such Option Closing Date;

(ii) an opinion and negative assurance letter of Cooley LLP, outside counsel for the Company, dated the Option Closing Date, relating to the Additional Shares to be purchased on such Option Closing Date and otherwise to the same effect as the opinion required by Section 5(c) hereof;

(iii) an opinion of Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP, counsel for the Underwriters, dated the Option Closing Date, relating to the Additional Shares to be purchased on such Option Closing Date and otherwise to the same effect as the opinion required by Section 5(d) hereof;

(iv) a letter dated the Option Closing Date, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Underwriters, from Deloitte & Touche LLP, independent registered public accountants, substantially in the same form and substance as the letter furnished to the Underwriters pursuant to Section 5(e) hereof; provided that the letter delivered on the Option Closing Date shall use a “cut-off date” not earlier than three business days prior to such Option Closing Date;

(v) a certificate, dated the Option Closing Date and signed by the Chief Financial Officer of the Company, substantially in the same form and substance as the certificate furnished to the Underwriters pursuant to Section 5(g) hereof; and

(vi) such other documents as you may reasonably request with respect to the good standing of the Company, the due authorization and issuance of the Additional Shares to be sold on such Option Closing Date and other matters related to the issuance of such Additional Shares.

6. Covenants of the Company . The Company covenants with each Underwriter as follows:

(a) To furnish to you, without charge, ten signed copies of the Registration Statement (including exhibits thereto) and for delivery to each other Underwriter a conformed copy of the Registration Statement (without exhibits thereto) and to furnish to you in New York City, without charge, prior to

 

16


10:00 a.m. New York City time on the business day next succeeding the date of this Agreement and during the period mentioned in Section 6(e) or 6(f) below, as many copies of the Time of Sale Prospectus, the Prospectus and any supplements and amendments thereto or to the Registration Statement as you may reasonably request.

(b) Before amending or supplementing the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus or the Prospectus, to furnish to you a copy of each such proposed amendment or supplement and not to file any such proposed amendment or supplement to which you reasonably object, and to file with the Commission within the applicable period specified in Rule 424(b) under the Securities Act any prospectus required to be filed pursuant to such Rule.

(c) To furnish to you a copy of each proposed free writing prospectus to be prepared by or on behalf of, used by, or referred to by the Company and not to use or refer to any proposed free writing prospectus to which you reasonably object.

(d) Not to take any action that would result in an Underwriter or the Company being required to file with the Commission pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act a free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of the Underwriter that the Underwriter otherwise would not have been required to file thereunder.

(e) If the Time of Sale Prospectus is being used to solicit offers to buy the Shares at a time when the Prospectus is not yet available to prospective purchasers and any event shall occur or condition exist as a result of which it is necessary to amend or supplement the Time of Sale Prospectus in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances, not misleading, or if any event shall occur or condition exist as a result of which the Time of Sale Prospectus conflicts with the information contained in the Registration Statement then on file, or if, in the opinion of counsel for the Underwriters, it is necessary to amend or supplement the Time of Sale Prospectus to comply with applicable law, forthwith to prepare, file with the Commission and furnish, at its own expense, to the Underwriters and to any dealer upon request, either amendments or supplements to the Time of Sale Prospectus so that the statements in the Time of Sale Prospectus as so amended or supplemented will not, in the light of the circumstances when the Time of Sale Prospectus is delivered to a prospective purchaser, be misleading or so that the Time of Sale Prospectus, as amended or supplemented, will no longer conflict with the Registration Statement, or so that the Time of Sale Prospectus, as amended or supplemented, will comply with applicable law.

(f) If, during such period after the first date of the public offering of the Shares as in the opinion of counsel for the Underwriters the Prospectus (or in lieu thereof the notice referred to in Rule 173(a) of the Securities Act) is required by law to be delivered in connection with sales by an Underwriter or dealer, any

 

17


event shall occur or condition exist as a result of which it is necessary to amend or supplement the Prospectus in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances when the Prospectus (or in lieu thereof the notice referred to in Rule 173(a) of the Securities Act) is delivered to a purchaser, not misleading, or if, in the opinion of counsel for the Underwriters, it is necessary to amend or supplement the Prospectus to comply with applicable law, forthwith to prepare, file with the Commission and furnish, at its own expense, to the Underwriters and to the dealers (whose names and addresses you will furnish to the Company) to which Shares may have been sold by you on behalf of the Underwriters and to any other dealers upon request, either amendments or supplements to the Prospectus so that the statements in the Prospectus as so amended or supplemented will not, in the light of the circumstances when the Prospectus (or in lieu thereof the notice referred to in Rule 173(a) of the Securities Act) is delivered to a purchaser, be misleading or so that the Prospectus, as amended or supplemented, will comply with applicable law.

(g) To endeavor to qualify the Shares for offer and sale under the securities or Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions as you shall reasonably request; provided, however, that nothing contained herein shall require the Company to qualify to do business in any jurisdiction, to execute a general consent to service of process in any jurisdiction or to subject itself to taxation in any jurisdiction in which it is not otherwise subject.

(h) To make generally available to the Company’s security holders and to you as soon as practicable an earning statement covering a period of at least twelve months beginning with the first fiscal quarter of the Company occurring after the date of this Agreement which shall satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder.

(i) The Company will promptly notify the Representatives, Barclays and Allen & Company if the Company ceases to be an Emerging Growth Company at any time prior to the later of (a) completion of the distribution of the Shares within the meaning of the Securities Act and (b) completion of the Restricted Period referred to in Section 2.

(j) If at any time following the distribution of any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication there occurred or occurs an event or development as a result of which such Written Testing-the-Waters Communication included or would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or would omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances existing at that subsequent time, not misleading, the Company will promptly notify the Representatives, Barclays and Allen & Company and will promptly amend or supplement, at its own expense, such Written Testing-the-Waters Communication to eliminate or correct such untrue statement or omission.

 

18


7. Expenses . Whether or not the transactions contemplated in this Agreement are consummated or this Agreement is terminated, the Company agrees to pay or cause to be paid all expenses incident to the performance of its obligations under this Agreement, including: (i) the fees, disbursements and expenses of the Company’s counsel and the Company’s accountants in connection with the registration and delivery of the Shares under the Securities Act and all other fees or expenses in connection with the preparation and filing of the Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus, the Prospectus, any free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of, used by, or referred to by the Company and amendments and supplements to any of the foregoing, including all printing costs associated therewith, and the mailing and delivering of copies thereof to the Underwriters and dealers, in the quantities hereinabove specified, (ii) all costs and expenses related to the transfer and delivery of the Shares to the Underwriters, including any transfer or other taxes payable thereon, (iii) the reasonable, documented cost of printing or producing any Blue Sky or Legal Investment memorandum in connection with the offer and sale of the Shares under state securities laws and all expenses in connection with the qualification of the Shares for offer and sale under state securities laws as provided in Section 6(g) hereof, including filing fees and the reasonable, documented fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters in connection with such qualification and in connection with the Blue Sky or Legal Investment memorandum, (iv) all filing fees and the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel to the Underwriters incurred in connection with the review and qualification of the offering of the Shares by the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (provided, that, the amount payable by the Company with respect to fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters pursuant to subsections (iii) and (iv) shall not exceed $35,000), (v) all fees and expenses in connection with the preparation and filing of the registration statement on Form 8-A relating to the Common Stock and all costs and expenses incident to listing the Shares on the New York Stock Exchange and foreign stock exchanges, (vi) the cost of printing certificates representing the Shares, (vii) the costs and charges of any transfer agent, registrar or depositary, (viii) the costs and expenses of the Company relating to investor presentations on any “road show” undertaken in connection with the marketing of the offering of the Shares, including, without limitation, expenses associated with the preparation or dissemination of any electronic road show, expenses associated with the production of road show slides and graphics, fees and expenses of any consultants engaged in connection with the road show presentations with the prior approval of the Company, travel and lodging expenses of the representatives and officers of the Company and any such consultants, and fifty percent (50%) the cost of any aircraft chartered in connection with the road show (with the Underwriters agreeing to pay for the other fifty percent (50%)), (ix) the document production charges and expenses associated with printing this Agreement and (xi) all other costs and expenses incident to the performance of the obligations of the Company hereunder for which provision is not otherwise made in this Section. It is understood, however, that except as provided in this Section, Section 9 entitled “Indemnity and Contribution” and the last paragraph of Section 12 below, the Underwriters will pay all of their costs and expenses, including fees and disbursements of their counsel, stock transfer taxes payable on resale of any of the Shares by them and any advertising expenses connected with any offers they may make.

 

19


8. Covenants of the Underwriters . Each Underwriter severally covenants with the Company not to take any action that would result in the Company being required to file with the Commission under Rule 433(d) a free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of such Underwriter that otherwise would not be required to be filed by the Company thereunder, but for the action of the Underwriter.

9. Indemnity and Contribution .

(a) The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter, each person, if any, who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of either Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, and each affiliate of any Underwriter within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including, without limitation, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with defending or investigating any such action or claim) caused by any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement or any amendment thereof, any preliminary prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, any issuer free writing prospectus as defined in Rule 433(h) under the Securities Act, any Company information that the Company has filed, or is required to file, pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act, any “road show” as defined in Rule 433(h) under the Securities Act (a “road show”) or the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto or any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication, or caused by any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, except insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities are caused by any such untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission based upon information relating to any Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by such Underwriter through you expressly for use therein.

(b) Each Underwriter agrees, severally and not jointly, to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, the directors of the Company, the officers of the Company who sign the Registration Statement and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of either Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including, without limitation, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with defending or investigating any such action or claim) caused by any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement or any amendment thereof, any preliminary prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, any issuer free writing prospectus as defined in Rule 433(h) under the Securities Act, any Company information that the

 

20


Company has filed, or is required to file, pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act, any road show or the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, or caused by any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, but only with reference to information relating to such Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by such Underwriter through you expressly for use in the Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus, any issuer free writing prospectus, road show, or the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto.

(c) In case any proceeding (including any governmental investigation) shall be instituted involving any person in respect of which indemnity may be sought pursuant to Section 9(a) or 9(c), such person (the “ indemnified party ”) shall promptly notify the person against whom such indemnity may be sought (the “ indemnifying party ”) in writing and the indemnifying party, upon request of the indemnified party, shall retain counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party to represent the indemnified party and any others the indemnifying party may designate in such proceeding and shall pay the fees and disbursements of such counsel related to such proceeding. In any such proceeding, any indemnified party shall have the right to retain its own counsel, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such indemnified party unless (i) the indemnifying party and the indemnified party shall have mutually agreed to the retention of such counsel or (ii) the named parties to any such proceeding (including any impleaded parties) include both the indemnifying party and the indemnified party and representation of both parties by the same counsel would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between them. It is understood that the indemnifying party shall not, in respect of the legal expenses of any indemnified party in connection with any proceeding or related proceedings in the same jurisdiction, be liable for (i) the fees and expenses of more than one separate firm (in addition to any local counsel) for all Underwriters and all persons, if any, who control any Underwriter within the meaning of either Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act or who are affiliates of any Underwriter within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act and (ii) the fees and expenses of more than one separate firm (in addition to any local counsel) for the Company, its directors, its officers who sign the Registration Statement and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of either such Section and that all such fees and expenses shall be reimbursed as they are incurred. In the case of any such separate firm for the Underwriters and such control persons and affiliates of any Underwriters, such firm shall be designated in writing by the Representatives. In the case of any such separate firm for the Company, and such directors, officers and control persons of the Company, such firm shall be designated in writing by the Company. The indemnifying party shall not be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent, but if settled with such consent or if there be a final judgment for the plaintiff, the indemnifying party agrees to indemnify the indemnified party from and against any loss or liability by reason of such settlement or judgment. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, if at any time an

 

21


indemnified party shall have requested an indemnifying party to reimburse the indemnified party for fees and expenses of counsel as contemplated by the second and third sentences of this paragraph, the indemnifying party agrees that it shall be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent if (i) such settlement is entered into more than 30 days after receipt by such indemnifying party of the aforesaid request and (ii) such indemnifying party shall not have reimbursed the indemnified party in accordance with such request prior to the date of such settlement. No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the indemnified party, effect any settlement of any pending or threatened proceeding in respect of which any indemnified party is or could have been a party and indemnity could have been sought hereunder by such indemnified party, unless such settlement (x) includes an unconditional release of such indemnified party from all liability on claims that are the subject matter of such proceeding and (y) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act, by or on behalf of any indemnified party.

(d) To the extent the indemnification provided for in Section 9(a) or 9(c) is unavailable to an indemnified party or insufficient in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to therein, then each indemnifying party under such paragraph, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party thereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the indemnifying party or parties on the one hand and the indemnified party or parties on the other hand from the offering of the Shares or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause 9(d)(i) above is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause 9(d)(i) above but also the relative fault of the indemnifying party or parties on the one hand and of the indemnified party or parties on the other hand in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits received by the Company on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other hand in connection with the offering of the Shares shall be deemed to be in the same respective proportions as the net proceeds from the offering of the Shares (before deducting expenses) received by the Company and the total underwriting discounts and commissions received by the Underwriters, in each case as set forth in the table on the cover of the Prospectus, bear to the aggregate Public Offering Price of the Shares. The relative fault of the Company on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other hand shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company or by the Underwriters and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The Underwriters’ respective obligations to contribute pursuant to this Section 9 are several in proportion to the respective number of Shares they have purchased hereunder, and not joint.

 

22


(e) The Company and the Underwriters agree that it would not be just or equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 9 were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Underwriters were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation that does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in Section 9(d). The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages and liabilities referred to in Section 9(d) shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth above, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 9, no Underwriter shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total price at which the Shares underwritten by it and distributed to the public were offered to the public exceeds the amount of any damages that such Underwriter has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 9(e) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The remedies provided for in this Section 9 are not exclusive and shall not limit any rights or remedies which may otherwise be available to any indemnified party at law or in equity.

(f) The indemnity and contribution provisions contained in this Section 9 and the representations, warranties and other statements of the Company contained in this Agreement shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of (i) any termination of this Agreement, (ii) any investigation made by or on behalf of any Underwriter, any person controlling any Underwriter or any affiliate of any Underwriter or by or on behalf of the Company, its officers or directors or any person controlling the Company and (iii) acceptance of and payment for any of the Shares.

10. Termination . The Underwriters may terminate this Agreement by notice given by you to the Company, if after the execution and delivery of this Agreement and prior to the Closing Date (i) trading generally shall have been suspended or materially limited on, or by, as the case may be, any of the New York Stock Exchange, the NYSE MKT, the NASDAQ Global Market, the Chicago Board of Options Exchange, the Chicago Mercantile Exchange or the Chicago Board of Trade or other relevant exchanges, (ii) trading of any securities of the Company shall have been suspended on any exchange or in any over-the-counter market, (iii) a material disruption in securities settlement, payment or clearance services in the United States or other relevant jurisdictions shall have occurred, (iv) any moratorium on commercial banking activities shall have been declared by Federal or New York State authorities or (v) there shall have occurred any outbreak or escalation of hostilities, or any change in financial markets or any calamity or crisis that, in your judgment, is material and adverse and which, singly or together with any other event specified in this clause (v), makes it, in your judgment, impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the offer, sale or delivery of the Shares on the terms and in the manner contemplated in the Time of Sale Prospectus or the Prospectus.

 

23


11. Effectiveness; Defaulting Underwriters . This Agreement shall become effective upon the execution and delivery hereof by the parties hereto.

If, on the Closing Date or an Option Closing Date, as the case may be, any one or more of the Underwriters shall fail or refuse to purchase Shares that it has or they have agreed to purchase hereunder on such date, and the aggregate number of Shares which such defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters agreed but failed or refused to purchase is not more than one-tenth of the aggregate number of the Shares to be purchased on such date, the other Underwriters shall be obligated severally in the proportions that the number of Firm Shares set forth opposite their respective names in Schedule I bears to the aggregate number of Firm Shares set forth opposite the names of all such non-defaulting Underwriters, or in such other proportions as you may specify, to purchase the Shares which such defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters agreed but failed or refused to purchase on such date; provided that in no event shall the number of Shares that any Underwriter has agreed to purchase pursuant to this Agreement be increased pursuant to this Section 11 by an amount in excess of one-ninth of such number of Shares without the written consent of such Underwriter. If, on the Closing Date, any Underwriter or Underwriters shall fail or refuse to purchase Firm Shares and the aggregate number of Firm Shares with respect to which such default occurs is more than one-tenth of the aggregate number of Firm Shares to be purchased on such date, and arrangements satisfactory to you and the Company for the purchase of such Firm Shares are not made within 36 hours after such default, this Agreement shall terminate without liability on the part of any non-defaulting Underwriter or the Company. In any such case either you or the Company shall have the right to postpone the Closing Date, but in no event for longer than seven days, in order that the required changes, if any, in the Registration Statement, in the Time of Sale Prospectus, in the Prospectus or in any other documents or arrangements may be effected. If, on an Option Closing Date, any Underwriter or Underwriters shall fail or refuse to purchase Additional Shares and the aggregate number of Additional Shares with respect to which such default occurs is more than one-tenth of the aggregate number of Additional Shares to be purchased on such Option Closing Date, the non-defaulting Underwriters shall have the option to (i) terminate their obligation hereunder to purchase the Additional Shares to be sold on such Option Closing Date or (ii) purchase not less than the number of Additional Shares that such non-defaulting Underwriters would have been obligated to purchase in the absence of such default. Any action taken under this paragraph shall not relieve any defaulting Underwriter from liability in respect of any default of such Underwriter under this Agreement.

If this Agreement shall be terminated by the Underwriters, or any of them, because of any failure or refusal on the part of the Company to comply with the terms or to fulfill any of the conditions of this Agreement, or if for any reason the Company shall be unable to perform its obligations under this Agreement, the Company will reimburse the Underwriters or such Underwriters as have so terminated this Agreement with respect to themselves, severally, for all out-of-pocket expenses (including the fees and disbursements of their counsel) reasonably incurred by such Underwriters in connection with this Agreement or the offering contemplated hereunder. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, if the Agreement is terminated pursuant to this Section 13 for any reason other than a failure, refusal or inability of the Company described in this paragraph above, then any obligations of the Company to reimburse the expenses of such defaulting Underwriters set forth in clauses (iii) and (iv) of Section 7 of this Agreement are terminated and of no further effect.

 

24


12. Entire Agreement . (a) This Agreement, together with any contemporaneous written agreements and any prior written agreements (to the extent not superseded by this Agreement) that relate to the offering of the Shares, represents the entire agreement between the Company and the Underwriters with respect to the preparation of any preliminary prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus, the Prospectus, the conduct of the offering, and the purchase and sale of the Shares.

(b) The Company acknowledges that in connection with the offering of the Shares: (i) the Underwriters have acted at arms length, are not agents of, and owe no fiduciary duties to, the Company or any other person, (ii) the Underwriters owe the Company only those duties and obligations set forth in this Agreement and prior written agreements (to the extent not superseded by this Agreement), if any, and (iii) the Underwriters may have interests that differ from those of the Company. The Company waives to the full extent permitted by applicable law any claims it may have against the Underwriters arising from an alleged breach of fiduciary duty in connection with the offering of the Shares.

13. Counterparts . This Agreement may be signed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be an original, with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument.

14. Applicable Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of New York.

15. Headings . The headings of the sections of this Agreement have been inserted for convenience of reference only and shall not be deemed a part of this Agreement.

16. Notices. All communications hereunder shall be in writing and effective only upon receipt and if to the Underwriters shall be delivered, mailed or sent to you in care of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, 1585 Broadway, New York, New York 10036, Attention: Equity Syndicate Desk, with a copy to the Legal Department; and Goldman, Sachs & Co. at 200 West Street, New York, New York 10282, Attention: Registration Department and the Legal Department; if to the Company shall be delivered, mailed or sent to 600 Castro Street, Suite 400, Mountain View, California 94041, Attention: General Counsel.

[ Signature pages follow ]

 

25


Very truly yours,

 

Pure Storage, Inc.
By:    
  Name:
  Title:

[ Company Signature Page to Underwriting Agreement ]


Accepted as of the date hereof

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

Goldman, Sachs & Co.

Acting severally on behalf of themselves and

the several Underwriters named in

Schedule I hereto.

 

By:    Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC
By:    
  Name:
  Title:

 

By:    Goldman, Sachs Co.
By:    
  Name:
  Title:

[ Signature Page to the Underwriting Agreement ]


SCHEDULE I

 

Underwriter   

Number of Firm Shares To

Be Purchased

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

  

Goldman, Sachs & Co.

  

Barclays Capital Inc.

  

Allen & Company LLC

  

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith

                      Incorporated

  

Pacific Crest Securities, a division of KeyBanc Capital Markets Inc.

  

Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated

  

Raymond James & Associates, Inc.

  

Evercore Group L.L.C.

  
  

 

Total:

  
  

 

 

I-1


SCHEDULE II

Time of Sale Prospectus

 

1. Preliminary Prospectus issued                     , 2015

 

2. [identify all free writing prospectuses filed by the Company under Rule 433(d) of the Securities Act]

 

3. [free writing prospectus containing a description of terms that does not reflect final terms, if the Time of Sale Prospectus does not include a final term sheet]

 

4. [orally communicated pricing information such as price per share and size of offering if a Rule 134 pricing term sheet is used at the time of sale instead of a pricing term sheet filed by the Company under Rule 433(d) as a free writing prospectus]

 

II-1


EXHIBIT A

FORM OF LOCK-UP LETTER

                          , 2015

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

Goldman, Sachs & Co.

c/o Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

      1585 Broadway

      New York, NY 10036

c/o Goldman, Sachs & Co.

      200 West Street

      New York, NY 10282

Ladies and Gentlemen:

The undersigned understands that Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and Goldman, Sachs & Co. (together, the “ Representatives ”) propose to enter into an Underwriting Agreement (the “ Underwriting Agreement ”) with Pure Storage, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), providing for the public offering (the “ Public Offering ”) by the several Underwriters, including the Representatives (the “ Underwriters ”), of shares (the “ Shares ”) of Class A common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, of the Company (the “ Class A Common Stock ”). The undersigned further understands that, prior to the consummation of the Public Offering, the Company will be authorized to issue, in addition to the Class A Common Stock, shares of its Class B common stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “ Class B Common Stock ” and, collectively with the Class A Common Stock, the “ Common Stock ”).

To induce the Underwriters that may participate in the Public Offering to continue their efforts in connection with the Public Offering, the undersigned hereby agrees that, without the prior written consent of the Representatives on behalf of the Underwriters, it will not, during the period commencing on the date hereof and ending 180 days after the date of the final prospectus (the “ Restricted Period ”) relating to the Public Offering (the “ Prospectus ”), (1) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of Common Stock beneficially owned (as such term is used in Rule 13d-3 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”)), by the undersigned or any other securities so owned convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock or (2) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Common Stock, whether any such transaction described in clause (1) or (2) above is to be settled by delivery of Common Stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise.

 

A-1


The foregoing sentence shall not apply to:

 

  a) sales of Common Stock by the undersigned to the underwriters pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement;

 

  b) transactions relating to shares of Common Stock or other securities acquired in the Public Offering or in open market transactions after the completion of the Public Offering;

 

  c) transfers of shares of Common Stock or any security convertible into Common Stock as a bona fide gift or charitable contribution;

 

  d) transfers of shares of Common Stock or any security convertible into Common Stock to an immediate family member or a trust for the direct or indirect benefit of the undersigned or such immediate family member of the undersigned (for purposes of this Lock-Up Agreement, “immediate family” shall mean any relationship by blood, marriage or adoption, not more remote than first cousin);

 

  e) transfers of shares of Common Stock or any security convertible into Common Stock by will or intestacy;

 

  f) transfers of shares of Common Stock or any security convertible into Common Stock pursuant to a domestic relations order, divorce decree or court order;

 

  g) distributions of shares of Common Stock or any security convertible into Common Stock to limited partners, members, stockholders or holders of similar equity interests in the undersigned;

 

  h) transfers or distributions of shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock by a stockholder that is a trust to a trustor or beneficiary of the trust or to the estate of a beneficiary of such trust;

 

  i) transfers to the Company in connection with the repurchase of Common Shares in connection with the termination of the undersigned’s employment with the Company pursuant to contractual agreements with the Company;

 

  j) the disposition of shares of Common Stock to the Company, or the withholding of shares of Common Stock by the Company, in a transaction exempt from Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act solely in connection with the payment of taxes due with respect to the vesting of restricted stock granted under a stock incentive plan, stock purchase plan or pursuant to a contractual employment arrangement described in the Prospectus, insofar as such restricted stock is outstanding as of the date of the Prospectus;

 

  k)

the exercise of a stock option granted under a stock incentive plan or stock purchase plan described in the Prospectus by the undersigned, and the receipt by the undersigned from the Company of shares of Common Stock upon such exercise, insofar as such option is outstanding as of the date of the Prospectus, provided that the underlying shares shall continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth in this letter

 

A-2


  agreement and, provided , further that, if required, any public report or filing under Section 16 of the Exchange Act shall clearly indicate in the footnotes thereto that the filing relates to the exercise of a stock option, that no shares were sold by the reporting person and that the shares received upon exercise of the stock option are subject to a lock-up agreement with the Underwriters of the Public Offering;

 

  l) a merger, consolidation or other similar transaction involving a Change of Control of the Company and approved by the Company’s board of directors, provided that, in the event that such Change of Control transaction is not completed, this clause (l) shall not be applicable and the undersigned’s shares shall remain subject to the restrictions contained in this letter agreement;

 

  m) the establishment of a trading plan pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act for the transfer of shares of Common Stock, provided that (i) such plan does not provide for the transfer of Common Stock during the Restricted Period and (ii) to the extent a public announcement or filing under the Exchange Act, if any, is required of or voluntarily made by or on behalf of the undersigned or the Company regarding the establishment of such plan, such announcement or filing shall include a statement to the effect that no transfer of Common Stock may be made under such plan during the Restricted Period;

provided, that , in the case of clauses (c), (d), (e), (f), (g) or (h) above each transferee, donee or distributee shall sign and deliver a lock-up letter substantially in the form of this letter; and, provided, further that in the case of clauses (b), (c), (d), (e), (f), (g), (h), (i) or (j) above no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act, reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of shares of Common Stock, shall be required or shall be voluntarily made during the Restricted Period.

“Change of Control” means the transfer (whether by tender offer, merger, consolidation or other similar transaction), in one transaction or a series of related transactions, to a person or group of affiliated persons (other than an Underwriter pursuant to the Public Offering), of the Company’s voting securities if, after such transfer, such person or group of affiliated persons would hold at least 90% of the outstanding voting securities of the Company (or the surviving entity) and for the avoidance of doubt, the Public Offering is not a Change of Control.

In addition, the undersigned agrees that, without the prior written consent of the Representatives on behalf of the Underwriters, it will not, during the Restricted Period, make any demand for or exercise any right with respect to, the registration of any shares of Common Stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock. The undersigned also agrees and consents to the entry of stop transfer instructions with the Company’s transfer agent and registrar against the transfer of the undersigned’s shares of Common Stock except in compliance with the foregoing restrictions.

 

A-3


If the undersigned is an officer or director of the Company, the undersigned further agrees that the foregoing provisions shall be equally applicable to any issuer-directed Shares the undersigned may purchase in the Public Offering.

If the undersigned is an officer or director of the Company, (i) the Representatives agree that, at least three business days before the effective date of any release or waiver of the foregoing restrictions in connection with a transfer of shares of Common Stock, the Representatives will notify the Company of the impending release or waiver, and (ii) the Company has agreed in the Underwriting Agreement to announce the impending release or waiver by press release through a major news service at least two business days before the effective date of the release or waiver. Any release or waiver granted by the Representatives hereunder to any such officer or director shall only be effective two business days after the publication date of such press release. The provisions of this paragraph will not apply if (a) the release or waiver is effected solely to permit a transfer not for consideration and (b) the transferee has agreed in writing to be bound by the same terms described in this letter to the extent and for the duration that such terms remain in effect at the time of the transfer.

This Lock-Up Agreement shall automatically terminate upon the earliest to occur, if any, of (a) the date the Company advises the Representatives, in writing, prior to the execution of the Underwriting Agreement, that it has determined not to proceed with the Public Offering; (b) the date of the termination of the Underwriting Agreement (without regard to any provisions thereof that survive termination) if prior to the closing of the Public Offering; or (c) December 15, 2015 if, and only if, the Underwriting Agreement has not been signed by such date.

The undersigned understands that the Company and the Underwriters are relying upon this agreement in proceeding toward consummation of the Public Offering. The undersigned further understands that this agreement is irrevocable and shall be binding upon the undersigned’s heirs, legal representatives, successors and assigns.

Whether or not the Public Offering actually occurs depends on a number of factors, including market conditions. Any Public Offering will only be made pursuant to an Underwriting Agreement, the terms of which are subject to negotiation between the Company and the Underwriters.

[ Signature page follows ]

 

A-4


 

   

Very truly yours,

 

IF AN INDIVIDUAL:     IF AN ENTITY:
By:          
  (duly authorized signature)       (please print complete name of entity)

 

   
Name:               By:    
  (please print full name)       (duly authorized signature)

Name:                                                                                                         

(please print full name)                                        

Title:                                                                                                         

(please print full title)                                        

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

E-mail:                                                                         

Address:

 

 

 

 

E-mail:                                                                         

 

 

A-5


EXHIBIT B

FORM OF WAIVER OF LOCK-UP

                     , 20     

[Name and Address of

Officer or Director

Requesting Waiver]

Dear Mr./Ms. [Name]:

This letter is being delivered to you in connection with the offering by Pure Storage, Inc. (the “ Company ”) of [                    ] shares of Class A common stock, $0.0001 par value (the “ Class A Common Stock ”), of the Company and the lock-up letter dated [                    ], 2015 (the “Lock-up Letter”), executed by you in connection with such offering, and your request for a [waiver] [release] dated [                    ], 2015, with respect to [                    ] shares of Class A Common Stock (the “ Shares ”).

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and Goldman, Sachs & Co. hereby agree to [waive] [release] the transfer restrictions set forth in the Lock-up Letter, but only with respect to the Shares, effective [                    ], 2015; provided, however, that such [waiver] [release] is conditioned on the Company announcing the impending [waiver] [release] by press release through a major news service at least two business days before effectiveness of such [waiver] [release]. This letter will serve as notice to the Company of the impending [waiver] [release].

Except as expressly [waived] [released] hereby, the Lock-up Letter shall remain in full force and effect.

[ The remainder of this page has intentionally been left blank ]

 

B-1


Very truly yours,

 

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

 

Goldman, Sachs & Co.

 

Acting severally on behalf of themselves

and the several Underwriters named in

Schedule I hereto

 

By:  Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC
By:    
  Name:
  Title:

 

By:  Goldman, Sachs & Co.
By:    
  Name:
  Title:

cc: Company

 

B-2


FORM OF PRESS RELEASE

Pure Storage, Inc.

[Date]

Pure Storage, Inc. (the “ Company ”) announced today that Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and Goldman, Sachs & Co., the lead book-running managers in the Company’s recent public sale of [                    ] shares of Class A common stock is [waiving] [releasing] a lock-up restriction with respect to [                    ] shares of the Company’s Class A common stock held by [certain officers or directors] [an officer or director] of the Company. The [waiver] [release] will take effect on [                    ], 2015, and the shares may be sold on or after such date.

This press release is not an offer for sale of the securities in the United States or in any other jurisdiction where such offer is prohibited, and such securities may not be offered or sold in the United States absent registration or an exemption from registration under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

B-3

Exhibit 3.1

AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

PURE STORAGE, INC.

Scott Dietzen hereby certifies that:

ONE: The original name of this company is Os76, Inc. and date of filing the original Certificate of Incorporation of this company with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware was October 2, 2009.

TWO: He is the duly elected and acting Chief Executive Officer of PURE Storage, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

THREE: The Certificate of Incorporation of this company is hereby amended and restated to read as follows:

I.

The name of this company is Pure Storage, Inc. (the “ Company ” or the “ Corporation ”).

II.

The address of the registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware is 615 South DuPont Highway, City of Dover, County of Kent, 19901, and the name of the registered agent of the Corporation in the State of Delaware at such address is National Corporate Research, Ltd.

III.

The purpose of the Company is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which a corporation may be organized under the Delaware General Corporation Law (“ DGCL ”).

IV.

A. The Company is authorized to issue three classes of stock to be designated, respectively, “Class A Common Stock,” “Class B Common Stock” and “Preferred Stock.” The total number of shares which the Company is authorized to issue is three hundred seventy-six million six hundred ninety-two thousand two hundred forty-seven (376,692,247) shares, one thousand (1,000) shares of which shall be Class A Common Stock (the “ Class A Common Stock ”), two hundred fifty-two million eight hundred eleven thousand two hundred ninety-five (252,811,295) shares of which shall be Class B Common Stock (the “ Class B Common Stock ” and, together with the Class A Common Stock, the “ Common Stock ”), and one hundred twenty-three million eight hundred seventy-nine thousand nine hundred fifty-two (123,879,952) shares of which shall be Preferred Stock (the “ Preferred Stock ”). The Preferred Stock shall have a par value of $0.0001 per share and the Common Stock shall have a par value of $0.0001 per share.


B. Subject to any additional vote or approval of the holders of the Series Preferred set forth herein, the number of authorized shares of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the stock of the Company entitled to vote (voting together as a single class on an as-if-converted to Common Stock basis).

C. Three million eight hundred eleven thousand two hundred eighty-five (3,811,285) of the authorized shares of Preferred Stock are hereby designated “Series F-1 Preferred Stock” (the “ Series F-1 Preferred ”). Fifteen million eight hundred ninety-seven thousand three hundred thirty-seven (15,897,337) of the authorized shares of Preferred Stock are hereby designated “Series F Preferred Stock” (the “ Series F Preferred ”). Twenty-four million seven hundred sixty-one thousand nine hundred eighty-four (24,761,984) of the authorized shares of Preferred Stock are hereby designated “Series E Preferred Stock” (the “ Series E Preferred ”). Ten million five hundred eighty-four thousand sixty-six (10,584,066) of the authorized shares of Preferred Stock are hereby designated “Series D Preferred Stock” (the “ Series D Preferred ”). Fourteen million two hundred fifty-three thousand seven hundred seventy-four (14,253,774) of the authorized shares of Preferred Stock are hereby designated “Series C Preferred Stock” (the “ Series C Preferred ”). Thirty million two hundred eleven thousand five hundred six (30,211,506) of the authorized shares of Preferred Stock are hereby designated “Series B Preferred Stock” (the “ Series B Preferred ”). Twenty-four million three hundred sixty thousand (24,360,000) of the authorized shares of Preferred Stock are hereby designated “Series A Preferred Stock” (the “ Series A Preferred ”, and together with the Series B Preferred, the Series C Preferred, the Series D Preferred, the Series E Preferred, the Series F Preferred and the Series F-1 Preferred, the “ Series Preferred ”).

D. The rights, preferences, privileges, restrictions and other matters relating to the Series Preferred are as follows:

1. D IVIDEND R IGHTS .

(a) Holders of Series Preferred, in preference to the holders of Common Stock, shall be entitled to receive, pari passu , when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors (the “ Board ”), but only out of funds that are legally available therefor, cash dividends at the rate of eight percent (8%) of the applicable Original Issue Price (as defined below) per annum on each outstanding share of Series Preferred. Such dividends shall be payable only when, as and if declared by the Board and shall be non-cumulative.

(b) The “Original Issue Price” of the Series A Preferred shall be $0.208333335 (as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, splits, recapitalizations and the like with respect to such shares after the filing date hereof). The “Original Issue Price” of the Series B Preferred shall be $0.662 (as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, splits, recapitalizations and the like with respect to such shares after the


filing date hereof). The “Original Issue Price” of the Series C Preferred shall be $2.135833335 (as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, splits, recapitalizations and the like with respect to such shares after the filing date hereof). The “Original Issue Price” of the Series D Preferred shall be $3.771333335 (as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, splits, recapitalizations and the like with respect to such shares after the filing date hereof). The “Original Issue Price” of the Series E Preferred shall be $6.9315 (as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, splits, recapitalizations and the like with respect to such shares after the filing date hereof). The “Original Issue Price” of the Series F Preferred shall be $15.7259 (as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, splits, recapitalizations and the like with respect to such shares after the filing date hereof). The “Original Issue Price” of the Series F-1 Preferred shall be $15.7259 (as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, splits, recapitalizations and the like with respect to such shares after the filing date hereof).

(c) So long as any shares of Series Preferred are outstanding, the Company shall not pay or declare any dividend, whether in cash or property, or make any other distribution on the Common Stock, or purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire for value any shares of Common Stock until all dividends as set forth in Section 1(a) above on the Series Preferred shall have been paid or declared and set apart, except for:

(i) acquisitions of Common Stock by the Company pursuant to agreements which permit the Company to repurchase such shares at cost (or the lesser of cost or fair market value) upon termination of services to the Company;

(ii) acquisitions of Common Stock in exercise of the Company’s right of first refusal to repurchase such shares; or

(iii) distributions to holders of Common Stock in accordance with Sections 3 and 4 of Article IV(D).

(d) In the event that, after compliance with Section 1(c) above, dividends are paid on any share of Common Stock, the Company shall pay an additional dividend on all outstanding shares of Series Preferred in a per share amount equal (on an as-if-converted to Common Stock basis) to the amount paid or set aside for each share of Common Stock.

(e) The provisions of Sections 1(c) and 1(d) shall not apply to a dividend payable solely in Common Stock to which the provisions of Section 5(f) of Article IV(D) are applicable, or any repurchase of any outstanding securities of the Company that is approved by the Board .

(f) A distribution to the Company’s shareholders solely for purposes of Sections 1(c)(i) or (ii) may be made without regard to the preferential dividends arrears amount or any preferential rights amount (each as determined under applicable law).


2. V OTING R IGHTS .

(a) General Rights. Each holder of shares of the Series Preferred shall be entitled to the number of votes equal to the number of votes of the shares of Common Stock into which such shares of Series Preferred could be converted (pursuant to Section 5 hereof) immediately after the close of business on the record date fixed for such meeting or the effective date of such written consent and shall have voting rights and powers equal to the voting rights and powers of the Common Stock and shall be entitled to notice of any stockholders’ meeting in accordance with the bylaws of the Company. Except as otherwise provided herein or as required by law, the Series Preferred shall vote together with the Common Stock at any annual or special meeting of the stockholders and not as a separate class, and may act by written consent in the same manner as the Common Stock.

(b) Separate Vote of Series Preferred. For so long as any shares of Series Preferred remain outstanding, in addition to any other vote or consent required herein or by law, the vote or written consent of the holders of at least seventy percent (70%) of the outstanding Series Preferred (voting together as a single class, on an as-if-converted to Common Stock basis) shall be necessary for effecting or validating the following actions (whether by amendment, merger, consolidation, recapitalization or otherwise):

(i) Any amendment, alteration, repeal, or waiver of any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Company (including any filing of a Certificate of Designation);

(ii) Any increase or decrease in the authorized number of shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock;

(iii) Any authorization or any designation, whether by reclassification, merger or otherwise, of any new class or series of stock or any other securities convertible into equity securities of the Company ranking on a parity with or senior to the Series Preferred in right of redemption, liquidation preference, voting or dividend rights or any increase in the authorized or designated number of any such new class or series;

(iv) Any redemption, repurchase, payment or declaration of dividends or other distributions with respect to Common Stock or Preferred Stock other than dividends payable solely in Common Stock as described in Section 1(e) of Article IV(D) (except for acquisitions of Common Stock by the Company permitted by Section 1(c)(i), (ii) and (iii) of Article IV(D);

(v) Any agreement by the Company or its stockholders regarding an Asset Transfer or Acquisition (each as defined in Section 4 of Article IV(D)), or the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company; or

(vi) Any increase or decrease in the authorized number of members of the Company’s Board.


(c) Separate Vote of Series E Preferred. For so long as any shares of Series E Preferred remain outstanding, in addition to any other vote or consent required herein or by law, the vote or written consent of the holders of at least seventy percent (70%) of the outstanding Series E Preferred (voting as a separate class) shall be necessary for effecting or validating the following actions (whether by amendment, merger, consolidation, recapitalization or otherwise):

(i) Any increase in the authorized number of shares of Series E Preferred;

(ii) Any amendment, alteration, repeal, or waiver of the anti-dilution provisions set forth in Article IV(D) Section 5(h) hereof with respect to the Series E Preferred (including any waiver of adjustments made or required to be made to the Series Preferred Conversion Price of the Series E Preferred pursuant thereto); or

(iii) Any action that alters or changes the powers, rights, preferences or privileges of Series E Preferred so as to affect the holders of Series E Preferred Stock adversely as set forth in Section 242 of the DGCL, but not so affect the other series of Series Preferred, including for the sake of clarity, any amendment, alteration, repeal, or waiver of this Section 2(c).

(d) Separate Vote of Series F Preferred. For so long as any shares of Series F Preferred remain outstanding, in addition to any other vote or consent required herein or by law, the vote or written consent of the holders of at least seventy percent (70%) of the outstanding Series F Preferred (voting as a separate class) shall be necessary for effecting or validating the following actions (whether by amendment, merger, consolidation, recapitalization or otherwise):

(i) Any increase in the authorized number of shares of Series F Preferred;

(ii) Any amendment, alteration, repeal, or waiver of the anti-dilution provisions set forth in Article IV(D) Section 5(h) hereof with respect to the Series F Preferred (including any waiver of adjustments made or required to be made to the Series Preferred Conversion Price of the Series F Preferred pursuant thereto);

(iii) Any action that alters or changes the powers, rights, preferences or privileges of Series F Preferred so as to affect the holders of Series F Preferred Stock adversely as set forth in Section 242 of the DGCL, but not so affect the other series of Series Preferred, including for the sake of clarity, any amendment, alteration, repeal, or waiver of this Section 2(d); or

(iv) Any action that alters or changes the liquidation preference of the Series F Preferred pursuant to Article IV(D) Section 3 and Section 4 hereof in connection with, or in anticipation of, any Acquisition or Asset Transfer.

(e) Separate Vote of Series F-1 Preferred. For so long as any shares of Series F-1 Preferred remain outstanding, in addition to any other vote or consent


required herein or by law, the vote or written consent of the holders of a majority of the outstanding Series F-1 Preferred (voting as a separate class) shall be necessary for effecting or validating the following actions (whether by amendment, merger, consolidation, recapitalization or otherwise):

(i) Any increase in the authorized number of shares of Series F-1 Preferred;

(ii) Any amendment, alteration, repeal, or waiver of the anti-dilution provisions set forth in Article IV(D) Section 5(h) hereof with respect to the Series F-1 Preferred (including any waiver of adjustments made or required to be made to the Series Preferred Conversion Price of the Series F-1 Preferred pursuant thereto);

(iii) Any action that alters or changes the powers, rights, preferences or privileges of Series F Preferred so as to affect the holders of Series F-1 Preferred Stock adversely as set forth in Section 242 of the DGCL, but not so affect the other series of Series Preferred, including for the sake of clarity, any amendment, alteration, repeal, or waiver of this Section 2(e); or

(iv) Any action that alters or changes the liquidation preference of the Series F-1 Preferred pursuant to Article IV(D) Section 3 and Section 4 hereof in connection with, or in anticipation of, any Acquisition or Asset Transfer.

(f) Election of Board of Directors.

(i) For so long as at least 3,000,000 shares of Series Preferred remain outstanding (subject to adjustment for any stock split, reverse stock split or similar event affecting the Series Preferred after the filing date hereof) the holders of Series Preferred voting together as a single class on an as-if-converted to Common Stock basis, shall be entitled to elect four (4) members of the Board (the “ Preferred Directors ”) at each meeting or pursuant to each consent of the Company’s stockholders for the election of directors, and to remove from office such directors and to fill any vacancy caused by the resignation, death or removal of such directors.

(ii) The holders of Common Stock, voting as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect one (1) member of the Board at each meeting or pursuant to each consent of the Company’s stockholders for the election of directors, and to remove from office such directors and to fill any vacancy caused by the resignation, death or removal of such directors.

(iii) The holders of Common Stock and Series Preferred, voting together as a single class on an as-if-converted basis, shall be entitled to elect all remaining members of the Board at each meeting or pursuant to each consent of the Company’s stockholders for the election of directors, and to remove from office such directors and to fill any vacancy caused by the resignation, death or removal of such directors.


(iv) No person entitled to vote at an election for directors may cumulate votes to which such person is entitled unless required by applicable law at the time of such election. During such time or times that applicable law requires cumulative voting, every stockholder entitled to vote at an election for directors may cumulate such stockholder’s votes and give one candidate a number of votes equal to the number of directors to be elected multiplied by the number of votes to which such stockholder’s shares are otherwise entitled, or distribute the stockholder’s votes on the same principle among as many candidates as such stockholder desires. No stockholder, however, shall be entitled to so cumulate such stockholder’s votes unless (A) the names of such candidate or candidates have been placed in nomination prior to the voting and (B) the stockholder has given notice at the meeting, prior to the voting, of such stockholder’s intention to cumulate such stockholder’s votes. If any stockholder has given proper notice to cumulate votes, all stockholders may cumulate their votes for any candidates who have been properly placed in nomination. Under cumulative voting, the candidates receiving the highest number of votes, up to the number of directors to be elected, are elected.

3. L IQUIDATION R IGHTS .

(a) Upon any liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary (a “ Liquidation Event ”), before any distribution or payment shall be made to the holders of any Common Stock the holders of Series Preferred shall be entitled to be paid pari passu out of the assets of the Company legally available for distribution for each share of Series Preferred held by them, an amount per share of Series Preferred equal to the greater of (i) the applicable Original Issue Price plus all declared and unpaid dividends on such share of the Series Preferred and (ii) such amount per share as would have been payable had all shares of Series Preferred been converted to Common Stock immediately prior to such Liquidation Event. If, upon any such Liquidation Event, the assets of the Company shall be insufficient to make payment in full to all holders of Series Preferred of the liquidation preference set forth in this Section 3(a), then such assets (or consideration) shall be distributed among the holders of Series Preferred at the time outstanding, ratably in proportion to the full amounts to which they would otherwise be respectively entitled.

(b) After the payment of the full liquidation preference of the Series Preferred as set forth in Section 3(a) above, the remaining assets of the Company legally available for distribution, if any, shall be distributed ratably to the holders of the Common Stock as provided in Article IV Section E.4.

(c) The treatment of any particular transaction or series of related transactions as a Liquidation Event may be waived by the vote or written consent of the holders of at least seventy percent (70%) of the outstanding Series Preferred (voting together as a single class on an as-if-converted to Common Stock basis); provided that no proceeds are paid or distributed to any stockholder of the Company in connection with such transaction or series of related transactions.


4. A SSET T RANSFER OR A CQUISITION R IGHTS .

(a) In the event that the Company is a party to an Acquisition or Asset Transfer (as hereinafter defined), then (X) each holder of Series Preferred shall be entitled to receive, pari passu , for each share of Series Preferred then held by such holder, out of the proceeds of such Acquisition or Asset Transfer, the greater of (i) the amount of cash, securities or other property to which such holder would be entitled to receive with respect to such share pursuant to Section 3(a) above were such Acquisition or Asset Transfer a Liquidation Event or (ii) the amount of cash, securities or other property to which such holder would be entitled to receive with respect to such share pursuant to Section 3(c) above were Acquisition or Asset Transfer deemed a Liquidation Event and such share had been converted to Common Stock immediately prior to such Acquisition or Asset Transfer and (Y) each holder of Common Stock shall be entitled to receive for each share of Common Stock held by such holder, out of the proceeds of such Acquisition or Asset Transfer, the amount of cash, securities or other property to which such holder would be entitled to receive with respect to such share pursuant to Section 3(b) above were such Acquisition or Asset Transfer deemed a Liquidation Event.

(b) For the purposes of this Section 4: (i) “ Acquisition ” shall mean (A) any consolidation or merger of the Company with or into any other corporation or other entity or person, or any other corporate reorganization, other than any such consolidation, merger or reorganization in which the stockholders of the Company immediately prior to such consolidation, merger or reorganization, continue to hold a majority of the voting power of the surviving entity in substantially the same proportions (or, if the surviving entity is a wholly owned subsidiary, its parent) immediately after such consolidation, merger or reorganization; or (B) any transaction or series of related transactions to which the Company is a party in which in excess of fifty percent (50%) of the Company’s voting power is transferred; provided that an Acquisition shall not include any transaction or series of transactions principally for bona fide equity financing purposes in which cash is received by the Company or any successor or indebtedness of the Company is cancelled or converted or a combination thereof; and (ii) “ Asset Transfer ” shall mean a sale, lease, exclusive license or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company.

(c) In any Liquidation Event, Acquisition or Asset Transfer, if the consideration to be received is securities of a corporation or other property other than cash, its value will be deemed its fair market value as determined in good faith by the Board on the date such determination is made.

(d) The treatment of any particular transaction or series of related transactions as an Acquisition or an Asset Transfer may be waived by the vote or written consent of the holders of seventy percent (70%) of the outstanding Series Preferred (voting together as a single class on an as-if-converted to Common Stock basis); provided that no proceeds are paid or distributed to any stockholder of the Company in connection with such transaction or series of related transactions.


5. C ONVERSION R IGHTS .

The holders of the Series Preferred shall have the following rights with respect to the conversion of the Series Preferred into shares of Class B Common Stock (the “ Conversion Rights ”):

(a) Optional Conversion. Subject to and in compliance with the provisions of this Section 5, any shares of Series Preferred may, at the option of the holder, be converted at any time into fully-paid and nonassessable shares of Class B Common Stock. The number of shares of Class B Common Stock to which a holder of Series Preferred shall be entitled upon conversion shall be the product obtained by multiplying the “Series Preferred Conversion Rate” then in effect for such series (determined as provided in Section 5(b) below) by the number of shares of Series Preferred being converted.

(b) Series Preferred Conversion Rate. The conversion rate in effect at any time for conversion of each separate series of the Series Preferred (the “ Series Preferred Conversion Rate ”) shall be the quotient obtained by dividing the applicable Original Issue Price of such series of Series Preferred by the applicable “Series Preferred Conversion Price,” calculated as provided in Section 5(c) below.

(c) Series Preferred Conversion Price. The conversion price for each separate series of the Series Preferred shall initially be the applicable Original Issue Price of such series of Series Preferred (the “ Series Preferred Conversion Price ”). Such initial Series Preferred Conversion Price shall be adjusted from time to time in accordance with this Section 5. All references to the Series Preferred Conversion Price herein shall mean the applicable Series Preferred Conversion Price as so adjusted.

(d) Mechanics of Conversion. Each holder of Series Preferred who desires to convert the same into shares of Class B Common Stock pursuant to this Section 5 shall surrender the certificate or certificates therefor, duly endorsed, at the office of the Company or any transfer agent for the Series Preferred, and shall give written notice to the Company at such office that such holder elects to convert the same. Such notice shall state the number of shares of Series Preferred being converted. Thereupon, the Company shall promptly issue and deliver at such office to such holder a certificate or certificates for the number of shares of Class B Common Stock to which such holder is entitled and shall promptly pay (i) in cash or, to the extent sufficient funds are not then legally available therefor, in Class B Common Stock (at the Class B Common Stock’s fair market value determined by the Board as of the date of such conversion), any declared and unpaid dividends on the shares of Series Preferred being converted and (ii) in cash (at the Class B Common Stock’s fair market value determined by the Board as of the date of conversion) the value of any fractional share of Class B Common Stock otherwise issuable to any holder of Series Preferred. Such conversion shall be deemed to have been made at the close of business on the date of such surrender of the certificates representing the shares of Series Preferred to be converted, and the person entitled to receive the shares of Class B Common Stock issuable upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder of such shares of Class B Common Stock on such date.

(e) Adjustment for Stock Splits and Combinations. If at any time or from time to time on or after the date upon which this Amended and Restated


Certificate of Incorporation is accepted for filing by the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware (the “ Filing Date ”) the Company effects a subdivision of the outstanding Class B Common Stock, the Series Preferred Conversion Prices in effect immediately before that subdivision shall be proportionately decreased. Conversely, if at any time or from time to time after the Filing Date the Company combines the outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock into a smaller number of shares, the Series Preferred Conversion Prices in effect immediately before the combination shall be proportionately increased. Any adjustment under this Section 5(e) shall become effective at the close of business on the date the subdivision or combination becomes effective.

(f) Adjustment for Common Stock Dividends and Distributions. If at any time or from time to time on or after the Filing Date, the Company pays to holders of Class B Common Stock a dividend or other distribution in additional shares of Class B Common Stock, the Series Preferred Conversion Prices then in effect shall be decreased as of the time of such issuance, as provided below:

(i) Each Series Preferred Conversion Price shall be adjusted by multiplying the applicable Series Preferred Conversion Price then in effect by a fraction equal to:

(A) the numerator of which is the total number of shares of Class B Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the time of such issuance, and

(B) the denominator of which is the total number of shares of Class B Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the time of such issuance plus the number of shares of Class B Common Stock issuable in payment of such dividend or distribution;

(ii) If the Company fixes a record date to determine which holders of Class B Common Stock are entitled to receive such dividend or other distribution, the Series Preferred Conversion Prices shall be fixed as of the close of business on such record date and the number of shares of Class B Common Stock shall be calculated immediately prior to the close of business on such record date; and

(iii) If such record date is fixed and such dividend is not fully paid or if such distribution is not fully made on the date fixed therefor, the Series Preferred Conversion Prices shall be recomputed accordingly as of the close of business on such record date and thereafter the Series Preferred Conversion Prices shall be adjusted pursuant to this Section 5(f) to reflect the actual payment of such dividend or distribution.

(g) Adjustment for Reclassification, Exchange, Substitution, Reorganization, Merger or Consolidation. If at any time or from time to time on or after the Filing Date, the Class B Common Stock issuable upon the conversion of the Series Preferred is changed into the same or a different number of shares of any class or classes of stock, whether by recapitalization, reclassification, merger, consolidation or otherwise (other than an Acquisition or Asset Transfer as defined in Section 4 of Article IV(D) or a


subdivision or combination of shares or stock dividend provided for elsewhere in this Section 5), in any such event each holder of Series Preferred shall then have the right to convert such stock into the kind and amount of stock and other securities and property receivable upon such recapitalization, reclassification, merger, consolidation or other change by holders of the maximum number of shares of Class B Common Stock into which such shares of Series Preferred could have been converted immediately prior to such recapitalization, reclassification, merger, consolidation or change, all subject to further adjustment as provided herein or with respect to such other securities or property by the terms thereof. In any such case, appropriate adjustment shall be made in the application of the provisions of this Section 5 with respect to the rights of the holders of Series Preferred after the capital reorganization to the end that the provisions of this Section 5 (including adjustment of the Series Preferred Conversion Prices then in effect and the number of shares issuable upon conversion of the Series Preferred) shall be applicable after that event and be as nearly equivalent as practicable.

(h) Sale of Shares Below Series Preferred Conversion Price.

(i) If at any time or from time to time on or after the Filing Date the Company issues or sells, or is deemed by the express provisions of this Section 5(h) to have issued or sold, Additional Shares of Common Stock (as defined below), other than as provided in Section 5(e), 5(f) or 5(g) above, for an Effective Price (as defined below) less than the then effective Series Preferred Conversion Price of the Series A Preferred, the Series B Preferred, the Series C Preferred, the Series D Preferred, the Series E Preferred, the Series F Preferred or the Series F-1 Preferred (a “ Qualifying Dilutive Issuance ”), then and in each such case, the then existing Series Preferred Conversion Price of such series shall be reduced, as of the opening of business on the date of such issue or sale, to a price determined by multiplying the applicable Series Preferred Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such issuance or sale by a fraction equal to:

(A) the numerator of which shall be (A) the number of shares of Common Stock deemed outstanding (as determined below) immediately prior to such issue or sale, plus (B) the number of shares of Common Stock which the Aggregate Consideration (as defined below) received or deemed received by the Company for the total number of Additional Shares of Common Stock so issued would purchase at such then-existing applicable Series Preferred Conversion Price, and

(B) the denominator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock deemed outstanding (as determined below) immediately prior to such issue or sale plus the total number of Additional Shares of Common Stock so issued.

For the purposes of the preceding sentence, the number of shares of Common Stock deemed to be outstanding as of a given date shall be the sum of (A) the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding, (B) the number of shares of Class B Common Stock into which the then outstanding shares of Series Preferred could be converted if fully converted on the day immediately preceding the given date, and (C) the number of shares of Common Stock which are issuable upon the exercise or conversion of all other rights, options and convertible securities outstanding on the day immediately preceding the given date.


(ii) No adjustment shall be made to the Series Preferred Conversion Price in an amount less than one tenth of one percent (0.1%) of the Series Preferred Conversion Price then in effect. Any adjustment otherwise required by this Section 5(h) that is not required to be made due to the preceding sentence shall be included in any subsequent adjustment to the Series Preferred Conversion Price. Any adjustment required by this Section 5(h) shall be rounded to the first decimal for which such rounding represents less than one tenth of one percent (0.1%) of the applicable Series Preferred Conversion Price in effect after such adjustment.

(iii) For the purpose of making any adjustment required under this Section 5(h), the aggregate consideration received by the Company for any issue or sale of securities (the “ Aggregate Consideration ”) shall be defined as: (A) to the extent it consists of cash, be computed at the gross amount of cash received by the Company before deduction of any underwriting or similar commissions, compensation or concessions paid or allowed by the Company in connection with such issue or sale and without deduction of any expenses payable by the Company, (B) to the extent it consists of property other than cash, be computed at the fair value of that property as determined in good faith by the Board, and (C) if Additional Shares of Common Stock, Convertible Securities (as defined below) or rights or options to purchase either Additional Shares of Common Stock or Convertible Securities are issued or sold together with other stock or securities or other assets of the Company for a consideration which covers both, be computed as the portion of the consideration so received that may be reasonably determined in good faith by the Board to be allocable to such Additional Shares of Common Stock, Convertible Securities or rights or options.

(iv) For the purpose of the adjustment required under this Section 5(h), if the Company issues or sells (x) Preferred Stock or other stock, options, warrants, purchase rights or other securities convertible into, Additional Shares of Common Stock (such convertible stock or securities being herein referred to as “ Convertible Securities ”) or (y) rights or options for the purchase of Additional Shares of Common Stock or Convertible Securities and if the Effective Price of such Additional Shares of Common Stock is less than the Series Preferred Conversion Price then in effect with respect to a series of Series Preferred, in each case the Company shall be deemed to have issued at the time of the issuance of such rights or options or Convertible Securities the maximum number of Additional Shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise or conversion thereof and to have received as consideration for the issuance of such shares an amount equal to the total amount of the consideration, if any, received by the Company for the issuance of such rights or options or Convertible Securities plus:

(A) in the case of such rights or options, the minimum amounts of consideration, if any, payable to the Company upon the exercise of such rights or options; and

(B) in the case of Convertible Securities, the minimum amounts of consideration, if any, payable to the Company upon the conversion


thereof (other than by cancellation of liabilities or obligations evidenced by such Convertible Securities); provided that if the minimum amounts of such consideration cannot be ascertained, but are a function of antidilution or similar protective clauses, the Company shall be deemed to have received the minimum amounts of consideration without reference to such clauses.

(C) If the minimum amount of consideration payable to the Company upon the exercise or conversion of rights, options or Convertible Securities is reduced over time or on the occurrence or non-occurrence of specified events other than by reason of antidilution adjustments, the Effective Price shall be recalculated using the figure to which such minimum amount of consideration is reduced; provided further, that if the minimum amount of consideration payable to the Company upon the exercise or conversion of such rights, options or Convertible Securities is subsequently increased, the Effective Price shall be again recalculated using the increased minimum amount of consideration payable to the Company upon the exercise or conversion of such rights, options or Convertible Securities.

(D) No further adjustment of the applicable Series Preferred Conversion Price, as adjusted upon the issuance of such rights, options or Convertible Securities, shall be made as a result of the actual issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock or the exercise of any such rights or options or the conversion of any such Convertible Securities. If any such rights or options or the conversion privilege represented by any such Convertible Securities shall expire without having been exercised, the applicable Series Preferred Conversion Price as adjusted upon the issuance of such rights, options or Convertible Securities shall be readjusted to the applicable Series Preferred Conversion Price which would have been in effect had an adjustment been made on the basis that the only Additional Shares of Common Stock so issued were the Additional Shares of Common Stock, if any, actually issued or sold on the exercise of such rights or options or rights of conversion of such Convertible Securities, and such Additional Shares of Common Stock, if any, were issued or sold for the consideration actually received by the Company upon such exercise, plus the consideration, if any, actually received by the Company for the granting of all such rights or options, whether or not exercised, plus the consideration received for issuing or selling the Convertible Securities actually converted, plus the consideration, if any, actually received by the Company (other than by cancellation of liabilities or obligations evidenced by such Convertible Securities) on the conversion of such Convertible Securities, provided that such readjustment shall not apply to prior conversions of Series Preferred.

(v) For the purpose of making any adjustment to the Series Preferred Conversion Price required under this Section 5(h), “ Additional Shares of Common Stock ” shall mean all shares of Common Stock issued by the Company or deemed to be issued pursuant to this Section 5(h) (including shares of Common Stock subsequently reacquired or retired by the Company), other than:

(A) shares of Class B Common Stock issued upon conversion of the Series Preferred;


(B) shares of Common Stock or Convertible Securities issued after the Filing Date to employees, officers or directors of, or consultants or advisors to the Company or any subsidiary pursuant to stock purchase or stock option plans or other arrangements that are approved by the Board;

(C) shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to the exercise of Convertible Securities outstanding as of the Filing Date;

(D) shares of Common Stock or Convertible Securities issued for consideration other than cash pursuant to a merger, consolidation, acquisition, strategic alliance or similar business combination approved by the Board including at least one of the Preferred Directors;

(E) shares of Common Stock or Convertible Securities issued pursuant to any equipment loan or leasing arrangement, real property leasing arrangement or debt financing from a bank or similar financial institution approved by the Board including the at least one of Preferred Directors;

(F) any Common Stock or Convertible Securities issued in connection with strategic transactions involving the Company and other entities, including (i) joint ventures, manufacturing, marketing or distribution arrangements or (ii) technology transfer or development arrangements; provided that the issuance of shares therein has been approved by the Company’s Board including at least one of the Preferred Directors; and.

(G) Up to 64,920 shares of Series E Preferred Stock (subject to adjustment for any stock split, reverse stock split or similar event affecting the Series Preferred after the filing date hereof) issued pursuant to the Representations Letter (as defined in that certain Series E Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement dated August 22, 2013).

References to Common Stock in the subsections of this clause (v) above shall mean all shares of Common Stock issued by the Company or deemed to be issued pursuant to this Section 5(h). The “ Effective Price ” of Additional Shares of Common Stock shall mean the quotient determined by dividing the total number of Additional Shares of Common Stock issued or sold, or deemed to have been issued or sold by the Company under this Section 5(h), into the Aggregate Consideration received, or deemed to have been received by the Company for such issue under this Section 5(h), for such Additional Shares of Common Stock. In the event that the number of shares of Additional Shares of Common Stock or the Effective Price cannot be ascertained at the time of issuance, such Additional Shares of Common Stock shall be deemed issued immediately upon the occurrence of the first event that makes such number of shares or the Effective Price, as applicable, ascertainable.

(vi) In the event that the Company issues or sells, or is deemed to have issued or sold, Additional Shares of Common Stock in a Qualifying Dilutive Issuance (the “ First Dilutive Issuance ”), then in the event that the Company


issues or sells, or is deemed to have issued or sold, Additional Shares of Common Stock in a Qualifying Dilutive Issuance other than the First Dilutive Issuance as a part of the same transaction or series of related transactions as the First Dilutive Issuance (a “ Subsequent Dilutive Issuance ”), then and in each such case upon a Subsequent Dilutive Issuance the Series Preferred Conversion Price shall be reduced to the Series Preferred Conversion Price that would have been in effect had the First Dilutive Issuance and each Subsequent Dilutive Issuance all occurred on the closing date of the First Dilutive Issuance.

(i) Certificate of Adjustment. In each case of an adjustment or readjustment of the Series Preferred Conversion Price for the number of shares of Common Stock or other securities issuable upon conversion of the Series Preferred, if the Series Preferred is then convertible pursuant to this Section 5, the Company, at its expense, shall compute such adjustment or readjustment in accordance with the provisions hereof and shall, upon request, prepare a certificate showing such adjustment or readjustment, and shall mail such certificate, by first class mail, postage prepaid, to each registered holder of Series Preferred so requesting at the holder’s address as shown in the Company’s books. The certificate shall set forth such adjustment or readjustment, showing in detail the facts upon which such adjustment or readjustment is based, including a statement of (i) the consideration received or deemed to be received by the Company for any Additional Shares of Common Stock issued or sold or deemed to have been issued or sold, (ii) the applicable Series Preferred Conversion Price at the time in effect, (iii) the number of Additional Shares of Common Stock and (iv) the type and amount, if any, of other property which at the time would be received upon conversion of the Series Preferred. Failure to request or provide such notice shall have no effect on any such adjustment.

(j) Notices of Record Date. Upon (i) any taking by the Company of a record of the holders of any class of securities for the purpose of determining the holders thereof who are entitled to receive any dividend or other distribution, or (ii) any Acquisition (as defined in Section 4 of Article IV(D)) or other capital reorganization of the Company, any reclassification or recapitalization of the capital stock of the Company, any merger or consolidation of the Company with or into any other corporation, or any Asset Transfer (as defined in Section 4 of Article IV(D)), or any voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Company, the Company shall mail to each holder of Series Preferred at least ten (10) days prior to (x) the record date, if any, specified therein; or (y) if no record date is specified, the date upon which such action is to take effect (or, in either case, such shorter period approved by the holders of at least seventy percent (70%) of the outstanding Series Preferred voting together as a single class on an as-if-converted to Class B Common Stock basis) a notice specifying (A) the date on which any such record is to be taken for the purpose of such dividend or distribution and a description of such dividend or distribution, (B) the date on which any such Acquisition, reorganization, reclassification, transfer, consolidation, merger, Asset Transfer, dissolution, liquidation or winding up is expected to become effective, and (C) the date, if any, that is to be fixed as to when the holders of record of Common Stock (or other securities) shall be entitled to exchange their shares of Common Stock (or other securities) for securities or other property deliverable upon such Acquisition, reorganization, reclassification, transfer, consolidation, merger, Asset Transfer, dissolution, liquidation or winding up.


(k) Automatic Conversion.

(i) Each share of Series Preferred shall automatically be converted into shares of Class B Common Stock, based on the then-effective applicable Series Preferred Conversion Rate, (A) at any time upon the affirmative election of the holders of at least seventy percent (70%) of the outstanding shares of the Series Preferred voting together as a single class on an as-if-converted to Class B Common Stock basis, or (B) immediately upon the closing of a firmly underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, covering the offer and sale of Class A Common Stock for the account of the Company in which the gross cash proceeds to the Company (before underwriting discounts, commissions and fees) are at least $30,000,000 and the Company’s shares have been listed for trading on the New York Stock Exchange, NASDAQ Global Select Market or NASDAQ Global Market. Upon such automatic conversion, any declared and unpaid dividends shall be paid in accordance with the provisions of Section 5(d) of Article IV(D). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the holders of at least seventy percent (70%) of the outstanding shares of the Series Preferred affirmatively elect to convert each share of Series Preferred into shares of Class B Common Stock pursuant to Section 5(k)(i)(A) in connection with a, or in contemplation of an identified, Liquidation Event, Acquisition or Asset Transfer, in addition to such affirmative election, the consent of at least sixty percent (60%) of the outstanding shares of Series C Preferred shall be required to convert the outstanding shares of Series C Preferred into shares of Class B Common Stock, the consent of at least sixty-five percent (65%) of the outstanding shares of Series D Preferred shall be required to convert the outstanding shares of Series D Preferred into shares of Class B Common Stock, the consent of at least seventy percent (70%) of the outstanding shares of Series E Preferred shall be required to convert the outstanding shares of Series E Preferred into shares of Class B Common Stock, and the consent of at least seventy percent (70%) of the outstanding shares of Series F Preferred shall be required to convert the outstanding shares of Series F Preferred into shares of Class B Common Stock, and the consent of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series F-1 Preferred shall be required to convert the outstanding shares of Series F-1 Preferred into shares of Class B Common Stock.

(ii) Upon the occurrence of either of the events specified in Section 5(k)(i) of Article IV(D), and subject to the last sentence of such section, the outstanding shares of Series Preferred shall be converted automatically without any further action by the holders of such shares and whether or not the certificates representing such shares are surrendered to the Company or its transfer agent; provided, however , that the Company shall not be obligated to issue certificates evidencing the shares of Class B Common Stock issuable upon such conversion unless the certificates evidencing such shares of Series Preferred are either delivered to the Company or its transfer agent as provided below, or the holder notifies the Company or its transfer agent that such certificates have been lost, stolen or destroyed and executes an agreement satisfactory to the Company to indemnify the Company from any loss incurred by it in connection with such certificates. Upon the occurrence of such automatic conversion of the Series Preferred, the holders of Series Preferred shall surrender the certificates representing such shares at the office of the Company or any transfer agent for the Series Preferred. Thereupon, there shall be issued and delivered to such holder promptly at such office and


in its name as shown on such surrendered certificate or certificates, a certificate or certificates for the number of shares of Class B Common Stock into which the shares of Series Preferred surrendered were convertible on the date on which such automatic conversion occurred, and any declared and unpaid dividends shall be paid in accordance with the provisions of Section 5(d) of Article IV(D).

(l) Fractional Shares. No fractional shares of Class B Common Stock shall be issued upon conversion of Series Preferred. All shares of Class B Common Stock (including fractions thereof) issuable upon conversion of more than one share of Series Preferred by a holder thereof shall be aggregated for purposes of determining whether the conversion would result in the issuance of any fractional share. If, after the aforementioned aggregation, the conversion would result in the issuance of any fractional share, the Company shall, in lieu of issuing any fractional share, pay cash equal to the product of such fraction multiplied by the fair market value of one share of Class B Common Stock (as determined by the Board) on the date of conversion.

(m) Reservation of Stock Issuable Upon Conversion. The Company shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued shares of Class B Common Stock, solely for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the shares of the Series Preferred, such number of its shares of Class B Common Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all outstanding shares of the Series Preferred. If at any time the number of authorized but unissued shares of Class B Common Stock shall not be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then outstanding shares of the Series Preferred, the Company will take such corporate action as may be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued shares of Class B Common Stock to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purpose.

(n) Notices. Any notice required by the provisions of this Section 5 shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given: (i) upon personal delivery to the party to be notified, (ii) when sent by communication in compliance with the provisions of the DGCL if sent during normal business hours of the recipient; if not, then on the next business day, (iii) five (5) days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or (iv) one (1) day after deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, specifying next day delivery, with verification of receipt. All notices shall be addressed to each holder of record at the address of such holder appearing on the books of the Company.

(o) Payment of Taxes. The Company will pay all taxes (other than taxes based upon income) and other governmental charges that may be imposed with respect to the issue or delivery of shares of Common Stock upon conversion of shares of Series Preferred, excluding any tax or other charge imposed in connection with any transfer involved in the issue and delivery of shares of Common Stock in a name other than that in which the shares of Series Preferred so converted were registered.


6. N O R EISSUANCE O F S ERIES P REFERRED .

Any share or shares of Series Preferred redeemed, purchased, converted or exchanged shall be cancelled and retired and shall not be reissued or transferred.

E. Except as provided above, the rights, preferences, privileges, restrictions and other matters relating to the Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock are as follows:

1. Definitions.

For purposes of this Article IV.E, the following definitions shall apply:

(a) Equivalent Consideration shall mean, with respect to the Class A Common Stock or the Class B Common Stock, the same consideration paid or otherwise distributed in respect of the Class B Common Stock or the Class A Common Stock, respectively; provided, however , that in the event that consideration is paid in capital stock or other securities of another entity, such securities need not be identical with respect to voting rights in order to be Equivalent Consideration. For the avoidance of doubt, compensation pursuant to any employment, consulting, severance or other compensatory arrangement to be paid to or received by a person who is also a holder of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock does not constitute consideration in respect of the Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock.

(b) Family Member ” shall mean with respect to any Qualified Stockholder who is a natural person, the spouse, parents, grandparents, lineal descendants, siblings and lineal descendants of siblings (in each case whether by blood relation or adoption) of such Qualified Stockholder.

(c) Final Conversion Date ” means 5:00 p.m. in New York City, New York on the earlier to occur following the IPO of (i) the first Trading Day falling on or after the date on which the outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock represent less than ten percent (10%) of the aggregate number of shares of the then outstanding Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock, (ii) the tenth (10th) anniversary of the IPO or (iii) the date specified by affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock, voting as a single class.

(d) Founder ” means the following individuals: Scott Dietzen, John Colgrove and David Hatfield and any Permitted Transferee of such Founder.

(e) IPO ” means the Company’s first firmly underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, covering the offer and sale of Class A Common Stock where the Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock are each a “covered security” as described in Section 18(b) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(f) Permitted Entity ” shall mean, with respect to a Qualified Stockholder that is not a natural person, any corporation, partnership or limited liability company in which such Qualified Stockholder directly, or indirectly through one or more Permitted Transferees, owns shares, partnership interests or membership interests, as


applicable, with sufficient Voting Control in the corporation, partnership or limited liability company, as the case may be, or otherwise has legally enforceable rights, such that the Qualified Stockholder retains sole dispositive power and exclusive Voting Control with respect to all shares of Class B Common Stock held of record by such corporation, partnership or limited liability company, as the case may be.

(g) Permitted Transfer ” shall mean, and be restricted to, any Transfer of a share of Class B Common Stock:

(i) by a Qualified Stockholder that is a natural person, to the trustee of a Permitted Trust of such Qualified Stockholder;

(ii) by a Permitted Trust of a Qualified Stockholder, to the Qualified Stockholder or the trustee of any other Permitted Trust of such Qualified Stockholder;

(iii) by a Qualified Stockholder that is not a natural person to any Permitted Entity of such Qualified Stockholder;

(iv) by a Permitted Entity of a Qualified Stockholder that is not a natural person to the Qualified Stockholder or any other Permitted Entity of such Qualified Stockholder; or

(v) by a Qualified Stockholder that is a partnership or limited liability company that beneficially held more than one percent (1%) of the total outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock as of immediately following the closing of the IPO, to any person or entity that, upon the closing of the IPO, was a Control Person of such partnership or limited liability company, in accordance with in the terms of such partnership or limited liability company and without the payment of additional consideration, and any further Transfer(s) by such Control Person that is a partnership or limited liability company to any person or entity that was upon the closing of the IPO a general partner, managing member or manager of such partnership or limited liability company in accordance with the terms of such partnership or limited liability company and without the payment of additional consideration. All shares of Class B Common Stock held by affiliated entities shall be aggregated together for the purposes of determining the satisfaction of such one percent (1%) threshold. For the purposes of the foregoing, a “Control Person” shall mean any general partner of a limited partnership and any managing member, managing director or manager of a limited liability company.

(h) Permitted Transferee shall mean a transferee of shares of Class B Common Stock received in a Transfer that constitutes a Permitted Transfer.

(i) Permitted Trust shall mean a bona fide trust for the benefit of a Qualified Stockholder or Family Members of the Qualified Stockholder, if such Transfer does not involve any payment of cash, securities, property or other consideration (other than an interest in such trust) to the Qualified Stockholder, a trust under the terms of which such Qualified Stockholder has retained a “qualified interest” within the meaning of §2702(b)(1) of the Internal Revenue Code and/or a reversionary


interest, in each case so long as the Qualified Stockholder has sole dispositive power and exclusive Voting Control with respect to the shares of Class B Common Stock held by such trust.

(j) Qualified Stockholder ” shall mean (i) the registered holder of a share of Class B Common Stock immediately prior to the IPO; (ii) the initial registered holder of any shares of Class B Common Stock that are originally issued by the Company after the IPO (including, without limitation, upon conversion of the Series Preferred or upon exercise of options or warrants); and (iii) a Permitted Transferee.

(k) Transfer ” of a share of Class B Common Stock shall mean any sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance, hypothecation or other transfer or disposition of such share or any legal or beneficial interest in such share, whether or not for value and whether voluntary or involuntary or by operation of law, including, without limitation, a transfer of a share of Class B Common Stock to a broker or other nominee (regardless of whether there is a corresponding change in beneficial ownership), or the transfer of, or entering into a binding agreement with respect to, Voting Control (as defined below) over such share by proxy or otherwise; provided , however , that the following shall not be considered a “Transfer” within the meaning of this Article IV:

(i) the granting of a revocable proxy to officers or directors of the Company at the request of the Board of Directors in connection with actions to be taken at an annual or special meeting of stockholders;

(ii) entering into a voting trust, agreement or arrangement (with or without granting a proxy) solely with stockholders who are holders of Class B Common Stock that (A) is disclosed either in a Schedule 13D filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission or in writing to the Secretary of the Company, (B) either has a term not exceeding one (1) year or is terminable by the holder of the shares subject thereto at any time and (C) does not involve any payment of cash, securities, property or other consideration to the holder of the shares subject thereto other than the mutual promise to vote shares in a designated manner; or

(iii) the pledge of shares of Class B Common Stock by a stockholder that creates a mere security interest in such shares pursuant to a bona fide loan or indebtedness transaction for so long as such stockholder continues to exercise Voting Control over such pledged shares; provided, however , that a foreclosure on such shares or other similar action by the pledgee shall constitute a “Transfer” unless such foreclosure or similar action qualifies as a “Permitted Transfer”.

A “Transfer” shall also be deemed to have occurred with respect to a share of Class B Common Stock beneficially held by (i) a Permitted Transferee on the date that such Permitted Transferee ceases to meet the qualifications to be a Permitted Transferee of the Qualified Stockholder who effected the Transfer of such shares to such Permitted Transferee, or (ii) an entity that is a Qualified Stockholder, if there occurs a Transfer on a cumulative basis, from and after the acceptance of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation for filing with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware (the


Effective Time ”), of a majority of the voting power of the voting securities of such entity or any direct or indirect Parent of such entity, other than a Transfer to parties that are, as of the Effective Time, holders of voting securities of any such entity or Parent of such entity. “Parent” of an entity shall mean any entity that directly or indirectly owns or controls a majority of the voting power of the voting securities of such entity.

(l) Voting Control ” shall mean, with respect to a share of Class B Common Stock, the power (whether exclusive or shared) to vote or direct the voting of such share by proxy, voting agreement or otherwise.

2. R IGHTS RELATING TO D IVIDENDS , S UBDIVISIONS AND C OMBINATIONS .

(a) Subject to the prior rights of holders of all classes and series of stock at the time outstanding having prior rights as to dividends, the holders of the Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock shall be entitled to receive, when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors, out of any assets of the Company legally available therefor, such dividends as may be declared from time to time by the Board. Any dividends paid to the holders of shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock shall be paid pro rata, on an equal priority, pari passu basis, unless different treatment of the shares of each such class is approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of the applicable class of Common Stock treated adversely, voting separately as a class.

(b) The Company shall not declare or pay any dividend or make any other distribution to the holders of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock payable in securities of the Company unless the same dividend or distribution with the same record date and payment date shall be declared and paid on all shares of Common Stock; provided, however , that (i) dividends or other distributions payable in shares of Class A Common Stock or rights to acquire shares of Class A Common Stock may be declared and paid to the holders of Class A Common Stock without the same dividend or distribution being declared and paid to the holders of the Class B Common Stock if, and only if, a dividend payable in shares of Class B Common Stock, or rights to acquire shares of Class B Common Stock, as applicable, are declared and paid to the holders of Class B Common Stock at the same rate and with the same record date and payment date; and (ii) dividends or other distributions payable in shares of Class B Common Stock or rights to acquire shares Class B Common Stock may be declared and paid to the holders of Class B Common Stock without the same dividend or distribution being declared and paid to the holders of the Class A Common Stock if, and only if, a dividend payable in shares of Class A Common Stock, or rights to acquire shares of Class A Common Stock, as applicable, are declared and paid to the holders of Class A Common Stock at the same rate and with the same record date and payment date.

(c) If the Company in any manner subdivides or combines the outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock, then the outstanding shares of all Common Stock will be subdivided or combined in the same proportion and manner.


3. V OTING R IGHTS .

(a) Class A Common Stock . Each holder of shares of Class A Common Stock shall be entitled to one (1) vote for each share thereof held.

(b) Class B Common Stock . Each holder of shares of Class B Common Stock shall be entitled to ten (10) votes for each share thereof held.

(c) Class B Common Stock Protective Provisions . Following the IPO, so long as any shares of Class B Common Stock remain outstanding, the Company shall not, without the approval by vote or written consent of the holders of a majority of the voting power of the Class B Common Stock then outstanding, voting together as a single class, directly or indirectly, or whether by amendment, or through merger, recapitalization, consolidation or otherwise:

(i) amend, alter, or repeal any provision of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Company (including any filing of a Certificate of Designation), that modifies the voting, conversion or other powers, preferences, or other special rights or privileges, or restrictions of the Class B Common Stock; or

(ii) reclassify any outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock of the Company into shares having rights as to dividends or liquidation that are senior to the Class B Common Stock or the right to more than one (1) vote for each share thereof.

(d) General . Except as otherwise expressly provided herein or as required by law, the holders of Preferred Stock, Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock shall vote together and not as separate series or classes.

4. L IQUIDATION R IGHTS .

In the event of a Liquidation Event, upon the completion of the distributions required with respect to each series of Preferred Stock that may then be outstanding, the remaining assets of the Company legally available for distribution to stockholders shall be distributed on an equal priority, pro rata basis to the holders of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock, unless different treatment of the shares of each such class is approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock, each voting separately as a class.

5. O PTIONAL C ONVERSION .

(a) Optional Conversion of the Class B Common Stock .

(i) At the option of the holder thereof, each share of Class B Common Stock shall be convertible, at any time or from time to time following the closing of the IPO, into one fully paid and nonassessable share of Class A Common Stock as provided herein.


(ii) Each holder of Class B Common Stock who elects to convert the same into shares of Class A Common Stock shall surrender the certificate or certificates therefor, duly endorsed, at the office of the Company or any transfer agent for the Class B Common Stock, and shall give written notice to the Company at such office that such holder elects to convert the same and shall state therein the number of shares of Class B Common Stock being converted. Thereupon, the Company shall promptly issue and deliver at such office to such holder a certificate or certificates for the number of shares of Class A Common Stock to which such holder is entitled upon such conversion. Such conversion shall be deemed to have been made immediately prior to the close of business on the date of such surrender of the certificate or certificates representing the shares of Class B Common Stock to be converted, and the person entitled to receive the shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder of such shares of Class A Common Stock on such date. If a conversion election under this Section 5(a)(ii) is made in connection with an underwritten offering of the Company’s securities pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the conversion may, at the option of the holder tendering shares of Class B Common Stock for conversion, be conditioned upon the closing with the underwriters of the sale of the Company’s securities pursuant to such offering, in which event the holders making such elections who are entitled to receive Class A Common Stock upon conversion of their Class B Common Stock shall not be deemed to have converted such shares of Class B Common Stock until immediately after to the closing of such sale of the Company’s securities in the offering.

6. A UTOMATIC C ONVERSION .

(a) Automatic Conversion of the Class B Common Stock . At any time following the closing of the IPO, each share of Class B Common Stock shall automatically be converted into one fully paid and nonassessable share of Class A Common Stock upon a Transfer, other than a Permitted Transfer, of such share of Class B Common Stock. Such conversion shall occur automatically without the need for any further action by the holders of such shares and whether or not the certificates representing such shares are surrendered to the Company or its transfer agent; provided , however , that the Company shall not be obligated to issue certificates evidencing the shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon such conversion unless the certificates evidencing such shares of Class B Common Stock are either delivered to the Company or its transfer agent as provided below, or the holder notifies the Company or its transfer agent that such certificates have been lost, stolen or destroyed and executes an agreement satisfactory to the Company to indemnify the Company from any loss incurred by it in connection with such certificates. Upon the occurrence of such automatic conversion of the Class B Common Stock, the holders of Class B Common Stock so converted shall surrender the certificates representing such shares at the office of the Company or any transfer agent for the Class A Common Stock. Thereupon, there shall be issued and delivered to such holder promptly at such office and in its name as shown on such surrendered certificate or certificates, a certificate or certificates for the number of shares of Class A Common Stock into which the shares of Class B Common Stock surrendered were convertible on the date on which such automatic conversion occurred.


(b) Conversion Upon Death . At any time following the closing of the IPO, each share of Class B Common Stock held of record by a natural person, other than a Founder, shall automatically, without any further action, convert into one fully paid and nonassessable share of Class A Common Stock upon the death of such stockholder. At any time following the closing of the IPO, each share of Class B Common Stock held of record by a Founder or a Permitted Transferee of such Founder shall automatically, without any further action, convert into one fully paid and nonassessable share of Class A Common Stock nine (9) months after the date of the death of such Founder.

7. Final Conversion .  On the Final Conversion Date, each one (1) issued share of Class B Common Stock shall automatically, without any further action, convert into one (1) share of Class A Common Stock. Following the Final Conversion Date, the Company may no longer issue any additional shares of Class B Common Stock.

8. R ESERVATION OF S TOCK I SSUABLE U PON C ONVERSION .

The Company shall at all times following the closing of the IPO reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued shares of Class A Common Stock, solely for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the shares of the Class B Common Stock, as applicable, such number of its shares of Class A Common Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock; and if at any time following the closing of the IPO the number of authorized but unissued shares of Class A Common Stock shall not be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then-outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock, as applicable, the Company will take such corporate action as may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued shares of Class A Common Stock to such numbers of shares as shall be sufficient for such purpose.

V.

A. The liability of the directors of the Company for monetary damages shall be eliminated to the fullest extent under applicable law.

B. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Company is authorized to provide indemnification of (and advancement of expenses to) directors, officers and agents of the Company (and any other persons to which applicable law permits the Company to provide indemnification) through Bylaw provisions, agreements with such agents or other persons, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise in excess of the indemnification and advancement otherwise permitted by such applicable law. If applicable law is amended after approval by the stockholders of this Article V to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director to the Company shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law as so amended.


C. Any repeal or modification of this Article V shall only be prospective and shall not affect the rights under this Article V in effect at the time of the alleged occurrence of any action or omission to act giving rise to liability.

D. In the event that a member of the Board of Directors of the Company who is also a partner or employee of an entity that is a holder of Preferred Stock and that is in the business of investing and reinvesting in other entities, or an employee of an entity that manages such an entity (each, a “ Fund ”) acquires knowledge of a potential transaction or other matter in such individual’s capacity as a partner or employee of the Fund or the manager or general partner of the Fund (and other than directly in connection with such individual’s service as a member of the Board of Directors of the Company) and that may be an opportunity of interest for both the Company and such Fund (a “ Corporate Opportunity ”), then the Company (i) renounces any expectancy that such director or Fund offer an opportunity to participate in such Corporate Opportunity to the Company and (ii) to the fullest extent permitted by law, waives any claim that such opportunity constituted a Corporate Opportunity that should have been presented by such director or Fund to the Company or any of its affiliates; provided, however, that such director acts in good faith.

VI.

For the management of the business and for the conduct of the affairs of the Company, and in further definition, limitation and regulation of the powers of the Company, of its directors and of its stockholders or any class thereof, as the case may be, it is further provided that:

A. The management of the business and the conduct of the affairs of the Company shall be vested in its Board. The number of directors which shall constitute the whole Board shall be fixed by the Board in the manner provided in the Bylaws, subject to any restrictions which may be set forth in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation.

B. Subject to any required vote or approval of the holders of the Series Preferred set forth herein, the Board of Directors is expressly empowered to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Company. The stockholders shall also have the power to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Company; provided however, that, in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of stock of the Company required by law or by this Certificate of Incorporation, the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of the capital stock of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class, shall be required to adopt, amend or repeal any provision of the Bylaws of the Company.

C. The directors of the Company need not be elected by written ballot unless the Bylaws so provide.

* * * *

FOUR: This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been duly approved by the Board of Directors of the Company.


FIVE: This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was approved by the holders of the requisite number of shares of said corporation in accordance with Section 228 of the DGCL. This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Sections 242 and 245 of the DGCL by the stockholders of the Company.


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , PURE Storage, Inc. has caused this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be signed by its Chief Executive Officer this 31st day of March, 2015.

 

PURE S TORAGE , I NC .

/s/ Scott Dietzen

Scott Dietzen, Chief Executive Officer


CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT TO THE

AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

PURE STORAGE, INC.

P URE S TORAGE , I NC . , a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ DGCL ”), does hereby certify:

F IRST : The name of the corporation is Pure Storage, Inc. (the “ Company ”).

S ECOND : The original name of this corporation is Os76, Inc. and the date of filing the original Certificate of Incorporation of this corporation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware was October 2, 2009.

T HIRD : The Board of Directors of the Company, acting in accordance with the provisions of Sections 141 and 242 of the DGCL, adopted resolutions amending its Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation as follows:

1. Article IV(A) of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company is hereby amended to read in full as follows:

A. The Company is authorized to issue three classes of stock to be designated, respectively, “Class A Common Stock,” “Class B Common Stock” and “Preferred Stock.” The total number of shares which the Company is authorized to issue is two billion three hundred seventy-six million six hundred ninety-one thousand two hundred forty-seven (2,376,691,247) shares, two billion (2,000,000,000) shares of which shall be Class A Common Stock (the “ Class A Common Stock ”), two hundred fifty-two million eight hundred eleven thousand two hundred ninety-five (252,811,295) shares of which shall be Class B Common Stock (the “ Class B Common Stock ” and, together with the Class A Common Stock, the “ Common Stock ”), and one hundred twenty-three million eight hundred seventy-nine thousand nine hundred fifty-two (123,879,952) shares of which shall be Preferred Stock (the “ Preferred Stock ”). The Preferred Stock shall have a par value of $0.0001 per share and the Common Stock shall have a par value of $0.0001 per share.”

F OURTH : Thereafter, pursuant to a resolution by the Board of Directors, this Certificate of Amendment of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was submitted to the stockholders of the Company for their approval in accordance with the provisions of Section 228 and 242 of the DGCL. Accordingly, said proposed amendment has been adopted in accordance with Section 242 of the DGCL.

[R EMAINDER OF P AGE I NTENTIONALLY L EFT B LANK ]


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , P URE S TORAGE , I NC . has caused this Certificate of Amendment to the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be signed by its Chief Executive Officer this 31 st day of August, 2015.

 

P URE S TORAGE , I NC .
By:   /s/ Scott Dietzen
  S COTT D IETZEN
  Chief Executive Officer

Exhibit 3.2

A MENDED AND R ESTATED

C ERTIFICATE OF I NCORPORATION

OF

P URE S TORAGE , I NC .

Scott Dietzen hereby certifies that:

ONE: The original name of this company is Os76, Inc. and date of filing the original Certificate of Incorporation of this company with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware was October 2, 2009.

TWO: He is the duly elected and acting Chief Executive Officer of Pure Storage, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

THREE: The Certificate of Incorporation of this Company is hereby amended and restated to read as follows:

I.

The name of this corporation is Pure Storage, Inc. (the “ Company ”).

II.

The address of the registered office of this Company in the State of Delaware is 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, 19808, and the name of the registered agent of this Company in the State of Delaware at such address is Corporation Service Company.

III.

The purpose of the Company is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which a corporation may be organized under the Delaware General Corporation Law (“ DGCL ”).

IV.

A. The Company is authorized to issue three classes of stock to be designated, respectively, “Class A Common Stock,” “Class B Common Stock” and “Preferred Stock.” The total number of shares which the Company is authorized to issue is two billion two hundred seventy million (2,270,000,000) shares, two billion (2,000,000,000) shares of which shall be Class A Common Stock (the “ Class A Common Stock ”), two hundred fifty million (250,000,000) shares of which shall be Class B Common Stock (the “ Class B Common Stock ” and, together with the Class A Common Stock, the “ Common Stock ”), and twenty million (20,000,000) shares of which shall be Preferred Stock (the “ Preferred Stock ”). The Preferred Stock shall have a par value of $0.0001 per share and the Common Stock shall have a par value of $0.0001 per share.

 

1


B. The Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time in one or more series. The Board of Directors of the Company is hereby expressly authorized to provide for the issue of all or any of the shares of the Preferred Stock in one or more series, and to fix the number of shares and to determine or alter for each such series, such voting powers, full or limited, or no voting powers, and such designation, preferences, and relative, participating, optional, or other rights and such qualifications, limitations, or restrictions thereof, as shall be stated and expressed in the resolution or resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors providing for the issuance of such shares and as may be permitted by the DGCL. The Board of Directors is also expressly authorized to increase or decrease the number of shares of any series subsequent to the issuance of shares of that series, but not below the number of shares of such series then outstanding. In case the number of shares of any series shall be decreased in accordance with the foregoing sentence, the shares constituting such decrease shall resume the status that they had prior to the adoption of the resolution originally fixing the number of shares of such series.

C. The number of authorized shares of Preferred Stock, Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of all of the outstanding shares of stock of the Company entitled to vote thereon, without a separate vote of the holders of the Preferred Stock, or of any series thereof, Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock unless a vote of any such holders is required pursuant to the terms of any Certificate of Designation filed with respect to any series of Preferred Stock.

D. Except as provided above, the rights, preferences, privileges, restrictions and other matters relating to the Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock are as follows:

1. Definitions . For purposes of this amended and restated certificate of incorporation, the following definitions shall apply:

a. Acquisition ” shall mean (A) any consolidation or merger of the Company with or into any other corporation or other entity or person, or any other corporate reorganization, other than any such consolidation, merger or reorganization in which the stockholders of the Company immediately prior to such consolidation, merger or reorganization, continue to hold a majority of the voting power of the surviving entity in substantially the same proportions (or, if the surviving entity is a wholly owned subsidiary, its parent) immediately after such consolidation, merger or reorganization; or (B) any transaction or series of related transactions to which the Company is a party in which in excess of fifty percent (50%) of the Company’s voting power is transferred; provided that an Acquisition shall not include any transaction or series of transactions principally for bona fide equity financing purposes in which cash is received by the Company or any successor or indebtedness of the Company is cancelled or converted or a combination thereof.

b. Asset Transfer ” shall mean a sale, lease, exclusive license or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company

c. Family Member ” shall mean with respect to any Qualified Stockholder who is a natural person, the spouse, parents, grandparents, lineal descendants, siblings and lineal descendants of siblings (in each case whether by blood relation or adoption) of such Qualified Stockholder.

 

2


d. Final Conversion Date ” means 5:00 p.m. in New York City, New York on the earlier to occur following the IPO of (i) the first Trading Day falling on or after the date on which the outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock represent less than ten percent (10%) of the aggregate number of shares of the then outstanding Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock, (ii) the tenth (10th) anniversary of the IPO or (iii) the date specified by affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock, voting as a single class.

e. Founder ” means the following individuals: John Colgrove, Scott Dietzen and David Hatfield and any Permitted Transferee of such Founder.

f. IPO ” means the Company’s first firmly underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, covering the offer and sale of Class A Common Stock where the Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock are each a “covered security” as described in Section 18(b) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

g. Liquidation Event ” shall mean any liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary, any Asset Transfer or any Acquisition.

h. Permitted Entity ” shall mean, with respect to a Qualified Stockholder that is not a natural person, any corporation, partnership or limited liability company in which such Qualified Stockholder directly, or indirectly through one or more Permitted Transferees, owns shares, partnership interests or membership interests, as applicable, with sufficient Voting Control in the corporation, partnership or limited liability company, as the case may be, or otherwise has legally enforceable rights, such that the Qualified Stockholder retains sole dispositive power and exclusive Voting Control with respect to all shares of Class B Common Stock held of record by such corporation, partnership or limited liability company, as the case may be.

i. Permitted Transfer ” shall mean, and be restricted to, any Transfer of a share of Class B Common Stock:

(i) by a Qualified Stockholder that is a natural person, to the trustee of a Permitted Trust of such Qualified Stockholder;

(ii) by a Permitted Trust of a Qualified Stockholder, to the Qualified Stockholder or the trustee of any other Permitted Trust of such Qualified Stockholder;

(iii) by a Qualified Stockholder that is not a natural person to any Permitted Entity of such Qualified Stockholder;

 

3


(iv) by a Permitted Entity of a Qualified Stockholder that is not a natural person to the Qualified Stockholder or any other Permitted Entity of such Qualified Stockholder; or

(v) by a Qualified Stockholder that is a partnership or limited liability company that beneficially held more than one percent (1%) of the total outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock as of immediately following the closing of the IPO, to any person or entity that, upon the closing of the IPO, was a Control Person of such partnership or limited liability company, in accordance with in the terms of such partnership or limited liability company and without the payment of additional consideration, and any further Transfer(s) by such Control Person that is a partnership or limited liability company to any person or entity that was upon the closing of the IPO a general partner, managing member or manager of such partnership or limited liability company in accordance with the terms of such partnership or limited liability company and without the payment of additional consideration. All shares of Class B Common Stock held by affiliated entities shall be aggregated together for the purposes of determining the satisfaction of such one percent (1%) threshold. For the purposes of the foregoing, a “Control Person” shall mean any general partner of a limited partnership and any managing member, managing director or manager of a limited liability company.

j. Permitted Transferee ” shall mean a transferee of shares of Class B Common Stock received in a Transfer that constitutes a Permitted Transfer.

k. Permitted Trust ” shall mean a bona fide trust for the benefit of a Qualified Stockholder or Family Members of the Qualified Stockholder, if such Transfer does not involve any payment of cash, securities, property or other consideration (other than an interest in such trust) to the Qualified Stockholder, a trust under the terms of which such Qualified Stockholder has retained a “qualified interest” within the meaning of §2702(b)(1) of the Internal Revenue Code and/or a reversionary interest, in each case so long as the Qualified Stockholder has sole dispositive power and exclusive Voting Control with respect to the shares of Class B Common Stock held by such trust.

l. Qualified Stockholder ” shall mean (i) the registered holder of a share of Class B Common Stock immediately prior to the IPO; (ii) the initial registered holder of any shares of Class B Common Stock that are originally issued by the Company after the IPO (including, without limitation, upon conversion of the Series Preferred or upon exercise of options or warrants); and (iii) a Permitted Transferee.

m. Transfer ” of a share of Class B Common Stock shall mean any sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance, hypothecation or other transfer or disposition of such share or any legal or beneficial interest in such share, whether or not for value and whether voluntary or involuntary or by operation of law, including, without limitation, a transfer of a share of Class B Common Stock to a broker or other nominee (regardless of whether there is a corresponding change in beneficial ownership), or the transfer of, or entering into a binding

 

4


agreement with respect to, Voting Control (as defined below) over such share by proxy or otherwise; provided , however , that the following shall not be considered a “Transfer” within the meaning of this Article IV:

(a) the granting of a revocable proxy to officers or directors of the Company at the request of the Board of Directors in connection with actions to be taken at an annual or special meeting of stockholders;

(b) entering into a voting trust, agreement or arrangement (with or without granting a proxy) solely with stockholders who are holders of Class B Common Stock that (A) is disclosed either in a Schedule 13D filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission or in writing to the Secretary of the Company, (B) either has a term not exceeding one (1) year or is terminable by the holder of the shares subject thereto at any time and (C) does not involve any payment of cash, securities, property or other consideration to the holder of the shares subject thereto other than the mutual promise to vote shares in a designated manner;

(c) the pledge of shares of Class B Common Stock by a stockholder that creates a mere security interest in such shares pursuant to a bona fide loan or indebtedness transaction for so long as such stockholder continues to exercise Voting Control over such pledged shares; provided, however , that a foreclosure on such shares or other similar action by the pledgee shall constitute a “Transfer” unless such foreclosure or similar action qualifies as a “Permitted Transfer”; or

(d) entering into a support or similar voting agreement (with or without granting a proxy) in connection with a Liquidation Event.

A “Transfer” shall also be deemed to have occurred with respect to a share of Class B Common Stock beneficially held by (i) a Permitted Transferee on the date that such Permitted Transferee ceases to meet the qualifications to be a Permitted Transferee of the Qualified Stockholder who effected the Transfer of such shares to such Permitted Transferee, or (ii) an entity that is a Qualified Stockholder, if there occurs a Transfer on a cumulative basis, from and after the acceptance of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation for filing with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware (the “ Effective Time ”), of a majority of the voting power of the voting securities of such entity or any direct or indirect Parent of such entity, other than a Transfer to parties that are, as of the Effective Time, holders of voting securities of any such entity or Parent of such entity. “ Parent ” of an entity shall mean any entity that directly or indirectly owns or controls a majority of the voting power of the voting securities of such entity.

n. Voting Control ” shall mean, with respect to a share of Class B Common Stock, the power (whether exclusive or shared) to vote or direct the voting of such share by proxy, voting agreement or otherwise.

2. Rights relating to Dividends, Subdivisions and Combinations.

a. Subject to the prior rights of holders of all classes and series of stock at the time outstanding having prior rights as to dividends, the holders of the Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock shall be entitled to receive, when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors, out of any assets of the Company legally available therefor, such dividends as may be declared from time to time by the Board. Any dividends paid to the holders of shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock shall be paid pro rata, on an

 

5


equal priority, pari passu basis, unless different treatment of the shares of each such class is approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of the applicable class of Common Stock treated adversely, voting separately as a class.

b. The Company shall not declare or pay any dividend or make any other distribution to the holders of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock payable in securities of the Company unless the same dividend or distribution with the same record date and payment date shall be declared and paid on all shares of Common Stock; provided, however , that (i) dividends or other distributions payable in shares of Class A Common Stock or rights to acquire shares of Class A Common Stock may be declared and paid to the holders of Class A Common Stock without the same dividend or distribution being declared and paid to the holders of the Class B Common Stock if, and only if, a dividend payable in shares of Class B Common Stock, or rights to acquire shares of Class B Common Stock, as applicable, are declared and paid to the holders of Class B Common Stock at the same rate and with the same record date and payment date; and (ii) dividends or other distributions payable in shares of Class B Common Stock or rights to acquire shares Class B Common Stock may be declared and paid to the holders of Class B Common Stock without the same dividend or distribution being declared and paid to the holders of the Class A Common Stock if, and only if, a dividend payable in shares of Class A Common Stock, or rights to acquire shares of Class A Common Stock, as applicable, are declared and paid to the holders of Class A Common Stock at the same rate and with the same record date and payment date.

c. If the Company in any manner subdivides or combines the outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock, then the outstanding shares of all Common Stock will be subdivided or combined in the same proportion and manner.

3. Voting Rights.

a. Class A Common Stock . Each holder of shares of Class A Common Stock shall be entitled to one (1) vote for each share thereof held.

b. Class B Common Stock . Each holder of shares of Class B Common Stock shall be entitled to ten (10) votes for each share thereof held.

c. Class B Common Stock Protective Provisions . So long as any shares of Class B Common Stock remain outstanding, the Company shall not, without the approval by vote or written consent of the holders of a majority of the voting power of the Class B Common Stock then outstanding, voting together as a single class, directly or indirectly, or whether by amendment, or through merger, recapitalization, consolidation or otherwise:

(i) amend, alter, or repeal any provision of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Company (including any filing of a Certificate of Designation), that modifies the voting, conversion or other powers, preferences, or other special rights or privileges, or restrictions of the Class B Common Stock; or

(ii) reclassify any outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock of the Company into shares having rights as to dividends or liquidation that are senior to the Class B Common Stock or the right to more than one (1) vote for each share thereof.

 

6


d. General . Except as otherwise expressly provided herein or as required by law, the holders of Preferred Stock, Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock shall vote together and not as separate series or classes.

4. Liquidation Rights . In the event of a Liquidation Event, upon the completion of the distributions required with respect to each series of Preferred Stock that may then be outstanding, the remaining assets of the Company legally available for distribution to stockholders shall be distributed on an equal priority, pro rata basis to the holders of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock, unless different treatment of the shares of each such class is approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock, each voting separately as a class.

5. Optional Conversion.

a. Optional Conversion of the Class B Common Stock.

(i) At the option of the holder thereof, each share of Class B Common Stock shall be convertible, at any time or from time to time, into one fully paid and nonassessable share of Class A Common Stock as provided herein.

(ii) Each holder of Class B Common Stock who elects to convert the same into shares of Class A Common Stock shall surrender the certificate or certificates therefor, duly endorsed, at the office of the Company or any transfer agent for the Class B Common Stock, and shall give written notice to the Company at such office that such holder elects to convert the same and shall state therein the number of shares of Class B Common Stock being converted. Thereupon, the Company shall promptly issue and deliver at such office to such holder a certificate or certificates for the number of shares of Class A Common Stock to which such holder is entitled upon such conversion. Such conversion shall be deemed to have been made immediately prior to the close of business on the date of such surrender of the certificate or certificates representing the shares of Class B Common Stock to be converted, and the person entitled to receive the shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder of such shares of Class A Common Stock on such date. If a conversion election under this Section 5(a)(ii) is made in connection with an underwritten offering of the Company’s securities pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the conversion may, at the option of the holder tendering shares of Class B Common Stock for conversion, be conditioned upon the closing with the underwriters of the sale of the Company’s securities pursuant to such offering, in which event the holders making such elections who are entitled to receive Class A Common Stock upon conversion of their Class B Common Stock shall not be deemed to have converted such shares of Class B Common Stock until immediately after to the closing of such sale of the Company’s securities in the offering.

6. Automatic Conversion.

a. Automatic Conversion of the Class B Common Stock . Each share of Class B Common Stock shall automatically be converted into one fully paid and nonassessable share of Class A Common Stock upon a Transfer, other than a Permitted Transfer,

 

7


of such share of Class B Common Stock. Such conversion shall occur automatically without the need for any further action by the holders of such shares and whether or not the certificates representing such shares are surrendered to the Company or its transfer agent; provided , however , that the Company shall not be obligated to issue certificates evidencing the shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon such conversion unless the certificates evidencing such shares of Class B Common Stock are either delivered to the Company or its transfer agent as provided below, or the holder notifies the Company or its transfer agent that such certificates have been lost, stolen or destroyed and executes an agreement satisfactory to the Company to indemnify the Company from any loss incurred by it in connection with such certificates. Upon the occurrence of such automatic conversion of the Class B Common Stock, the holders of Class B Common Stock so converted shall surrender the certificates representing such shares at the office of the Company or any transfer agent for the Class A Common Stock. Thereupon, there shall be issued and delivered to such holder promptly at such office and in its name as shown on such surrendered certificate or certificates, a certificate or certificates for the number of shares of Class A Common Stock into which the shares of Class B Common Stock surrendered were convertible on the date on which such automatic conversion occurred.

b. Conversion Upon Death . Each share of Class B Common Stock held of record by a natural person, other than a Founder or a Permitted Transferee of such Founder, shall automatically, without any further action, convert into one fully paid and nonassessable share of Class A Common Stock upon the death of such stockholder. Each share of Class B Common Stock held of record by a Founder or a Permitted Transferee of such Founder shall automatically, without any further action, convert into one fully paid and nonassessable share of Class A Common Stock nine months after the date of the death of such Founder.

7. Final Conversion . On the Final Conversion Date, each one (1) issued share of Class B Common Stock shall automatically, without any further action, convert into one (1) share of Class A Common Stock. Following the Final Conversion Date, the Company may no longer issue any additional shares of Class B Common Stock.

8. Redemption . The Common Stock is not redeemable.

9. Reservation of Stock Issuable Upon Conversion . The Company shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued shares of Class A Common Stock, solely for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the shares of the Class B Common Stock, as applicable, such number of its shares of Class A Common Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock; and if at any time the number of authorized but unissued shares of Class A Common Stock shall not be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then-outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock, as applicable, the Company will take such corporate action as may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued shares of Class A Common Stock to such numbers of shares as shall be sufficient for such purpose.

 

8


V.

For the management of the business and for the conduct of the affairs of the Company, and in further definition, limitation and regulation of the powers of the Company, of its directors and of its stockholders or any class thereof, as the case may be, it is further provided that:

A. Board of Directors.

1. Generally. The management of the business and the conduct of the affairs of the Company shall be vested in its Board of Directors. The number of directors that shall constitute the Board of Directors shall be fixed exclusively by resolutions adopted by a majority of the authorized number of directors constituting the Board of Directors.

2. Election .

a. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, the directors shall be divided into three classes designated as Class I, Class II and Class III, respectively. The Board of Directors is authorized to assign members of the Board of Directors already in office to such classes at the time the classification becomes effective. At the first annual meeting of stockholders following such initial classification of the Board of Directors, the term of office of the Class I directors shall expire and Class I directors shall be elected for a full term of three years. At the second annual meeting of stockholders following such initial classification of the Board of Directors, the term of office of the Class II directors shall expire and Class II directors shall be elected for a full term of three years. At the third annual meeting of stockholders following such initial classification of the Board of Directors, the term of office of the Class III directors shall expire and Class III directors shall be elected for a full term of three years. At each succeeding annual meeting of stockholders, directors shall be elected for a full term of three years to succeed the directors of the class whose terms expire at such annual meeting.

b. At any time that applicable law prohibits a classified board as described in Section A.2.a. of this Article V, all directors shall be elected at each annual meeting of stockholders to hold office until the next annual meeting. The directors of the Company need not be elected by written ballot unless the Bylaws so provide.

c. No stockholder entitled to vote at an election for directors may cumulate votes to which such stockholder is entitled unless required by applicable law at the time of such election. During such time or times that applicable law requires cumulative voting, every stockholder entitled to vote at an election for directors may cumulate such stockholder’s votes and give one candidate a number of votes equal to the number of directors to be elected multiplied by the number of votes to which such stockholder’s shares are otherwise entitled, or distribute the stockholder’s votes on the same principle among as many candidates as such stockholder thinks fit. No stockholder, however, shall be entitled to so cumulate such stockholder’s votes unless (i) the names of such candidate or candidates have been placed in nomination prior to the voting and (ii) the stockholder has given notice at the meeting, prior to the voting, of such stockholder’s intention to cumulate such stockholder’s votes. If any stockholder has given proper notice to cumulate votes, all stockholders may cumulate their votes for any candidates who have been properly placed in nomination. Under cumulative voting, the candidates receiving the highest number of votes, up to the number of directors to be elected, are elected.

 

9


d. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this section, each director shall serve until his successor is duly elected and qualified or until his earlier death, resignation or removal. No decrease in the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

3. Removal of Directors. Subject to any limitations imposed by applicable law, removal shall be as provided in Section 141(k) of the DGCL.

4. Vacancies. Subject to any limitations imposed by applicable law and subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, any vacancies on the Board of Directors resulting from death, resignation, disqualification, removal or other causes and any newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the number of directors, shall, unless the Board of Directors determines by resolution that any such vacancies or newly created directorships shall be filled by the stockholders and except as otherwise provided by applicable law, be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then in office, even though less than a quorum of the Board of Directors, and not by the stockholders. Any director elected in accordance with the preceding sentence shall hold office for the remainder of the full term of the director for which the vacancy was created or occurred and until such director’s successor shall have been elected and qualified.

B. Stockholder Actions. No action shall be taken by the stockholders of the Company except at an annual or special meeting of stockholders called in accordance with the Bylaws and no action shall be taken by the stockholders by written consent or electronic transmission. Advance notice of stockholder nominations for the election of directors and of business to be brought by stockholders before any meeting of the stockholders of the Company shall be given in the manner provided in the Bylaws of the Company.

C. Bylaws. The Board of Directors is expressly empowered to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Company. Any adoption, amendment or repeal of the Bylaws of the Company by the Board of Directors shall require the approval of a majority of the authorized number of directors. The stockholders shall also have power to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Company; provided, however, that, in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of stock of the Company required by law or by this amended and restated certificate of incorporation, such action by stockholders shall require the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66 2/3% of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of the capital stock of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class.

VI.

A. The liability of the directors of the Company for monetary damages shall be eliminated to the fullest extent under applicable law.

B. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Company is authorized to provide indemnification of (and advancement of expenses to) directors, officers, employees and

 

10


other agents of the Company (and any other persons to which applicable law permits the Company to provide indemnification) through Bylaw provisions, agreements with such agents or other persons, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise in excess of the indemnification and advancement otherwise permitted by such applicable law. If applicable law is amended after approval by the stockholders of this Article VI to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director to the Company shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law as so amended.

C. Any repeal or modification of this Article VI shall only be prospective and shall not affect the rights under this Article VI in effect at the time of the alleged occurrence of any action or omission to act giving rise to liability.

D. The Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall be the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Company; (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer or other employee of the Company to the Company or the Company’s stockholders; (iii) any action asserting a claim against the Company arising pursuant to any provision of the General Corporation Law, the certificate of incorporation or the Bylaws of the Company; or (iv) any action asserting a claim against the Company governed by the internal affairs doctrine. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of capital stock of the Company shall be deemed to have notice of and to have consented to the provisions of this Section VI.D.

VII.

A. The Company reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this amended and restated certificate of incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute, except as provided in paragraph B. of this Article VII, and all rights conferred upon the stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation.

B. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this amended and restated certificate of incorporation or any provision of law that might otherwise permit a lesser vote or no vote, but in addition to any affirmative vote of the holders of any particular class or series of the Company required by law or by this amended and restated certificate of incorporation or any certificate of designation filed with respect to a series of Preferred Stock, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66 2/3% of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class, shall be required to alter, amend or repeal Articles V, VI, and VII.

* * * *

FOUR: This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been duly approved by the Board of Directors of this Company.

FIVE: This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was approved by the holders of the requisite number of shares of this Company in accordance with Section 228 of the DGCL. This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Sections 242 and 245 of the DGCL by the stockholders of this Company.

 

11


[Signature Page Follows]

 

12


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , Pure Storage, Inc. has caused this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be signed by its Chief Executive Officer this      day of             , 2015.

 

 

Scott Dietzen
Chief Executive Officer

 

13

Exhibit 3.4

AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS

OF

PURE STORAGE, INC.

(A DELAWARE CORPORATION)


AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS

OF

PURE STORAGE, INC.

(A DELAWARE CORPORATION)

ARTICLE I

OFFICES

Section 1. Registered Office . The registered office of the corporation in the State of Delaware shall be in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle.

Section 2. Other Offices. The corporation shall also have and maintain an office or principal place of business at such place as may be fixed by the Board of Directors, and may also have offices at such other places, both within and without the State of Delaware, as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine or the business of the corporation may require.

ARTICLE II

CORPORATE SEAL

Section 3. Corporate Seal. The Board of Directors may adopt a corporate seal. If adopted, the corporate seal shall consist of a die bearing the name of the corporation and the inscription, “Corporate Seal-Delaware.” Said seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or reproduced or otherwise.

ARTICLE III

STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS

Section 4. Place of Meetings. Meetings of the stockholders of the corporation may be held at such place, either within or without the State of Delaware, as may be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may, in its sole discretion, determine that the meeting shall not be held at any place, but may instead be held solely by means of remote communication as provided under the Delaware General Corporation Law (“ DGCL ”).

Section 5. Annual Meeting .

(a) The annual meeting of the stockholders of the corporation, for the purpose of election of directors and for such other business as may properly come before it, shall be held on such date and at such time as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors. Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors of the corporation and the proposal of business to be considered by the stockholders may be made at an annual meeting of stockholders: (i) pursuant to the corporation’s notice of meeting of stockholders (with respect to business other than nominations); (ii) brought specifically by or at the direction of the Board of Directors; or (iii) by any stockholder of the corporation who was a stockholder of record at the time of giving the stockholder’s notice provided for in Section 5(b) below, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who complied with the notice procedures set forth in Section 5. For the avoidance of doubt, clause (iii) above shall be the exclusive means for a stockholder to make nominations and submit other business (other than matters properly included in the corporation’s notice of meeting of stockholders and proxy statement under Rule 14a-8 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder (the “ 1934 Act ”)) before an annual meeting of stockholders.


(b) At an annual meeting of the stockholders, only such business shall be conducted as is a proper matter for stockholder action under Delaware law and as shall have been properly brought before the meeting.

(1) For nominations for the election to the Board of Directors to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder pursuant to clause (iii) of Section 5(a), the stockholder must deliver written notice to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation on a timely basis as set forth in Section 5(b)(3) and must update and supplement such written notice on a timely basis as set forth in Section 5(c). Such stockholder’s notice shall set forth: (A) as to each nominee such stockholder proposes to nominate at the meeting: (1) the name, age, business address and residence address of such nominee, (2) the principal occupation or employment of such nominee, (3) the class and number of shares of each class of capital stock of the corporation which are owned of record and beneficially by such nominee, (4) the date or dates on which such shares were acquired and the investment intent of such acquisition and (5) such other information concerning such nominee as would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement soliciting proxies for the election of such nominee as a director in an election contest (even if an election contest is not involved), or that is otherwise required to be disclosed pursuant to Section 14 of the 1934 Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder (including such person’s written consent to being named as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected); and (B) the information required by Section 5(b)(4). The corporation may require any proposed nominee to furnish such other information as it may reasonably require to determine the eligibility of such proposed nominee to serve as an independent director of the corporation or that could be material to a reasonable stockholder’s understanding of the independence, or lack thereof, of such proposed nominee.

(2) Other than proposals sought to be included in the corporation’s proxy materials pursuant to Rule 14(a)-8 under the 1934 Act, for business other than nominations for the election to the Board of Directors to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder pursuant to clause (iii) of Section 5(a), the stockholder must deliver written notice to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation on a timely basis as set forth in Section 5(b)(3), and must update and supplement such written notice on a timely basis as set forth in Section 5(c). Such stockholder’s notice shall set forth: (A) as to each matter such stockholder proposes to bring before the meeting, a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the meeting, the reasons for conducting such business at the meeting, and any material interest (including any anticipated benefit of such business to any Proponent (as defined below) other than solely as a result of its ownership of the corporation’s capital stock, that is material to any Proponent individually, or to the Proponents in the aggregate) in such business of any Proponent; and (B) the information required by Section 5(b)(4).

(3) To be timely, the written notice required by Section 5(b)(1) or 5(b)(2) must be received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation not later than the close of business on the ninetieth (90 th ) day nor earlier than the close of business on the one hundred twentieth (120 th ) day prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting; provided, however, that, subject to the last sentence of this Section 5(b)(3), in the event that the date of the annual meeting is advanced more than thirty (30) days prior to or delayed by more than thirty (30) days after the anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting, notice by the stockholder to be timely must be so received not earlier than the close of business on the one hundred twentieth (120 th ) day prior to such annual meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the ninetieth (90 th ) day prior to such annual meeting or the tenth (10 th ) day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made. In no event shall an adjournment or a postponement of an annual meeting for which notice has been given, or the public announcement thereof has been made, commence a new time period for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above.

(4) The written notice required by Section 5(b)(1) or 5(b)(2) shall also set forth, as of the date of the notice and as to the stockholder giving the notice and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination or proposal is made (each, a “ Proponent ” and collectively, the “ Proponents ”): (A) the name and address of each Proponent, as they appear on the corporation’s books; (B) the class, series and number of shares of the corporation that are owned beneficially and of record by


each Proponent; (C) a description of any agreement, arrangement or understanding (whether oral or in writing) with respect to such nomination or proposal between or among any Proponent and any of its affiliates or associates, and any others (including their names) acting in concert, or otherwise under the agreement, arrangement or understanding, with any of the foregoing; (D) a representation that the Proponents are holders of record or beneficial owners, as the case may be, of shares of the corporation entitled to vote at the meeting and intend to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to nominate the person or persons specified in the notice (with respect to a notice under Section 5(b)(1)) or to propose the business that is specified in the notice (with respect to a notice under Section 5(b)(2)); (E) a representation as to whether the Proponents intend to deliver a proxy statement and form of proxy to holders of a sufficient number of holders of the corporation’s voting shares to elect such nominee or nominees (with respect to a notice under Section 5(b)(1)) or to carry such proposal (with respect to a notice under Section 5(b)(2)); (F) to the extent known by any Proponent, the name and address of any other stockholder supporting the proposal on the date of such stockholder’s notice; and (G) a description of all Derivative Transactions (as defined below) by each Proponent during the previous twelve (12) month period, including the date of the transactions and the class, series and number of securities involved in, and the material economic terms of, such Derivative Transactions.

(c) A stockholder providing written notice required by Section 5(b)(1) or (ii) shall update and supplement such notice in writing, if necessary, so that the information provided or required to be provided in such notice is true and correct in all material respects as of (i) the record date for the meeting and (ii) the date that is five (5) business days prior to the meeting and, in the event of any adjournment or postponement thereof, five (5) business days prior to such adjourned or postponed meeting. In the case of an update and supplement pursuant to clause (i) of this Section 5(c), such update and supplement shall be received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation not later than five (5) business days after the record date for the meeting. In the case of an update and supplement pursuant to clause (ii) of this Section 5(c), such update and supplement shall be received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation not later than two (2) business days prior to the date for the meeting, and, in the event of any adjournment or postponement thereof, two (2) business days prior to such adjourned or postponed meeting.

(d) Notwithstanding anything in Section 5(b)(3) to the contrary, in the event that the number of directors in an Expiring Class is increased and there is no public announcement of the appointment of a director to such class, or, if no appointment was made, of the vacancy in such class, made by the corporation at least ten (10) days before the last day a stockholder may deliver a notice of nomination in accordance with Section 5(b)(3), a stockholder’s notice required by this Section 5 and which complies with the requirements in Section 5(b)(1), other than the timing requirements in Section 5(b)(3), shall also be considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for any new positions in such Expiring Class created by such increase, if it shall be received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation not later than the close of business on the tenth (10 th ) day following the day on which such public announcement is first made by the corporation. For purposes of this section, an “ Expiring Class ” shall mean a class of directors whose term shall expire at the next annual meeting of stockholders.

(e) A person shall not be eligible for election or re-election as a director unless the person is nominated either in accordance with clause (ii) of Section 5(a), or in accordance with clause (iii) of Section 5(a). Except as otherwise required by law, the chairperson of the meeting shall have the power and duty to determine whether a nomination or any business proposed to be brought before the meeting was made, or proposed, as the case may be, in accordance with the procedures set forth in these Bylaws and, if any proposed nomination or business is not in compliance with these Bylaws, or the Proponent does not act in accordance with the representations in Sections 5(b)(4)(D) and 5(b)(4)(E), to declare that such proposal or nomination shall not be presented for stockholder action at the meeting and shall be disregarded, notwithstanding that proxies in respect of such nominations or such business may have been solicited or received.

(f) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 5, in order to include information with respect to a stockholder proposal in the proxy statement and form of proxy for a


stockholders’ meeting, a stockholder must also comply with all applicable requirements of the 1934 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder. Nothing in these Bylaws shall be deemed to affect any rights of stockholders to request inclusion of proposals in the corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the 1934 Act; provided, however, that any references in these Bylaws to the 1934 Act or the rules and regulations thereunder are not intended to and shall not limit the requirements applicable to proposals and/or nominations to be considered pursuant to Section 5(a)(iii).

(g) For purposes of Sections 5 and 6,

(1) “affiliates” and “associates” shall have the meanings set forth in Rule 405 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”);

(2) “ Derivative Transaction ” means any agreement, arrangement, interest or understanding entered into by, or on behalf or for the benefit of, any Proponent or any of its affiliates or associates, whether record or beneficial: (A) the value of which is derived in whole or in part from the value of any class or series of shares or other securities of the corporation, (B) which otherwise provides any direct or indirect opportunity to gain or share in any gain derived from a change in the value of securities of the corporation, (C) the effect or intent of which is to mitigate loss, manage risk or benefit of security value or price changes, or (D) which provides the right to vote or increase or decrease the voting power of, such Proponent, or any of its affiliates or associates, with respect to any securities of the corporation, which agreement, arrangement, interest or understanding may include, without limitation, any option, warrant, debt position, note, bond, convertible security, swap, stock appreciation right, short position, profit interest, hedge, right to dividends, voting agreement, performance-related fee or arrangement to borrow or lend shares (whether or not subject to payment, settlement, exercise or conversion in any such class or series), and any proportionate interest of such Proponent in the securities of the corporation held by any general or limited partnership, or any limited liability company, of which such Proponent is, directly or indirectly, a general partner or managing member; and

(3) “public announcement” shall mean disclosure in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press or comparable national news service or in a document publicly filed by the corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the 1934 Act.

Section 6. Special Meetings .

(a) Special meetings of the stockholders of the corporation may be called, for any purpose as is a proper matter for stockholder action under Delaware law, by (i) the Chairperson of the Board of Directors, (ii) the Chief Executive Officer, or (iii) the Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the total number of authorized directors (whether or not there exist any vacancies in previously authorized directorships at the time any such resolution is presented to the Board of Directors for adoption).

(b) The Board of Directors shall determine the time and place, if any, of such special meeting. Upon determination of the time and place, if any, of the meeting, the Secretary shall cause a notice of meeting to be given to the stockholders entitled to vote, in accordance with the provisions of Section 7. No business may be transacted at such special meeting otherwise than specified in the notice of meeting.

(c) Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors may be made at a special meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected (i) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or (ii) by any stockholder of the corporation who is a stockholder of record at the time of giving notice provided for in this paragraph, who shall be entitled to vote at the meeting and who delivers written notice to the Secretary of the corporation setting forth the information required by Section 5(b)(1). In the event the corporation calls a special meeting of stockholders for the purpose of electing one or more directors to the Board of Directors, any such stockholder of record may nominate a person or persons (as the case may be), for election to such position(s) as specified in the corporation’s notice of


meeting, if written notice setting forth the information required by Section 5(b)(1) of these Bylaws shall be received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation not later than the close of business on the later of the ninetieth (90 th ) day prior to such meeting or the tenth (10 th ) day following the day on which public announcement is first made of the date of the special meeting and of the nominees proposed by the Board of Directors to be elected at such meeting. The stockholder shall also update and supplement such information as required under Section 5(c). In no event shall an adjournment or a postponement of a special meeting for which notice has been given, or the public announcement thereof has been made, commence a new time period for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above.

(d) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 6, a stockholder must also comply with all applicable requirements of the 1934 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to matters set forth in this Section 6. Nothing in these Bylaws shall be deemed to affect any rights of stockholders to request inclusion of proposals in the corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the 1934 Act; provided, however, that any references in these Bylaws to the 1934 Act or the rules and regulations thereunder are not intended to and shall not limit the requirements applicable to nominations for the election to the Board of Directors to be considered pursuant to Section 6(c) of these Bylaws.

Section 7. Notice of Meetings. Except as otherwise provided by law, notice, given in writing or by electronic transmission, of each meeting of stockholders shall be given not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting, such notice to specify the place, if any, date and hour, in the case of special meetings, the purpose or purposes of the meeting, and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at any such meeting. If mailed, notice is given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at such stockholder’s address as it appears on the records of the corporation. Notice of the time, place, if any, and purpose of any meeting of stockholders may be waived in writing, signed by the person entitled to notice thereof or by electronic transmission by such person, either before or after such meeting, and will be waived by any stockholder by his or her attendance thereat in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or by proxy, except when the stockholder attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Any stockholder so waiving notice of such meeting shall be bound by the proceedings of any such meeting in all respects as if due notice thereof had been given.

Section 8. Quorum. At all meetings of stockholders, except where otherwise provided by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation, or by these Bylaws, the presence, in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or by proxy duly authorized, of the holders of a majority of the voting power of the outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. In the absence of a quorum, any meeting of stockholders may be adjourned, from time to time, either by the chairperson of the meeting or by vote of the holders of a majority of voting power of the shares represented thereat, but no other business shall be transacted at such meeting. The stockholders present at a duly called or convened meeting, at which a quorum is present, may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough stockholders to leave less than a quorum. Except as otherwise provided by statute or by applicable stock exchange rules, or by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, in all matters other than the election of directors, the affirmative vote of the majority of the voting power of the shares present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy duly authorized at the meeting and entitled to vote generally on the subject matter shall be the act of the stockholders. Except as otherwise provided by statute, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes of the shares present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote generally on the election of directors. Where a separate vote by a class or classes or series is required, except where otherwise provided by statute, by applicable stock exchange rules or by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, a majority of the voting power of the outstanding shares of such class or classes or series, present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy duly authorized, shall constitute a quorum entitled to take action with respect to that vote on that matter. Except where otherwise provided by statute, by applicable stock


exchange rules or by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, the affirmative vote of the majority (plurality, in the case of the election of directors) of shares of such class or classes or series present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy at the meeting shall be the act of such class or classes or series.

Section 9. Adjournment and Notice of Adjourned Meetings. Any meeting of stockholders, whether annual or special, may be adjourned from time to time either by the chairperson of the meeting or by the vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of the shares present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy at the meeting. When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place, if any, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time and place, if any, thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting, the corporation may transact any business that might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.

Section 10. Voting Rights. For the purpose of determining those stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of the stockholders, except as otherwise provided by law, only persons in whose names shares stand on the stock records of the corporation on the record date, as provided in Section 12 of these Bylaws, shall be entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders. Every person entitled to vote shall have the right to do so either in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or by an agent or agents authorized by a proxy granted in accordance with Delaware law. An agent so appointed need not be a stockholder. No proxy shall be voted after three (3) years from its date of creation unless the proxy provides for a longer period.

Section 11. Joint Owners of Stock. If shares or other securities having voting power stand of record in the names of two (2) or more persons, whether fiduciaries, members of a partnership, joint tenants, tenants in common, tenants by the entirety, or otherwise, or if two (2) or more persons have the same fiduciary relationship respecting the same shares, unless the Secretary is given written notice to the contrary and is furnished with a copy of the instrument or order appointing them or creating the relationship wherein it is so provided, their acts with respect to voting shall have the following effect: (a) if only one (1) votes, his or her act binds all; (b) if more than one (1) votes, the act of the majority so voting binds all; (c) if more than one (1) votes, but the vote is evenly split on any particular matter, each faction may vote the securities in question proportionally, or may apply to the Delaware Court of Chancery for relief as provided in the DGCL, Section 217(b). If the instrument filed with the Secretary shows that any such tenancy is held in unequal interests, a majority or even-split for the purpose of subsection (c) shall be a majority or even-split in interest.

Section 12. List of Stockholders. The Secretary shall prepare and make, at least ten (10) days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at said meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, (a) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting, or (b) during ordinary business hours, at the principal place of business of the corporation. In the event that the corporation determines to make the list available on an electronic network, the corporation may take reasonable steps to ensure that such information is available only to stockholders of the corporation. The list shall be open to examination of any stockholder during the time of the meeting as provided by law.

Section 13. Action Without Meeting . No action shall be taken by the stockholders except at an annual or special meeting of stockholders called in accordance with these Bylaws, and no action shall be taken by the stockholders by written consent or by electronic transmission.


Section 14. Organization .

(a) At every meeting of stockholders, the Chairperson of the Board of Directors, or, if a Chairperson has not been appointed or is absent, the Chief Executive Officer, or, if the Chief Executive Officer is absent, the President, or, if the President is absent, a chairperson of the meeting chosen by a majority in interest of the stockholders entitled to vote, present in person or by proxy, shall act as chairperson. The Secretary, or, in his or her absence, an Assistant Secretary directed to do so by the Chief Executive Officer or the President, shall act as secretary of the meeting.

(b) The Board of Directors of the corporation shall be entitled to make such rules or regulations for the conduct of meetings of stockholders as it shall deem necessary, appropriate or convenient. Subject to such rules and regulations of the Board of Directors, if any, the chairperson of the meeting shall have the right and authority to prescribe such rules, regulations and procedures and to do all such acts as, in the judgment of such chairperson, are necessary, appropriate or convenient for the proper conduct of the meeting, including, without limitation, establishing an agenda or order of business for the meeting, rules and procedures for maintaining order at the meeting and the safety of those present, limitations on participation in such meeting to stockholders of record of the corporation and their duly authorized and constituted proxies and such other persons as the chairperson shall permit, restrictions on entry to the meeting after the time fixed for the commencement thereof, limitations on the time allotted to questions or comments by participants and regulation of the opening and closing of the polls for balloting on matters which are to be voted on by ballot. The date and time of the opening and closing of the polls for each matter upon which the stockholders will vote at the meeting shall be announced at the meeting. Unless and to the extent determined by the Board of Directors or the chairperson of the meeting, meetings of stockholders shall not be required to be held in accordance with rules of parliamentary procedure.

ARTICLE IV

DIRECTORS

Section 15. Number and Term of Office. The authorized number of directors of the corporation shall be fixed in accordance with the Certificate of Incorporation. Directors need not be stockholders unless so required by the Certificate of Incorporation. If for any cause, the directors shall not have been elected at an annual meeting, they may be elected as soon thereafter as convenient at a special meeting of the stockholders called for that purpose in the manner provided in these Bylaws.

Section 16. Powers. The business and affairs of the corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors, except as may be otherwise provided by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation.

Section 17. (a) Classes of Directors. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, following the closing of the initial public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the 1933 Act, covering the offer and sale of Class A Common Stock of the corporation to the public (the “ Initial Public Offering ”), the directors shall be divided into three classes designated as Class I, Class II and Class III, respectively. The Board of Directors is authorized to assign members of the Board of Directors already in office to such classes at the time the classification becomes effective. At the first annual meeting of stockholders following the closing of the Initial Public Offering, the term of office of the Class I directors shall expire and Class I directors shall be elected for a full term of three years. At the second annual meeting of stockholders following the Initial Public Offering, the term of office of the Class II directors shall expire and Class II directors shall be elected for a full term of three years. At the third annual meeting of stockholders following the Initial Public Offering, the term of office of the Class III directors shall expire and Class III directors shall be elected for a full term of three years. At each succeeding annual meeting of stockholders, directors shall be elected for a full term of three years to succeed the directors of the class whose terms expire at such annual meeting.


Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 17, each director shall serve until his or her successor is duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal. No decrease in the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

Section 18. Vacancies. Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, and subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock or as otherwise provided by applicable law, any vacancies on the Board of Directors resulting from death, resignation, disqualification, removal or other causes and any newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the number of directors shall, unless the Board of Directors determines by resolution that any such vacancies or newly created directorships shall be filled by stockholders, be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then in office, even though less than a quorum of the Board of Directors, or by a sole remaining director, and not by the stockholders, provided, however , that whenever the holders of any class or classes of stock or series thereof are entitled to elect one or more directors by the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, vacancies and newly created directorships of such class or classes or series shall, unless the Board of Directors determines by resolution that any such vacancies or newly created directorships shall be filled by stockholders, be filled by a majority of the directors elected by such class or classes or series thereof then in office, or by a sole remaining director so elected, and not by the stockholders. Any director elected in accordance with the preceding sentence shall hold office for the remainder of the full term of the director for which the vacancy was created or occurred and until such director’s successor shall have been elected and qualified. A vacancy in the Board of Directors shall be deemed to exist under this Bylaw in the case of the death, removal or resignation of any director.

Section 19. Resignation. Any director may resign at any time by delivering his or her notice in writing or by electronic transmission to the Secretary, such resignation to specify whether it will be effective at a particular time. If no such specification is made, the Secretary, in his or her discretion, may either (a) require confirmation from the director prior to deeming the resignation effective, in which case the resignation will be deemed effective upon receipt of such confirmation, or (b) deem the resignation effective at the time of delivery of the resignation to the Secretary. When one or more directors shall resign from the Board of Directors, effective at a future date, a majority of the directors then in office, including those who have so resigned, shall have power to fill such vacancy or vacancies, the vote thereon to take effect when such resignation or resignations shall become effective, and each director so chosen shall hold office for the unexpired portion of the term of the director whose place shall be vacated and until his successor shall have been duly elected and qualified.

Section 20. Removal.

(a) Subject to the rights of holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, neither the Board of Directors nor any individual director may be removed without cause.

(b) Subject to any limitation imposed by applicable law, any individual director or directors may only be removed from office with cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of all then outstanding shares of capital stock of the corporation entitled to vote generally at an election of directors, voting together as a single class.

Section 21. Meetings

(a) Regular Meetings. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation, regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at any time or date and at any place within or without the State of Delaware which has been designated by the Board of Directors and publicized among all directors, either orally or in writing, by telephone, including a voice-messaging system or other system designed to record and communicate messages, facsimile, telegraph or telex, or by electronic mail or other electronic means. No further notice shall be required for regular meetings of the Board of Directors.


(b) Special Meetings. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation, special meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at any time and place within or without the State of Delaware whenever called by the Chairperson of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or a majority of the authorized number of directors.

(c) Meetings by Electronic Communications Equipment. Any member of the Board of Directors, or of any committee thereof, may participate in a meeting by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting by such means shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

(d) Notice of Special Meetings. Notice of the time and place of all special meetings of the Board of Directors shall be orally or in writing, by telephone, including a voice messaging system or other system or technology designed to record and communicate messages, facsimile, telegraph or telex, or by electronic mail or other electronic means, during normal business hours, at least twenty-four (24) hours before the date and time of the meeting. If notice is sent by US mail, it shall be sent by first class mail, postage prepaid at least three (3) days before the date of the meeting. Notice of any meeting may be waived in writing or by electronic transmission at any time before or after the meeting and will be waived by any director by attendance thereat, except when the director attends the meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

(e) Waiver of Notice. The transaction of all business at any meeting of the Board of Directors, or any committee thereof, however called or noticed, or wherever held, shall be as valid as though it had been transacted at a meeting duly held after regular call and notice, if a quorum be present and if, either before or after the meeting, each of the directors not present who did not receive notice shall sign a written waiver of notice or shall waive notice by electronic transmission. All such waivers shall be filed with the corporate records or made a part of the minutes of the meeting.

Section 22. Quorum and Voting .

(a) Unless the Certificate of Incorporation requires a greater number, and except with respect to questions related to indemnification arising under Section 44 for which a quorum shall be one-third of the exact number of directors fixed from time to time, a quorum of the Board of Directors shall consist of a majority of the exact number of directors fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors in accordance with the Certificate of Incorporation; provided, however, at any meeting whether a quorum be present or otherwise, a majority of the directors present may adjourn from time to time until the time fixed for the next regular meeting of the Board of Directors, without notice other than by announcement at the meeting.

(b) At each meeting of the Board of Directors at which a quorum is present, all questions and business shall be determined by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors present, unless a different vote be required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws.

Section 23. Action Without Meeting. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if all members of the Board of Directors or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission, and such writing or writings or transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors or committee. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

Section 24. Fees and Compensation. Directors shall be entitled to such compensation for their services as may be approved by the Board of Directors, including, if so approved, by resolution of the Board of Directors, a fixed sum and expenses of attendance, if any, for attendance at each regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors and at any meeting of a committee of the Board of Directors. Nothing herein contained shall be construed to preclude any director from serving the corporation in any other capacity as an officer, agent, employee, or otherwise and receiving compensation therefor.


Section 25. Committees .

(a) Executive Committee. The Board of Directors may appoint an Executive Committee to consist of one (1) or more members of the Board of Directors. The Executive Committee, to the extent permitted by law and provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the corporation, and may authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority in reference to (i) approving or adopting, or recommending to the stockholders, any action or matter (other than the election or removal of directors) expressly required by the DGCL to be submitted to stockholders for approval, or (ii) adopting, amending or repealing any bylaw of the corporation.

(b) Other Committees. The Board of Directors may, from time to time, appoint such other committees as may be permitted by law. Such other committees appointed by the Board of Directors shall consist of one (1) or more members of the Board of Directors and shall have such powers and perform such duties as may be prescribed by the resolution or resolutions creating such committees, but in no event shall any such committee have the powers denied to the Executive Committee in these Bylaws.

(c) Term. The Board of Directors, subject to any requirements of any outstanding series of Preferred Stock and the provisions of subsections (a) or (b) of this Section 25 may at any time increase or decrease the number of members of a committee or terminate the existence of a committee. The membership of a committee member shall terminate on the date of his death or voluntary resignation from the committee or from the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may at any time for any reason remove any individual committee member and the Board of Directors may fill any committee vacancy created by death, resignation, removal or increase in the number of members of the committee. The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee, and, in addition, in the absence or disqualification of any member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member.

(d) Meetings. Unless the Board of Directors shall otherwise provide, regular meetings of the Executive Committee or any other committee appointed pursuant to this Section 25 shall be held at such times and places as are determined by the Board of Directors, or by any such committee, and when notice thereof has been given to each member of such committee, no further notice of such regular meetings need be given thereafter. Special meetings of any such committee may be held at any place which has been determined from time to time by such committee, and may be called by any director who is a member of such committee, upon notice to the members of such committee of the time and place of such special meeting given in the manner provided for the giving of notice to members of the Board of Directors of the time and place of special meetings of the Board of Directors. Notice of any special meeting of any committee may be waived in writing or by electronic transmission at any time before or after the meeting and will be waived by any director by attendance thereat, except when the director attends such special meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Unless otherwise provided by the Board of Directors in the resolutions authorizing the creation of the committee, a majority of the authorized number of members of any such committee shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, and the act of a majority of those present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of such committee.

Section 26. Duties of Chairperson of the Board of Directors. The Chairperson of the Board of Directors, if appointed and when present, shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and


the Board of Directors. The Chairperson of the Board of Directors shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers, as the Board of Directors shall designate from time to time.

Section 27. Organization. At every meeting of the directors, the Chairperson of the Board of Directors, or, if a Chairperson has not been appointed or is absent, the Chief Executive Officer (if a director), or, if a Chief Executive Officer is absent, the President (if a director), or if the President is absent, the most senior Vice President (if a director), or, in the absence of any such person, a chairperson of the meeting chosen by a majority of the directors present, shall preside over the meeting. The Secretary, or in his absence, any Assistant Secretary or other officer, director or other person directed to do so by the person presiding over the meeting, shall act as secretary of the meeting.

ARTICLE V

OFFICERS

Section 28. Officers Designated. The officers of the corporation shall include, if and when designated by the Board of Directors, the Chairperson, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, one or more Vice Presidents, the Secretary, the Chief Financial Officer and the Treasurer. The Board of Directors may also appoint one or more Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers and such other officers and agents with such powers and duties as it shall deem necessary. The Board of Directors may assign such additional titles to one or more of the officers as it shall deem appropriate. Any one person may hold any number of offices of the corporation at any one time unless specifically prohibited therefrom by law. The salaries and other compensation of the officers of the corporation shall be fixed by or in the manner designated by the Board of Directors.

Section 29. Tenure and Duties of Officers.

(a) General. All officers shall hold office at the pleasure of the Board of Directors and until their successors shall have been duly elected and qualified, unless sooner removed. Any officer elected or appointed by the Board of Directors may be removed at any time by the Board of Directors. If the office of any officer becomes vacant for any reason, the vacancy may be filled by the Board of Directors.

(b) Duties of Chief Executive Officer. The Chief Executive Officer shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and at all meetings of the Board of Directors (if a director), unless the Chairperson of the Board of Directors has been appointed and is present. Unless an officer has been appointed Chief Executive Officer of the corporation, the President shall be the chief executive officer of the corporation and shall, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, have general supervision, direction and control of the business and officers of the corporation. To the extent that a Chief Executive Officer has been appointed and no President has been appointed, all references in these Bylaws to the President shall be deemed references to the Chief Executive Officer. The Chief Executive Officer shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers, as the Board of Directors shall designate from time to time.

(c) Duties of President. The President shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and at all meetings of the Board of Directors (if a director), unless the Chairperson of the Board of Directors, or the Chief Executive Officer has been appointed and is present. Unless another officer has been appointed Chief Executive Officer of the corporation, the President shall be the chief executive officer of the corporation and shall, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, have general supervision, direction and control of the business and officers of the corporation. The President shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers, as the Board of Directors shall designate from time to time.

(d) Duties of Vice Presidents. A Vice President may assume and perform the duties of the President in the absence or disability of the President or whenever the office of President is


vacant. A Vice President shall perform other duties commonly incident to their office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer, or, if the Chief Executive Officer has not been appointed or is absent, the President shall designate from time to time.

(e) Duties of Secretary. The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the stockholders and of the Board of Directors and shall record all acts and proceedings thereof in the minute book of the corporation. The Secretary shall give notice in conformity with these Bylaws of all meetings of the stockholders and of all meetings of the Board of Directors and any committee thereof requiring notice. The Secretary shall perform all other duties provided for in these Bylaws and other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers, as the Board of Directors shall designate from time to time. The Chief Executive Officer, or if no Chief Executive Officer is then serving, the President may direct any Assistant Secretary or other officer to assume and perform the duties of the Secretary in the absence or disability of the Secretary, and each Assistant Secretary shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer, or if no Chief Executive Officer is then serving, the President shall designate from time to time.

(f) Duties of Chief Financial Officer. The Chief Financial Officer shall keep or cause to be kept the books of account of the corporation in a thorough and proper manner and shall render statements of the financial affairs of the corporation in such form and as often as required by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer, or if no Chief Executive Officer is then serving, the President. The Chief Financial Officer, subject to the order of the Board of Directors, shall have the custody of all funds and securities of the corporation. The Chief Financial Officer shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer, or if no Chief Executive Officer is then serving, the President shall designate from time to time. To the extent that a Chief Financial Officer has been appointed and no Treasurer has been appointed, all references in these Bylaws to the Treasurer shall be deemed references to the Chief Financial Officer. The President may direct the Treasurer, if any, or any Assistant Treasurer, or the controller or any assistant controller to assume and perform the duties of the Chief Financial Officer in the absence or disability of the Chief Financial Officer, and each Treasurer and Assistant Treasurer and each controller and assistant controller shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer, or if no Chief Executive Officer is then serving, the President shall designate from time to time.

(g) Duties of Treasurer. Unless another officer has been appointed Chief Financial Officer of the corporation, the Treasurer shall be the chief financial officer of the corporation and shall keep or cause to be kept the books of account of the corporation in a thorough and proper manner and shall render statements of the financial affairs of the corporation in such form and as often as required by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer, or if no Chief Executive Officer is then serving, the President, and, subject to the order of the Board of Directors, shall have the custody of all funds and securities of the corporation. The Treasurer shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer, or if no Chief Executive Officer is then serving, the President and Chief Financial Officer (if not Treasurer) shall designate from time to time.

Section 30. Delegation of Authority. The Board of Directors may from time to time delegate the powers or duties of any officer to any other officer or agent, notwithstanding any provision hereof.

Section 31. Resignations. Any officer may resign at any time by giving notice in writing or by electronic transmission to the Board of Directors or to the Chief Executive Officer, or if no Chief Executive Officer is then serving, the President or to the Secretary. Any such resignation shall be effective when received by the person or persons to whom such notice is given, unless a later time is specified therein, in which event the resignation shall become effective at such later time. Unless otherwise specified in such notice, the acceptance of any such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Any resignation shall be without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the corporation under any contract with the resigning officer.


Section 32. Removal. Any officer may be removed from office at any time, either with or without cause, by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors in office at the time, or by the unanimous written consent of the directors in office at the time, or by any committee or by the Chief Executive Officer or by other superior officers upon whom such power of removal may have been conferred by the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE VI

EXECUTION OF CORPORATE INSTRUMENTS AND VOTING

OF SECURITIES OWNED BY THE CORPORATION

Section 33. Execution of Corporate Instruments. The Board of Directors may, in its discretion, determine the method and designate the signatory officer or officers, or other person or persons, to execute on behalf of the corporation any corporate instrument or document, or to sign on behalf of the corporation the corporate name without limitation, or to enter into contracts on behalf of the corporation, except where otherwise provided by law or these Bylaws, and such execution or signature shall be binding upon the corporation. All checks and drafts drawn on banks or other depositaries on funds to the credit of the corporation or in special accounts of the corporation shall be signed by such person or persons as the Board of Directors shall authorize so to do. Unless authorized or ratified by the Board of Directors or within the agency power of an officer, no officer, agent or employee shall have any power or authority to bind the corporation by any contract or engagement or to pledge its credit or to render it liable for any purpose or for any amount.

Section 34. Voting of Securities Owned by the Corporation. All stock and other securities of other corporations owned or held by the corporation for itself, or for other parties in any capacity, shall be voted, and all proxies with respect thereto shall be executed, by the person authorized so to do by resolution of the Board of Directors, or, in the absence of such authorization, by the Chairperson of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, or any Vice President.

ARTICLE VII

SHARES OF STOCK

Section 35. Form and Execution of Certificates. The shares of the corporation shall be represented by certificates, or shall be uncertificated if so provided by resolution or resolutions of the Board of Directors. Certificates for the shares of stock, if any, shall be in such form as is consistent with the Certificate of Incorporation and applicable law. Every holder of stock in the corporation represented by certificate shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by or in the name of the corporation by the Chairperson of the Board of Directors, or the President or any Vice President and by the Treasurer or Assistant Treasurer or the Secretary or Assistant Secretary, certifying the number of shares owned by him in the corporation. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be facsimiles. In case any officer, transfer agent, or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent, or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued with the same effect as if he were such officer, transfer agent, or registrar at the date of issue.

Section 36. Lost Certificates. A new certificate or certificates shall be issued in place of any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen, or destroyed. The corporation may require, as a condition precedent to the issuance of a new certificate or certificates, the owner of such lost, stolen, or destroyed certificate or certificates, or the owner’s legal representative, to agree to indemnify the corporation in such manner as it shall require or to give the corporation a surety bond in such form and amount as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed.


Section 37. Transfers .

(a) Transfers of record of shares of stock of the corporation shall be made only upon its books by the holders thereof, in person or by attorney duly authorized, and, in the case of stock represented by certificate, upon the surrender of a properly endorsed certificate or certificates for a like number of shares.

(b) The corporation shall have power to enter into and perform any agreement with any number of stockholders of any one or more classes of stock of the corporation to restrict the transfer of shares of stock of the corporation of any one or more classes owned by such stockholders in any manner not prohibited by the DGCL.

Section 38. Fixing Record Dates.

(a) In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date shall, subject to applicable law, not be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting. If no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

(b) In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than sixty (60) days prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

Section 39. Registered Stockholders. The corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends, and to vote as such owner, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of Delaware.

ARTICLE VIII

OTHER SECURITIES OF THE CORPORATION

Section 40. Execution of Other Securities. All bonds, debentures and other corporate securities of the corporation, other than stock certificates (covered in Section 36), may be signed by the Chairperson of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or any Vice President, or such other person as may be authorized by the Board of Directors, and the corporate seal impressed thereon or a facsimile of such seal imprinted thereon and attested by the signature of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, or the Chief Financial Officer or Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer; provided, however, that where any such bond, debenture or other corporate security shall be authenticated by the


manual signature, or where permissible facsimile signature, of a trustee under an indenture pursuant to which such bond, debenture or other corporate security shall be issued, the signatures of the persons signing and attesting the corporate seal on such bond, debenture or other corporate security may be the imprinted facsimile of the signatures of such persons. Interest coupons appertaining to any such bond, debenture or other corporate security, authenticated by a trustee as aforesaid, shall be signed by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer of the corporation or such other person as may be authorized by the Board of Directors, or bear imprinted thereon the facsimile signature of such person. In case any officer who shall have signed or attested any bond, debenture or other corporate security, or whose facsimile signature shall appear thereon or on any such interest coupon, shall have ceased to be such officer before the bond, debenture or other corporate security so signed or attested shall have been delivered, such bond, debenture or other corporate security nevertheless may be adopted by the corporation and issued and delivered as though the person who signed the same or whose facsimile signature shall have been used thereon had not ceased to be such officer of the corporation.

ARTICLE IX

DIVIDENDS

Section 41. Declaration of Dividends. Dividends upon the capital stock of the corporation, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation and applicable law, if any, may be declared by the Board of Directors pursuant to law at any regular or special meeting. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the capital stock, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation and applicable law.

Section 42. Dividend Reserve. Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the Board of Directors from time to time, in their absolute discretion, think proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the corporation, or for such other purpose as the Board of Directors shall think conducive to the interests of the corporation, and the Board of Directors may modify or abolish any such reserve in the manner in which it was created.

ARTICLE X

FISCAL YEAR

Section 43. Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE XI

INDEMNIFICATION

Section 44. Indemnification of Directors, Officers, Employees and Other Agents.

(a) Directors and Officers. The corporation shall indemnify its directors and officers to the fullest extent not prohibited by the DGCL or any other applicable law; provided, however, that the corporation may modify the extent of such indemnification by individual contracts with its directors and officers; and, provided, further, that the corporation shall not be required to indemnify any director or officer in connection with any proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person unless (i) such indemnification is expressly required to be made by law, (ii) the proceeding was authorized by the Board of Directors of the corporation, (iii) such indemnification is provided by the corporation, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the corporation under the DGCL or any other applicable law or (iv) such indemnification is required to be made under paragraph (d) of this Section 44.


(b) Employees and other Agents . The corporation shall have power to indemnify its employees and other agents as set forth in the DGCL or any other applicable law. The Board of Directors shall have the power to delegate the determination of whether indemnification shall be given to any such person as the Board of Directors shall determine.

(c) Expenses. The corporation shall advance to any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he is or was a director or officer, of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, prior to the final disposition of the proceeding, promptly following request therefor, all expenses incurred by any director or officer in connection with such proceeding provided, however, that if the DGCL requires, an advancement of expenses incurred by a director or officer in his or her capacity as a director or officer (and not in any other capacity in which service was or is rendered by such indemnitee, including, without limitation, service to an employee benefit plan) shall be made only upon delivery to the corporation of an undertaking (hereinafter an “undertaking”), by or on behalf of such indemnitee, to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined by final judicial decision from which there is no further right to appeal (hereinafter a “final adjudication”) that such indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified for such expenses under this Section 44 or otherwise. Notwithstanding the foregoing, unless otherwise determined pursuant to paragraph (e) of this Section 44, no advance shall be made by the corporation to an officer of the corporation (except by reason of the fact that such officer is or was a director of the corporation in which event this sentence shall not apply) in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, if a determination is reasonably and promptly made (i) by a majority vote of directors who were not parties to the proceeding, even if not a quorum, or (ii) by a committee of such directors designated by a majority vote of such directors, even though less than a quorum, or (iii) if there are no such directors, or such directors so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, that the facts known to the decision-making party at the time such determination is made demonstrate clearly and convincingly that such person acted in bad faith or in a manner that such person did not believe to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation.

(d) Enforcement. Without the necessity of entering into an express contract, all rights to indemnification and advances to directors and officers under this Section 44 shall be deemed to be contractual rights and be effective to the same extent and as if provided for in a contract between the corporation and the director or officer. Any right to indemnification or advances granted by this Section 44 to a director or officer shall be enforceable by or on behalf of the person holding such right in any court of competent jurisdiction if (i) the claim for indemnification or advances is denied, in whole or in part, or (ii) no disposition of such claim is made within ninety (90) days of request therefor. To the extent permitted by law, the claimant in such enforcement action, if successful in whole or in part, shall be entitled to be paid also the expense of prosecuting the claim. In connection with any claim for indemnification, the corporation shall be entitled to raise as a defense to any such action that the claimant has not met the standards of conduct that make it permissible under the DGCL or any other applicable law for the corporation to indemnify the claimant for the amount claimed. In connection with any claim by an officer of the corporation (except in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that such officer is or was a director of the corporation) for advances, the corporation shall be entitled to raise a defense as to any such action clear and convincing evidence that such person acted in bad faith or in a manner that such person did not believe to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, or with respect to any criminal action or proceeding that such person acted without reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was lawful. Neither the failure of the corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification of the claimant is proper in the circumstances because he has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the DGCL or any other applicable law, nor an actual determination by the corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel or its stockholders) that the claimant has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that claimant has not met the applicable standard of conduct. In any suit brought by a director or officer to enforce a right to indemnification or to an advancement of expenses hereunder, the burden of proving that the director or officer is not entitled to be indemnified, or to such advancement of expenses, under this Section 44 or otherwise shall be on the corporation.


(e) Non-Exclusivity of Rights. The rights conferred on any person by this Section 44 shall not be exclusive of any other right which such person may have or hereafter acquire under any applicable statute, provision of the Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in his or her official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding office. The corporation is specifically authorized to enter into individual contracts with any or all of its directors, officers, employees or agents respecting indemnification and advances, to the fullest extent not prohibited by the DGCL or any other applicable law.

(f) Survival of Rights. The rights conferred on any person by this Section 44 shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or other agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

(g) Insurance. To the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL or any other applicable law, the corporation, upon approval by the Board of Directors, may purchase insurance on behalf of any person required or permitted to be indemnified pursuant to this Section 44.

(h) Amendments. Any repeal or modification of this Section 44 shall only be prospective and shall not affect the rights under this Section 44 in effect at the time of the alleged occurrence of any action or omission to act that is the cause of any proceeding against any agent of the corporation.

(i) Saving Clause. If this Section 44 or any portion hereof shall be invalidated on any ground by any court of competent jurisdiction, then the corporation shall nevertheless indemnify each director and officer to the full extent not prohibited by any applicable portion of this Section 44 that shall not have been invalidated, or by any other applicable law. If this Section 44 shall be invalid due to the application of the indemnification provisions of another jurisdiction, then the corporation shall indemnify each director and executive officer to the full extent under any other applicable law.

(j) Certain Definitions. For the purposes of this Section 44, the following definitions shall apply:

(1) The term “proceeding” shall be broadly construed and shall include, without limitation, the investigation, preparation, prosecution, defense, settlement, arbitration and appeal of, and the giving of testimony in, any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative.

(2) The term “expenses” shall be broadly construed and shall include, without limitation, court costs, attorneys’ fees, witness fees, fines, amounts paid in settlement or judgment and any other costs and expenses of any nature or kind incurred in connection with any proceeding.

(3) The term the “corporation” shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, and employees or agents, so that any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Section 44 with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as he would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued.

(4) References to a “director,” “executive officer,” “officer,” “employee,” or “agent” of the corporation shall include, without limitation, situations where such person is serving at the request of the corporation as, respectively, a director, executive officer, officer, employee, trustee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise.


(5) References to “other enterprises” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “fines” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan; and references to “serving at the request of the corporation” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee, or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants, or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the corporation” as referred to in this section.

ARTICLE XII

NOTICES

Section 45. Notices .

(a) Notice to Stockholders. Written notice to stockholders of stockholder meetings shall be given as provided in Section 7 herein. Without limiting the manner by which notice may otherwise be given effectively to stockholders under any agreement or contract with such stockholder, and except as otherwise required by law, written notice to stockholders for purposes other than stockholder meetings may be sent by United States mail or nationally recognized overnight courier, or by facsimile, telegraph or telex or by electronic mail or other electronic means.

(b) Notice to Directors. Any notice required to be given to any director may be given by the method stated in subsection (a) or as otherwise provided in these Bylaws. If such notice is not delivered personally, it shall be sent to such address as such director shall have filed in writing with the Secretary, or, in the absence of such filing, to the last known post office address of such director.

(c) Affidavit of Mailing. An affidavit of mailing, executed by a duly authorized and competent employee of the corporation or its transfer agent appointed with respect to the class of stock affected or other agent, specifying the name and address or the names and addresses of the stockholder or stockholders, or director or directors, to whom any such notice or notices was or were given, and the time and method of giving the same, shall in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts therein contained.

(d) Methods of Notice. It shall not be necessary that the same method of giving notice be employed in respect of all recipients of notice, but one permissible method may be employed in respect of any one or more, and any other permissible method or methods may be employed in respect of any other or others.

(e) Notice to Person with Whom Communication is Unlawful. Whenever notice is required to be given, under any provision of law or of the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of the corporation, to any person with whom communication is unlawful, the giving of such notice to such person shall not be required and there shall be no duty to apply to any governmental authority or agency for a license or permit to give such notice to such person. Any action or meeting which shall be taken or held without notice to any such person with whom communication is unlawful shall have the same force and effect as if such notice had been duly given. In the event that the action taken by the corporation is such as to require the filing of a certificate under any provision of the DGCL, the certificate shall state, if such is the fact and if notice is required, that notice was given to all persons entitled to receive notice except such persons with whom communication is unlawful.

(f) Notice to Stockholders Sharing an Address. Except as otherwise prohibited under DGCL, any notice given under the provisions of DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation or the


Bylaws shall be effective if given by a single written notice to stockholders who share an address if consented to by the stockholders at that address to whom such notice is given. Such consent shall have been deemed to have been given if such stockholder fails to object in writing to the corporation within sixty (60) days of having been given notice by the corporation of its intention to send the single notice. Any consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice to the corporation.

ARTICLE XIII

AMENDMENTS

Section 46. Amendments. Subject to the limitations set forth in Section 44(h) of these Bylaws or the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, the Board of Directors is expressly empowered to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the corporation. The stockholders also shall have power to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the corporation; provided, however, that, in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of stock of the corporation required by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation, such action by stockholders shall require the affirmative vote of the holders of sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66 2/3%) of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of the capital stock of the corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class.

Exhibit 4.1

 

LOGO

NUMBER
PSA
INCORPORATED UNDER THE
LAWS OF THE STATE
OF DELAWARE
PURESTORAGE
SHARES
CUSIP 74624M 10 2
SEE REVERSE FOR CERTAIN DEFINITIONS
This certifies that is the record holder of
FULLY PAID AND NONASSESSABLE SHARES OF CLASS A COMMON STOCK, $0.0001 PAR VALUE PER SHARE, OF Pure Storage, Inc.
transferable on the books of the corporation in person or by duly authorized attorney upon surrender of this Certificate properly endorsed. This Certificate is not valid until countersigned by the Transfer Agent and registered by the Registrar.
WITNESS the facsimile seal of the Corporation and the facsimile signatures of its duly authorized officers.
Dated:
President
PURE STORAGE, INC.
CORPORATE
SEAL .
OCTOBER 2, 2009
DELAWARE
Secretary
COUNTERSIGNED AND REGISTERED:
AMERICAN STOCK TRANSFER & TRUST COMPANY, LLC
(BROOKLYN, NY)
TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR
BY:
AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE


LOGO

The Corporation shall furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests a statement of the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock of the Corporation or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights. Such requests shall be made to the Corporation’s Secretary at the principal office of the Corporation.
KEEP THIS CERTIFICATE IN A SAFE PLACE. IF IT IS LOST, STOLEN, OR DESTROYED THE CORPORATION WILL REQUIRE A BOND INDEMNITY AS A CONDITION TO THE ISSUANCE OF A REPLACEMENT CERTIFICATE.
The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of this certificate, shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations:
TEN COM – as tenants in common
UNIF GIFT MIN ACT – Custodian
(Cust) (Minor)
under Uniform Gifts to Minors
Act
(State)
TEN ENT – as tenants by the entireties
JT TEN – as joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common
COM PROP – as community property
UNIF TRF MIN ACT – Custodian (until age )
(Cust)
under Uniform Transfers
(Minor)
to Minors Act
(State)
Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list.
FOR VALUE RECEIVED, hereby sell(s), assign(s) and transfer(s) unto
PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE
(PLEASE PRINT OR TYPEWRITE NAME AND ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, OF ASSIGNEE)
shares of the capital stock represented by within Certificate, and do hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint
attorney-in-fact to transfer the said stock on the books of the within named Corporation with full power of the substitution in the premises.
Dated
X
X
Signature(s) Guaranteed:
NOTICE:
THE SIGNATURE TO THIS ASSIGNMENT MUST CORRESPOND WITH THE NAME AS WRITTEN UPON THE FACE OF THE CERTIFICATE IN EVERY PARTICULAR, WITHOUT ALTERATION OR ENLARGEMENT OR ANY CHANGE WHATSOEVER.
By
THE SIGNATURE(S) SHOULD BE GUARANTEED BY AN ELIGIBLE GUARANTOR INSTITUTION, (BANKS, STOCKBROKERS, SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATIONS AND CREDIT UNIONS WITH MEMBERSHIP IN AN APPROVED SIGNATURE GUARANTEE MEDALLION PROGRAM), PURSUANT TO S.E.C. RULE 17Ad-15. GUARANTEES BY A NOTARY PUBLIC ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE. SIGNATURE GUARANTEES MUST NOT BE DATED.

Exhibit 10.4

P URE S TORAGE , I NC .

2015 E QUITY I NCENTIVE P LAN

A DOPTED BY THE B OARD OF D IRECTORS : A UGUST  19, 2015

A PPROVED BY THE S TOCKHOLDERS : S EPTEMBER 2, 2015

IPO D ATE :             , 2015

1. G ENERAL .

(a) Purpose. The Plan, through the grant of Awards, is intended to help the Company secure and retain the services of eligible award recipients, provide incentives for such persons to exert maximum efforts for the success of the Company and any Affiliate, and provide a means by which the eligible recipients may benefit from increases in value of the Common Stock.

(b) Eligible Award Recipients. Employees, Directors and Consultants are eligible to receive Awards.

(c) Available Awards. The Plan provides for the grant of the following Awards: (i) Incentive Stock Options, (ii) Nonstatutory Stock Options, (iii) Stock Appreciation Rights (iv) Restricted Stock Awards, (v) Restricted Stock Unit Awards, (vi) Performance Stock Awards, (vii) Performance Cash Awards, and (viii) Other Stock Awards.

2. A DMINISTRATION .

(a) Administration by Board. The Board will administer the Plan. The Board may delegate administration of the Plan to a Committee or Committees, as provided in Section 2(c).

(b) Powers of Board. The Board will have the power, subject to, and within the limitations of, the express provisions of the Plan:

(i) To determine: (A) who will be granted Awards; (B) when and how each Award will be granted; (C) what type of Award will be granted; (D) the provisions of each Award (which need not be identical), including when a person will be permitted to exercise or otherwise receive cash or Common Stock under the Award; (E) the number of shares of Common Stock subject to, or the cash value of, an Award; and (F) the Fair Market Value applicable to a Stock Award.

(ii) To construe and interpret the Plan and Awards granted under it, and to establish, amend and revoke rules and regulations for administration of the Plan and Awards. The Board, in the exercise of these powers, may correct any defect, omission or inconsistency in the Plan or in any Award Agreement or in the written terms of a Performance Cash Award, in a manner and to the extent it will deem necessary or expedient to make the Plan or Award fully effective.

(iii) To settle all controversies regarding the Plan and Awards granted under it.

(iv) To accelerate, in whole or in part, the time at which an Award may be exercised or vest (or the time at which cash or shares of Common Stock may be issued in settlement thereof).

(v) To suspend or terminate the Plan at any time. Except as otherwise provided in the Plan or an Award Agreement, suspension or termination of the Plan will not materially impair a Participant’s rights under the Participant’s then-outstanding Award without the Participant’s written consent, except as provided in subsection (viii) below.

 

1


(vi) To amend the Plan in any respect the Board deems necessary or advisable, including, without limitation, by adopting amendments relating to Incentive Stock Options and certain nonqualified deferred compensation under Section 409A of the Code and/or bringing the Plan or Awards granted under the Plan into compliance with the requirements for Incentive Stock Options or ensuring that they are exempt from, or compliant with, the requirements for nonqualified deferred compensation under Section 409A of the Code, subject to the limitations, if any, of applicable law. If required by applicable law or listing requirements, and except as provided in Section 9(a) relating to Capitalization Adjustments, the Company will seek stockholder approval of any amendment of the Plan that (A) materially increases the number of shares of Common Stock available for issuance under the Plan, (B) materially expands the class of individuals eligible to receive Awards under the Plan, (C) materially increases the benefits accruing to Participants under the Plan, (D) materially reduces the price at which shares of Common Stock may be issued or purchased under the Plan, (E) materially extends the term of the Plan, or (F) materially expands the types of Awards available for issuance under the Plan. Except as otherwise provided in the Plan or an Award Agreement, no amendment of the Plan will materially impair a Participant’s rights under an outstanding Award without the Participant’s written consent.

(vii) To submit any amendment to the Plan for stockholder approval, including, but not limited to, amendments to the Plan intended to satisfy the requirements of (A) Section 162(m) of the Code regarding the exclusion of performance-based compensation from the limit on corporate deductibility of compensation paid to Covered Employees, (B) Section 422 of the Code regarding “incentive stock options” or (C) Rule 16b-3.

(viii) To approve forms of Award Agreements for use under the Plan and to amend the terms of any one or more Awards, including, but not limited to, amendments to provide terms more favorable to the Participant than previously provided in the Award Agreement, subject to any specified limits in the Plan that are not subject to Board discretion; provided, however, that a Participant’s rights under any Award will not be impaired by any such amendment unless (A) the Company requests the consent of the affected Participant, and (B) such Participant consents in writing. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (1) a Participant’s rights will not be deemed to have been impaired by any such amendment if the Board, in its sole discretion, determines that the amendment, taken as a whole, does not materially impair the Participant’s rights, and (2) subject to the limitations of applicable law, if any, the Board may amend the terms of any one or more Awards without the affected Participant’s consent (A) to maintain the qualified status of the Award as an Incentive Stock Option under Section 422 of the Code; (B) to change the terms of an Incentive Stock Option, if such change results in impairment of the Award solely because it impairs the qualified status of the Award as an Incentive Stock Option under Section 422 of the Code; (C) to clarify the manner of exemption from, or to bring the Award into compliance with, Section 409A of the Code; or (D) to comply with other applicable laws or listing requirements.

(ix) Generally, to exercise such powers and to perform such acts as the Board deems necessary or expedient to promote the best interests of the Company and that are not in conflict with the provisions of the Plan or Awards.

(x) To adopt such rules, procedures and sub-plans related to the operation and administration of the Plan as are necessary or appropriate under local laws and regulations to permit participation in the Plan by Employees, Directors or Consultants who are foreign nationals or employed outside the United States (provided that Board approval will not be necessary for immaterial modifications to the Plan or any Award Agreement that are made to ensure or facilitate compliance with the laws or regulations of the relevant foreign jurisdiction).

 

2


(c) Delegation to Committee.

(i) General. The Board may delegate some or all of the administration of the Plan to a Committee or Committees. If administration of the Plan is delegated to a Committee, the Committee will have, in connection with the administration of the Plan, the powers theretofore possessed by the Board that have been delegated to the Committee, including the power to delegate to a subcommittee of the Committee any of the administrative powers the Committee is authorized to exercise (and references in this Plan to the Board will thereafter be to the Committee or subcommittee, as applicable). Any delegation of administrative powers will be reflected in resolutions, not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan, adopted from time to time by the Board or Committee (as applicable). The Board may retain the authority to concurrently administer the Plan with the Committee and may, at any time, revest in the Board some or all of the powers previously delegated.

(ii) Section 162(m) and Rule 16b-3 Compliance. The Committee may consist solely of two or more Outside Directors, in accordance with Section 162(m) of the Code, or solely of two or more Non-Employee Directors, in accordance with Rule 16b-3.

(d) Delegation to an Officer. The Board may delegate to one (1) or more Officers the authority to do one or both of the following (i) designate Employees who are not Officers to be recipients of Options and SARs (and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, other Stock Awards) and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, the terms of such Awards, and (ii) determine the number of shares of Common Stock to be subject to such Stock Awards granted to such Employees; provided, however , that the Board resolutions regarding such delegation will specify the total number of shares of Common Stock that may be subject to the Stock Awards granted by such Officer and that such Officer may not grant a Stock Award to himself or herself. Any such Stock Awards will be granted on the form of Stock Award Agreement most recently approved for use by the Committee or the Board, unless otherwise provided in the resolutions approving the delegation authority. The Board may not delegate authority to an Officer who is acting solely in the capacity of an Officer (and not also as a Director) to determine the Fair Market Value pursuant to Section 13(w)(iii) below.

(e) Effect of Board’s Decision. All determinations, interpretations and constructions made by the Board in good faith will not be subject to review by any person and will be final, binding and conclusive on all persons.

3. S HARES S UBJECT TO THE P LAN .

(a) Share Reserve. Subject to Section 9(a) relating to Capitalization Adjustments, and the following sentence regarding the annual increase, the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued pursuant to Stock Awards will not exceed 27,000,000 shares (the “ Share Reserve ”).

In addition, the Share Reserve will automatically increase on the first day of each fiscal year, for a period of not more than ten years from the date the Plan is approved by the stockholders of the Company, commencing on February 1 in the calendar year following the calendar year in which the IPO Date occurs and ending on (and including) February 1, 2025, in an amount equal to 5% of the total number of shares of Capital Stock outstanding on the last day of the calendar month prior to the date of such automatic increase. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board may act prior to the first day of a given fiscal year to provide that there will be no increase in the Share Reserve for such fiscal year or that the increase in the Share Reserve for such year will be a lesser number of shares of Common Stock than would otherwise occur pursuant to the preceding sentence. For clarity, the Share Reserve in this Section 3(a) is a limitation on the number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued pursuant to the Plan. Accordingly, this Section 3(a) does not limit the granting of Stock Awards except as provided in Section 7(a).

 

3


Shares may be issued in connection with a merger or acquisition as permitted by NASDAQ Listing Rule 5635(c) or, if applicable, NYSE Listed Company Manual Section 303A.08, AMEX Company Guide Section 711 or other applicable rule, and such issuance will not reduce the number of shares available for issuance under the Plan.

(b) Reversion of Shares to the Share Reserve. If a Stock Award or any portion thereof (i) expires or otherwise terminates without all of the shares covered by such Stock Award having been issued or (ii) is settled in cash ( i.e. , the Participant receives cash rather than stock), such expiration, termination or settlement will not reduce (or otherwise offset) the number of shares of Common Stock that may be available for issuance under the Plan. If any shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to a Stock Award are forfeited back to or repurchased by the Company because of the failure to meet a contingency or condition required to vest such shares in the Participant, then the shares that are forfeited or repurchased will revert to and again become available for issuance under the Plan. Any shares reacquired by the Company in satisfaction of tax withholding obligations on a Stock Award or as consideration for the exercise or purchase price of a Stock Award will again become available for issuance under the Plan.

(c) Incentive Stock Option Limit. Subject to the provisions of Section 9(a) relating to Capitalization Adjustments, the aggregate maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued pursuant to the exercise of Incentive Stock Options will be 135,000,000 shares of Common Stock.

(d) Section 162(m) Limitations . Subject to the provisions of Section 9(a) relating to Capitalization Adjustments, at such time as the Company may be subject to the applicable provisions of Section 162(m) of the Code, the following limitations shall apply.

(i) A maximum of 3,000,000 (6,000,000 in the year of hire) shares of Common Stock subject to Options, SARs and Other Stock Awards whose value is determined by reference to an increase over an exercise or strike price of at least 100% of the Fair Market Value on the date the Stock Award is granted may be granted to any one Participant during any one calendar year. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any additional Options, SARs or Other Stock Awards whose value is determined by reference to an increase over an exercise or strike price of at least 100% of the Fair Market Value on the date the Stock Award are granted to any Participant during any calendar year, compensation attributable to the exercise of such additional Stock Awards will not satisfy the requirements to be considered “qualified performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code unless such additional Stock Award is approved by the Company’s stockholders.

(ii) A maximum of 3,000,000 (6,000,000 in the year of hire) shares of Common Stock subject to Performance Stock Awards may be granted to any one Participant during any one calendar year (whether the grant, vesting or exercise is contingent upon the attainment during the Performance Period of the Performance Goals).

(iii) A maximum of US$5,000,000 may be granted as a Performance Cash Award to any one Participant during any one calendar year.

(e) Source of Shares. The stock issuable under the Plan will be shares of authorized but unissued or reacquired Common Stock, including shares repurchased by the Company on the open market or otherwise.

4. E LIGIBILITY .

(a) Eligibility for Specific Stock Awards . Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to employees of the Company or a “parent corporation” or a “subsidiary corporation” thereof (as such terms

 

4


are defined in Sections 424(e) and 424(f) of the Code). Stock Awards other than Incentive Stock Options may be granted to Employees, Directors and Consultants; provided, however , that Stock Awards may not be granted to Employees, Directors and Consultants who are providing Continuous Service only to any “parent” of the Company, as such term is defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act, unless (i) the stock underlying such Stock Awards is treated as “service recipient stock” under Section 409A of the Code (for example, because the Stock Awards are granted pursuant to a corporate transaction such as a spin off transaction), (ii) the Company, in consultation with its legal counsel, has determined that such Stock Awards are otherwise exempt from Section 409A of the Code, or (iii) the Company, in consultation with its legal counsel, has determined that such Stock Awards comply with the distribution requirements of Section 409A of the Code.

(b) Ten Percent Stockholders. A Ten Percent Stockholder will not be granted an Incentive Stock Option unless the exercise price of such Option is at least 110% of the Fair Market Value on the date of grant and the Option is not exercisable after the expiration of five years from the date of grant.

5. P ROVISIONS R ELATING TO O PTIONS AND S TOCK A PPRECIATION R IGHTS .

Each Option or SAR will be in such form and will contain such terms and conditions as the Board deems appropriate. All Options will be separately designated Incentive Stock Options or Nonstatutory Stock Options at the time of grant, and, if certificates are issued, a separate certificate or certificates will be issued for shares of Common Stock purchased on exercise of each type of Option. If an Option is not specifically designated as an Incentive Stock Option, or if an Option is designated as an Incentive Stock Option but some portion or all of the Option fails to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option under the applicable rules, then the Option (or portion thereof) will be a Nonstatutory Stock Option. The provisions of separate Options or SARs need not be identical; provided, however , that each Award Agreement will conform to (through incorporation of provisions hereof by reference in the applicable Award Agreement or otherwise) the substance of each of the following provisions:

(a) Term. Subject to the provisions of Section 4(b) regarding Ten Percent Stockholders, no Option or SAR will be exercisable after the expiration of ten years from the date of its grant or such shorter period specified in the Award Agreement.

(b) Exercise Price. Subject to the provisions of Section 4(b) regarding Ten Percent Stockholders, the exercise or strike price of each Option or SAR will be not less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock subject to the Option or SAR on the date the Award is granted. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Option or SAR may be granted with an exercise or strike price lower than 100% of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock subject to the Award if such Award is granted pursuant to an assumption of or substitution for another option or stock appreciation right pursuant to a Corporate Transaction and in a manner consistent with the provisions of Section 409A and, if applicable, Section 424(a) of the Code. Each SAR will be denominated in shares of Common Stock equivalents.

(c) Purchase Price for Options. The purchase price of Common Stock acquired pursuant to the exercise of an Option may be paid, to the extent permitted by applicable law and as determined by the Board in its sole discretion, by any combination of the methods of payment set forth below. The Board will have the authority to grant Options that do not permit all of the following methods of payment (or otherwise restrict the ability to use certain methods) and to grant Options that require the consent of the Company to use a particular method of payment. The permitted methods of payment are as follows:

(i) by cash, check, bank draft or money order payable to the Company;

 

5


(ii) pursuant to a program developed under Regulation T as promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board that, prior to the issuance of the stock subject to the Option, results in either the receipt of cash (or check) by the Company or the receipt of irrevocable instructions to pay the aggregate exercise price to the Company from the sales proceeds;

(iii) by delivery to the Company (either by actual delivery or attestation) of shares of Common Stock;

(iv) if an Option is a Nonstatutory Stock Option, by a “net exercise” arrangement pursuant to which the Company will reduce the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise by the largest whole number of shares with a Fair Market Value that does not exceed the aggregate exercise price; provided, however , that the Company will accept a cash or other payment from the Participant to the extent of any remaining balance of the aggregate exercise price not satisfied by such reduction in the number of whole shares to be issued. Shares of Common Stock will no longer be subject to an Option and will not be exercisable thereafter to the extent that (A) shares issuable upon exercise are used to pay the exercise price pursuant to the “net exercise,” (B) shares are delivered to the Participant as a result of such exercise, and (C) shares are withheld to satisfy tax withholding obligations; or

(v) in any other form of legal consideration that may be acceptable to the Board and specified in the applicable Award Agreement.

(d) Exercise and Payment of a SAR. To exercise any outstanding SAR, the Participant must provide written notice of exercise to the Company in compliance with the provisions of the Stock Appreciation Right Agreement evidencing such SAR. The appreciation distribution payable on the exercise of a SAR will be not greater than an amount equal to the excess of (A) the aggregate Fair Market Value (on the date of the exercise of the SAR) of a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the number of Common Stock equivalents in which the Participant is vested under such SAR, and with respect to which the Participant is exercising the SAR on such date, over (B) the aggregate strike price of the number of Common Stock equivalents with respect to which the Participant is exercising the SAR on such date. The appreciation distribution may be paid in Common Stock, in cash, in any combination of the two or in any other form of consideration, as determined by the Board and contained in the Award Agreement evidencing such SAR.

(e) Transferability of Options and SARs. The Board may, in its sole discretion, impose such limitations on the transferability of Options and SARs as the Board will determine. In the absence of such a determination by the Board to the contrary, the following restrictions on the transferability of Options and SARs will apply:

(i) Restrictions on Transfer. An Option or SAR will not be transferable except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution (or pursuant to subsections (ii) and (iii) below), and will be exercisable during the lifetime of the Participant only by the Participant. The Board may permit transfer of the Option or SAR in a manner that is not prohibited by applicable tax and securities laws. Except as explicitly provided in the Plan, neither an Option nor a SAR may be transferred for consideration.

(ii) Domestic Relations Orders. Subject to the approval of the Board or a duly authorized Officer, an Option or SAR may be transferred pursuant to the terms of a domestic relations order, official marital settlement agreement or other divorce or separation instrument as permitted by Treasury Regulations Section 1.421-1(b)(2) or comparable local law. If an Option is an Incentive Stock Option, such Option may be deemed to be a Nonstatutory Stock Option as a result of such transfer.

 

6


(iii) Beneficiary Designation. Subject to the approval of the Board or a duly authorized Officer, a Participant may, by delivering written notice to the Company (or a third party designated by the Company, each a “ Company Designee ”), in a form approved by the Company (or a Company Designee), designate a third party who, on the death of the Participant, will thereafter be entitled to exercise the Option or SAR and receive the Common Stock or other consideration resulting from such exercise. In the absence of such a designation, upon the death of the Participant, the executor or administrator of the Participant’s estate or the Participant’s legal heirs will be entitled to exercise the Option or SAR and receive the Common Stock or other consideration resulting from such exercise. However, the Company may prohibit designation of a beneficiary at any time, including due to any conclusion by the Company that such designation would be inconsistent with the provisions of applicable laws.

(f) Vesting Generally. The total number of shares of Common Stock subject to an Option or SAR may vest and become exercisable in periodic installments that may or may not be equal. The Option or SAR may be subject to such other terms and conditions on the time or times when it may or may not be exercised (which may be based on the satisfaction of Performance Goals or other criteria) as the Board may deem appropriate. The vesting provisions of individual Options or SARs may vary. The provisions of this Section 5(f) are subject to any Option or SAR provisions governing the minimum number of shares of Common Stock as to which an Option or SAR may be exercised.

(g) Termination of Continuous Service. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Award Agreement or other agreement between the Participant and the Company, if a Participant’s Continuous Service terminates (other than for Cause and other than upon the Participant’s death or Disability), the Participant may exercise his or her Option or SAR (to the extent that the Participant was entitled to exercise such Award as of the date of termination of Continuous Service) within the period of time ending on the earlier of (i) the date 3 months following the termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service (or such longer or shorter period specified in the applicable Award Agreement), and (ii) the expiration of the term of the Option or SAR as set forth in the Award Agreement. If, after termination of Continuous Service, the Participant does not exercise his or her Option or SAR (as applicable) within the applicable time frame, the Option or SAR will terminate.

(h) Extension of Termination Date. If the exercise of an Option or SAR following the termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service (other than for Cause and other than upon the Participant’s death or Disability) would be prohibited at any time solely because the issuance of shares of Common Stock would violate the registration requirements under the Securities Act, then the Option or SAR will terminate on the earlier of (i) the expiration of a total period of time (that need not be consecutive) equal to the applicable post termination exercise period after the termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service during which the exercise of the Option or SAR would not be in violation of such registration requirements, and (ii) the expiration of the term of the Option or SAR as set forth in the applicable Award Agreement. In addition, unless otherwise provided in a Participant’s Award Agreement, if the sale of any Common Stock received on exercise of an Option or SAR following the termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service (other than for Cause) would violate the Company’s insider trading policy, then the Option or SAR will terminate on the earlier of (i) the expiration of a period of months (that need not be consecutive) equal to the applicable post-termination exercise period after the termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service during which the sale of the Common Stock received upon exercise of the Option or SAR would not be in violation of the Company’s insider trading policy, or (ii) the expiration of the term of the Option or SAR as set forth in the applicable Award Agreement.

(i) Disability of Participant. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Award Agreement or other agreement between the Participant and the Company, if a Participant’s Continuous Service terminates as a result of the Participant’s Disability, the Participant may exercise his or her

 

7


Option or SAR (to the extent that the Participant was entitled to exercise such Option or SAR as of the date of termination of Continuous Service), but only within such period of time ending on the earlier of (i) the date 12 months following such termination of Continuous Service (or such longer or shorter period specified in the Award Agreement), and (ii) the expiration of the term of the Option or SAR as set forth in the Award Agreement. If, after termination of Continuous Service, the Participant does not exercise his or her Option or SAR within the applicable time frame, the Option or SAR (as applicable) will terminate.

(j) Death of Participant. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Award Agreement or other agreement between the Participant and the Company, if (i) a Participant’s Continuous Service terminates as a result of the Participant’s death, or (ii) the Participant dies within the period (if any) specified in the Award Agreement for exercisability after the termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service for a reason other than death, then the Option or SAR may be exercised (x) in its entirety including shares that the Participant was not otherwise entitled to exercise as of the date of termination of Continuous Service in the event of a termination under (i) above, or (y) to the extent the Participant was entitled to exercise such Option or SAR as of the date of death in the event of a termination under (ii) above by the Participant’s estate, by a person who acquired the right to exercise the Option or SAR by bequest or inheritance or by a person designated to exercise the Option or SAR upon the Participant’s death, but only within the period ending on the earlier of (i) the date 18 months following the date of death (or such longer or shorter period specified in the Award Agreement), and (ii) the expiration of the term of such Option or SAR as set forth in the Award Agreement. If, after the Participant’s death, the Option or SAR is not exercised within the applicable time frame, the Option or SAR (as applicable) will terminate.

(k) Termination for Cause. Except as explicitly provided otherwise in the applicable Award Agreement or other agreement between the Participant and the Company, if a Participant’s Continuous Service is terminated for Cause, the Option or SAR will terminate immediately upon such Participant’s termination of Continuous Service, and the Participant will be prohibited from exercising his or her Option or SAR from and after the date of such termination of Continuous Service.

(l) Non-Exempt Employees . If an Option or SAR is granted to an Employee who is a non-exempt employee for purposes of the U.S. Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, as amended, the Option or SAR will not be first exercisable for any shares of Common Stock until at least six months following the date of grant of the Option or SAR (although the Award may vest prior to such date). Consistent with the provisions of the U.S. Worker Economic Opportunity Act, (i) if such non-exempt Employee dies or suffers a Disability, (ii) upon a Corporate Transaction in which such Option or SAR is not assumed, continued, or substituted, (iii) upon a Change in Control, or (iv) upon the Participant’s retirement (as such term may be defined in the Participant’s Award Agreement in another agreement between the Participant and the Company, or, if no such definition, in accordance with the Company’s then current employment policies and guidelines), the vested portion of any Options and SARs may be exercised earlier than six months following the date of grant. The foregoing provision is intended to operate so that any income derived by a non-exempt employee in connection with the exercise or vesting of an Option or SAR will be exempt from his or her regular rate of pay. To the extent permitted and/or required for compliance with the U.S. Worker Economic Opportunity Act to ensure that any income derived by a non-exempt employee in connection with the exercise, vesting or issuance of any shares under any other Stock Award will be exempt from the employee’s regular rate of pay, the provisions of this Section 5(l) will apply to all Stock Awards and are hereby incorporated by reference into such Stock Award Agreements.

6. P ROVISIONS OF S TOCK A WARDS OTHER THAN O PTIONS AND SAR S .

(a) Restricted Stock Awards. Each Restricted Stock Award Agreement will be in such form and will contain such terms and conditions as the Board will deem appropriate. To the extent

 

8


consistent with the Company’s bylaws, at the Board’s election, shares of Common Stock may be (x) held in book entry form subject to the Company’s instructions until any restrictions relating to the Restricted Stock Award lapse; or (y) evidenced by a certificate, which certificate will be held in such form and manner as determined by the Board. The terms and conditions of Restricted Stock Award Agreements may change from time to time, and the terms and conditions of separate Restricted Stock Award Agreements need not be identical. Each Restricted Stock Award Agreement will conform to (through incorporation of the provisions hereof by reference in the agreement or otherwise) the substance of each of the following provisions:

(i) Consideration. A Restricted Stock Award may be awarded in consideration for (A) cash, check, bank draft or money order payable to the Company, (B) past services to the Company or an Affiliate, or (C) any other form of legal consideration that may be acceptable to the Board, in its sole discretion, and permissible under applicable law.

(ii) Vesting. Shares of Common Stock awarded under the Restricted Stock Award Agreement may be subject to forfeiture to the Company in accordance with a vesting schedule to be determined by the Board.

(iii) Termination of Participant’s Continuous Service. If a Participant’s Continuous Service terminates, the Company may receive through a forfeiture condition or a repurchase right any or all of the shares of Common Stock held by the Participant that have not vested as of the date of termination of Continuous Service under the terms of the Restricted Stock Award Agreement.

(iv) Transferability. Rights to acquire shares of Common Stock under the Restricted Stock Award Agreement will be transferable by the Participant only upon such terms and conditions as are set forth in the Restricted Stock Award Agreement, as the Board will determine in its sole discretion, so long as Common Stock awarded under the Restricted Stock Award Agreement remains subject to the terms of the Restricted Stock Award Agreement.

(v) Dividends. A Restricted Stock Award Agreement may provide that any dividends paid on Restricted Stock will be subject to the same vesting and forfeiture restrictions as apply to the shares subject to the Restricted Stock Award to which they relate.

(b) Restricted Stock Unit Awards. Each Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement will be in such form and will contain such terms and conditions as the Board will deem appropriate. The terms and conditions of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreements may change from time to time, and the terms and conditions of separate Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreements need not be identical. Each Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement will conform to (through incorporation of the provisions hereof by reference in the Agreement or otherwise) the substance of each of the following provisions:

(i) Consideration. At the time of grant of a Restricted Stock Unit Award, the Board will determine the consideration, if any, to be paid by the Participant upon delivery of each share of Common Stock subject to the Restricted Stock Unit Award. The consideration to be paid (if any) by the Participant for each share of Common Stock subject to a Restricted Stock Unit Award may be paid in any form of legal consideration that may be acceptable to the Board, in its sole discretion, and permissible under applicable law.

(ii) Vesting. At the time of the grant of a Restricted Stock Unit Award, the Board may impose such restrictions on or conditions to the vesting of the Restricted Stock Unit Award as it, in its sole discretion, deems appropriate.

 

9


(iii) Payment . A Restricted Stock Unit Award may be settled by the delivery of shares of Common Stock, their cash equivalent, any combination thereof or in any other form of consideration, as determined by the Board and contained in the Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement.

(iv) Additional Restrictions. At the time of the grant of a Restricted Stock Unit Award, the Board, as it deems appropriate, may impose such restrictions or conditions that delay the delivery of the shares of Common Stock (or their cash equivalent) subject to a Restricted Stock Unit Award to a time after the vesting of such Restricted Stock Unit Award.

(v) Dividend Equivalents. Dividend equivalents may be credited in respect of shares of Common Stock covered by a Restricted Stock Unit Award, as determined by the Board and contained in the Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement. At the sole discretion of the Board, such dividend equivalents may be converted into additional shares of Common Stock covered by the Restricted Stock Unit Award in such manner as determined by the Board. Any additional shares covered by the Restricted Stock Unit Award credited by reason of such dividend equivalents will be subject to all of the same terms and conditions of the underlying Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement to which they relate.

(vi) Termination of Participant’s Continuous Service. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement, such portion of the Restricted Stock Unit Award that has not vested will be forfeited upon the Participant’s termination of Continuous Service.

(c) Performance Awards .

(i) Performance Stock Awards . A Performance Stock Award is a Stock Award (covering a number of shares not in excess of that set forth in Section 3(d) above) that is payable (including that may be granted, may vest or may be exercised) contingent upon the attainment during a Performance Period of certain Performance Goals. A Performance Stock Award may, but need not, require the Participant’s completion of a specified period of Continuous Service. The length of any Performance Period, the Performance Goals to be achieved during the Performance Period, and the measure of whether and to what degree such Performance Goals have been attained will be conclusively determined by the Committee (or, if not required for compliance with Section 162(m) of the Code, the Board), in its sole discretion. In addition, to the extent permitted by applicable law and the applicable Award Agreement, the Board may determine that cash may be used in payment of Performance Stock Awards.

(ii) Performance Cash Awards . A Performance Cash Award is a cash award (for a dollar value not in excess of that set forth in Section 3(d) above) that is payable contingent upon the attainment during a Performance Period of certain Performance Goals. A Performance Cash Award may also require the completion of a specified period of Continuous Service. At the time of grant of a Performance Cash Award, the length of any Performance Period, the Performance Goals to be achieved during the Performance Period, and the measure of whether and to what degree such Performance Goals have been attained will be conclusively determined by the Committee (or, if not required for compliance with Section 162(m) of the Code, the Board), in its sole discretion. The Board may specify the form of payment of Performance Cash Awards, which may be cash or other property, or may provide for a Participant to have the option for his or her Performance Cash Award, or such portion thereof as the Board may specify, to be paid in whole or in part in cash or other property.

(iii) Board Discretion . The Board retains the discretion to reduce or eliminate the compensation or economic benefit due upon attainment of Performance Goals and to define the manner of

 

10


calculating the Performance Criteria it selects to use for a Performance Period. Partial achievement of the specified criteria may result in the payment or vesting corresponding to the degree of achievement as specified in the Stock Award Agreement or the written terms of a Performance Cash Award.

(iv) Section 162(m) Compliance . Unless otherwise permitted in compliance with the requirements of Section 162(m) of the Code with respect to an Award intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” thereunder, the Committee will establish the Performance Goals applicable to, and the formula for calculating the amount payable under, the Award no later than the earlier of (a) the date 90 days after the commencement of the applicable Performance Period, and (b) the date on which 25% of the Performance Period has elapsed, and in any event at a time when the achievement of the applicable Performance Goals remains substantially uncertain. Prior to the payment of any compensation under an Award intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code, the Committee will certify the extent to which any Performance Goals and any other material terms under such Award have been satisfied (other than in cases where such Performance Goals relate solely to the increase in the value of the Common Stock). Notwithstanding satisfaction of, or completion of any Performance Goals, the number of shares of Common Stock, Options, cash or other benefits granted, issued, retainable and/or vested under an Award on account of satisfaction of such Performance Goals may be reduced by the Committee on the basis of such further considerations as the Committee, in its sole discretion, will determine.

(d) Other Stock Awards . Other forms of Stock Awards valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based on, Common Stock, including the appreciation in value thereof (e.g., options or stock rights with an exercise price or strike price less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock at the time of grant) may be granted either alone or in addition to Stock Awards provided for under Section 5 and the preceding provisions of this Section 6. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Board will have sole and complete authority to determine the persons to whom and the time or times at which such Other Stock Awards will be granted, the number of shares of Common Stock (or the cash equivalent thereof) to be granted pursuant to such Other Stock Awards and all other terms and conditions of such Other Stock Awards.

7. C OVENANTS OF THE C OMPANY .

(a) Availability of Shares. The Company will keep available at all times the number of shares of Common Stock reasonably required to satisfy then-outstanding Awards.

(b) Compliance with Law. The Company will seek to obtain from each regulatory commission or agency, as necessary, such authority as may be required to grant Stock Awards and to issue and sell shares of Common Stock upon exercise or vesting of the Stock Awards; provided, however , that this undertaking will not require the Company to register under the Securities Act or other securities or applicable laws, the Plan, any Stock Award or any Common Stock issued or issuable pursuant to any such Stock Award. If, after reasonable efforts and at a reasonable cost, the Company is unable to obtain from any such regulatory commission or agency the authority that counsel for the Company deems necessary or advisable for the lawful issuance and sale of Common Stock under the Plan, the Company will be relieved from any liability for failure to issue and sell Common Stock upon exercise or vesting of such Stock Awards unless and until such authority is obtained. A Participant will not be eligible for the grant of an Award or the subsequent issuance of cash or Common Stock pursuant to the Award if such grant or issuance would be in violation of any applicable law.

(c) No Obligation to Notify or Minimize Taxes. The Company will have no duty or obligation to any Participant to advise such holder as to the tax treatment of such Stock Award. Furthermore, the Company will have no duty or obligation to warn or otherwise advise such holder of a

 

11


pending termination or expiration of an Award or a possible period in which the Award may not be exercised. The Company has no duty or obligation to minimize the tax consequences of an Award to the holder of such Award.

8. M ISCELLANEOUS .

(a) Use of Proceeds from Sales of Common Stock. Proceeds from the sale of shares of Common Stock pursuant to Awards will constitute general funds of the Company.

(b) Corporate Action Constituting Grant of Awards. Corporate action constituting a grant by the Company of an Award to any Participant will be deemed completed as of the date of such corporate action, unless otherwise determined by the Board, regardless of when the instrument, certificate, or letter evidencing the Award is communicated to, or actually received or accepted by, the Participant. In the event that the corporate records (e.g., Board consents, resolutions or minutes) documenting the corporate action constituting the grant contain terms (e.g., exercise price, vesting schedule or number of shares) that are inconsistent with those in the Award Agreement or related grant documents as a result of a clerical error in the papering of the Award Agreement or related grant documents, the corporate records will control and the Participant will have no legally binding right to the incorrect term in the Award Agreement or related grant documents.

(c) Stockholder Rights. No Participant will be deemed to be the holder of, or to have any of the rights of a holder with respect to, any shares of Common Stock subject to an Award unless and until (i) such Participant has satisfied all requirements for exercise of, or the issuance of shares of Common Stock under, the Award pursuant to its terms, and (ii) the issuance of the Common Stock subject to such Award has been entered into the books and records of the Company.

(d) No Employment or Other Service Rights. Nothing in the Plan, any Award Agreement or any other instrument executed thereunder or in connection with any Award granted pursuant thereto will confer upon any Participant any right to continue to serve the Company or an Affiliate in the capacity in effect at the time the Award was granted or will affect the right of the Company or an Affiliate to terminate (i) the employment of an Employee with or without notice and with or without cause, (ii) the service of a Consultant pursuant to the terms of such Consultant’s agreement with the Company or an Affiliate, or (iii) the service of a Director pursuant to the bylaws of the Company or an Affiliate, and any applicable provisions of the corporate law of the state or foreign jurisdiction in which the Company or the Affiliate is domiciled or incorporated, as the case may be.

(e) Change in Time Commitment. In the event a Participant’s regular level of time commitment in the performance of his or her services for the Company and any Affiliates is reduced (for example, and without limitation, if the Participant is an Employee of the Company and the Employee has a change in status from a full-time Employee to a part-time Employee or takes an extended leave of absence) after the date of grant of any Award to the Participant, the Board has the right in its sole discretion to (x) make a corresponding reduction in the number of shares or cash amount subject to any portion of such Award that is scheduled to vest or become payable after the date of such change in time commitment, and (y) in lieu of or in combination with such a reduction, extend the vesting or payment schedule applicable to such Award. In the event of any such reduction, the Participant will have no right with respect to any portion of the Award that is so reduced or extended.

(f) Incentive Stock Option Limitations. To the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined at the time of grant) of Common Stock with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by any Optionholder during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company and any Affiliates) exceeds US$100,000 (or such other limit established in the Code) or

 

12


otherwise does not comply with the rules governing Incentive Stock Options, the Options or portions thereof that exceed such limit (according to the order in which they were granted) or otherwise do not comply with such rules will be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options, notwithstanding any contrary provision of the applicable Option Agreement(s).

(g) Investment Assurances. The Company may require a Participant, as a condition of exercising or acquiring Common Stock under any Award, (i) to give written assurances satisfactory to the Company as to the Participant’s knowledge and experience in financial and business matters and/or to employ a purchaser representative reasonably satisfactory to the Company who is knowledgeable and experienced in financial and business matters and that such Participant is capable of evaluating, alone or together with the purchaser representative, the merits and risks of exercising the Award; and (ii) to give written assurances satisfactory to the Company stating that the Participant is acquiring Common Stock subject to the Award for the Participant’s own account and not with any present intention of selling or otherwise distributing the Common Stock. The foregoing requirements, and any assurances given pursuant to such requirements, will be inoperative if (A) the issuance of the shares upon the exercise or acquisition of Common Stock under the Award has been registered under a then currently effective registration statement under the Securities Act, or (B) as to any particular requirement, a determination is made by counsel for the Company that such requirement need not be met in the circumstances under the then applicable securities laws. The Company may, upon advice of counsel to the Company, place legends on stock certificates issued under the Plan as such counsel deems necessary or appropriate in order to comply with applicable securities laws, including, but not limited to, legends restricting the transfer of the Common Stock.

(h) Withholding Obligations. Unless prohibited by the terms of an Award Agreement, the Company may, in its sole discretion, satisfy any federal, state or local tax withholding obligation relating to an Award by any of the following means or by a combination of such means through the Company or a Company Designee: (i) causing the Participant to tender a cash payment; (ii) withholding shares of Common Stock from the shares of Common Stock issued or otherwise issuable to the Participant in connection with the Award; provided, however, that no shares of Common Stock are withheld with a value exceeding such amount as may be necessary to avoid classification of the Stock Award as a liability for financial accounting purposes); (iii) withholding cash from an Award settled in cash; (iv) withholding payment from any amounts otherwise payable to the Participant; or (v) by such other method as may be set forth in the Award Agreement.

(i) Electronic Delivery . Any reference herein to a “written” agreement or document will include any agreement or document delivered electronically, filed publicly at www.sec.gov (or any successor website thereto) or posted on the Company’s intranet (or other shared electronic medium controlled by the Company to which the Participant has access).

(j) Deferrals. To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Board, in its sole discretion, may determine that the delivery of Common Stock or the payment of cash, upon the exercise, vesting or settlement of all or a portion of any Award may be deferred and may establish programs and procedures for deferral elections to be made by Participants. Deferrals by Participants will be made in accordance with Section 409A of the Code. Consistent with Section 409A of the Code, the Board may provide for distributions while a Participant is still an employee or otherwise providing services to the Company. The Board is authorized to make deferrals of Awards and determine when, and in what annual percentages, Participants may receive payments, including lump sum payments, following the Participant’s termination of Continuous Service, and implement such other terms and conditions consistent with the provisions of the Plan and in accordance with applicable law.

 

13


(k) Compliance with Section 409A of the Code. Unless otherwise expressly provided for in an Award Agreement, the Plan and Award Agreements will be interpreted to the greatest extent possible in a manner that makes the Plan and the Awards granted hereunder exempt from Section 409A of the Code, and, to the extent not so exempt, in compliance with Section 409A of the Code. If the Board determines that any Award granted hereunder is not exempt from and is therefore subject to Section 409A of the Code, the Award Agreement evidencing such Award will incorporate the terms and conditions necessary to avoid the consequences specified in Section 409A(a)(1) of the Code, and to the extent an Award Agreement is silent on terms necessary for compliance, such terms are hereby incorporated by reference into the Award Agreement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Plan (and unless the Award Agreement specifically provides otherwise), if the shares of Common Stock are publicly traded, and if a Participant holding an Award that constitutes “deferred compensation” under Section 409A of the Code is a “specified employee” for purposes of Section 409A of the Code, no distribution or payment of any amount that is due because of a “separation from service” (as defined in Section 409A of the Code without regard to alternative definitions thereunder) will be issued or paid before the date that is six months following the date of such Participant’s “separation from service” (as defined in Section 409A of the Code without regard to alternative definitions thereunder) or, if earlier, the date of the Participant’s death, unless such distribution or payment can be made in a manner that complies with Section 409A of the Code, and any amounts so deferred will be paid in a lump sum on the day after such six month period elapses, with the balance paid thereafter on the original schedule.

(l) Clawback/Recovery . All Awards granted under the Plan will be subject to recoupment in accordance with any clawback policy that the Company is required to adopt pursuant to the listing standards of any national securities exchange or association on which the Company’s securities are listed or as is otherwise required by the U.S. Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act or other applicable law. In addition, the Board may impose such other clawback, recovery or recoupment provisions in an Award Agreement as the Board determines necessary or appropriate, including but not limited to a reacquisition right in respect of previously acquired shares of Common Stock or other cash or property upon the occurrence of an event constituting Cause. No recovery of compensation under such a clawback policy will be an event giving rise to a right to resign for “good reason” or “constructive termination” (or similar term) under any agreement with the Company.

9. A DJUSTMENTS UPON C HANGES IN C OMMON S TOCK ; O THER C ORPORATE E VENTS .

(a) Capitalization Adjustments . In the event of a Capitalization Adjustment, the Board will appropriately and proportionately adjust: (i) the class(es) and maximum number of securities subject to the Plan pursuant to Section 3(a), (ii) the class(es) and maximum number of securities that may be issued pursuant to the exercise of Incentive Stock Options pursuant to Section 3(c), (iii) the class(es) and maximum number of securities that may be awarded to any person pursuant to Sections 3(d), and (iv) the class(es) and number of securities and price per share of stock subject to outstanding Stock Awards. The Board will make such adjustments, and its determination will be final, binding and conclusive.

(b) Dissolution or Liquidation . Except as otherwise provided in the Stock Award Agreement, in the event of a dissolution or liquidation of the Company, all outstanding Stock Awards (other than Stock Awards consisting of vested and outstanding shares of Common Stock not subject to a forfeiture condition or the Company’s right of repurchase) will terminate immediately prior to the completion of such dissolution or liquidation, and the shares of Common Stock subject to the Company’s repurchase rights or subject to a forfeiture condition may be repurchased or reacquired by the Company notwithstanding the fact that the holder of such Stock Award is providing Continuous Service; provided, however , that the Board may, in its sole discretion, cause some or all Stock Awards to become fully vested, exercisable and/or no longer subject to repurchase or forfeiture (to the extent such Stock Awards have not previously expired or terminated) before the dissolution or liquidation is completed but contingent on its completion.

 

14


(c) Corporate Transaction. The following provisions will apply to Stock Awards in the event of a Transaction unless otherwise provided in the Stock Award Agreement or any other written agreement between the Company or any Affiliate and the Participant or unless otherwise expressly provided by the Board at the time of grant of a Stock Award. Except as otherwise stated in the Stock Award Agreement, in the event of a Transaction, then, notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, each Stock Award shall terminate and be cancelled to the extent not vested or exercised prior to the effective time of the Transaction unless the Board elects to take one or more of the following actions with respect to such Stock Award:

(i) arrange for the surviving corporation or acquiring corporation (or the surviving or acquiring corporation’s parent company) to assume or continue the Stock Award or to substitute a similar stock award for the Stock Award (including, but not limited to, an award to acquire the same consideration paid to the stockholders of the Company pursuant to the Transaction);

(ii) arrange for the assignment of any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by the Company in respect of Common Stock issued pursuant to the Stock Award to the surviving corporation or acquiring corporation (or the surviving or acquiring corporation’s parent company);

(iii) accelerate the vesting, in whole or in part, of the Stock Award (and, if applicable, the time at which the Stock Award may be exercised) to a date prior to the effective time of such Transaction as the Board determines (or, if the Board does not determine such a date, to the date that is five (5) days prior to the effective date of the Transaction), with such Stock Award terminating if not exercised (if applicable) at or prior to the effective time of the Transaction; provided, however , that the Board may require Participants to complete and deliver to the Company a notice of exercise before the effective date of a Transaction, which exercise is contingent upon the effectiveness of such Transaction;

(iv) arrange for the lapse, in whole or in part, of any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by the Company with respect to the Stock Award;

(v) cancel or arrange for the cancellation of the Stock Award, to the extent not vested or not exercised prior to the effective time of the Transaction, in exchange for such cash consideration or no consideration as the Board, in its sole discretion, may consider appropriate; and

(vi) make a payment, in such form as may be determined by the Board equal to the excess, if any, of (A) the value of the property the Participant would have received upon the exercise of the Stock Award immediately prior to the effective time of the Transaction, over (B) any exercise price payable by such holder in connection with such exercise. For clarity, this payment may be zero (US$0) if the value of the property is equal to or less than the exercise price. Payments under this provision may be delayed to the same extent that payment of consideration to the holders of Common Stock in connection with the Transaction is delayed as a result of escrows, earn outs, holdbacks or any other contingencies.

The Board need not take the same action or actions with respect to all Stock Awards or portions thereof or with respect to all Participants. The Board may take different actions with respect to the vested and unvested portions of a Stock Award.

(d) Change in Control. A Stock Award may be subject to additional acceleration of vesting and exercisability upon or after a Change in Control as may be provided in the Stock Award Agreement for such Stock Award or as may be provided in any other written agreement between the Company or any Affiliate and the Participant, but in the absence of such provision, no such acceleration will occur.

 

15


10. P LAN T ERM ; E ARLIER T ERMINATION OR S USPENSION OF THE P LAN .

The Board may suspend or terminate the Plan at any time. No Incentive Stock Options may be granted after the tenth anniversary of the earlier of (i) the date the Plan is adopted by the Board (the “ Adoption Date ”), or (ii) the date the Plan is approved by the stockholders of the Company. No Awards may be granted under the Plan while the Plan is suspended or after it is terminated.

11. E XISTENCE OF THE P LAN ; T IMING OF F IRST G RANT OR E XERCISE .

The Plan will come into existence on the Adoption Date; provided, however , that no Award may be granted prior to the IPO Date. In addition, no Stock Award will be exercised (or, in the case of a Restricted Stock Award, Restricted Stock Unit Award, Performance Stock Award, or Other Stock Award, no Stock Award will be granted) and no Performance Cash Award will be settled unless and until the Plan has been approved by the stockholders of the Company, which approval will be within 12 months after the date the Plan is adopted by the Board.

12. C HOICE OF L AW .

The law of the State of Delaware will govern all questions concerning the construction, validity and interpretation of this Plan, without regard to that state’s conflict of laws rules.

13. D EFINITIONS . As used in the Plan, the following definitions will apply to the capitalized terms indicated below:

(a) Affiliate ” means, at the time of determination, any “parent” or “subsidiary” of the Company as such terms are defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. The Board will have the authority to determine the time or times at which “parent” or “subsidiary” status is determined within the foregoing definition.

(b) Award ” means a Stock Award or a Performance Cash Award.

(c) Award Agreement ” means a written agreement between the Company and a Participant evidencing the terms and conditions of an Award.

(d) Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(e) Capital Stock ” means each and every class of common stock of the Company, regardless of the number of votes per share.

(f) Capitalization Adjustment ” means any change that is made in, or other events that occur with respect to, the Common Stock subject to the Plan or subject to any Stock Award after the Adoption Date without the receipt of consideration by the Company through merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization, reincorporation, stock dividend, dividend in property other than cash, large nonrecurring cash dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, liquidating dividend, combination of shares, exchange of shares, change in corporate structure or any similar equity restructuring transaction, as that term is used in Statement of Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718 (or any successor thereto). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the conversion of any convertible securities of the Company will not be treated as a Capitalization Adjustment.

 

16


(g) Cause ” will have the meaning ascribed to such term in any written agreement between the Participant and the Company defining such term and, in the absence of such agreement, such term means, with respect to a Participant, the occurrence of any of the following events: (i) such Participant’s commission of any felony or any crime involving fraud, dishonesty or moral turpitude under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, or any applicable foreign jurisdiction; (ii) such Participant’s attempted commission of, or participation in, a fraud or act of dishonesty against the Company or any Affiliate; (iii) such Participant’s intentional, material violation of any contract or agreement between the Participant and the Company or any Affiliate or of any statutory duty owed to the Company or any Affiliate; (iv) such Participant’s unauthorized use or disclosure of the Company’s or any Affiliate’s confidential information or trade secrets; or (v) such Participant’s gross misconduct. The determination that a termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service is either for Cause or without Cause will be made by the Company, in its sole discretion. Any determination by the Company that the Continuous Service of a Participant was terminated with or without Cause for the purposes of outstanding Awards held by such Participant will have no effect upon any determination of the rights or obligations of the Company or such Participant for any other purpose.

(h) Change in Control ” means the occurrence, in a single transaction or in a series of related transactions, of any one or more of the following events:

(i) any Exchange Act Person becomes the Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than 50% of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities other than by virtue of a merger, consolidation or similar transaction. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Change in Control will not be deemed to occur (A) on account of the acquisition of securities of the Company directly from the Company, (B) on account of the acquisition of securities of the Company by an investor, any affiliate thereof or any other Exchange Act Person that acquires the Company’s securities in a transaction or series of related transactions the primary purpose of which is to obtain financing for the Company through the issuance of equity securities, (C) on account of the acquisition of securities of the Company by any individual who is, on the IPO Date, either an executive officer or a Director (either, an “ IPO Investor ”) and/or any entity in which an IPO Investor has a direct or indirect interest (whether in the form of voting rights or participation in profits or capital contributions) of more than 50% (collectively, the “ IPO Entities ”) or on account of the IPO Entities continuing to hold shares that come to represent more than 50% of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities as a result of the conversion of any class of the Company’s securities into another class of the Company’s securities having a different number of votes per share pursuant to the conversion provisions set forth in the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation; or (D) solely because the level of Ownership held by any Exchange Act Person (the “ Subject Person ”) exceeds the designated percentage threshold of the outstanding voting securities as a result of a repurchase or other acquisition of voting securities by the Company reducing the number of shares outstanding, provided that if a Change in Control would occur (but for the operation of this sentence) as a result of the acquisition of voting securities by the Company, and after such share acquisition, the Subject Person becomes the Owner of any additional voting securities that, assuming the repurchase or other acquisition had not occurred, increases the percentage of the then outstanding voting securities Owned by the Subject Person over the designated percentage threshold, then a Change in Control will be deemed to occur;

(ii) there is consummated a merger, consolidation or similar transaction involving (directly or indirectly) the Company and, immediately after the consummation of such merger, consolidation or similar transaction, the stockholders of the Company immediately prior thereto do not Own, directly or indirectly, either (A) outstanding voting securities representing more than 50% of the combined outstanding voting power of the surviving Entity in such merger, consolidation or similar transaction or (B) more than 50% of the combined outstanding voting power of the parent of the surviving

 

17


Entity in such merger, consolidation or similar transaction, in each case in substantially the same proportions as their Ownership of the outstanding voting securities of the Company immediately prior to such transaction; provided, however , that a merger, consolidation or similar transaction will not constitute a Change in Control under this prong of the definition if the outstanding voting securities representing more than 50% of the combined voting power of the surviving Entity or its parent are owned by the IPO Entities;

(iii) there is consummated a sale, lease, exclusive license or other disposition of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries, other than a sale, lease, license or other disposition of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries to an Entity, more than 50% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of which are Owned by stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their Ownership of the outstanding voting securities of the Company immediately prior to such sale, lease, license or other disposition; provided, however , that a sale, lease, exclusive license or other disposition of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries will not constitute a Change in Control under this prong of the definition if the outstanding voting securities representing more than 50% of the combined voting power of the acquiring Entity or its parent are owned by the IPO Entities; or

(iv) the stockholders of the Company approve or the Board approves a plan of complete dissolution or liquidation of the Company, or a complete dissolution or liquidation of the Company will otherwise occur, except for a liquidation into a parent corporation.

Notwithstanding the foregoing definition or any other provision of the Plan, the term Change in Control will not include a sale of assets, merger or other transaction effected exclusively for the purpose of changing the domicile of the Company and the definition of Change in Control (or any analogous term) in an individual written agreement between the Company or any Affiliate and the Participant will supersede the foregoing definition with respect to Awards subject to such agreement; provided, however , that if no definition of Change in Control or any analogous term is set forth in such an individual written agreement, the foregoing definition will apply.

(i) Code ” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, including any applicable regulations and guidance thereunder.

(j) Committee ” means a committee of one or more Directors to whom authority has been delegated by the Board in accordance with Section 2(c).

(k) Common Stock ” means, as of the IPO Date, the Class A common stock of the Company, having one vote per share.

(l) Company ” means Pure Storage, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

(m) Consultant ” means any person, including an advisor, who is (i) engaged by the Company or an Affiliate to render consulting or advisory services and is compensated for such services, or (ii) serving as a member of the board of directors of an Affiliate and is compensated for such services. However, service solely as a Director, or payment of a fee for such service, will not cause a Director to be considered a “Consultant” for purposes of the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a person is treated as a Consultant under this Plan only if a Form S-8 Registration Statement under the Securities Act is available to register either the offer or the sale of the Company’s securities to such person.

 

18


(n) Continuous Service ” means that the Participant’s service with the Company or an Affiliate, whether as an Employee, Director or Consultant, is not interrupted or terminated. A change in the capacity in which the Participant renders service to the Company or an Affiliate as an Employee, Consultant or Director or a change in the entity for which the Participant renders such service, provided that there is no interruption or termination of the Participant’s service with the Company or an Affiliate, will not terminate a Participant’s Continuous Service; provided, however , that if the Entity for which a Participant is rendering services ceases to qualify as an Affiliate, as determined by the Board, in its sole discretion, such Participant’s Continuous Service will be considered to have terminated on the date such Entity ceases to qualify as an Affiliate. To the extent permitted by law, the Board or the chief executive officer of the Company, in that party’s sole discretion, may determine whether Continuous Service will be considered interrupted in the case of (i) any leave of absence approved by the Board or chief executive officer, including sick leave, military leave or any other personal leave, or (ii) transfers between the Company, an Affiliate, or their successors. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a leave of absence will be treated as Continuous Service for purposes of vesting in an Award only to such extent as may be provided in the Company’s leave of absence policy, in the written terms of any leave of absence agreement or policy applicable to the Participant, or as otherwise required by law.

(o) Corporate Transaction ” means the consummation, in a single transaction or in a series of related transactions, of any one or more of the following events:

(i) a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all, as determined by the Board, in its sole discretion, of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries;

(ii) a sale or other disposition of at least 90% of the outstanding securities of the Company;

(iii) a merger, consolidation or similar transaction following which the Company is not the surviving corporation; or

(iv) a merger, consolidation or similar transaction following which the Company is the surviving corporation but the shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately preceding the merger, consolidation or similar transaction are converted or exchanged by virtue of the merger, consolidation or similar transaction into other property, whether in the form of securities, cash or otherwise.

(p) Covered Employee ” will have the meaning provided in Section 162(m)(3) of the Code.

(q) Director ” means a member of the Board.

(r) Disability ” means, with respect to a Participant, the inability of such Participant to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or that has lasted or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months, as provided in Sections 22(e)(3) and 409A(a)(2)(c)(i) of the Code, and will be determined by the Board on the basis of such medical evidence as the Board deems warranted under the circumstances.

(s) Employee ” means any person employed by the Company or an Affiliate. However, service solely as a Director, or payment of a fee for such services, will not cause a Director to be considered an “Employee” for purposes of the Plan.

 

19


(t) Entity ” means a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity.

(u) Exchange Act ” means the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

(v) Exchange Act Person ” means any natural person, Entity or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Exchange Act), except that “Exchange Act Person” will not include (i) the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, (ii) any employee benefit plan of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company or any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, (iii) an underwriter temporarily holding securities pursuant to a registered public offering of such securities, (iv) an Entity Owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their Ownership of stock of the Company; or (v) any natural person, Entity or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Exchange Act) that, as of the IPO Date, is the Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than 50% of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities.

(w) Fair Market Value ” means, as of any date, the value of the Common Stock determined as follows:

(i) If the Common Stock is listed on any established stock exchange or traded on any established market, the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock will be, unless otherwise determined by the Board, the closing sales price for such stock as quoted on such exchange or market (or the exchange or market with the greatest volume of trading in the Common Stock) on the date of determination, as reported in a source the Board deems reliable.

(ii) Unless otherwise provided by the Board, if there is no closing sales price for the Common Stock on the date of determination, then the Fair Market Value will be the closing selling price on the last preceding date for which such quotation exists.

(iii) In the absence of such markets for the Common Stock, the Fair Market Value will be determined by the Board in good faith and in a manner that complies with Sections 409A and 422 of the Code.

(x) Incentive Stock Option ” means an option granted pursuant to Section 5 of the Plan that is intended to be, and qualifies as, an “incentive stock option” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code.

(y) IPO Date ” means the date of the underwriting agreement between the Company and the underwriter(s) managing the initial public offering of the Common Stock, pursuant to which the Common Stock is priced for the initial public offering.

(z) Non-Employee Director ” means a Director who either (i) is not a current employee or officer of the Company or an Affiliate, does not receive compensation, either directly or indirectly, from the Company or an Affiliate for services rendered as a consultant or in any capacity other than as a Director (except for an amount as to which disclosure would not be required under Item 404(a) of Regulation S-K promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act (“ Regulation S-K ”)), does not possess an interest in any other transaction for which disclosure would be required under Item 404(a) of Regulation S-K, and is not engaged in a business relationship for which disclosure would be required pursuant to Item 404(b) of Regulation S-K; or (ii) is otherwise considered a “non-employee director” for purposes of Rule 16b-3.

 

20


(aa) Nonstatutory Stock Option ” means any Option granted pursuant to Section 5 of the Plan that does not qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.

(bb) Officer ” means a person who is an officer of the Company within the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act.

(cc) Option ” means an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option to purchase shares of Common Stock granted pursuant to the Plan.

(dd) Option Agreement ” means a written agreement between the Company and an Optionholder evidencing the terms and conditions of an Option grant. Each Option Agreement will be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(ee) Optionholder ” means a person to whom an Option is granted pursuant to the Plan or, if applicable, such other person who holds an outstanding Option.

(ff) Other Stock Award ” means an award based in whole or in part by reference to the Common Stock which is granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 6(d).

(gg) Other Stock Award Agreement ” means a written agreement between the Company and a holder of an Other Stock Award evidencing the terms and conditions of an Other Stock Award grant. Each Other Stock Award Agreement will be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(hh) Outside Director ” means a Director who either (i) is not a current employee of the Company or an “affiliated corporation” (within the meaning of Treasury Regulations promulgated under Section 162(m) of the Code), is not a former employee of the Company or an “affiliated corporation” who receives compensation for prior services (other than benefits under a tax-qualified retirement plan) during the taxable year, has not been an officer of the Company or an “affiliated corporation,” and does not receive remuneration from the Company or an “affiliated corporation,” either directly or indirectly, in any capacity other than as a Director, or (ii) is otherwise considered an “outside director” for purposes of Section 162(m) of the Code.

(ii) Own, ” “ Owned, ” “ Owner, ” “ Ownership ” means a person or Entity will be deemed to “Own,” to have “Owned,” to be the “Owner” of, or to have acquired “Ownership” of securities if such person or Entity, directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise, has or shares voting power, which includes the power to vote or to direct the voting, with respect to such securities.

(jj) Participant ” means a person to whom an Award is granted pursuant to the Plan or, if applicable, such other person who holds an outstanding Stock Award.

(kk) Performance Cash Award ” means an award of cash granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 6(c)(ii).

(ll) Performance Criteria ” means the one or more criteria that the Board will select for purposes of establishing the Performance Goals for a Performance Period. The Performance Criteria that will be used to establish such Performance Goals may be based on any one of, or combination of, the

 

21


following as determined by the Board: (i) earnings (including earnings per share and net earnings); (ii) earnings before interest, taxes and depreciation; (iii) earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization; (iv) earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization and legal settlements; (v) earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization, legal settlements and other income (expense); (vi) earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization, legal settlements, other income (expense) and stock-based compensation; (vii) earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization, legal settlements, other income (expense), stock-based compensation and changes in deferred revenue; (viii) total stockholder return; (ix) return on equity or average stockholder’s equity; (x) return on assets, investment, or capital employed; (xi) stock price; (xii) margin (including gross margin); (xiii) income (before or after taxes); (xiv) operating income; (xv) operating income after taxes; (xvi) pre-tax profit; (xvii) operating cash flow; (xviii) sales or revenue targets; (xix) increases in revenue or product revenue; (xx) expenses and cost reduction goals; (xxi) improvement in or attainment of working capital levels; (xxii) economic value added (or an equivalent metric); (xxiii) market share; (xxiv) cash flow; (xxv) cash flow per share; (xxvi) share price performance; (xxvii) debt reduction; (xxviii) implementation or completion of projects or processes (including, without limitation, clinical trial initiation, clinical trial enrollment, clinical trial results, new and supplemental indications for existing products, regulatory filing submissions, regulatory filing acceptances, regulatory or advisory committee interactions, regulatory approvals, and product supply); (xxix) stockholders’ equity; (xxx) capital expenditures; (xxxi) debt levels; (xxxii) operating profit or net operating profit; (xxxiii) workforce diversity; (xxxiv) growth of net income or operating income; (xxxv) billings; (xxxvi) bookings; (xxxvii) employee retention; (xxxviii) user satisfaction; (xxxix) the number of users, including but not limited to unique users; (xl) budget management; (xli) partner satisfaction; (xlii) entry into or completion of strategic partnerships or transactions (including in-licensing and out-licensing of intellectual property; and (xliii) to the extent that an Award is not intended to comply with Section 162(m) of the Code, other measures of performance selected by the Board.

(mm) Performance Goals ” means, for a Performance Period, the one or more goals established by the Board for the Performance Period based upon the Performance Criteria. Performance Goals may be based on a Company-wide basis, with respect to one or more business units, divisions, Affiliates, or business segments, and in either absolute terms or relative to the performance of one or more comparable companies or the performance of one or more relevant indices. Unless specified otherwise by the Board (i) in the Award Agreement at the time the Award is granted or (ii) in such other document setting forth the Performance Goals at the time the Performance Goals are established, the Board will appropriately make adjustments in the method of calculating the attainment of Performance Goals for a Performance Period as follows: (1) to exclude restructuring and/or other nonrecurring charges; (2) to exclude exchange rate effects; (3) to exclude the effects of changes to generally accepted accounting principles; (4) to exclude the effects of any statutory adjustments to corporate tax rates; (5) to exclude the effects of any “extraordinary items” as determined under generally accepted accounting principles; (6) to exclude the dilutive effects of acquisitions or joint ventures; (7) to assume that any business divested by the Company achieved performance objectives at targeted levels during the balance of a Performance Period following such divestiture; (8) to exclude the effect of any change in the outstanding shares of common stock of the Company by reason of any stock dividend or split, stock repurchase, reorganization, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, spin-off, combination or exchange of shares or other similar corporate change, or any distributions to common stockholders other than regular cash dividends; (9) to exclude the effects of stock based compensation and the award of bonuses under the Company’s bonus plans; (10) to exclude costs incurred in connection with potential acquisitions or divestitures that are required to be expensed under generally accepted accounting principles; (11) to exclude the goodwill and intangible asset impairment charges that are required to be recorded under generally accepted accounting principles; (12) to exclude the effects of any other unusual, non-recurring gain or loss or other extraordinary item; and (13) to exclude the effects of entering into or achieving milestones involved in licensing arrangements. In addition, the Board retains the discretion to reduce or

 

22


eliminate the compensation or economic benefit due upon attainment of Performance Goals and to define the manner of calculating the Performance Criteria it selects to use for such Performance Period. Partial achievement of the specified criteria may result in the payment or vesting corresponding to the degree of achievement as specified in the Stock Award Agreement or the written terms of a Performance Cash Award.

(nn) Performance Period ” means the period of time selected by the Board over which the attainment of one or more Performance Goals will be measured for the purpose of determining a Participant’s right to and the payment of a Stock Award or a Performance Cash Award. Performance Periods may be of varying and overlapping duration, at the sole discretion of the Board.

(oo) Performance Stock Award ” means a Stock Award granted under the terms and conditions of Section 6(c)(i).

(pp) Plan ” means this Pure Storage, Inc. 2015 Equity Incentive Plan.

(qq) Restricted Stock Award ” means an award of shares of Common Stock which is granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 6(a).

(rr) Restricted Stock Award Agreement ” means a written agreement between the Company and a holder of a Restricted Stock Award evidencing the terms and conditions of a Restricted Stock Award grant. Each Restricted Stock Award Agreement will be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(ss) Restricted Stock Unit Award ” means a right to receive shares of Common Stock which is granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 6(b).

(tt) Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement ” means a written agreement between the Company and a holder of a Restricted Stock Unit Award evidencing the terms and conditions of a Restricted Stock Unit Award grant. Each Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement will be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(uu) Rule 16b-3 ” means Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act or any successor to Rule 16b-3, as in effect from time to time.

(vv) Securities Act ” means the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(ww) Stock Appreciation Right ” or “ SAR ” means a right to receive the appreciation on Common Stock that is granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 5.

(xx) Stock Appreciation Right Agreement ” means a written agreement between the Company and a holder of a Stock Appreciation Right evidencing the terms and conditions of a Stock Appreciation Right grant. Each Stock Appreciation Right Agreement will be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(yy) Stock Award ” means any right to receive Common Stock granted under the Plan, including an Incentive Stock Option, a Nonstatutory Stock Option, a Restricted Stock Award, a Restricted Stock Unit Award, a Stock Appreciation Right, a Performance Stock Award or any Other Stock Award.

 

23


(zz) Stock Award Agreement ” means a written agreement between the Company and a Participant evidencing the terms and conditions of a Stock Award grant. Each Stock Award Agreement will be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(aaa) Subsidiary ” means, with respect to the Company, (i) any corporation of which more than 50% of the outstanding capital stock having ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the board of directors of such corporation (irrespective of whether, at the time, stock of any other class or classes of such corporation will have or might have voting power by reason of the happening of any contingency) is at the time, directly or indirectly, Owned by the Company, and (ii) any partnership, limited liability company or other entity in which the Company has a direct or indirect interest (whether in the form of voting or participation in profits or capital contribution) of more than 50%.

(bbb) Ten Percent Stockholder ” means a person who Owns (or is deemed to Own pursuant to Section 424(d) of the Code) stock possessing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Affiliate.

(ccc) Transaction ” means a Corporate Transaction or a Change in Control.

 

24

Exhibit 10.6

P URE S TORAGE , I NC .

2015 E MPLOYEE S TOCK P URCHASE P LAN

A DOPTED BY THE B OARD OF D IRECTORS : A UGUST  19, 2015

A PPROVED BY THE S TOCKHOLDERS : A UGUST 31, 2015

IPO D ATE /E FFECTIVE D ATE :             , 2015

1. G ENERAL ; P URPOSE .

(a) The Plan provides a means by which Eligible Employees of the Company and certain Designated Companies may be given an opportunity to purchase shares of Common Stock. The Plan permits the Company to grant a series of Purchase Rights to Eligible Employees under an Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

(b) The Company, by means of the Plan, seeks to retain the services of such Employees, to secure and retain the services of new Employees and to provide incentives for such persons to exert maximum efforts for the success of the Company and its Related Corporations and Affiliates.

(c) The Plan includes two components: a 423 Component and a Non-423 Component. The Company intends (but makes no undertaking or representation to maintain) the 423 Component to qualify as an Employee Stock Purchase Plan. The provisions of the 423 Component, accordingly, will be construed in a manner that is consistent with the requirements of Section 423 of the Code. In addition, this Plan authorizes grants of Purchase Rights under the Non-423 Component that do not meet the requirements of an Employee Stock Purchase Plan. Except as otherwise provided in the Plan or determined by the Board, the Non-423 Component will operate and be administered in the same manner as the 423 Component. In addition, the Company may make separate Offerings which vary in terms (provided that such terms are not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan or the requirements of an Employee Stock Purchase Plan), and the Company will designate which Designated Company is participating in each separate Offering.

2. A DMINISTRATION .

(a) The Board will administer the Plan unless and until the Board delegates administration of the Plan to a Committee or Committees, as provided in Section 2(c).

(b) The Board will have the power, subject to, and within the limitations of, the express provisions of the Plan:

(i) To determine how and when Purchase Rights will be granted and the provisions of each Offering (which need not be identical).

(ii) To designate from time to time which Related Corporations of the Company will be eligible to participate in the Plan as Designated 423 Corporations or as Designated Non-423 Corporations, which Affiliates may be excluded from participation in the Plan, and which Designated Companies will participate in each separate Offering (to the extent that the Company makes separate Offerings).

 

1


(iii) To construe and interpret the Plan and Purchase Rights, and to establish, amend and revoke rules and regulations for its administration. The Board, in the exercise of this power, may correct any defect, omission or inconsistency in the Plan, in a manner and to the extent it deems necessary or expedient to make the Plan fully effective.

(iv) To settle all controversies regarding the Plan and Purchase Rights granted under the Plan.

(v) To suspend or terminate the Plan at any time as provided in Section 12.

(vi) To amend the Plan at any time as provided in Section 12.

(vii) Generally, to exercise such powers and to perform such acts as it deems necessary or expedient to promote the best interests of the Company, its Related Corporations, and Affiliates and to carry out the intent that the 423 Component be treated as an Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

(viii) To adopt such rules, procedures and sub-plans relating to the operation and administration of the Plan as are necessary or appropriate under applicable local laws, regulations and procedures to permit or facilitate participation in the Plan by Employees who are foreign nationals or employed or located outside the United States. Without limiting the generality of, but consistent with, the foregoing, the Board specifically is authorized to adopt rules, procedures, and sub-plans, which, for purposes of the Non-423 Component, may be beyond the scope of Section 423 of the Code, regarding, without limitation, eligibility to participate in the Plan, handling and making of Contributions, establishment of bank or trust accounts to hold Contributions, payment of interest, conversion of local currency, obligations to pay payroll tax, determination of beneficiary designation requirements, withholding procedures and handling of share issuances, any of which may vary according to applicable requirements.

(c) The Board may delegate some or all of the administration of the Plan to a Committee or Committees. If administration is delegated to a Committee, the Committee will have, in connection with the administration of the Plan, the powers theretofore possessed by the Board that have been delegated to the Committee, including the power to delegate to a subcommittee any of the administrative powers the Committee is authorized to exercise (and references in this Plan to the Board will thereafter be to the Committee or subcommittee), subject, however, to such resolutions, not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan, as may be adopted from time to time by the Board. The Board may retain the authority to concurrently administer the Plan with the Committee and may, at any time, revest in the Board some or all of the powers previously delegated. Whether or not the Board has delegated administration of the Plan to a Committee, the Board will have the final power to determine all questions of policy and expediency that may arise in the administration of the Plan.

(d) All determinations, interpretations and constructions made by the Board in good faith will not be subject to review by any person and will be final, binding and conclusive on all persons.

3. S HARES OF C OMMON S TOCK S UBJECT TO THE P LAN .

(a) Subject to the provisions of Section 11(a) relating to Capitalization Adjustments, the maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued under the Plan will not exceed 3,500,000 shares of Common Stock, plus the number of shares of Common Stock that are automatically added commencing on February 1 of each year for a period of up to ten years, commencing on February 1 in the calendar year following the calendar year in which the IPO Date occurs and ending on (and

 

2


including) February 1, 2025, in an amount equal to the lesser of (i) 1% of the total number of shares of Capital Stock outstanding on the last day of the calendar month prior to the date of such automatic increase, and (ii) 3,500,000 shares of Common Stock. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board may act prior to the first day of any fiscal year to provide that there will be no February 1st increase in the share reserve for such fiscal year or that the increase in the share reserve for such fiscal year will be a lesser number of shares of Common Stock than would otherwise occur pursuant to the preceding sentence.

(b) If any Purchase Right granted under the Plan terminates without having been exercised in full, the shares of Common Stock not purchased under such Purchase Right will again become available for issuance under the Plan.

(c) The stock purchasable under the Plan will be shares of authorized but unissued or reacquired Common Stock, including shares repurchased by the Company on the open market.

4. G RANT OF P URCHASE R IGHTS ; O FFERING .

(a) The Board may from time to time grant or provide for the grant of Purchase Rights to Eligible Employees under an Offering (consisting of one or more Purchase Periods) on an Offering Date or Offering Dates selected by the Board. Each Offering will be in such form and will contain such terms and conditions as the Board will deem appropriate, and, with respect to the 423 Component, will comply with the requirement of Section 423(b)(5) of the Code that all Employees granted Purchase Rights will have the same rights and privileges. The terms and conditions of an Offering shall be incorporated by reference into the Plan and treated as part of the Plan. The provisions of separate Offerings need not be identical, but each Offering will include (through incorporation of the provisions of this Plan by reference in the Offering Document or otherwise) the period during which the Offering will be effective, which period will not exceed 27 months beginning with the Offering Date, and the substance of the provisions contained in Sections 5 through 8, inclusive.

(b) If a Participant has more than one Purchase Right outstanding under the Plan, unless he or she otherwise indicates in forms delivered to the Company: (i) each form will apply to all of his or her Purchase Rights under the Plan, and (ii) a Purchase Right with a lower exercise price (or an earlier-granted Purchase Right, if different Purchase Rights have identical exercise prices) will be exercised to the fullest possible extent before a Purchase Right with a higher exercise price (or a later-granted Purchase Right if different Purchase Rights have identical exercise prices) will be exercised.

(c) The Board will have the discretion to structure an Offering so that if the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the first Trading Day of a new Purchase Period within that Offering is less than or equal to the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the Offering Date for that Offering, then (i) that Offering will terminate immediately as of that first Trading Day, and (ii) the Participants in such terminated Offering will be automatically enrolled in a new Offering beginning on the first Trading Day of such new Purchase Period.

5. E LIGIBILITY .

(a) Purchase Rights may be granted only to Employees of the Company or, as the Board may designate in accordance with Section 2(b), to Employees of a Related Corporation or an Affiliate. Except as provided in Section 5(b), an Employee will not be eligible to be granted Purchase Rights unless, on the Offering Date, the Employee has been in the employ of the Company, a Related Corporation, or an Affiliate, as the case may be, for such continuous period preceding such Offering Date as the Board may require, but in no event will the required period of continuous employment be equal to or greater than two years. In addition, the Board may provide that no Employee will be eligible to be granted Purchase

 

3


Rights under the Plan unless, on the Offering Date, such Employee’s customary employment with the Company, the Related Corporation, or the Affiliate, as applicable, is more than 20 hours per week and more than five months per calendar year or such other criteria as the Board may determine consistent with Section 423 of the Code.

(b) The Board may provide that each person who, during the course of an Offering, first becomes an Eligible Employee will, on a date or dates specified in the Offering which coincides with the day on which such person becomes an Eligible Employee or which occurs thereafter, receive a Purchase Right under that Offering, which Purchase Right will thereafter be deemed to be a part of that Offering. Such Purchase Right will have the same characteristics as any Purchase Rights originally granted under that Offering, as described herein, except that:

(i) the date on which such Purchase Right is granted will be the “Offering Date” of such Purchase Right for all purposes, including determination of the exercise price of such Purchase Right;

(ii) the period of the Offering with respect to such Purchase Right will begin on its Offering Date and end coincident with the end of such Offering; and

(iii) the Board may provide that if such person first becomes an Eligible Employee within a specified period of time before the end of the Offering, he or she will not receive any Purchase Right under that Offering.

(c) No Employee will be eligible for the grant of any Purchase Rights if, immediately after any such Purchase Rights are granted, such Employee owns stock possessing five percent or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of stock of the Company or of any Related Corporation. For purposes of this Section 5(c), the rules of Section 424(d) of the Code will apply in determining the stock ownership of any Employee, and stock which such Employee may purchase under all outstanding Purchase Rights and options will be treated as stock owned by such Employee.

(d) As specified by Section 423(b)(8) of the Code, an Eligible Employee may be granted Purchase Rights only if such Purchase Rights, together with any other rights granted under all Employee Stock Purchase Plans of the Company and any Related Corporations or Affiliates, do not permit such Eligible Employee’s rights to purchase stock of the Company or any Related Corporation or Affiliates to accrue at a rate which, when aggregated, exceeds US$25,000 of Fair Market Value of such stock (determined at the time such rights are granted, and which, with respect to the Plan, will be determined as of their respective Offering Dates) for each calendar year in which such rights are outstanding at any time.

(e) Officers of the Company and any Designated Company, if they are otherwise Eligible Employees, will be eligible to participate in Offerings under the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board may provide in an Offering that Employees who are highly compensated Employees within the meaning of Section 423(b)(4)(D) of the Code will not be eligible to participate.

6. P URCHASE R IGHTS ; P URCHASE P RICE .

(a) On each Offering Date, each Eligible Employee, pursuant to an Offering made under the Plan, will be granted a Purchase Right to purchase up to that number of shares of Common Stock (rounded down to the nearest whole share) purchasable either with a percentage or with a maximum dollar amount, as designated by the Board, but in either case not exceeding 30% of such Employee’s earnings (as defined by the Board in each Offering) during the period that begins on the Offering Date (or such later date as the Board determines for a particular Offering) and ends on the date stated in the Offering, which date will be no later than the end of the Offering.

 

4


(b) The Board will establish one or more Purchase Dates during an Offering on which Purchase Rights granted for that Offering will be exercised and shares of Common Stock will be purchased in accordance with such Offering.

(c) In connection with each Offering made under the Plan, the Board may specify (i) a maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be purchased by any Participant on any Purchase Date during such Offering, (ii) a maximum aggregate number of shares of Common Stock that may be purchased by all Participants pursuant to such Offering and/or (iii) a maximum aggregate number of shares of Common Stock that may be purchased by all Participants on any Purchase Date under the Offering. If the aggregate purchase of shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of Purchase Rights granted under the Offering would exceed any such maximum aggregate number, then, in the absence of any Board action otherwise, a pro rata (based on each Participant’s accumulated Contributions) allocation of the shares of Common Stock (rounded down to the nearest whole share) available will be made in as nearly a uniform manner as will be practicable and equitable.

(d) The purchase price of shares of Common Stock acquired pursuant to Purchase Rights will be not less than the lesser of:

(i) an amount equal to 85% of the Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock on the Offering Date; or

(ii) an amount equal to 85% of the Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock on the applicable Purchase Date.

7. P ARTICIPATION ; W ITHDRAWAL ; T ERMINATION .

(a) An Eligible Employee may elect to authorize payroll deductions as the means of making Contributions by completing and delivering to the Company, within the time specified in the Offering, an enrollment form provided by the Company or any third party designated by the Company (each, a “ Company Designee ”). The enrollment form will specify the amount of Contributions not to exceed the maximum amount specified by the Board. Each Participant’s Contributions will be credited to a bookkeeping account for such Participant under the Plan and will be deposited with the general funds of the Company except where applicable laws or regulations require that Contributions be deposited with a Company Designee or otherwise be segregated. If permitted in the Offering, a Participant may begin such Contributions with the first payroll occurring on or after the Offering Date (or, in the case of a payroll date that occurs after the end of the prior Offering but before the Offering Date of the next new Offering, Contributions from such payroll will be included in the new Offering). If permitted in the Offering, a Participant may thereafter reduce (including to zero) or increase his or her Contributions. If required under applicable laws or regulations or if specifically provided in the Offering, in addition to or instead of making Contributions by payroll deductions, a Participant may make Contributions through a payment by cash, check, or wire transfer prior to a Purchase Date, in a manner directed by the Company or a Company Designee.

(b) During an Offering, a Participant may cease making Contributions and withdraw from the Offering by delivering to the Company or a Company Designee a withdrawal form provided by the Company. The Company may impose a deadline before a Purchase Date for withdrawing. Upon such withdrawal, such Participant’s Purchase Right in that Offering will immediately terminate and the Company will distribute as soon as practicable to such Participant all of his or her accumulated but

 

5


unused Contributions and such Participant’s Purchase Right in that Offering shall thereupon terminate. A Participant’s withdrawal from that Offering will have no effect upon his or her eligibility to participate in any other Offerings under the Plan, but such Participant will be required to deliver a new enrollment form to participate in subsequent Offerings.

(c) Purchase Rights granted pursuant to any Offering under the Plan will terminate immediately if the Participant either (i) is no longer an Employee for any reason or for no reason or (ii) is otherwise no longer eligible to participate. The Company will distribute as soon as practicable to such individual all of his or her accumulated but unused Contributions.

(d) During a Participant’s lifetime, Purchase Rights will be exercisable only by such Participant. Purchase Rights are not transferable by a Participant, except by will, by the laws of descent and distribution, or, if permitted by the Company, by a beneficiary designation as described in Section 10.

(e) Unless otherwise specified in the Offering, the Company will have no obligation to pay interest on Contributions.

8. E XERCISE OF P URCHASE R IGHTS .

(a) On each Purchase Date, each Participant’s accumulated Contributions will be applied to the purchase of shares of Common Stock (rounded down to the nearest whole share), up to the maximum number of shares of Common Stock permitted by the Plan and the applicable Offering, at the purchase price specified in the Offering. No fractional shares will be issued unless specifically provided for in the Offering.

(b) Unless otherwise provided in the Offering, if any amount of accumulated Contributions remains in a Participant’s account after the purchase of shares of Common Stock on a Purchase Date in an Offering, then such remaining amount will be distributed to such Participant as soon as practicable after the applicable Purchase Date, without interest.

(c) No Purchase Rights may be exercised to any extent unless the shares of Common Stock to be issued upon such exercise under the Plan are covered by an effective registration statement pursuant to the Securities Act and the Plan is in material compliance with all applicable U.S. federal and state, foreign and other securities, exchange control and other laws applicable to the Plan. If on a Purchase Date the shares of Common Stock are not so registered or the Plan is not in such compliance, no Purchase Rights will be exercised on such Purchase Date, and the Purchase Date will be delayed until the shares of Common Stock are subject to such an effective registration statement and the Plan is in material compliance, except that the Purchase Date will in no event be more than 6 months from the Offering Date. If, on the Purchase Date, as delayed to the maximum extent permissible, the shares of Common Stock are not registered and the Plan is not in material compliance with all applicable laws or regulations, as determined by the Company in its sole discretion, no Purchase Rights will be exercised and all accumulated but unused Contributions will be distributed as soon as practicable to the Participants without interest.

9. C OVENANTS OF THE C OMPANY .

The Company will seek to obtain from each U.S. federal or state, foreign or other regulatory commission or agency having jurisdiction over the Plan such authority as may be required to grant Purchase Rights and issue and sell shares of Common Stock thereunder unless the Company determines, in its sole discretion, that doing so would cause the Company to incur costs that are unreasonable. If, after commercially reasonable efforts, the Company is unable to obtain the authority that counsel for the

 

6


Company deems necessary for the grant of Purchase Rights or the lawful issuance and sale of Common Stock under the Plan, and at a commercially reasonable cost, the Company will be relieved from any liability for failure to grant Purchase Rights and/or to issue and sell Common Stock upon exercise of such Purchase Rights.

10. D ESIGNATION OF B ENEFICIARY .

(a) The Company may, but is not obligated to, permit a Participant to submit a form designating a beneficiary who will receive any shares of Common Stock and/or Contributions from the Participant’s account under the Plan if the Participant dies before such shares and/or Contributions are delivered to the Participant. The Company may, but is not obligated to, permit the Participant to change such designation of beneficiary. Any such designation and/or change must be on a form approved by the Company or as approved by the Company for use by a Company Designee.

(b) If a Participant dies, in the absence of a valid beneficiary designation, the Company will deliver any shares of Common Stock and/or Contributions to the executor or administrator of the estate of the Participant. If no executor or administrator has been appointed (to the knowledge of the Company), the Company, in its sole discretion, may deliver such shares of Common Stock and/or Contributions, without interest, to the Participant’s spouse, dependents or relatives, or if no spouse, dependent or relative is known to the Company, then to such other person as the Company may designate.

11. A DJUSTMENTS UPON C HANGES IN C OMMON S TOCK ; C ORPORATE T RANSACTIONS .

(a) In the event of a Capitalization Adjustment, the Board will appropriately and proportionately adjust: (i) the class(es) and maximum number of securities subject to the Plan pursuant to Section 3(a), (ii) the class(es) and maximum number of securities by which the share reserve is to increase automatically each year pursuant to Section 3(a), (iii) the class(es) and number of securities subject to, and the purchase price applicable to outstanding Offerings and Purchase Rights, and (iv) the class(es) and number of securities that are the subject of the purchase limits under each ongoing Offering. The Board will make these adjustments, and its determination will be final, binding and conclusive.

(b) In the event of a Corporate Transaction, then: (i) any surviving corporation or acquiring corporation (or the surviving or acquiring corporation’s parent company) may assume or continue outstanding Purchase Rights or may substitute similar rights (including a right to acquire the same consideration paid to the stockholders in the Corporate Transaction) for outstanding Purchase Rights, or (ii) if any surviving or acquiring corporation (or its parent company) does not assume or continue such Purchase Rights or does not substitute similar rights for such Purchase Rights, then the Participants’ accumulated Contributions will be used to purchase shares of Common Stock (rounded down to the nearest whole share) within ten business days prior to the Corporate Transaction under the outstanding Purchase Rights, and the Purchase Rights will terminate immediately after such purchase.

12. A MENDMENT , T ERMINATION OR S USPENSION OF THE P LAN .

(a) The Board may amend the Plan at any time in any respect the Board deems necessary or advisable. However, except as provided in Section 11(a) relating to Capitalization Adjustments, stockholder approval will be required for any amendment of the Plan for which stockholder approval is required by applicable laws, regulations or listing requirements, including any amendment that either (i) materially increases the number of shares of Common Stock available for issuance under the Plan, (ii) materially expands the class of individuals eligible to become Participants and receive Purchase Rights, (iii) materially increases the benefits accruing to Participants under the Plan or materially reduces the price at which shares of Common Stock may be purchased under the Plan, (iv) materially extends the

 

7


term of the Plan, or (v) expands the types of awards available for issuance under the Plan, but in each of (i) through (v) above only to the extent stockholder approval is required by applicable laws, regulations, or listing requirements.

(b) The Board may suspend or terminate the Plan at any time. No Purchase Rights may be granted under the Plan while the Plan is suspended or after it is terminated.

(c) Any benefits, privileges, entitlements and obligations under any outstanding Purchase Rights granted before an amendment, suspension or termination of the Plan will not be materially impaired by any such amendment, suspension or termination except (i) with the consent of the person to whom such Purchase Rights were granted, (ii) as necessary to comply with any laws, listing requirements, or governmental regulations (including, without limitation, the provisions of Section 423 of the Code and the regulations and other interpretive guidance issued thereunder relating to Employee Stock Purchase Plans) including without limitation any such regulations or other guidance that may be issued or amended after the date the Plan is adopted by the Board, or (iii) as necessary to obtain or maintain any special tax, listing, or regulatory treatment. To be clear, the Board may amend outstanding Purchase Rights without a Participant’s consent if such amendment is necessary to ensure that the Purchase Right and/or the 423 Component complies with the requirements of Section 423 of the Code.

13. S ECTION  409A OF THE C ODE ; T AX Q UALIFICATION .

(a) Purchase Rights granted under the 423 Component are intended to be exempt from the application of Section 409A of the Code under U.S. Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(b)(5)(ii). Purchase Rights granted under the Non-423 Component to U.S. taxpayers are intended to be exempt from the application of Section 409A of the Code under the short-term deferral exception and any ambiguities will be construed and interpreted in accordance with such intent. Subject to Section 13(b) below, Purchase Rights granted to U.S. taxpayers under the Non-423 Component will be subject to such terms and conditions that will permit such Purchase Rights to satisfy the requirements of the short-term deferral exception available under Section 409A of the Code, including the requirement that the shares subject to a Purchase Right be delivered within the short-term deferral period. Subject to Section 13(b) below, in the case of a Participant who would otherwise be subject to Section 409A of the Code, to the extent the Board determines that a Purchase Right or the exercise, payment, settlement or deferral thereof is subject to Section 409A of the Code, the Purchase Right will be granted, exercised, paid, settled or deferred in a manner that will comply with Section 409A of the Code, including U.S. Department of Treasury regulations and other interpretive guidance issued thereunder, including, without limitation, any such regulations or other guidance that may be issued after the adoption of the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company will have no liability to a Participant or any other party if the Purchase Right that is intended to be exempt from or compliant with Section 409A of the Code is not so exempt or compliant or for any action taken by the Board with respect thereto.

(b) Although the Company may endeavor to (i) qualify a Purchase Right for special tax treatment under the laws of the United States or jurisdictions outside of the United States or (ii) avoid adverse tax treatment ( e.g. , under Section 409A of the Code), the Company makes no representation to that effect and expressly disavows any covenant to maintain special or to avoid unfavorable tax treatment, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Plan, including Section 13(a) above. The Company will be unconstrained in its corporate activities without regard to the potential negative tax impact on Participants under the Plan.

 

8


14. E FFECTIVE D ATE OF P LAN .

The Plan will become effective immediately prior to and contingent upon the IPO Date. No Purchase Rights will be exercised unless and until the Plan has been approved by the stockholders of the Company, which approval must be within 12 months before or after the date the Plan is adopted (or if required under Section 12(a) above, materially amended) by the Board.

15. M ISCELLANEOUS P ROVISIONS .

(a) Proceeds from the sale of shares of Common Stock pursuant to Purchase Rights will constitute general funds of the Company.

(b) A Participant will not be deemed to be the holder of, or to have any of the rights of a holder with respect to, shares of Common Stock subject to Purchase Rights unless and until the Participant’s shares of Common Stock acquired upon exercise of Purchase Rights are recorded in the books of the Company (or its transfer agent).

(c) The Plan and Offering do not constitute an employment contract. Nothing in the Plan or in the Offering will in any way alter the at-will nature of a Participant’s employment, if applicable, or be deemed to create in any way whatsoever any obligation on the part of any Participant to continue in the employ of the Company, a Related Corporation, or an Affiliate, or on the part of the Company, a Related Corporation, or an Affiliate to continue the employment of a Participant.

(d) The provisions of the Plan will be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware without resort to that state’s conflicts of laws rules.

(e) If any particular provision of the Plan is found to be invalid or otherwise unenforceable, such provision will not affect the other provisions of the Plan, but the Plan will be construed in all respects as if such invalid provision were omitted.

(f) If any provision of the Plan does not comply with applicable law or regulations, such provision shall be construed in such a manner as to comply with applicable law or regulations.

16. D EFINITIONS .

As used in the Plan, the following definitions will apply to the capitalized terms indicated below:

(a) 423 Component ” means the part of the Plan, which excludes the Non-423 Component, pursuant to which Purchase Rights that satisfy the requirements for an Employee Stock Purchase Plan may be granted to Eligible Employees.

(b) Affiliate ” means any entity, other than a Related Corporation, in which the Company has an equity or other ownership interest or that is directly or indirectly controlled by, controls, or is under common control with the Company, in all cases, as determined by the Board, whether now or hereafter existing.

(c) Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(d) Capital Stock ” means each and every class of common stock of the Company, regardless of the number of votes per share.

 

9


(e) Capitalization Adjustment ” means any change that is made in, or other events that occur with respect to, the Common Stock subject to the Plan or subject to any Purchase Right after the date the Plan is adopted by the Board without the receipt of consideration by the Company through merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization, reincorporation, stock dividend, dividend in property other than cash, large nonrecurring cash dividend, stock split, liquidating dividend, combination of shares, exchange of shares, change in corporate structure or other similar equity restructuring transaction, as that term is used in Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718 (or any successor thereto). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the conversion of any convertible securities of the Company will not be treated as a Capitalization Adjustment.

(f) Code ” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, including any applicable regulations and guidance thereunder .

(g) Committee ” means a committee of one or more members of the Board to whom authority has been delegated by the Board in accordance with Section 2(c).

(h) Common Stock ” means, as of the IPO Date, the Class A Common Stock of the Company, having one vote per share.

(i) Company ” means Pure Storage, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

(j) “Contributions ” means the payroll deductions and/or other payments specifically provided for in the Offering that a Participant contributes to fund the exercise of a Purchase Right. A Participant may make additional payments into his or her account if specifically provided for in the Offering, and then only if the Participant has not already contributed the maximum permitted amount of payroll deductions and/or other payments during the Offering.

(k) Corporate Transaction ” means the consummation, in a single transaction or in a series of related transactions, of any one or more of the following events:

(i) a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all, as determined by the Board in its sole discretion, of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries;

(ii) a sale or other disposition of at least 90% of the outstanding securities of the Company;

(iii) a merger, consolidation or similar transaction following which the Company is not the surviving corporation; or

(iv) a merger, consolidation or similar transaction following which the Company is the surviving corporation but the shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately preceding the merger, consolidation or similar transaction are converted or exchanged by virtue of the merger, consolidation or similar transaction into other property, whether in the form of securities, cash or otherwise.

(l) Designated 423 Corporation ” means any Related Corporation selected by the Board as participating in the 423 Component.

(m) Designated Company ” means any Designated Non-423 Corporation or Designated 423 Corporation, provided, however, that at any given time, a Related Corporation participating in the 423 Component shall not be a Related Corporation participating in the Non-423 Component.

 

10


(n) Designated Non-423 Corporation ” means any Related Corporation or Affiliate selected by the Board as participating in the Non-423 Component.

(o) Director ” means a member of the Board.

(p) Eligible Employee ” means an Employee who meets the requirements set forth in the document(s) governing the Offering for eligibility to participate in the Offering, provided that such Employee also meets the requirements for eligibility to participate set forth in the Plan.

(q) Employee ” means any person, including an Officer or Director, who is treated as an employee in the records of the Company or a Related Corporation (including an Affiliate). However, service solely as a Director, or payment of a fee for such services, will not cause a Director to be considered an “Employee” for purposes of the Plan.

(r) Employee Stock Purchase Plan ” means a plan that grants Purchase Rights intended to be options issued under an “employee stock purchase plan,” as that term is defined in Section 423(b) of the Code.

(s) Exchange Act ” means the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

(t) Fair Market Value ” means, as of any date, the value of the Common Stock determined as follows:

(i) If the Common Stock is listed on any established stock exchange or traded on any established market, the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock will be the closing sales price for such stock as quoted on such exchange or market (or the exchange or market with the greatest volume of trading in the Common Stock) on the date of determination , as reported in such source as the Board deems reliable. Unless otherwise provided by the Board, if there is no closing sales price for the Common Stock on the date of determination, then the Fair Market Value will be the closing sales price on the last preceding date for which such quotation exists.

(ii) In the absence of such markets for the Common Stock, the Fair Market Value will be determined by the Board in good faith in compliance with applicable laws and regulations and in a manner that complies with Sections 409A of the Code.

(iii) Notwithstanding the foregoing, for any Offering that commences on the IPO Date, the Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock on the Offering Date will be the price per share at which shares are first sold to the public in the Company’s initial public offering as specified in the final prospectus for that initial public offering.

(u) IPO Date ” means the date of the underwriting agreement between the Company and the underwriter(s) managing the initial public offering of the Common Stock, pursuant to which the Common Stock is priced for the initial public offering.

(v) Non-423 Component ” means the part of the Plan, which excludes the 423 Component, pursuant to which Purchase Rights that are not intended to satisfy the requirements for an Employee Stock Purchase Plan may be granted to Eligible Employees.

(w) Offering ” means the grant to Eligible Employees of Purchase Rights, with the exercise of those Purchase Rights automatically occurring at the end of one or more Purchase Periods. The terms and conditions of an Offering will generally be set forth in the “ Offering Document ” approved by the Board for that Offering.

 

11


(x) Offering Date ” means a date selected by the Board for an Offering to commence.

(y) Officer ” means a person who is an officer of the Company or a Related Corporation or Affiliate within the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act.

(z) Participant ” means an Eligible Employee who holds an outstanding Purchase Right.

(aa) Plan ” means this Pure Storage, Inc. 2015 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, including both the 423 Component and the Non-423 Component, as amended from time to time.

(bb) Purchase Date ” means one or more dates during an Offering selected by the Board on which Purchase Rights will be exercised and on which purchases of shares of Common Stock will be carried out in accordance with such Offering.

(cc) Purchase Period ” means a period of time specified within an Offering, generally beginning on the Offering Date or on the first Trading Day following a Purchase Date, and ending on a Purchase Date. An Offering may consist of one or more Purchase Periods.

(dd) Purchase Right ” means an option to purchase shares of Common Stock granted pursuant to the Plan.

(ee) Related Corporation ” means any “parent corporation” or “subsidiary corporation” of the Company whether now or subsequently established, as those terms are defined in Sections 424(e) and (f), respectively, of the Code.

(ff) Securities Act ” means the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(gg) Trading Day ” means any day on which the exchange(s) or market(s) on which shares of Common Stock are listed, including but not limited to the NYSE, Nasdaq Global Select Market, the Nasdaq Global Market, the Nasdaq Capital Market or any successors thereto, is open for trading.

 

12

Exhibit 10.7

 

LOGO

I NDEMNITY A GREEMENT

T HIS I NDEMNITY A GREEMENT (the “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of             , 2015, between Pure Storage, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and                     (“ Indemnitee ”).

RECITALS

A. Highly competent persons have become more reluctant to serve corporations as directors or officers or in other capacities unless they are provided with adequate protection through insurance or adequate indemnification against inordinate risks of claims and actions against them arising out of their service to and activities on behalf of the corporation;

B. Although the furnishing of such insurance to protect persons serving a corporation and its subsidiaries from certain liabilities has been a customary and widespread practice among United States-based corporations and other business enterprises, the Company believes that, given current market conditions and trends, such insurance may be available to it in the future only at higher premiums and with more exclusions. At the same time, directors, officers, and other persons in service to corporations or business enterprises are being increasingly subjected to expensive and time-consuming litigation relating to, among other things, matters that traditionally would have been brought only against the Company or business enterprise itself. The Bylaws and Certificate of Incorporation of the Company require indemnification of the officers and directors of the Company. Indemnitee may also be entitled to indemnification pursuant to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (“ DGCL ”). The Bylaws, Certificate of Incorporation and the DGCL expressly provide that the indemnification provisions set forth therein are not exclusive, and thereby contemplate that contracts may be entered into between the Company and members of the Board, officers and other persons with respect to indemnification;

C. The uncertainties relating to such liability insurance and to indemnification have increased the difficulty of attracting and retaining such persons;

D. The Board has determined that the increased difficulty in attracting and retaining such persons is detrimental to the best interests of the Company’s stockholders and that the Company should act to assure such persons that there will be increased certainty of such protection in the future;

E. It is reasonable, prudent and necessary for the Company to contractually obligate itself to indemnify, and to advance expenses on behalf of, such persons to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law so that they will serve or continue to serve the Company free from undue concern that they will not be so indemnified;

F. This Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the Bylaws and Certificate of Incorporation of the Company and any resolutions adopted pursuant thereto and shall not be deemed a substitute therefor, nor to diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder; and

G. Indemnitee does not regard the protection available under the Company’s Bylaws and Certificate of Incorporation and insurance as adequate in the present circumstances, and may not be willing to serve as an officer or director without adequate protection, and the Company desires Indemnitee to serve in such capacity. Indemnitee is willing to serve, continue to serve and to take on additional service for or on behalf of the Company on the condition that he or she be so indemnified; and

H. Indemnitee may have certain rights to indemnification and/or insurance provided by other entities and/or organizations which Indemnitee and such other entities and/or organizations intend to be secondary to the primary obligation of the Company to indemnify Indemnitee as provided herein, with the Company’s acknowledgement and agreement to the foregoing being a material condition to Indemnitee’s willingness to serve on the Board.

 

1.


LOGO

 

I. This Agreement supersedes and replaces in its entirety any previous Indemnification Agreement entered into between the Company and the Indemnitee.

N OW , T HEREFORE , in consideration of Indemnitee’s agreement to serve as an officer or a director from and after the date hereof, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Indemnity of Indemnitee . The Company hereby agrees to hold harmless and indemnify Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by law, as such may be amended from time to time pursuant to, and in accordance with, the terms of this Agreement. In furtherance of the foregoing indemnification, and without limiting the generality thereof:

(a) Proceedings Other Than Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company . Indemnitee shall be entitled to the rights of indemnification provided in this Section l(a) if, by reason of his or her Corporate Status, the Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant in any Proceeding other than a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company. Pursuant to this Section 1(a), Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him or her, or on his or her behalf, in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if the Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner the Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company, and with respect to any criminal Proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe the Indemnitee’s conduct was unlawful.

(b) Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company . Indemnitee shall be entitled to the rights of indemnification provided in this Section 1(b) if, by reason of his Corporate Status, the Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant in any Proceeding brought by or in the right of the Company. Pursuant to this Section 1(b), Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by the Indemnitee, or on the Indemnitee’s behalf, in connection with such Proceeding if the Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner the Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Company; provided , however , if applicable law so provides, no indemnification against such Expenses shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter in such Proceeding as to which Indemnitee shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Company unless and to the extent that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall determine that such indemnification may be made.

(c) Indemnification for Expenses of a Party Who is Wholly or Partly Successful . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason of his or her Corporate Status, a party to and is successful, on the merits or otherwise, in any Proceeding, he or she shall be indemnified to the maximum extent permitted by law, as such may be amended from time to time, against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or her or on his or her behalf in connection therewith. If Indemnitee is not wholly successful in such Proceeding but is successful, on the merits or otherwise, as to one or more but less than all claims, issues or matters in such Proceeding, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or her or on his or her behalf in connection with each successfully resolved claim, issue or matter. For purposes of this Section and without limitation, the termination of any claim, issue or matter in such a Proceeding by dismissal, with or without prejudice, shall be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter.

2. Additional Indemnity . In addition to, and without regard to any limitations on, the indemnification provided for in Section 1 of this Agreement, the Company shall and hereby does indemnify and hold harmless Indemnitee against all Expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him or her or on his or her behalf if, by reason of his or her Corporate Status, he or she is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant in any Proceeding (including a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company), including, without limitation, any and all liability arising out of the negligence or active or passive wrongdoing of Indemnitee. The only limitation that shall exist upon the Company’s obligations pursuant to this Agreement shall be that the Company shall not be obligated to make any payment to Indemnitee that is finally determined (under the procedures, and subject to the presumptions, set forth in Sections 6 and 7 hereof) to be unlawful.

 

2.


LOGO

 

3. Contribution .

(a) Whether or not the indemnification provided in Sections 1 and 2 hereof is available, in respect of any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding in which the Company is jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), the Company shall pay, in the first instance, the entire amount of any judgment or settlement of such action, suit or proceeding without requiring Indemnitee to contribute to such payment, and the Company hereby waives and relinquishes any right of contribution it may have against Indemnitee. The Company shall not enter into any settlement of any action, suit or proceeding in which the Company is jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding) unless such settlement provides for a full and final release of all claims asserted against Indemnitee. The Company shall not settle any action or claim in a manner that would impose any penalty or admission of guilt or liability on Indemnitee without Indemnitee’s written consent.

(b) Without diminishing or impairing the obligations of the Company set forth in the preceding subparagraph, if, for any reason, Indemnitee shall elect or be required to pay all or any portion of any judgment or settlement in any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding in which the Company is jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), the Company shall contribute to the amount of Expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred and paid or payable by Indemnitee in proportion to the relative benefits received by the Company and all officers, directors or employees of the Company, other than Indemnitee, who are jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), on the one hand, and Indemnitee, on the other hand, from the transaction from which such action, suit or proceeding arose; provided, however, that the proportion determined on the basis of relative benefit may, to the extent necessary to conform to law, be further adjusted by reference to the relative fault of the Company and all officers, directors or employees of the Company other than Indemnitee who are jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), on the one hand, and Indemnitee, on the other hand, in connection with the events that resulted in such expenses, judgments, fines or settlement amounts, as well as any other equitable considerations which the applicable law may require to be considered. The relative fault of the Company and all officers, directors or employees of the Company, other than Indemnitee, who are jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), on the one hand, and Indemnitee, on the other hand, shall be determined by reference to, among other things, the degree to which their actions were motivated by intent to gain personal profit or advantage, the degree to which their liability is primary or secondary and the degree to which their respective conduct is active or passive.

(c) The Company hereby agrees to fully indemnify and hold Indemnitee harmless from any claims of contribution which may be brought by officers, directors or employees of the Company, other than Indemnitee, who may be jointly liable with Indemnitee.

(d) To the fullest extent permissible under applicable law, if the indemnification provided for in this Agreement is unavailable to Indemnitee for any reason whatsoever, the Company, in lieu of indemnifying Indemnitee, shall contribute to the amount incurred by Indemnitee, whether for judgments, fines, penalties, excise taxes, amounts paid or to be paid in settlement and/or for Expenses, in connection with any claim relating to an indemnifiable event under this Agreement, in such proportion as is deemed fair and reasonable in light of all of the circumstances of such Proceeding in order to reflect (i) the relative benefits received by the Company and Indemnitee as a result of the event(s) and/or transaction(s) giving cause to such Proceeding; and/or (ii) the relative fault of the Company (and its directors, officers, employees and agents) and Indemnitee in connection with such event(s) and/or transaction(s).

 

3.


LOGO

 

4. Indemnification for Expenses of a Witness . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason of his or her Corporate Status, a witness, or is made (or asked) to respond to discovery requests, in any Proceeding to which Indemnitee is not a party, he or she shall be indemnified against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or her or on his or her behalf in connection therewith.

5. Advancement of Expenses . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Company shall advance all Expenses incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status within 30 days after the receipt by the Company of a statement or statements from Indemnitee requesting such advance or advances from time to time, whether prior to or after final disposition of such Proceeding. Such statement or statements shall reasonably evidence the Expenses incurred by Indemnitee and shall include or be preceded or accompanied by a written undertaking by or on behalf of Indemnitee to repay any Expenses advanced if it shall ultimately be determined that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified against such Expenses. Any advances and undertakings to repay pursuant to this Section 5 shall be unsecured and interest free.

6. Procedures and Presumptions for Determination of Entitlement to Indemnification . It is the intent of this Agreement to secure for Indemnitee rights of indemnity that are as favorable as may be permitted under the DGCL and public policy of the State of Delaware. Accordingly, the parties agree that the following procedures and presumptions shall apply in the event of any question as to whether Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement:

(a) To obtain indemnification under this Agreement, Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request, including therein or therewith such documentation and information as is reasonably available to Indemnitee and is reasonably necessary to determine whether and to what extent Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification. The Secretary of the Company shall, promptly upon receipt of such a request for indemnification, advise the Board in writing that Indemnitee has requested indemnification. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any failure of Indemnitee to provide such a request to the Company, or to provide such a request in a timely fashion, shall not relieve the Company of any liability that it may have to Indemnitee unless, and to the extent that, such failure actually and materially prejudices the interests of the Company.

(b) Upon written request by Indemnitee for indemnification pursuant to the first sentence of Section 6(a) hereof, a determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement thereto shall be made in the specific case by one of the following four methods, which shall be at the election of the Board: (i) unless a Change in Control has occurred: (1) by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum, (2) by a committee of Disinterested Directors designated by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum, (3) if there are no Disinterested Directors or if the Disinterested Directors so direct, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Board, a copy of which shall be delivered to the Indemnitee, or (4) if so directed by the Board, by the stockholders of the Company; and (ii) if a Change in Control has occurred, then by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Board, a copy of which shall be delivered to the Indemnitee. For purposes hereof, Disinterested Directors are those members of the Board who are not parties to the action, suit or proceeding in respect of which indemnification is sought by Indemnitee.

(c) If the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by Independent Counsel pursuant to Section 6(b) hereof, the Independent Counsel shall be selected as provided in this Section 6(c). The Independent Counsel shall be selected by the Board. Indemnitee may, within 10 days after such written notice of selection shall have been given, deliver to the Company a written objection to such selection; provided, however, that such objection may be asserted only on the ground that the Independent Counsel so selected does not meet the requirements of “ Independent Counsel ” as defined in Section 13 of this Agreement, and the objection shall set forth with particularity the factual basis of such assertion. Absent a proper and timely objection, the person so selected shall act as Independent Counsel. If a written objection is made and substantiated, the Independent Counsel selected may not serve as Independent Counsel unless and until such objection is withdrawn or a court has determined that such objection is without merit. If, within 20 days after submission by Indemnitee of

 

4.


LOGO

 

a written request for indemnification pursuant to Section 6(a) hereof, no Independent Counsel shall have been selected and not objected to, either the Company or Indemnitee may petition the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or other court of competent jurisdiction for resolution of any objection which shall have been made by the Indemnitee to the Company’s selection of Independent Counsel and/or for the appointment as Independent Counsel of a person selected by the court or by such other person as the court shall designate, and the person with respect to whom all objections are so resolved or the person so appointed shall act as Independent Counsel under Section 6(b) hereof. The Company shall pay any and all reasonable fees and expenses of Independent Counsel incurred by such Independent Counsel in connection with acting pursuant to Section 6(b) hereof, and the Company shall pay all reasonable fees and expenses incident to the procedures of this Section 6(c), regardless of the manner in which such Independent Counsel was selected or appointed. In no event shall Indemnitee be liable for fees and expenses incurred by such Independent Counsel, subject to the limitations on indemnification set forth herein.

(d) In making a determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification hereunder, the person or persons or entity making such determination shall presume that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement. Anyone seeking to overcome this presumption shall have the burden of proof and the burden of persuasion by clear and convincing evidence. Neither the failure of the Company (including by its Board or Independent Counsel) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of any action pursuant to this Agreement that indemnification is proper in the circumstances because Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct, nor an actual determination by the Company (including by its Board or Independent Counsel) that Indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct.

(e) Indemnitee shall be deemed to have acted in good faith if Indemnitee’s action is based on the records or books of account of the Enterprise, including financial statements, or on information supplied to Indemnitee by the officers of the Enterprise in the course of their duties, or on the advice of legal counsel for the Enterprise or on information or records given or reports made to the Enterprise by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser or other expert selected with reasonable care by the Enterprise. In addition, the knowledge and/or actions, or failure to act, of any director, officer, agent or employee of the Enterprise shall not be imputed to Indemnitee for purposes of determining the right to indemnification under this Agreement. Whether or not the foregoing provisions of this Section 6(e) are satisfied, it shall in any event be presumed that Indemnitee has at all times acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Company. Anyone seeking to overcome this presumption shall have the burden of proof and the burden of persuasion by clear and convincing evidence.

(f) If the person, persons or entity empowered or selected under Section 6 to determine whether Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification shall not have made a determination within 60 days after receipt by the Company of the request therefor, the requisite determination of entitlement to indemnification shall be deemed to have been made, and Indemnitee shall be entitled to such indemnification absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s statement not materially misleading in connection with the request for indemnification or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law; provided, however, that such 60 day period may be extended for a reasonable time, not to exceed an additional 30 days, if the person, persons or entity making such determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification in good faith requires such additional time to obtain or evaluate documentation and/or information relating thereto; and provided, further, that the foregoing provisions of this Section 6(f) shall not apply if the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by the stockholders pursuant to Section 6(b) of this Agreement and if (A) within 15 days after receipt by the Company of the request for such determination, the Board or the Disinterested Directors, if appropriate, resolve to submit such determination to the stockholders for their consideration at an annual meeting thereof to be held within 75 days after such receipt and such determination is made thereat, or (B) a special meeting of stockholders is called within 15 days after such receipt for the purpose of making such determination, such meeting is held for such purpose within 60 days after having been so called and such determination is made thereat.

 

5.


LOGO

 

(g) Indemnitee shall cooperate with the person, persons or entity making such determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification, including providing to such person, persons or entity upon reasonable advance request any documentation or information which is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and which is reasonably available to Indemnitee and reasonably necessary to such determination. Any Independent Counsel, member of the Board or stockholder of the Company shall act reasonably and in good faith in making a determination regarding the Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification under this Agreement. Any costs or expenses (including attorneys’ fees and disbursements) incurred by Indemnitee in so cooperating with the person, persons or entity making such determination shall be borne by the Company (irrespective of the determination as to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification), and the Company hereby indemnifies and agrees to hold Indemnitee harmless therefrom.

(h) The Company acknowledges that a settlement or other disposition short of final judgment may be successful if it permits a party to avoid expense, delay, distraction, disruption and uncertainty. In the event that any action, claim or proceeding to which Indemnitee is a party is resolved in any manner other than by adverse judgment against Indemnitee (including, without limitation, settlement of such action, claim or proceeding with or without payment of money or other consideration) it shall be presumed that Indemnitee has been successful on the merits or otherwise in such action, suit or proceeding. Anyone seeking to overcome this presumption shall have the burden of proof and the burden of persuasion by clear and convincing evidence.

(i) The termination of any Proceeding or of any claim, issue or matter therein, by judgment, order, settlement or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement) of itself adversely affect the right of Indemnitee to indemnification or create a presumption that Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner which he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company or, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, that Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.

7. Remedies of Indemnitee .

(a) In the event that (i) a determination is made pursuant to Section 6 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, (ii) advancement of Expenses is not timely made pursuant to Section 5 of this Agreement, (iii) no determination of entitlement to indemnification is made pursuant to Section 6(b) of this Agreement within 90 days after receipt by the Company of the request for indemnification, (iv) payment of indemnification is not made pursuant to this Agreement within 10 days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor or (v) payment of indemnification is not made within 10 days after a determination has been made that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification or such determination is deemed to have been made pursuant to Section 6 of this Agreement, Indemnitee shall be entitled to an adjudication in an appropriate court of the State of Delaware, or in any other court of competent jurisdiction, of Indemnitee’s entitlement to such indemnification. Indemnitee shall commence such proceeding seeking an adjudication within 1 year following the date on which Indemnitee first has the right to commence such proceeding pursuant to this Section 7(a). The Company shall not oppose Indemnitee’s right to seek any such adjudication.

(b) In the event that a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 6(b) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification, any judicial proceeding commenced pursuant to this Section 7 shall be conducted in all respects as a de novo trial on the merits, and Indemnitee shall not be prejudiced by reason of the adverse determination under Section 6(b).

(c) If a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 6(b) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, the Company shall be bound by such determination in any judicial proceeding commenced pursuant to this Section 7, absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s misstatement not materially misleading in connection with the application for indemnification or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law.

 

6.


LOGO

 

(d) In the event that Indemnitee, pursuant to this Section 7, seeks a judicial adjudication of his or her rights under, or to recover damages for breach of, this Agreement, or to recover under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company, the Company shall pay on his or her behalf, in advance, any and all expenses (of the types described in the definition of Expenses in Section 13 of this Agreement) actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in such judicial adjudication, regardless of whether Indemnitee ultimately is determined to be entitled to such indemnification, advancement of expenses or insurance recovery.

(e) The Company shall be precluded from asserting in any judicial proceeding commenced pursuant to this Section 7 that the procedures and presumptions of this Agreement are not valid, binding and enforceable and shall stipulate in any such court that the Company is bound by all the provisions of this Agreement. The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against any and all Expenses and, if requested by Indemnitee, shall (within 10 days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefore) advance, to the extent not prohibited by law, such expenses to Indemnitee, which are incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any action brought by Indemnitee for indemnification or advance of Expenses from the Company under this Agreement or under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company, regardless of whether Indemnitee ultimately is determined to be entitled to such indemnification, advancement of Expenses or insurance recovery, as the case may be.

(f) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, no determination as to entitlement to indemnification under this Agreement shall be required to be made prior to the final disposition of the Proceeding.

8. Non-Exclusivity; Survival of Rights; Insurance; Primacy of Indemnification; Subrogation .

(a) The rights of indemnification as provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which Indemnitee may at any time be entitled under applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation, the Bylaws, any agreement, a vote of stockholders, a resolution of Board or otherwise. No amendment, alteration or repeal of this Agreement or of any provision hereof shall limit or restrict any right of Indemnitee under this Agreement in respect of any action taken or omitted by such Indemnitee in his or her Corporate Status prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal. To the extent that a change in the DGCL, whether by statute or judicial decision, permits greater indemnification than would be afforded currently under the Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws and this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties hereto that Indemnitee shall enjoy all greater benefits so afforded by such change. No right or remedy herein conferred is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every other right and remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other right or remedy.

(b) To the extent that the Company maintains an insurance policy or policies providing liability insurance for directors, officers, employees, or agents or fiduciaries of the Company or of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise that such person serves at the request of the Company, the Company shall procure such insurance policy or policies under which the Indemnitee shall be covered in accordance with its or their terms to the maximum extent of the coverage available for any director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary under such policy or policies. If, at the time of the receipt of a notice of a claim pursuant to the terms hereof, the Company has director and officer liability insurance in effect, the Company shall give prompt notice of the commencement of such proceeding to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the respective policies. The Company shall thereafter take all necessary or desirable action to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of the Indemnitee, all amounts payable as a result of such proceeding in accordance with the terms of such policies.

(c) The Company hereby acknowledges that Indemnitee has or may have in the future certain rights to indemnification, advancement of expenses and/or insurance provided by other

 

7.


LOGO

 

entities and/or organizations (collectively, the “ Secondary Indemnitors ”). The Company hereby agrees (i) that it is the indemnitor of first resort (i.e., its obligations to Indemnitee are primary and any obligation of the Secondary Indemnitors to advance expenses or to provide indemnification for the same expenses or liabilities incurred by Indemnitee are secondary), (ii) that it shall be required to advance the full amount of expenses incurred by Indemnitee and shall be liable for the full amount of all Expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement to the extent legally permitted and as required by the terms of this Agreement and the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of the Company (or any other agreement between the Company and Indemnitee), without regard to any rights Indemnitee may have against the Secondary Indemnitors, and (iii) that it irrevocably waives, relinquishes and releases the Secondary Indemnitors from any and all claims against the Secondary Indemnitors for contribution, subrogation or any other recovery of any kind in respect thereof. The Company further agrees that no advancement or payment by the Secondary Indemnitors on behalf of Indemnitee with respect to any claim for which Indemnitee has sought indemnification from the Company shall affect the foregoing and the Secondary Indemnitors shall have a right of contribution and/or be subrogated to the extent of such advancement or payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee against the Company. The Company and Indemnitee agree that the Secondary Indemnitors are express third party beneficiaries of the terms of this Section 8(c).

(d) Except as provided in paragraph (c) above, in the event of any payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee (other than against the Secondary Indemnitors), who shall execute all papers required and take all action necessary to secure such rights, including execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the Company to bring suit to enforce such rights.

(e) Except as provided in paragraph (c) above, the Company shall not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment of amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder if and to the extent that Indemnitee has otherwise actually received such payment under any insurance policy, contract, agreement or otherwise.

(f) Except as provided in paragraph (c) above, the Company’s obligation to indemnify or advance Expenses hereunder to Indemnitee who is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise shall be reduced by any amount Indemnitee has actually received as indemnification or advancement of expenses from such other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise.

9. Exceptions to Right of Indemnification . Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement, the Company shall not be obligated under this Agreement to make any indemnity in connection with any claim made against Indemnitee:

(a) for which payment has actually been made to or on behalf of Indemnitee under any insurance policy or other indemnity provision, except with respect to any excess beyond the amount paid under any insurance policy or other indemnity provision, provided, that the foregoing shall not affect the rights of Indemnitee or the Secondary Indemnitors set forth in Section 8(c) above;

(b) for an accounting of profits made from the purchase and sale (or sale and purchase) by Indemnitee of securities of the Company within the meaning of Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act, or similar provisions of state statutory law or common law;

(c) in connection with any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by Indemnitee, including any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by Indemnitee against the Company or its directors, officers, employees or other indemnitees, unless (i) the Board authorized the Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) prior to its initiation or (ii) the Company provides the indemnification, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the Company under applicable law;

 

8.


LOGO

 

(d) with respect to remuneration paid to Indemnitee if it is determined by final judgment or other final adjudication that such remuneration was in violation of law (and, in this respect, both the Company and Indemnitee have been advised that the Securities and Exchange Commission believes that indemnification for liabilities arising under the federal securities laws is against public policy and is, therefore, unenforceable and that claims for indemnification should be submitted to appropriate courts for adjudication, as indicated in the last paragraph of this Section 9 below);

(e) a final judgment or other final adjudication is made that Indemnitee’s conduct was in bad faith, knowingly fraudulent or deliberately dishonest or constituted willful misconduct (but only to the extent of such specific determination);

(f) in connection with any claim for reimbursement of the Company by Indemnitee of any bonus or other incentive-based or equity-based compensation or of any profits realized by Indemnitee from the sale of securities of the Company, as required in each case under the Exchange Act (including any such reimbursements that arise from an accounting restatement of the Company pursuant to Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, or the payment to the Company of profits arising from the purchase and sale by Indemnitee of securities in violation of Section 306 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act), if Indemnitee is held liable therefor (including pursuant to any settlement); or

(g) on account of conduct that is established by a final judgment as constituting a breach of Indemnitee’s duty of loyalty to the Company or resulting in any personal profit or advantage to which Indemnitee is not legally entitled.

For purposes of this Section 9, a final judgment or other adjudication may be reached in either the underlying proceeding or action in connection with which indemnification is sought or a separate proceeding or action to establish rights and liabilities under this Agreement.

Any provision herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the Company shall not be obligated pursuant to the terms of this Agreement to indemnify Indemnitee or otherwise act in violation of any undertaking appearing in and required by the rules and regulations promulgated under the Securities Act, or in any registration statement filed with the SEC under the Securities Act. Indemnitee acknowledges that paragraph (h) of Item 512 of Regulation S-K promulgated under the Securities Act currently generally requires the Company to undertake, in connection with any registration statement filed under the Securities Act, to submit the issue of the enforceability of Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement in connection with any liability under the Securities Act on public policy grounds to a court of appropriate jurisdiction and to be governed by any final adjudication of such issue. Indemnitee specifically agrees that any such undertaking shall supersede the provisions of this Agreement and to be bound by any such undertaking.

10. Duration of Agreement . All agreements and obligations of the Company contained herein shall continue during the period Indemnitee is an officer or director of the Company (or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise) and shall continue thereafter so long as Indemnitee shall be subject to any Proceeding (or any proceeding commenced under Section 7 hereof) by reason of his or her Corporate Status, whether or not he or she is acting or serving in any such capacity at the time any liability or expense is incurred for which indemnification can be provided under this Agreement. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective successors (including any direct or indirect successor by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company), assigns, spouses, heirs, executors and personal and legal representatives.

11. Security . To the extent requested by Indemnitee and approved by the Board, the Company may at any time and from time to time provide security to Indemnitee for the Company’s obligations hereunder through an irrevocable bank line of credit, funded trust or other collateral. Any such security, once provided to Indemnitee, may not be revoked or released without the prior written consent of the Indemnitee.

 

9.


LOGO

 

12. Enforcement .

(a) The Company expressly confirms and agrees that it has entered into this Agreement and assumes the obligations imposed on it hereby in order to induce Indemnitee to serve as an officer or director of the Company, and the Company acknowledges that Indemnitee is relying upon this Agreement in serving as an officer or director of the Company.

(b) Other than as provided herein, this Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, oral, written and implied, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof.

13. Definitions . For purposes of this Agreement:

(a) Beneficial Owner ” shall have the meaning given to such term in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act; provided, however, that Beneficial Owner shall exclude any Person otherwise becoming a Beneficial Owner by reason of the stockholders of the Company approving a merger of the Company with another entity.

(b) Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(c) Change in Control ” means the earliest to occur after the date of this Agreement of any of the following events:

(i) Acquisition of Stock by Third Party . Any Person is or becomes the Beneficial Owner (as defined above), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 25% or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities;

(ii) Change in Board . During any period of 2 consecutive years (not including any period prior to the execution of this Agreement), individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the Board, and any new director (other than a director designated by a person who has entered into an agreement with the Company to effect a transaction described in clause (i), (ii) or (iv) of this definition of Change in control) whose election by the Board or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of the period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved, cease for any reason to constitute a least a majority of the members of the Board;

(iii) Corporate Transactions . The effective date of a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other entity, other than a merger or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity) more than 51% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation and with the power to elect at least a majority of the Board or other governing body of such surviving entity;

(iv) Liquidation . The approval by the stockholders of the Company of a complete liquidation of the Company or an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets; and

(v) Other Events . There occurs any other event of a nature that would be required to be reported in response to Item 6(e) of Schedule 14A of Regulation 14A (or a response to any similar item on any similar schedule or form) promulgated under the Exchange Act, whether or not the Company is then subject to such reporting requirement.

 

10.


LOGO

 

(d) Corporate Status ” describes the status of a person who is or was a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of the Company or of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise that such person is or was serving at the express written request of the Company.

(e) Disinterested Director ” means a non-executive director of the Company who is not and was not a party to the Proceeding in respect of which indemnification is sought by Indemnitee.

(f) Enterprise ” shall mean the Company and any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise that Indemnitee is or was serving at the express written request of the Company as a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary.

(g) Exchange Act ” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(h) Expenses ” shall include all documented and reasonable attorneys’ fees, retainers, court costs, transcript costs, fees of experts, witness fees, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees and all other disbursements or expenses of the types customarily incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, participating, or being or preparing to be a witness in a Proceeding, or responding to, or objecting to, a request to provide discovery in any Proceeding. Expenses also shall include Expenses incurred in connection with any appeal resulting from any Proceeding and any federal, state, local or foreign taxes imposed on the Indemnitee as a result of the actual or deemed receipt of any payments under this Agreement, including without limitation the premium, security for, and other costs relating to any cost bond, supersede as bond, or other appeal bond or its equivalent. Expenses, however, shall not include amounts paid in settlement by Indemnitee or the amount of judgments or fines against Indemnitee.

(i) Independent Counsel ” means a law firm, or a member of a law firm, that is experienced in matters of corporation law and neither presently is, nor in the past five years has been, retained to represent: (i) the Company or Indemnitee in any matter material to either such party (other than with respect to matters concerning Indemnitee under this Agreement, or of other indemnitees under similar indemnification agreements), or (ii) any other party to the Proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Independent Counsel” shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement. The Company agrees to pay the reasonable fees of the Independent Counsel referred to above and to fully indemnify such counsel against any and all Expenses, claims, liabilities and damages arising out of or relating to this Agreement or its engagement pursuant hereto.

(j) Person ” for purposes of the definition of Beneficial Owner and Change in Control set forth above, shall have the meaning as set forth in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act; provided, however, that Person shall exclude (i) the Company, (ii) any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company, and (iii) any corporation owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Company.

(k) Proceeding ” includes any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, arbitration, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, inquiry, administrative hearing or any other actual, threatened or completed proceeding, whether brought by or in the right of the Company or otherwise and whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, in which Indemnitee was, is or will be involved as a party or otherwise, by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was an officer or director of the Company, by reason of any action taken by him or her or of any inaction on his or her part while acting as an officer or director of the Company, or by reason of the fact that he or she is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other Enterprise; in each case whether or not he or she is acting or serving in any such capacity at the time any liability or expense is incurred for which indemnification can

 

11.


LOGO

 

be provided under this Agreement; including one pending on or before the date of this Agreement, but excluding one initiated by an Indemnitee pursuant to Section 7 of this Agreement to enforce his or her rights under this Agreement.

(l) Sarbanes-Oxley Act ” shall mean the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended.

(m) SEC ” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission.

(n) Securities Act ” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

14. Severability . The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision hereof shall in no way affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision. Further, the invalidity or unenforceability of any provision hereof as to the Indemnitee shall in no way affect the validity or enforceability of any provision hereof as to the other. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, this Agreement is intended to confer upon Indemnitee indemnification rights to the fullest extent permitted by applicable laws. In the event any provision hereof conflicts with any applicable law, such provision shall be deemed modified, consistent with the aforementioned intent, to the extent necessary to resolve such conflict.

15. Modification and Waiver . No supplement, modification, termination or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by both of the parties hereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions hereof (whether or not similar) nor shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver.

16. Notice By Indemnitee . Indemnitee agrees promptly to notify the Company in writing upon being served with or otherwise receiving any summons, citation, subpoena, complaint, indictment, information or other document relating to any Proceeding or matter which may be subject to indemnification covered hereunder. The failure to so notify the Company shall not relieve the Company of any obligation which it may have to Indemnitee under this Agreement or otherwise unless and only to the extent that such failure or delay materially prejudices the Company.

17. Notices . All notices and other communications given or made pursuant to this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given: (a) upon personal delivery to the party to be notified, (b) when sent by confirmed electronic mail or facsimile if sent during normal business hours of the recipient, and if not so confirmed, then on the next business day, (c) 5 days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or (d) one (1) day after deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, specifying next day delivery, with written verification of receipt. All communications shall be sent:

 

  (a) To Indemnitee at the address set forth below Indemnitee’s signature hereto.

 

  (b) To the Company at:

Pure Storage, Inc.

650 Castro Street

Suite 400

Mountain View, CA 94041

Attention: Legal Department

or to such other address as may have been furnished to Indemnitee by the Company or to the Company by Indemnitee, as the case may be.

18. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement. This Agreement may also be executed and delivered by facsimile signature, electronic mail

 

12.


LOGO

 

(including .pdf or any electronic signature complying with the U.S. Federal ESIGN Act of 2000, e.g., www.docusign.com ) or other transmission method and in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument and be deemed to have been duly and validly delivered and be valid and effective for all purposes.

19. Headings . The headings of the paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the construction thereof.

20. Governing Law and Consent to Jurisdiction . This Agreement and the legal relations among the parties shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to its conflict of laws rules. The Company and Indemnitee hereby irrevocably and unconditionally (i) agree that any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be brought only in the Chancery Court of the State of Delaware (the “ Delaware Court ”), and not in any other state or federal court in the United States of America or any court in any other country, (ii) consent to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Delaware Court for purposes of any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, (iii) appoint, to the extent such party is not otherwise subject to service of process in the State of Delaware, irrevocably Corporation Service Company as its agent in the State of Delaware for acceptance of legal process in connection with any such action or proceeding against such party with the same legal force and validity as if served upon such party personally within the State of Delaware, (iv) waive any objection to the laying of venue of any such action or proceeding in the Delaware Court, and (v) waive, and agree not to plead or to make, any claim that any such action or proceeding brought in the Delaware Court has been brought in an improper or inconvenient forum.

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO FOLLOW]

 

13.


LOGO

 

I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Agreement on and as of the day and year first above written.

 

P URE S TORAGE , I NC .
By:

 

Name: Scott Dietzen
Title: Chief Executive Officer

 

INDEMNITEE

 

Name:
Address:

 

 

 

Exhibit 23.2

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the use in this Amendment No. 1 to Registration Statement No. 333-206312 on Form S-1 of our report dated May 15, 2015, relating to the consolidated financial statements of Pure Storage, Inc. and its subsidiaries appearing in the Prospectus, which is part of this Registration Statement.

We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Prospectus.

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

San Jose, California

September 9, 2015